ITC HS Export Policy 2018 PDF

Schedule - 2
Chapter-wise
Export Policy
ITC (HS), 2018
SCHEDULE 2 – EXPORT POLICY
TABLE-A
GOODS FALLING IN MORE THAN ONE CHAPTER OF ITC (HS) CLASSIFICATION
NOTE 1
(i)The term “Wild Animal” and Animal Article would have the same meaning as defined in
the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972.
S.No. Chapter Item Description Policy Policy Conditions

1 0106 All wild animals, animal articles Prohibited Not permitted to be
0208 including their products and derivatives exported.
0210 excluding those for which ownership
0300 certificates have been granted and also
0407 those required for transactions for
0408 education, scientific research and
0410 management under Wild Life
0502 (Protection) Act, 1972 including their
0504 parts and products.
0505
0506
0507
0508
0509
0510
0511
1504
1506
1516
1517
1518
1600
3000
2 Deleted vide Notification
No.13/(2004-2009) dated
31.12.2004
3 50, 51, Dress materials/ready made Restricted Exports permitted under
52, 54, garments fabrics/textile items with licence.
55, 60, imprints of excerpts or verses of the
61, 62, Holy Quran
63
41 Deleted vide Notification
No. 5/2015-20 dated
24.04.2017.
1
As per Notification No. 5/2015-20 dated 24.04.2017
ITC (HS), 2018
52 Special Chemicals, Organisms, Prohibited / a. Exports would be

Materials, Equipments & Technologies Restricted governed as per the
(SCOMET) items as specified in conditions indicated in
Appendix-3 of this Schedule Appendix-3 of this
Schedule.
b. Export of items specified

in Schedule. Category 0 of
the SCOMET list is
governed by the extant
provisions of the Atomic
Energy Act 1962 as
amended and rules,
regulations, guidelines and
resolutions issued under the
said Act. Unless otherwise
prohibited, export may be
permitted against an
authorization granted by the
Department of Atomic
Energy.
6. Any Samples/ Exhibits of goods included Free Samples/exhibits of
Chapter in Schedule 2 goods including those in
Schedule 2 of this book,
except all prohibited items,
and all items specified in
Appendix-3 to Schedule 2
(SCOMET) , restricted
items, and items in Chapter
29, 93 and 97
7 Any Any other item whose exports are Free Subject to conditions as
Chapter regulated by Public Notice issued by notified in the respective
the Director General of Foreign Trade Public
in this behalf Notice
8 All All Items Prohibited/ Export of goods
Chapters Restricted/ including
Free plant & plant products
using wood packaging
material such as pellets,
dunnage, crating, packing
blocks, drums, cases load
boards, pellet collars and
skids etc. shall be allowed
2
As per Notification No. 5/2015-20 dated 24.04.2017
ITC (HS), 2018
subject to compliance of
International Standards for
Phytosanitary Measures
[ISPM]- 15.
8(A) 57 Handmade Woolen Carpets including Free Export shall not be
other floor coverings like Woolen permitted on the basis of
Durries, Druggets, Gabbas, Namdhas Documents against
and Shaggy Acceptance(D/A)
Unless
(a) Such export is covered
either by Bank
Guarantee or ECGC
Guarantee
or
(b) Such export is to own
Subsidiaries/ own
Trading Companies/
own Office-cum-
warehouses.
[Notification No. 5(RE-
2012)/2009-2014 dated
02.07.2012 read with
Notification No. 14(RE-
2012)/2009-2014 dated
28.08.2012]
8(B) Any Handicraft items Free / Export shall not be
Chapter Restricted permitted on the basis of
(as Documents against
applicable) Acceptance(D/A)
Unless
a) Such export is
covered either by
Bank Guarantee or
ECGC Guarantee
or
b) Such export is to
own Subsidiaries/
own Trading
Companies/ own
Office-cum-
warehouses.
2012)/2009-2014 dated
2012)/2009-2014 dated
28.08.2012]
8(C) Deleted vide Notification
No. 14(RE-2012)/2009-
2014, dated 28.08.2012
ITC (HS), 2018
TABLE - B
GOODS FALLING WITHIN SPECIFIC CHAPTERS OF ITC (HS) CLASSIFICATION
CHAPTER -1
LIVE ANIMALS
NOTE: 1
The term “Cattle” covers cows, oxen, bulls and calves
NOTE: 2
Export of wild animals and their products as defined in Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 including
their part prohibited. See restrictions in Part A for details.
NOTE: 3
Germplasm of cattle is classified in heading 0511
S.No. Tariff Item

HS Code Unit Item Description Export Policy Policy Conditions
9 0101 21 00 3 u Live Horses – Restricted Exports permitted under
0101 29 10 Kathiawari, Marwari and licence.
0101 29 90 Manipuri breeds
10 0102 21 10 4 u Live Cattle and buffaloes Restricted Exports permitted
0102 21 20 under licence.
0102 29 10
0102 29 90
0102 31 00
0102 90 10
0102 90 90
11 0106 13 00 5 u Camel and other camelids Restricted Exports permitted
(Camelidae) under licence
3
HS Code 010110 exist till 2009 Policy. However, the same was replaced with 01012100 in 2012 and 2017
Import policy. Accordingly new Codes added
4
HS Code 01021010 exist till 2009 Policy. However, the same was replaced with 0102 21, 0102 29 and 0102 31
0102 90 in 2012 and 2017 Import policy. New Codes added
5
Replaced with 01061300 as per Import Policy 2017
ITC (HS), 2018
12 0106 31 00 u Live exotic birds except Prohibited Not permitted to be

0106 32 00 the following species of Exported
0106 33 00 6 exotic birds, policy of
0106 39 00 which is indicated
against each
13 0106 32 00 u (i)Albino budgerigars Free Subject to pre-shipment
Inspection
14 0106 32 00 u (ii) Budgerigars Free Subject to pre-
shipment
Inspection
15 0106 39 00 u (iii) Bengali finches Free Subject to pre-
shipment
inspection
16 0106 39 00 u (iv) White finches Free Subject to pre-
shipment inspection
17 0106 39 00 u (v) Zebra finches Free Subject to pre-
shipment inspection
18 0106 39 00 u (vi) Jawa sparrow Restricted Exports permitted
under license.
A certificate from the
Chief Wildlife warden
of the concerned State
from where exotic
birds (Jawa Sparrow)
have been procured to
the effect that the
birds to be exported
are from Captive Bred
Stock. Exports if
allowed shall be
subject to pre-
shipment inspection
and CITES certificate.
6
New HS Code 0106 33 00 (Ostriches, emus) added as per the Import Policy 2017
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 2
MEAT AND EDIBLE MEAT OFFAL
NOTE: 1
Beef includes meat and edible offal of cows, oxens and calf
NOTE: 2
Offal includes heart, liver, tongue, kidneys and other organs.
NOTE: 3
The export of chilled and frozen meat shall be allowed subject to the provision specified
to the gazette notification on raw meat (chilled and frozen) under Export (Quality
Control and Inspection) Act, 1963. Offals of buffalo too are subject to the same conditions
of quality control and inspection. Laboratories duly recognized by APEDA , as well as in-
house laboratories attached under the abattoirs cum meat processing plant registered with
APEDA and Agency approved labs, may also be used to conduct the necessary tests for
confirmation of quality under the supervision of the designated veterinary authority of the
State. On the basis of these test and inspections carried out by Veterinarians, duly
registered under the Indian Veterinary Council Act, 1984, employed by the exporting unit
and supervised by the designated veterinary authority of the state, the veterinary Health
Certificate may be issued by the designated authorities of the state.
NOTE: 4
Export of canned meat products shall be subject to pre shipment inspection either by the
State Directorate of Animal Husbandry or Export Inspection Agency or Directorate of
Marketing and Inspection Government of India or Municipal Corporation of Delhi (MCD)
in accordance with either the standards prevalent in the exporting country or standards
prescribed under the Meat Food Products Order, 1973 under Export (Quality Control and
Inspection) Act, 1963 or orders made there under.
NOTE: 5
Exports of gonads and other reproductive organs of buffaloes and the germplasm of cattle
and buffaloes in heading 0511 require an export licence.
NOTE: 6
Export of meat and meat products will be allowed subject to the exporter furnishing a
declaration, attached with copies of valid APEDA Plant Registration Certificate(s) to the
customs at the time of export that the above items have been obtained / sourced from an
APEDA registered integrated abattoir or from APEDA registered meat processing plant
which sources raw materials exclusively from APEDA registered integrated
abattoir/abattoir.
ITC (HS), 2018
NOTE: 7
On the cartons for export of meat, the following details shall compulsorily be mentioned:-
(i) Name of the Product.
(ii) Country of Origin
(iii) APEDA Plant Registration No.
(iv) Name of the exporter.
NOTE: 8
The designated veterinary authority of the State where meat processing unit is
located, may issue the certificate on the basis of the inspections carried out by
Veterinarians duly registered under the Indian Veterinary Council Act 1984 employed
by the exporting unit and supervised by the designated veterinary authority of the
State. The Inspection Fee prescribed under the Export of Raw Meat (Chilled/Frozen)
(Quality control and Inspection) Rules, 1992 shall continue to be paid by the
exporting unit to the Agency as currently applicable.
S.No. Tariff Item Unit Item Description Export Policy Conditions

HS Code Policy
19 0201 10 00 Kg Beef of cows, Prohibited Not permitted to be

0201 20 00 oxen and calf exported
0201 30 00
0202 10 00
0202 20 00
0202 30 00
20 0201 kg Meat of buffalo
(both male and
female) fresh and
chilled.
Carcasses and Prohibited Not permitted to be

0201 10 00 exported.
half carcasses
Other cuts with Prohibited Not permitted to be
0201 20 00 exported
bone in.
0202 Meat of buffalo

(both male and
female) frozen
ITC (HS), 2018
0202 10 00 Carcasses and half Prohibited Not permitted to be

carcasses. exported.
0202 20 00 Other cuts with Prohibited Not permitted to be
bone in exported.
21 0201 30 00 kg Boneless meat of Free 1. Export allowed on

buffalo production of a
0202 30 00
(both male and certificate from the
female) fresh and designated veterinary
chilled Boneless authority of the State,
meat of buffalo from which the meat
(both male and or offals emanate, to
female) frozen. the effect that the meat
or offals are from
buffaloes not used for
breeding and milk
purposes.
2. Quality control and

inspection under Note
3 and 4 respectively as
well as condition
stipulated at Note 6 and
8 above are required
to be fulfilled.
22 0204 10 00 kg Meat of Indian Free Quality control and

0204 21 00 sheep inspection under Note
0204 22 00 3 and 4 respectively as
0204 23 00 well as condition
0204 30 00 stipulated at Note 6
0204 41 00 above are required to
0204 42 00 be fulfilled.
0204 43 00
23 0204 50 00 kg Meat of Indian Free Quality control and
Goat inspection under Note
well as condition
stipulated at Note 6
above are required to
be fulfilled.
ITC (HS), 2018
24 0206 10 00 kg Beef in the form Prohibited Not permitted to be

0206 21 00 of offal of cows, Exported.
0206 22 00 oxen and calf
0206 29 00
0210 20 00
25 0206 10 00 kg Offal of buffalo Free 1.Export allowed on
0206 21 00 except gonads and Production of a
0206 22 00 reproductive certificate from the
organs
0206 29 00 designated veterinary
0210 20 00 authority of the State,
from which the meat
or offals emanate, to
the effect that the meat
or offals are from
buffaloes not used for
breeding and milch
purposes.
2. Quality control and

inspection under Note
well as condition
and 8 above are
required to be
fulfilled.
26 0206 80 10 kg Offal of Indian Free Quality control and
0206 90 10 sheep inspection under Note
3 and 4 respectively
as well as condition
and 8 above are
required to be
fulfilled.
27 0206 80 10 Kg Offal of Indian Free Quality control and
0206 90 10 Goat inspection under Note
3 and 4 respectively
as well as condition
and 8 above are
required to be
fulfilled.
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 3
FISH AND CRUSTACEANS, MOLLUSCS AND OTHER AQUATIC INVERTEBRATES
NOTE: 1
The term “Marine Products” in this Chapter covers all the eight digit Exim Codes in the
Chapter of the ITC(HS) Classification of Export and Import items. All marine species that
have been included in the Schedules of the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 are
prohibited for exports and other species listed in CITES are subject to the provisions of the
CITES.
S.No Tariff Item Unit Item Description Export Policy Conditions

HS Code Policy
28 0300 00 00 Kg Marine species and Free Subject to pre
products except the shipment quality
following inspection as may be
specified by the
Government through a
notification.
29 0300 00 00 Kg Those species (and Prohibited N ot p er mitted to be
their parts, products and expor t ed.
derivatives) mentioned in
the Schedules of the Wild
Life (Protection) Act,
1972.
30 0302 89 30 Fresh or Chilled or Restricted Exports permitted under
0303 89 50 Frozen silver pomfrets of licence.
weight less than 300 gms.
31 0303 79 99 Kg Beche-de-mer Prohibited Not permitted to be
exported irrespective
of its size.
31A 0302 9210 Kg Shark fins of all species of Prohibited Not permitted to be
shark exported
[Notification No.
110/2009-14 dated
06.02.2015]
32 0306 11 00 Kg Lobsters except Free
0306 12 10 undersized
0306 12 90 ( $ ) rock lobster and sand
0306 31 00 lobster variety below
0306 32 00
33 0306 11 00 Kg Panulirus polyphagus Prohibited Not permitted to be
0306 31 00 300 gm as whole exported
chilled live or frozen,
250 gm as whole
cooked; 90 gm as tail
ITC (HS), 2018
34 0306 11 00 kg Panulirus homarus Prohibited Not permitted to be

0306 31 00 200gm as whole live, exported
chilled or frozen, 170 gm
as whole cooked,
50 gm as tail
35 0306 11 00 Kg Panulirus Ornatus Prohibited Not permitted to be
0306 31 00 500gm as whole exported
live/chilled or frozen;
425 gm as whole cooked;
150gm as tail
36 0306 12 10 Kg Sand Lobster: Prohibited Not permitted to be
0306 12 90 Thenus orientalis 150 gm exported
0306 32 00 as whole; 45 gm as tail
Export Licensing Note of Chapter 3
NOTE: 1
A consignment/ lot is considered to be undersized if it contains specified species any

piece of which has a weight less than that indicated against the species or has been
processed out of or obtained from individual pieces of the species weighing less than the
minimum weight indicated against the species.
NOTE:2
“as tail” means without head.

ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 4
DAIRY PRODUCE; BIRD'S EGGS; NATURAL HONEY; EDIBLE PRODUCTS

OF ANIMAL ORIGIN, NOT ELSEWHERE SPECIFIED OR INCLUDED
NOTE: 1
The expression “milk” means full cream milk of partially or completely skimmed milk.
S.No Tariff Item HS Unit Item Description Export Policy Conditions
Code Policy
37 0409 00 00 Kg Natural Honey Free Export of honey to
USA and European
Union (EU) shall be
allowed subject to the
following conditions:
1. Honey exported shall

be ‘wholly obtained’
Indian origin honey
only, and;
2. No blending of Indian
honey shall be permitted
with honey originating
from any other country.”
38 0402 Kg Milk and Free [Notification No. 25(RE-
Cream, 2012)/2009-2014 dated
concentrated or 22.11.2012]
containing added
sugar or other
sweetening
matter including
Whole Milk
Powder, Dairy
Whitener and
Infant Milk
Foods
38. 0402 10 10 Kg Skimmed Milk Free [Notification No. 2(RE-
01 Powder 2012)/2009-2014 dated
08.06.2012]
Note : 1
Export of 1600 MTS of Milk Powder per annum to Bhutan (as per Calendar year i.e. 1st
January to 31st December) will be exempted from any export ban.
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 5
PRODUCTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN
NOTE: 1
Export of wild animals and their parts and products as covered in Wild Life
(Protection) Act, 1972 and CITES are prohibited and other species listed in CITES are
subject to the provisions of the CITES. See restrictions in Table A for detail.
S. No. Tariff Item Unit Item Description Export Policy Conditions

Policy
38A 0502 10 10 Kg. Pig Bristles & Hair Free Export allowed freely but
0502 10 20 export to European Union
(i) A ‘Shipment Clearance
Certificate’ is to be issued
consignment-wise by the
CAPEXIL indicating details
of the name and address of
the exporter, address of the
registered plant, IEC No. of
the exporter, plant approval
number, nature of export
product, quantity, invoice
number and date, port of
loading (Name of the port)
and destination.
(ii) After the shipment is
made, the exporter shall also
provide a ‘Production
Process Certificate” and/or
‘Health Certificate’ to the
buyer consignment-wise, to
be issued jointly by
CAPEXIL and Regional
Animal Quarantine Officer,
Department of Animal
Husbandry, Dairying and
Fisheries, Ministry of
Agriculture and Farmers
Welfare, Government of
India.
[Notification No. 34/2015-
20 dated 13.01.2017]
ITC (HS), 2018
39 0506 10 49 Kg Human skeletons Prohibited Not permitted to be

0511 99 99 Exported.
40 0506 10 19 Kg Bone and bone Free Export allowed freely but
0506 10 29 products export to European Union
0506 10 39 allowed subject to the
0506 10 49 Bone and Bone following conditions
0506 90 19 Products, horn and (excluding bone meal, horn
0506 90 99 horn products meal and hoof meal) :
0511 99 99 hooves and hoof (i) A ‘Shipment Clearance
0507 90 30 products Certificate is to be issued
0507 90 50 Bile, whether or consignment-wise by the
0507 90 90 not dried : Glands CAPEXIL indicating
0510 00 and Other products details of the name and
05100099 sourced only from address of the exporter,
Buffalo used in the address of the registered
preparation of plant, IEC No. of the
pharmaceutical exporter, Plant approval
products, fresh, number, nature of export
chilled, frozen or product, quantity, invoice
otherwise number and date, port of
provisionally loading (name of the port)
preserved and destination
including, (ii) After the shipment is
Placenta, Sodium made, the exporter shall
tauroglycocholate, also provide a “Production
Bezoar, Process Certificate” and/or
Goolochan, “Health Certificate”
Gallstone, etc. consignment-wise, to the
buyer giving details of the
product with HS Code,
packaging, its origin,
destination, vessel name,
date of departure, health
requirements, etc. This
Health Certificate would be
issued jointly by CAPEXIL
and Regional Animal
Quarantine Officer,
Husbandary, Dairying and
Other India.
20 dated 13.01.2017]
ITC (HS), 2018
41 05061019 Kg. Bone and bone Free Export allowed freely but
05061029 products, including export to European Union
05061039 Ossein intended to allowed subject to the
05061049 be used for Human following conditions :
05069019 Consumption (i) A ‘Shipment Clearance
05069099 Certificate is to be issued
05119999 consignment-wise by the
the exporter, Plant approval
loading (name of the port)
and destination
provide a “Production
Process Certificate” and/or
“Health Certificate”
consignment-wise to the
destination, vessel name,
and Regional Animal
Quarantine Officer,
India.
20 dated 13.01.2017]
41 A 0511 99 Kg. Dried Silk Worm Free Export allowed freely but
Pupae export to European Union
following conditions :
ITC (HS), 2018

Certificate is to be issued
the exporter, plant approval
and destination

provide a ‘Health
Certificate’ consignment-
wise to the buyer giving
details of the product with
HS Code, packaging, its
origin, destination, vessel
name, date of departure,
health requirements, etc.
This Health Certificate
would be issued jointly by
CAPEXIL and Regional
Animal Quarantine Officer,
India.

2013) / 2009-2014 dated
Notification No. 34/2015-
20 dated 13.01.2017]
42 0505 90 10 Kg Peacock Tail Prohibited Not permitted to be exported.
Feathers
43 0511 99 99 Kg Handicrafts and Prohibited Not permitted to be
articles of exported.
peacock tail
feathers
ITC (HS), 2018
44 0506 10 41 Kg Shavings of Prohibited Not permitted to be

0506 10 49 Shed Antlers exported.
0507 90 40 of Chital and
Sambhar
45 0511 99 99 Kg Manufactured Prohibited Not permitted to be
Articles of exported.
shavings of shed
antlers of chital
and sambhar
46 0508 00 20 Kg Sea shells, Free Export permitted freely
including
polished sea
shells and
handicrafts made
out of those
species not
included in the
Schedules of
the Wild Life
(Protection ) Act,
1972.
47 0508 00 30 Kg Sea shells, Free Export to be governed by
including CITES Regulations.
polished sea
shells and
handicrafts made
out of those
species included
in CITES
(Excluding the
species
mentioned in
Schedules of
48 0508 00 50 Kg Sea shells, Prohibited Not permitted to be
including exported.
polished sea
shells and
handicrafts made
out of those
species included
in the Schedules
of the Wild
Life(Protection)
Act, 1972.
ITC (HS), 2018
49 0511 99 91 Kg Gonads and other Restricted Exports permitted under

0511 99 99 reproductive licence.
3001 20 90 organs of
3001 90 99 buffaloes
50 0511 10 00 Kg Germplasm of Restricted Exports permitted under

0511 99 91 cattle and licence.
0511 99 99 buffaloes
3001 20 90
3001 90 99
EXPORT LICENSING NOTE OF CHAPTER 5
NOTE: 1
The handicrafts made out of bone and horn products as finished products and not
exported for further processing and not intended for human or animal consumption are
not covered under at S. No. 35 and 36 of this Chapter.
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 6
LIVE TREES AND OTHER PLANTS; BULB, ROOTS AND THE LIKE; CUT
FLOWERS AND ORNAMENTAL FOLIAGE
NOTE: 1
Planting material of a kind used for propagation and classified in heading 0601 and
heading 0602 are subject to restriction on export. See Chapter 12 for detail. Certain
plants like cashew plants too are restricted for exports. The detail of this too is in
Chapter 12.
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 7
EDIBLE VEGETABLES AND CERTAIN ROOTS AND TUBERS
NOTE: 1
Reference to onions in this chapter includes onions fresh or chilled frozen, provisionally preserved
or dried.

HS Code Policy
50A 07019000 Kg Potatoes, Fresh or Chilled Free
51 0703 10 10 Kg Onion (all varieties Free Export permitted
0712 20 00 expect Bangalore Rose subject to
onions and Krishnapuram Minimum Export
onions) excluding cut, Price (MEP)
sliced or broken in powder notified by DGFT
form. and other conditions
laid down by DGFT
from time - to -
time.
[Notification No.
45/2015-20 dated
19.01.2018]
Requirement of
MEP has been
removed till further
orders and all
varieties of onions
can now be
exported without
any MEP.
[Notification No.
48/2015-20 dated
02.02.2018]
52 0703 10 10 Kg Bangalore Rose onions Free Export permitted
0712 20 00 and Krishnapuram subject to
onions excluding cut, Minimum Export
sliced or broken in Price (MEP)
powder form. notified by DGFT
and other conditions
laid down by DGFT
from time - to -
time.
[Notification No.
45/2015-20 dated
19.01.2018]
ITC (HS), 2018
Requirement of
MEP has been
removed till further
orders and all
varieties of onions
can now be
exported without
any MEP.
[Notification No.
48/2015-20 dated
02.02.2018]
53 0712 20 00 Kg Onions (of all varieties) Free [Notification No.

in cut, sliced or broken in 73(RE-2013)/2009-
powder form. 14 dated
12.03.2014]
54 0713 Kg Dried Leguminous Free Export shall be
Vegetables, Shelled, through Custom
whether or not skinned EDI ports.
or split However, export
through the non-
0713 10 00 Kg Peas (Pisum sativum) Free EDI Land Custom
0713 20 00 Kg Chickpeas (garbanzos) Free Stations (LCS) on
0713 31 00 Kg Beans of the species Free
Vigna mungo (L. ) Indo-Bangladesh
Hepper or Vigna radiata and Indo-Nepal
(L. ) Wilczek border shall also be
0713 32 00 Kg Small red (Adzuki) beans Free allowed subject to
(Phaseolus or Vigna
angularis) registration of
0713 33 00 Kg Kidney beans, including Free quantity with
white pea beans DGFT. Regional
(Phaseolus vulgaris) Authorities (RAs)
0713 34 00 Kg Bambara beans (Vigna Free in Kolkata & Patna
subterranea or Voandzeia
subterranea) and such other RAs
0713 35 00 Kg Cow peas (Vigna Free as notified by
unguiculata) DGFT from time to
0713 39 Kg Other: Free time will be the
0713 39 10 Kg Guar Seeds Free designated RAs for
0713 39 90 Kg Other Free the purpose of such
0713 40 00 Kg Lentils Free registration of
0713 50 00 Kg Broad beans (Vicia faba Free quantity.
var major) and horse
beans (Vicia faba var
equina, Vicia faba var [Notification No.
minor) 38/2015-20 dated
0713 60 00 Kg Pigeon peas (Cajanus Free 22.11.2017]
cajan)
ITC (HS), 2018
0713 90 Kg Other: Free

0713 90 10 Kg Split Free
0713 90 90 Kg Other Free
NOTE: 2
(i) The prohibition shall not be applicable to export of (i)178.70 tonnes of pulses
to Nepal by MMTC. (Notification No. 47 dated 12.11.2007)
(ii) Prohibition imposed vide Para 3 (i) of Notification 15 dated 27.06.2006 shall not
apply to export of 1000 MTs of pulses to Bhutan. (Notification No. 10 dated
15.05.2008)
(iii) Export of following quantity of pulses is allowed for export to the Republic of
Maldives under bilateral trade agreement between Government of India and
Government of Maldives in exemption to the prohibition through Public Sector
Undertaking (Notifiction No. 20/2015-20 dated 14.08.2017).
Year Quantity in MT
2017-18 122.23
NOTE: 3
The prohibition shall not be applicable to export of pulses to Sri Lanka executed
under the specific permission granted by DGFT.
NOTE: 4
The export of 1200 MTS of pulses to Bhutan per annum (as per Calendar year i.e. 1st
January to 31st December) will be exempted from any export ban.
NOTE: 5
Export of Organic pulses and lentils shall be subject to the following conditions:
(a) It should be duly certified by APEDA as being organic pulses and lentils;
(b) Export contracts should be registered with APEDA, New Delhi prior to
shipment;
(c) Exports shall be allowed only from Customs EDI Ports.”
(Notification No. 78 dated 31.03.2014 read with Notification No. 03 dated 19.04.2017):

NOTE: 1 Deleted [Notification No. 73 dated 12.03.2014]
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 8
EDIBLE FRUIT AND NUTS; PEEL OF CITRUS FRUIT OR MELONS

HS Code Policy
54A 0806 10 00 Kg Grapes, Fresh or Dried Free Export to
European Union
is permitted
subject to
registration with
APEDA.
[Notification No.
28 (RE –
2012)/2009-2014
dated
03.01.2013]
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 9
COFFEE, TEA, MATE AND SPICES
Sl. No Tariff Item Unit Item Export Policy Conditions

HS Code Description Policy
54B All Codes Kg All spices under Free (a) The Spices Board India is
pertaining to Chapter 09 of designated as the competent
the spices Schedule 1 authority to issue Health
under Chapter (Import Policy) of Certificates to European Union
09 of Schedule ITC(HS) countries in respect of export of
1 (Import Classification of spices;
Policy) of Export and Import
ITC(HS) Items, 2017 (b) The Spices Board India shall
Classification issue such export certification
of Export and within a period of 48 to 72
Import Items, hours after receiving the sample
2017 from the exporter.
[Notification No. 32/2015-20

dated 04.10.2017]
SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES:
1) “Spice” means a group of vegetable products (including seeds, etc.), rich in

essential oils and aromatic principles, and which, because of their taste, are mainly
used as condiments. These products may be whole or in crushed or powdered form.
2) The addition of other substances to spices shall not affect their inclusion in spices
provided the resulting mixtures retain the essential character of spices and spices also
include products commonly known as “masalas”.
3) All future amendment / revision on classification of items, items description, HS

Codes etc. of spices (except export policy) under Chapter 09, Schedule 1 (Import
Policy) of ITC(HS) Classification of Export and Import Items, 2017 shall also apply
for the purpose of export of spices.
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 10
CEREALS
NOTE:1
Export of wild variety of wheat and paddy seed is restricted. See chapter 12 for details.

55 1006 20 00 Kg Non Basmati Free 1. Export to be made by
1006 30 Rice private parties from privately
1006 30 10 held stocks. State Trading
1006 30 90 Enterprises (STEs) including
1006 40 00 M/s. NCCF & NAFED are
also permitted to export
privately held stocks of non-
Basmati rice.
2. Export shall be through

Custom EDI ports. Export is
also permitted through the
non-EDI Land Custom
Stations (LCS) on Indo-
Bangladesh and Indo-Nepal
border subject to registration
of quantity with DGFT.
Regional Authorities (RAs) of
DGFT at Kolkata & Patna
and such other RAs as
notified by DGFT from time
to time, will be the designated
RAs for the purpose of such
registration of quantity.
56 1006 10 10 Kg Rice of seed Restricted 1. Export permitted under
quality license subject to the
(i) submission of following
documents to Customs at the
time of export:
(a) a license to carry on
the business of a dealer in
seeds issued under
Section 3 of the Seed
Control Order (1983)
from the State
Government; and
ITC (HS), 2018
(b)Declaration that the

export consignment of
seeds has been chemically
treated and is not fit for
human consumption; and
(ii) Export packets will be
labeled that seeds are treated
with chemical insecticides
and cannot be used for food
or feed purposes.
57 1006 30 20 Kg Basmati Free i) Exports allowed
Rice subject to registration of
(Dehusked contracts with the APEDA ,
(Brown), New Delhi;
semi milled, (ii) Grain of rice to be
milled both exported shall be more than
in either par- 6.61 mm of
boiled or length and ratio of length to
raw breadth of the grain shall be
condition). more than 3.5;
(iii) Export shall be through
Custom EDI ports. Export is
also permitted through the
non-EDI Land Custom
Stations (LCS) on Indo-
Bangladesh and Indo-Nepal
border subject to registration
of quantity with DGFT.
Regional Authorities (RAs)
Kolkata & Patna and such
other RAs as notified by
DGFT from time to time will
be the designated RAs for the
purpose of such registration of
quantity;
(iv)Exports to European
Union permitted subject to
pre-shipment quality
inspection as may be
specified by the
Government through a
notification;
(v) Exports to Russian

Federation permitted subject
ITC (HS), 2018
to pre-shipment quality
certification issued by
(1)Insecticide Residue
Testing Laboratory.
(2) Geo-Chem Laboratories
Pvt. Ltd.
(3)Reliable Analytical
Laboratory
(4)Arbro Pharmaceuticals
Ltd.
(5)Shri Ram Institute for
Industrial Research, Delhi
(6)Shri Ram Institute for
Industrial Research, Branch
Office Bangalore
(7) Delhi Test House; and
(8)Vimta Labs.
or any other agency as may be

notified from time to time.”
(vi) Exports of empty

printed gunny bags with
Markings indicating the
product being Indian Basmati
Rice, in whatever manner, are
not permitted except when
exported along with the
consignments of Basmati
Rice, in which cases also, the
same shall not exceed 2% of
the total number of filled
gunny bags of Basmati Rice
being exported;
(vii) In case of un-bagged

Indian Basmati Rice being
exported in bulk or in bags of
50 Kgs or above, the exports
of empty printed gunny bags
with Markings indicating the
product being Indian Basmati
Rice, in whatever manner,
shall also be permitted to the
extent of actual requirements
ITC (HS), 2018
considering the total quantity

of the consignment and the
sizes of the empty bags being
exported;
(viii) Export of Basmati Rice

shall not be permitted on the
basis of Documents against
Acceptance (D/A) unless
such export is covered either
by Bank Guarantee or ECGC
Guarantee.

dated 01.08.2016]
NOTE: 1
The above conditions in respect of export of Non Basmati Rice will not be applicable to
exports undertaken as under:
1.1 Export of non-Basmati rice (i) under Food Aid Programme and (ii) under bi-lateral
trade agreement between Government of India and Government of Maldives shall be
permitted.
1.2 Export of 21,200 MTs per annum to Bhutan (as per Calender year i.e. from 1st January
to 31st December) of non-Basmati rice will be exempted from any export ban.
NOTE: 2
Export of 10,000 tons of non-Basmati rice to Horn of Africa (Kenya, Somalia and Djibonti)
from Central Pool Stock of FCI at economic cost of Rs.20,689.50 per ton will be permitted.
NOTE: 3
Export of organic non-Basmati Rice (excluding rice in husk paddy or rough) from Custom EDI
ports have been exempted from all quantitative ceilings irrespective of any existing or future
restriction/ prohibition on export of their basic product (non-organic), with due certification by
APEDA as organic under the NPOP.
[Notification No. 03/2015-2020 dated 19.04.2017]

ITC (HS), 2018

58 1006 10 90 Kg Other [rice in Restricted Export permitted under license.
husk (paddy
or rough) [Notification No. 23/2015-20 dated
other than 07.10.2015]
seed quality]
59 1001 Kg Durum wheat: Free Export permitted through Custom EDI
ports only. Export shall also be
1001 19 00 Other permitted through the non-EDI Land
1001 99 Other Custom Stations (LCS) on Indo-
1001 99 10 Other wheat Bangladesh and Indo-Nepal border
1001 99 20 Other subject to registration of quantity with
DGFT. Regional Authorities ( RAs)
Kolkata & Patna and such other RAs
as notified by DGFT from time to time
will be the designated RAs for the
purpose of such registration of
quantity.
60 1001 11 00 Kg Durum Free 1. Export will be allowed subject to

Wheat of submission of following documents to
seed Customs at the time of export:
quality
(i) A license to carry on the business
of a dealer in seeds issued under
Section 3 of the Seed Control Order
(1983) from the State Government;
and
(ii)Declaration that the export
consignment of seeds has been
chemically treated and is not fit for
2. Export packets will be labeled that
seeds are treated with chemical
insecticides and cannot be used for
food or feed purposes.
61 1000 91 00 Kg Wheat of Free 1. Export will be allowed subject to
seeds quality submission of following documents to
Customs at the time of export:
Section 3 of the Seed Control
Order (1983) from the State
Government; and
ITC (HS), 2018

chemically treated and is not fit
for human consumption; and
62 1001 99 20 Kg Meslin of Free 1. Export will be allowed subject to
seed quality submission of following documents to

Section 3 of the Seed Control Order
(1983) from the State Government;
and
chemically treated and is not fit for

63 1005 10 00 Kg. Maize (corn) Free 1. Export will be allowed subject to
Seed quality submission of following documents to
(i) A license to carry on the

business of a dealer in seeds
issued under Section 3 of the Seed
Control Order (1983) from the
State Government; and
chemically treated and is not fit
for human consumption; and
ITC (HS), 2018
SUB-HEADING
NOTE
The term “durum wheat” means wheat of the Triticum durum species and the
Hybrids derived from the inter – specific crossing of Triticum durum which have
the same number (28) of chromosomes as that species.
NOTE: 1
Export of organic wheat from Custom EDI ports have been exempted from all quantitative
ceilings irrespective of any existing or future restriction/ prohibition on export of their basic
product (non-organic), with due certification by APEDA as organic under the NPOP.
NOTE: 2
Export of 24,000 MTs of wheat per annum to Bhutan (as per Calendar year i.e. 1st
January to 31st December) shall be exempted from any export ban.
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 11
PRODUCTS OF THE MILLING INDUSTRY; MALT; STARCHES; INULIN; WHEAT

GLUTEN

HS Code Policy
64 1101 Kg Wheat Flour Free
(Maida),
Samolina (Rava /
Sirgi), Wholemeal
atta and resultant
atta
NOTE: 1
Export of the following quantities of wheat flour to Maldives shall be permitted

through the PSUs indicated below [Notification No. 12/2015-20 dated 27.06.2017]:
Item Year Quantity in MTs
Wheat Flour 2017-18 59442.17
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 12
OILS SEEDS AND OLEGINOUS FRUITS; MISCELLANEOUS GRAINS,
SEEDS AND FRUIT; INDUSTRIAL OR MEDICINAL
PLANTS; STRAW
AND FODDER
NOTE:
Seeds of all forestry species including Nux Vomica , Red Sanders , Rubber , Russa Grass
and tufts, Sandalwood and seeds of tufts , Sandalwood and seeds of ornamental wild variety
plants stand restricted for export and shall be allowed under licence and also shall be
regulated according to the rules notified under Biological ( Diversity) Act, 2002.

HS Code Policy
65 0601 00 00 Kg Seeds and Free Declaration in the form of

planting an
0602 00 00 materials other than affidavit from the exporter that
those in the the seed being exported is not
1211 00 00 restricted category Breeder or Foundation or Wild
variety seeds with indication the
source of procurement
66 1202 30 10 7 Kg Groundnut HPS of Free (a) Export to all countries (except
Seed Quality exports to Russian Federation)
1202 30 90 Kg Other Groundnut of is permitted subject to
seed quality registration with APEDA
along with controlled
Aflatoxin level Certificate
issued by APEDA recognized
laboratories (as updated from
time to time) on their website
at URL
http://www.apeda.gov.in/aped
awebsite/HACCP/recognized_
laboratories.pdf;
7
APEDA had requested DGFT to modify the HS Code of Groundnut as per HS Code in Import Policy 2012.
However, DG desired to synchronise codes while amending the ITC(HS) Export Policy. Accordingly HS
Code and item description are proposed to be amended.
ITC (HS), 2018
(b) Exports to Russian Federation
permitted subject to pre-
shipment quality certification
issued by
(1) Insecticide Residue
Testing
Laboratory.
(2) Geo-Chem Laboratories
Pvt. Ltd.
(3) Reliable Analytical
Laboratory
(4) Arbro Pharmaceuticals
Ltd.
(5) Shri Ram Institute for
Industrial
Research,
Delhi
Industrial
Research, Branch Office
Bangalore
(8) Vimta Labs.
or any other agency as may

be notified from time to time.

2012)/2009-2014 dated
03.01.2013]
ITC (HS), 2018
67 1202 41 10 Kg. Groundnut HPS (In Free (a) Export to all countries (except
shell) exports to Russian Federation) is
1202 41 90 Groundnut Others
(In shell) permitted subject to registration
with APEDA along with
1202 42 10 Groundnut HPS controlled Aflatoxin level
Kernal Shelled, Certificate issued by APEDA
whether or not
broken recognized laboratories (as
updated from time to time) on
1202 42 20 Groundnut Kernal their website at URL
others Shelled, www.apeda.gov.in/apedawebsite
whether or not
broken /HACCP/recognized_laboratorie
s.pdf;
1202 42 90 Other Groundnut
Shelled, whether or (b) Exports to Russian Federation
not broken
permitted subject to pre-
shipment quality certification
issued by
(1) Insecticide Residue Testing
Laboratory.
(2) Geo-Chem Laboratories Pvt.

Ltd.
(3) Reliable Analytical Laboratory
(4) Arbro Pharmaceuticals Ltd.
(5) Shri Ram Institute for Industrial
Research, Delhi
Research, Branch Office Bangalore

(8) Vimta Labs.
notified from time to time.

2012)/2009-2014 dated 03.01.2013]
ITC (HS), 2018
68 1207 40 10 Kg Seasame Seeds Free Exports to Russian Federation
permitted subject to pre-shipment
quality certification issued by
Laboratory.
Ltd.
(3) Reliable Analytical Laboratory
Research, Delhi
Office Bangalore
(8) Vimta Labs.
or any other agency as may

be notified from time to time.
68A 1207 40 10 Kg Sesame seeds Free Export of items both at Sl. No. 68A
whether or not and 68B to European Union
broken of seeds
quality countries shall be permitted subject
to following conditions:-
(i) Indian Oilseeds & Produce
Export Promotion Council
(IOPEPC) is designated as
competent authority to issue
export certification.
(ii) The IOPEPC shall issue export
certification within two working
days of receiving the request
from exporter subject to a
‘Certificate of Analysis’ by a
NABL accredited laboratory.
(iii) The procedure for export of
sesame seeds to the European
Union countries has been
outlined in the document
‘Procedure for Control of
Contamination of Salmonella in
Sesame Seeds for Export to EU’
which is available on the website
of DGFT at http://dgft.gov.in/.
[Notifcation No. 37/2015-20 dated

03.02.2016 read with Notification
No. 39/2015-20 dated 11.02.2016]
ITC (HS), 2018
68B 1207 40 90 Kg Other sesame seeds Free Export of items both at Sl. No. 68A
whether or not and 68B to European Union
broken
countries shall be permitted subject
to following conditions:-
(i) Indian Oilseeds & Produce

Export Promotion Council
(IOPEPC) is designated as
competent authority to issue
export certification.
(ii) The IOPEPC shall issue export

certification within two working
days of receiving the request
from exporter subject to a
‘Certificate of Analysis’ by a
NABL accredited laboratory.
(iii) The procedure for export of

sesame seeds to the European
Union countries has been
outlined in the document
‘Procedure for Control of
Contamination of Salmonella in
Sesame Seeds for Export to EU’
which is available on the website
of DGFT at http://dgft.gov.in/.
[Notifcation No. 37/2015-20 dated

No. 39/2015-20 dated 11.02.2016]
ITC (HS), 2018
69 1000 91 00 Kg Wheat seeds (wild Restricted Exports permitted under licence
variety)
70 1006 20 00 Kg Paddy seeds (wild Restricted Exports permitted under licence
variety)
Restricted Exports permitted under licence
71 0602 20 10 Kg Cashew seeds and
1209 99 90 plants
72 1209 29 90 Kg Egyptian clover Restricted Exports permitted under licence
(Barseem)
Trifolium alaxtum
seeds
73 1209 91 30 Kg Onion Seeds Restricted Exports permitted under licence
74 1209 29 00 Kg Pepper cuttings or Restricted
rooted cutings of Exports permitted under licence
pepper
Exports permitted under licence
75 1209 99 90 Kg Seeds of all forestry Restricted
species
1209 29 90 Kg Restricted Exports permitted under licence
76 Saffron seeds or
corms
77 1211 90 14 Kg Neem seeds Restricted Exports permitted under licence
Nux vomica /
78 1211 90 00 Kg bark/leaves/roots Restricted Exports permitted under licence
1211 90 12 powder thereof
79 1209 99 10 Seeds of all Free Exports permitted subject to

1209 99 90 Kg trees a declaration in the form of an
(excluding seeds of affidavit from the exporter that
all forestry the seed being exported is not
Breeder or Foundation or Wild
species), hedges, variety seeds and indicating the
ornamental plants source of procurement.
and flowers and
vegetable seeds
other than onion
seeds
80 0601 00 00 Kg Plants and Prohibited Not permitted to be
0602 00 00 plant exported.
1211 00 00 portions of wild
origin, of species Special exemption can be
0601 10 00 granted for the purpose of
0601 20 10 specified in any of research, education and life saving
0602 10 00 the Schedules of drugs on case by case basis by
0602 90 20 Wild Life DGFT, on the recommendation of
0602 90 30 (Protection) Act, Ministry of Environment &
Forests.
1972 or Appendix I
of CITES or Export
Licensing Note 1
ITC (HS), 2018
81 0602 90 90 Plants and Free Subject to production of a
plants Certificate of Legal Possession in
portions of favor of the exporter, issued by the
cultivation origin DFO having jurisdiction where the
of species specified exporter is situated. In case of
in any of the species listed in Schedule VI of
Schedules of Wild Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972,
Life (Portection) subject to the exporter complying
Act, 1972 or with the provision of S.17A of the
Appendix I of Act. In case of species listed in
CITES or Export Appendix I of CITES subject
Licensing Note1. registration of the nursery and
appropriate CITES documentation
from the Asst. Management
82 0602 90 90 Plants, Plant Free Subject to production of certificate
portions of Legal Possession in favour of the
of wild or exporter, issued by the DFO having
cultivation origin, jurisdiction where the exporter is
of species specified situated. Export subject to CITES.
Appendix II or III
of CITES.
83 0602 90 90 Plants, plant Free Subject to obtaining a Certificate of
portions cultivation from District Agriculture
of wild or Officer or District Horticulture
cultivation origin, Officer or DFO.
of species not
specified in any of
the Schedules of
Wild Life
(Protection) Act,
1972 or
Appendix I, II, III
of CITES or Export
Licensing Note
1.
ITC (HS), 2018
84 3003 41 00 kg Derivatives, Free Subject to the provisions of
3003 42 00 extracts Wild Life (Protection) Act,
3003 43 00 and formulations 1972 and
3003 49 00 “CITES”
3003 90 11
3003 90 12
3003 90 13
3003 90 14
3003 90 15
3004 90 11
3004 90 12
3004 90 13
3004 90 14
3004 90 15
85 1212 29 10 Kg Sea weeds of all Restricted Exports permitted under licence.

1212 29 90 types, including G-
edulis but
excluding brown
sea weeds and
agarophytes of
Tamil Nadu Coast
origin in processed
form
86 1212 29 90 Kg Brown sea weeds Free Exports allowed subject to
and quantitative ceilings as may
Agrophytes be notified by DGFT from time to
excluding G-edulis time
of Tamil Nadu
coast origin in
processed form
NOTE: 1
1. Baddomes cycad (Cycas beddomei).

2.Blue vanda (Vanda coerulea).
3.Saussurea costus.
4.Ladies slipper orcid (Paphiopedilium species).
5. Pitcher plant (Nepenthes Khasiana).
6. Red vanda (Renanthera imschootiana).
7. Rauvolifia serpentina (Sarpagandha).
8. Ceropegia species.
9. Frerea indica (Shindal Mankundi).
10. Podophyllum hexandurm (emodi) (Indian Podophyllum.)
ITC (HS), 2018
11. Cyatheaceae species (Tree Ferns).
12. Cycadacea species (Cycads).
13. Dioscorea deltoidea (Elephant’s foot).
14. Euphorbia species (Euphorbias).
15. Orchidaceae species (Orchids).
16. Pterocarpus santalinus (Redsanders).
17. Taxus Wallichiana (Common Yew or irmi Leaves).
18. Aquilaria malaccensis (Agarwood).
19. Aconitum species.
20. Coptis teeta.
21. Coscinium fenestrum (Calumba wood).
22. Dactylorhiza hatagirea.
23. Gentiana Kurroo (Kuru , Kutki).
24. Gnetum species.
25. Kampheria Galenga.
26. Nardostachys grandiflora.
27. Panax pseudoginseng.
28. Picrorhiza kurrooa.
29. Swertia chirata (Charayatah).
NOTE: 2
(i) However, in respect of CITES species, a CITES permit of export shall be

required.
(ii) Exports allowed only through the Ports of Mumbai, Nhava Sheva,
K olkata, Cochin,
Delhi, Chennai, Tuticorin, Amritsar, Calicut, Thiruvananthapuram,
Kandla and Mundra.
NOTE: 3
(iii) Except for the documents prescribed above, no additional

informations/ NOC/ documents shall be required to be furnished by the
Exporter to any authority of State or Central Government.
* The term “formulation” used here may include products, which may contain
portions / extracts of plants on the prohibited list. Further the term
“formulation” shall also include value added formulations as well as herbal
ayurvedic, and exports subject to the provisions of CITES or Wild Life
(protection) Act, 1972 in case where the formulation contains species listed
therein.
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 13
LAC, GUMS, RESINS AND OTHER VEGETABLE SAPS AND EXTRACTS

HS Code Policy
87 1301 Kg Shellac and all forms of Free i) Registration with
lac Tribal
Cooperative Marketing
Development
Federation of India
Ltd. or Shellac &
Forest Products Export
Promotion Council;
(ii) Production of
quality certificate from
Shellac & Forest
Products Export
Promotion Council.
88 1301 90 16 Kg Gum Karaya Free Registration with
Tribal
Coperative Marketing
Fedreation of India
Limited (TRIFED) or
Shellac & Forest
Products Export
Promotion Council
(SHEFEXIL), Kolkata.
ITC (HS), 2018
89 1302 Kg. Guar gum refined split Free Guar gum exports to
1302 32 20 Guar gum treated and European Union (EU),
1302 32 30 pulverized originating in or
consigned from India
and intended for animal
or human consumption,
allowed subject to issue
of Health Certificate by
authorized
representative of
Ministry of Commerce
& Industry,
Government of India
i.e. Shellac & Forest
Products Export
Promotion Council
(SHEFEXIL), Kolkata
accompanied by the
original analytical
report of testing of
Penta Chlorophenol
(PCP) issued by any of
the following agencies
certifying that product
does not contain more
than 0.01 mg per Kg of
PCP on sampling done
by the authorized
representative of the
competent authority:
(i)Vimta Labs,
Hyderabad ; and
(ii) Export Inspection
Agency (EIA) Lab,
Chennai
[Notification No.
31/2015-20 dated
29.09.2017]
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 14
VEGETABLE PLAITING MATERIALS, VEGETABLE PRODUCTS
NOT ELSEWHERE SPECIFIED OR INCLUDED
S.No. Tariff Unit Item Description Export Policy Conditions

Item HS Policy
Code
90 1401 10 00 u Muli Bamboo Prohibition 1. All the Muli Bamboo
(melocanna bacifera) made 'Free' obtained from legal sources
till are permitted for export
31.03.2019 subject to proper
documentation/Certificate
of Origin(CoO) and
compliance of transit rule of
concerned State Forest
Department for
transportation.
2. The CoO shall be issued

by the concerned State
Forest Department from
where Muli Bamboo has
been procured by the
exporter.

20 dated 23.06.2017]
90A 1404 90 40 Kg. Betel Leaves Free (a) Export to European
Union is permitted subject
to registration with
APEDA, the designated
Competent Authority

dated 08.04.2016]
ITC (HS), 2018
90B 1401 10 00 Either Bamboo products Free 1. All the bamboo products
Tons made from bamboo made from bamboo
or obtained from legal obtained from legal sources
Squar source; except are permitted for export
e bamboo charcoal, subject to proper
Meter bamboo pulp and documentation/Certificate
or unprocessed bamboo of Origin (CoO) proving
numb shoots that the bamboo used for
er making products has been
obtained from legal sources.
2. The CoO shall be issued

by the concerned State
Forest Department/
Agriculture Department
from where bamboo has
been procured by the
purchaser of making
handicrafts/machine made
products.

20 dated 23.06.2017]
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 15
ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE FATS AND OILS AND THEIR CLEAVAGE
PRODUCTS; PREPARED EDIBLE FATS; ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE WAXES
Tariff
S.No. Item Unit Item Export Policy Conditions
91 1501 Kg Tallow, fat Prohibited Not permitted to be exported
1501 10 00 and/or oils of
1501 20 00 any animal [Notification No. 104(RE-
1501 90 00 origin 2013)/2009-2014 dated
1502 excluding fish 31.12.2014]
1502 10 oil, buffalo
1502 10 10 tallow and
1502 10 90 Lanolin
1502 90
1502 90 10
1502 90 20
1502 90 90
1503 00 00
1505
1505 00
1505 00 10
1505 00 20
1505 00 90
1506
1506 00
1506 00 10
1506 00 90
91A 1502 10 90 Kg Buffalo Free Export permitted only from

Tallow APEDA registered integrated
meat plants having rendering
facilities subject to
compulsory pre-shipment bio-
chemical test by laboratories
approved by APEDA.

2013)/2009-2014 dated
31.12.2014]
ITC (HS), 2018
91B 1505 00 90 Kg. Lanolin Free Export allowed freely but

export to European Union
following conditions :

CAPEXIL indicating details of
the name and address of the
exporter, address of the
loading (name of the port) and
destination

provide a ‘Health Certificate’
consignment-wise to the buyer
giving details of the product
with HS Code, packaging, its
origin, destination, vessel
name, date of departure, health
requirements, etc. This Health
Certificate would be issued
jointly by CAPEXIL and
Regional Animal Quarantine
Officer, Department of Animal
Welfare, Government of India.
[Notification No 37/2015-20
dated 25.10.2017]
ITC (HS), 2018
92 Codes All Edible Prohibited Not permitted to be Exported

pertaining Oils under except
to all Chapter 15 items [Notification No 24 (RE-
of Schedule indicated
edible at Note 1 2012)/2009-2014 dated
oils under 1 of ITC(HS) below 19.10.2012]
Chapter Classification
15 of of Export
Schedule and Import
1 Items
ITC (HS), 2018
NOTE: 1
(i) Prohibition on export of edible oils has been extended till further orders [Notification No 24
(RE-2012)/2009-2014 dated 19.10.2012]. But , the same shall not apply to the following :
[Notification No. 43//2015-20 dated 27.03.2017]
(a) Castor oil

(b) Coconut oil from all EDI Ports and through all Land Custom Stations (LCS) on
Indo-Nepal, Indo-Bangladesh, Indo-Bhutan and Indo-Pakistan borders.
(c) Deemed export of edible oils (as input raw material) from DTA to 100% EOUs for
production of non-edible goods to be exported
(d) Edible oils from Domestic Tariff Area (DTA) to Special Economic Zones (SEZs)
to be consumed by SEZ units for manufacture of processed food products, subject to
applicable value addition norms
(e) Edible oils produced out of minor forest produce, ITC(HS) Code 15159010,
15159020, 15159030, 15159040, 15179010 and 15219020.
(f) Organic edible oils subject to export contracts being registered and certified as
‘Organic’ by Agricultural & Processed Food Products Export Development Authority
(APEDA).
(g) Rice Bran oil in bulk, irrespective of any pack size [Notification No. 17/2015-20
dated 06.08.2015 read with Notification No. 8/2015-20 dated 18.05.2016]
(h) Groundnut oil, Sesame oil, Soyabean oil and Maize (Corn) oil in bulk, irrespective
of any pack size. [Notification No. 43/ 2015-20 dated 27.03.2017]
(ii) Export of oils produced out of minor forest produce, as per table given below, even if edible;
ITC (HS) Item Description

Code
15159010 Fixed Vegetable oils viz. Neutralised and Bleached Morwah
Oil/fat,
15159020 Fixed vegetable oils viz. Dhup oil, Neemseed oil
15159030 Fixed vegetable oils viz. Nigerseed oil.
15159040 Fixed vegetable oils viz. Neutralised and Bleached Mango
kernel
15179010 Sal Fat (Processed or Refined).
15219020 Shellac wax, whether or not coloured.
152190 10 Beewax
(iii) Export of organic edible oils from Custom EDI ports have been exempted from all
quantitative ceilings irrespective of any existing or future restriction/ prohibition on export
of their basic product (non-organic), with due certification as ‘Organic’ under the NPOP
by Agricultural & Processed Food Products Export Development Authority (APEDA),
New Delhi. [Notification No. 03/2015-2020 dated 19.04.2017]
ITC (HS), 2018
(iv) Export of edible oils (other than those mentioned in Note 1 above, is permitt ed
in branded consumer packs of upto 5 Kgs, subject to a Minimum Export Price of USD
900 per MT.
[Notification No. 22 dated 18.06.2014 read with Notification No. 108(RE-2013)/2009-

2014 dated 06.02.2015].
(v)Prohibition will not apply to export of Peanut Butter [ITC(HS) Code 15179020]
[ Notification No. 31(RE-2012)/2009-14 dated 04.02.2013]
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 16
PREPARATION OF MEAT, OF FISH OR OF CRUSTACEANS, MOLLUSCS OR
OTHER AQUATIC INVERTEBRATES
S. Tariff Unit Item Export Policy Conditions

No. Item Description Policy
HS Code
92A 16030010 Kg. Extracts and Free Export allowed freely but
Juices of Meat of export to European Union
Buffalo, Goat allowed subject to the following
and Sheep conditions :
registered plant, IEC No. of the
exporter, Plant approval
loading (name of the port) and
destination
(ii) After the shipment is made,
the exporter shall also provide a
‘Health Certificate’
origin, destination, vessel name,

dated 13.01.2017]
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 17
SUGARS AND SUGAR CONFECTIONERY
S. Tariff Item Unit Item Description Export Policy Conditions

No. HS Code Policy
93 1701 00 00 Kg (a) Sugar Free [Notification No.. 20/2015-
20 dated 07.09.2015]
(b) Sugar to EU Free The Certificate of Origin
under CXL Quota
shall be issued by Additional
DGFT, Mumbai. The
exporters shall be required to
furnish the details of actual
exports(viz. quantity, value,
destination, name & address
of foreign buyer etc.) to the
Additional DGFT, Mumbai
as well as to APEDA, New
Delhi. This will be subject to
quantitative ceiling notified
by DGFT from time to time.
(c) Sugar to USA Free The quota will be operated by
under TRQ
APEDA, New Delhi as per
the modalities and
operational guidelines to be
notified by APEDA. The
exporters shall be required to
furnish the details of actual
exports(viz. quantity, value,
destination, name & address
of foreign buyer etc.) to the
APEDA, New Delhi. The
Certificate of Origin, if
required, shall be issued by
Additional DGFT, Mumbai.
This will be subject to
quantitative ceiling notified
by DGFT from time to time.
[Notification No.. 20/2015-
20 dated 07.09.2015]
ITC (HS), 2018
Note: 1
Pharmaceutical Grade Sugar will include; (i) Sucrose IP/BP/EP/USP/JP and (ii) Sucrose AR
& LR] and Specialty Sugar [(i) Sugar cubes (ii) Sugar sachets (white & brown) (iii) Castor
sugar (iv) Demerara sugar (v) Light brown sugar (vi) Icing sugar (vii) Fondant icing sugar
(viii) Kathali sugar (ix) Candy sugar (x) Rainbow sugar (xi) Pearl sugar and (xii) Trimoline
(invert sugar) [Notification No. 29(RE-2012)/2009-2014 dated 11.01.2013]
Note : 2
Export of organic sugar from Custom EDI ports have been exempted from all quantitative
ceilings irrespective of any existing or future restriction/ prohibition on export of their basic
product (non-organic), with due certification by APEDA as organic under the NPOP.
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 20
PREPARATIONS OF VEGETABLES, FRUITS, NUTS OR OTHER PARTS OF PLANTS
Tariff Item Item Export

HS Code Unit Policy Conditions
S.No. Description Policy
93A 2008 11 00 Kg Groundnuts, Free (a)Export to all countries (except
otherwise exports to Russian Federation) is
prepared or permitted subject to registration
preserved, with APEDA along with controlled
whether or not Aflatoxin level Certificate issued by
mixed together APEDA recognized laboratories (as
and whether or updated from time to time) on their
not containing website at URL
added sugar or http://www.apeda.gov.in/apedawebs
other ite/HACCP/recognized_laboratories
sweetening .pdf
matter or spirit,
not elsewhere (b) Exports to Russian Federation
specified or permitted subject to pre-shipment
included quality certification issued by

Laboratory.
Ltd.
(3) Reliable Analytical
Laboratory
Industrial Research, Delhi
Office Bangalore
(8) Vimta Labs.
notified from time to time.

2012)/2009-2014 dated 03.01.2013]
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 23
RESIDUES AND WASTE FROM THE FOOD INDUSTRIES; PREPARED
ANIMAL FODDER
S.No. Tariff Unit Item Export Policy Conditions

Item Description Policy
HS Code
93B 23011010 Kg. Meat meals and Free Export allowed freely but export
pellets to European Union allowed
(including subject to the following
tankage) : Meat conditions :
and Bone Meal
of Buffalo (i) A ‘Shipment Clearance
exporter, Plant approval number,
nature of export product,
quantity, invoice number and
date, port of loading (name of
the port) and destination

giving details of the product with
HS Code, packaging, its origin,
destination, vessel name, date of
departure, health requirements,
etc. This Health Certificate
would be issued jointly by
CAPEXIL and Regional Animal
Quarantine Officer, Department
of Animal Husbandry, Dairying
and Fisheries, Ministry of

dated 13.01.2017]
ITC (HS), 2018
94 2305 00 10 Kg De-oiled Restricted Exports permitted under

2305 00 20 groundnut cakes licence
2305 00 90 containing more
than 1% oil and
groundnut
expeller cakes
95 1213 00 00 Kg Fodder, Restricted Exports permitted under

1214 10 00 including wheat Licence
1214 90 00 and rice straw
2302 10 10
2302 30 00
2302 40 00
2308 00 00
96 2302 20 20 Kg Rice bran, raw Restricted Exports permitted under Licence
2302 20 90 and boiled
97 2309 Kg Preparations of Free Export of the item produced
a kind used in from animal by-products
animal feeding allowed freely but export to
European Union allowed subject
2309 10 00 Kg Dog or Cat Free to the following conditions :
food, put up for
retail sale (i) A ‘Shipment Clearance
2309 90 20 Kg Concentrates for Free consignment-wise by the
compound CAPEXIL indicating details of
animal feed the name and address of the

ITC (HS), 2018


dated 13.01.2017]
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 25
SALT; SULPHUR; EARTHS AND STONE; PLASTERING MATERIALS, LIME AND
CEMENT

Item Policy
98 2505 10 11 Kg Sand and Soil Restricted Exports permitted
2505 10 12 under licence
2505 10 19
2505 10 20
2505 90 00
2530 90 99
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 26
ORES, SLAG, AND ASH
NOTE:
1. Rare Earth compounds are freely exportable, but rare earth phosphates, which
contain uranium and thorium are prescribed substances and are controlled as per provisions
of Atomic Energy Act, 1962 .
2. Other minerals under code 2617 are freely exportable, except those which have
been notified as prescribed substances and controlled under Atomic Energy Act, 1962.

Item Description Policy
HS Code
99 2601 11 00 Kg Iron ore other STE Export through MMTC
than those Limited
Specified under
Free category
100 2601 11 00 Kg Iron ore of Goa Free
origin when
exported to
China, Europe,
Japan, South
Korea and
Taiwan,
irrespective of
the Fe content;
101 2601 11 00 Kg Iron ore of Redi Free
origin to all
markets,
irrespective of
the Fe content;
102 2601 11 00 Kg All iron ore of Free
Fe content upto
64%
103 2601 11 50 Kg Iron ore STE Kudremukh Iron Ore
concentrate Company Limited,
prepared by Bangalore
benefication
and/or
concentration of
low grade ore
containing 40
percent or less
of iron produced
by Kudremukh
Iron Ore
Company
Limited
ITC (HS), 2018
104 2601 12 10 Kg Iron ore pellets Free Export by KIOCL Limited,
manufactured by Bangalore or any entity
Kudremukh Iron authorised by KIOCL
Ore Company Limited, Bangalore
Limited [Notification. No. 92(RE-
(KIOCL) 2013) dated 26.09.2014]
105 2601 12 90 Kg Rejects of iron Free The quantity of export of
ore chips and such rejects shall not be
like generated more than 10% of the
from the imported raw materials i.e.
manufacturing pellets The size of the
process after rejected pellets chips (fines)
using imported shall be less than 6 mm
raw material
106 2602 00 00 Kg Manganese STE Export through
Ores excluding (a) MMTC Limited
the following: (b) Manganese Ore India
Lumpy / Limited (MOIL)
blended
Manganese ore
with more than
46 percent
Manganese
107 2602 00 10 Kg Lumpy/blended Restricted Export permitted under
manganese ore licence
with more than
46% manganese
108 2610 00 00 Kg Chrome ore Restricted Export permitted under
other than (i) licence other than
beneficated categories at (b) to (d)
chrome ore below
fines /
concentrates
(maximum feed
grade to be less
than 42%
Cr2O3) and (ii)
those categories
of Chrome ores
mentioned as
permitted
through STEs.
109 2610 00 30 Kg Beneficated STE Export through MMTC
2610 00 40 chrome ore Limited
fines /
concentrates (amended by Notification No
(maximum feed 5, dated 09.05.06)
grade to be less
than 42%
Cr2O3)
ITC (HS), 2018
110 2610 00 30 Kg Chrome ore STE Export through MMTC
lumps with Limited
Cr2O3 not
exceeding 40
percent
111 2610 00 90 Kg Low silica STE Export through MMTC

friable/fine ore Limited
with Cr2O3 not
exceeding 52
percent and
Silica exceeding
4 percent
112 2610 00 90 Kg Low Silica STE Export through MMTC

friable/fine Limited
Chromite Ore
with Cr2O3 in
the range of 52-
54% and silica
exceeding 4 %.
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 27
MINERAL FUELS; MINERAL OILS AND PRODUCTS OF THEIR
DISTILLATION; BITUMINOUS SUBSTANCES; MINERAL WAXES
S. No. Tariff Unit Item Description Export Policy Conditions

Item Policy
HS
Code
113 27090000 Kg Crude Oil STE Export through Indian Oil
Corporation Limited

dated 11.11.2013]
114 27101910 Kg Kerosene Free Export allowed subject to

obtaining NOC from Ministry
of Petroleum & Natural Gas.
The above condition would not

be applicable for export of
Kerosene to Nepal & Bhutan by
the Indian Oil Corporation Ltd.

dated 11.11.2013]
115 27111900 Kg Liquefied Petroleum Free Export allowed subject to
Gas (LPG) obtaining NOC from Ministry
of Petroleum & Natural Gas.
The above condition would not

be applicable for export of
Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)
to Nepal & Bhutan by the
Indian Oil Corporation Ltd.

dated 11.11.2013]
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 28
INORGANIC CHEMICALS; ORGANIC OR INORGANIC COMPOUNDS OF

PRECIOUS METALS, OF RARE-EARTH METALS, OF RADIOACTIVE
ELEMENTS OF ISOTOPES
NOTE: 1
Export of Potassium Permanganate is freely allowed subject to No Objection Certificate from

Narcotics Commissioner, Gwalior for details, see Chapter-29.
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 29
ORGANIC CHEMICALS
NOTE:
This chapter also includes relevant chemicals under chapter 27, 28 and 38.

Item Policy
HS Code
116 2710 91 00 Kg Poly Brominated Biphenyls Free No Objection Certificate
from the Department of
Chemicals and Petro-
Chemicals, Ministry of
Chemicals and
Fertilizers, New Delhi
117 2710 91 00 Kg Poly Chlorinated Biphenyls Free No Objection Certificate

Chemicals and
118 2710 91 00 Kg Poly Chlorinated terphenyls Free No Objection Certificate

Chemicals and
119 2920 29 30 Kg Tris (2,3 Di-bromopropyl) Free No Objection Certificate

phosphate from the Department of
Chemicals and
120 25241010 Kg Crocidolite Free No Objection Certificate

Chemicals and
ITC (HS), 2018
121 2841 61 00 Kg Potassium Permanganate Free No Objection Certificate
from Narcotics
Commissioner of India,
Gwalior
122 2915 24 00 Kg Acetic Anhydride Free No Objection Certificate
from Narcotics
Gwalior
123 2939 41 00 Kg Ephedrine and its salts Free No Objection Certificate
2939 42 00 /Pseudoephedrine and its from Narcotics
salts Commissioner of India,
Gwalior
124 2914 31 00 Kg 1- Phenyl-2 Propanone & Free No Objection Certificate

from Narcotics
Gwalior

2013)/2009-2014 dated
Notification No.22(RE-
2013)/2009-2014 dated
06.10.2015]
124A 2932 92 Kg 3,4- Free No Objection Certificate
Methylenedioxyphenyl – from Narcotics
2- Propanone Commissioner of India,
Gwalior

2013)/2009-2014 dated
03.12.2013]
125 2914 12 00 Kg Methyl Ethyl Ketone Free No Objection Certificate
from Narcotics
Gwalior
125 A 2924 23 Kg 2-Acetamidobenzoic acid (N- Free No Objection Certificate

acetylanthranilic acid) and its from Narcotics
salts Commissioner of India,
Gwalior

2013)/2009-2014 dated
03.12.2013]
ITC (HS), 2018
125 B 2922 43 Kg Anthranilic acid and its salts Free No Objection Certificate
from Narcotics
Gwalior

2013)/2009-2014 dated
03.12.2013]
125 C 2939 61 Kg Ergometrine and its salts Free No Objection Certificate
from Narcotics
Gwalior

2013)/2009-2014 dated
03.12.2013]
125 D 2939 62 Kg Ergotamine and its salts Free No Objection Certificate
from Narcotics
Gwalior

2013)/2009-2014 dated
03.12.2013]
125 E 2932 91 Kg Isosafrole Free No Objection Certificate
from Narcotics
Gwalior

2013)/2009-2014 dated
03.12.2013]
125 F 2939 63 Kg Lysergic acid and its salts Free No Objection Certificate
from Narcotics
Gwalior
125 G 2939 44 Kg Norephedrine Free No Objection Certificate

(Phenylpropanolamine), its from Narcotics
salts and preparations thereof Commissioner of India,
Gwalior
125 H 2916 34 Kg Phenyl acetic acid and its Free No Objection Certificate
salts from Narcotics
Gwalior
ITC (HS), 2018
125 I 2932 93 Kg Piperonal Free No Objection Certificate
from Narcotics
Gwalior
125 J 2932 94 Kg Safrole and any essential oil Free No Objection Certificate
containing 4% or more from Narcotics
safrole Commissioner of India,
Gwalior
126 2903 00 00 Kg Chemicals included in Restricted Exports permitted under

Annexures A and B to the licence. Export to
Montreal Protocol on countries which are not
substances that deplete the Parties to the Montreal
Ozone Layer Protocol is prohibited.
127 2903 00 00 Kg Chemicals under Montreal Prohibited Not permitted to be
Protocol when exported to a exported
country which is not party to
the `Montreal Protocol on
substances that Deplete the
Ozone Layer'
ITC (HS), 2018
Tariff Item Export

HS Code Unit Item Description Policy Conditions
S.No. Policy
128 2903 77 13 Annexure A
Group I
(a) CFC13(CFC-11)
Kg Trichloro fluoro
methane.
129 2903 77 12 Kg (b) CFC2C12 (CFC-12

Dicholoro difluoro
methane.
130 2903 77 23 Kg (c) C2F3C13 (CFC-

113) 1,1,2, Trichloro-
1,2,2 trifluoro ethane.
131 2903 77 22 Kg (d) C2F4C12 (CFC-
114) 1,2
Dichloro tetrafluoro
ethane.
132 2903 77 21 Kg (e) C2F5BrCI (CFC-

115) Chloro penta
Restricted or Prohibited as above
fluoro ethane
depending upon whether country is
signatory of Montreal protocol or not.
133 2903 76 10 Kg Group II
(f) CF2BrCI (halon-
1211) Bromo chloro
difluoro methane.
134 2903 76 20 Kg (g) CF3B (halon-1301)
Bromo trifluoro
methane.
135 2903 76 30 Kg (h) C2F4Br2
(halon-2402)
Dibromo
tetrafluoro ethane.
136 2903 77 11 Kg Annexure B

Group I
(i) CF3CI (CFC-
13) Chloro trifluoro
methane.
137 2903 77 25 Kg (j) C2FC15 (CFC-111)
Pentachloro fluoro
ethane.
138 2903 77 24 Kg (k) C2F2C14 (CFC-112)
Tetrachloro difluoro
ethane.
139 2903 77 37 Kg (l)C3FC17 (CFC-211)
ITC (HS), 2018
Heptachloro -
fluoroprapane.
140 2903 77 36 Kg (m) C3F2C16 (CFC212)
Hexachloro difluoro
propane.
141 2903 77 35 Kg (n) C3F3C15 (CFC-213)
2903 45 24 Pentachloro trifluoro
propane.
142 2903 77 33 Kg (o) C3F5C14 (CFC-214)
Tetrachloro tetrafluoro
propane.
143 2903 77 32 Kg (p)C3F5C13(CFC-215)
Trichloro pentafluoro
propane.
144 2903 77 31 Kg (q) C3F6C12 (CFC-216)
Dichloro hexafluoro
methane.
145 2903 14 00 Kg (r) C3F7Cl (CFC-217)
Chloro heptafluoro
propane.
146 2903 19 20 Kg Group II
(s) CC14 Carbon
Tetrachloride Tetrachloro
methane.
147 3824 71 00 Kg Group III
(t) CH3C13* 1,1,1-
Trichloro ethane.
(Methyl Chloroform)
*This formula does not
refer to 1,1,2- trichloro
ethane.
148 38247900 Kg Annexure C Controlled
Group
Group I Substances
Substances
CHFCI2 (HCFC-21) Restricted or Prohibited
CHF2CI (HCFC-22) as above depending upon
whether country is
CH2FCI (HCFC-31) signatory of Montreal
protocol or not.
C2 HFCI4 (HCFC-121)
C2HF2CI3 (HCFC-122)
C2HF3CI2 (HCFC-123)
CHCI2CF3 (HCFC-123)
CHFCICF3 (HCFC-124)
(HCFC-124)
CHFCICF3 (Noti. No. 09
dated
10.12.04)
ITC (HS), 2018
C2H2FCI3 (HCFC-131)
C2H2F2CI2 (HCFC-132)
C2H2F3CI (HCFC-133)
C2H3FCI2 (HCFC-141)
(HCFC-
CH3CFCI2
141b)
C2H3F2CI (HCFC-142)
(HCFC-
CH3CF2CI
142b)
C2H4FCI (HCFC-151)
C3HFCI6 (HCFC-221)
C3HF2CI5 (HCFC-222)
C3HF3CI4 (HCFC-223)
C3HF4CI3 (HCFC-224)
C3HF5CI2 (HCFC-225)
(HCFC-
CF3CF2CHCI2
225ca)
(HCFC-
CF2CICF2CHCIF
225cb)
C3HF6CI (HCFC-226)
C3H2FCI5 (HCFC-231)
C3H2F5CI (HCFC-235)
C3H3FCI4 (HCFC-241)
C3H3F4CI (HCFC-244)
C3H4FCI3 (HCFC-251)
C3H4F3CI (HCFC-253)
C3H5FCI2 (HCFC-261)
C3H5F2CI (HCFC-262)
C3H6FCI (HCFC-271)
ITC (HS), 2018
149 38247900 Kg Group Substance

Group-II
CHFBr2 (HBFC-221BI)
CHF2Br
C2HFBr4
C2HF2Br3
C2HF3Br2
C2HF4Br
C2H2FBr3
C2H2F2Br2
C2H2F3Br
C2H3FBr2
C2H3F2Br
C2H4FBr
C2HFBr6
C3HF2Br5
C3HF3Br4
C3HF4Br3
C3HF5Br2
C3HF5Br
C3H2FBr5
C3H2F2Br4
C3H2F3Br3
C3H2F4Br2
C3H2F5Br
C3H3FBr4
C3H3F2Br3
C3H3F3Br2
C3H3F4Br
C3H4FBr3
C3H4F2Br2
C3H4F3Br
C3H5FBr2
C3H5F2Br
C3H6FBr
150 38247700 Kg Group-III

CH2BrCI-
Annexure D - Reserved
151 38247700 Annexure E
Kg CH3Br
Methyle Bromide
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 30
PHARMACEUTICAL
NOTE: 1
Formulations of plant portions of prohibited varieties falling in heading 3003 and heading
3004 are freely exportable subject to conditions. For details, please see chapter 12.
S.No Tariff Un Item Export Policy Conditions

. Item HS it Description Policy
Code
152 3002 12 10 Kg Whole human Free Export allowed subject
3002 12 20 blood plasma to obtaining No
3002 12 30 Objection Certificate
and all from DGHS
3002 12 40 products
3002 12 90 derived from
3002 10 20 human blood
3002 10 91 except gamma
3002 90 10 globulin and
3002 90 20 human serum
albumin
manufactured
from human
placenta and
human
placental
blood; Raw
placenta;
Placental
blood plasma
153 3002 10 20 Kg Gamma Free
globulin and
human
serum
albumin
manufactured
from human
placenta and
human
placental
blood
ITC (HS), 2018
154 3002 12 10 Kg Samples of Free Recommendation
3002 12 20 whole human from a Doctor
3002 12 90 blood plasma
3002 10 20 and all
3002 90 10 products
3002 90 20 derived from
human blood;
Raw placenta;
Placental
blood plasma
in individual
cases for
diagnostic /
therapeutic
purposes.
155 3003 90 36 Kg Ketamine Free Export allowed
3004 90 96 subject to obtaining
No Objection
Certificate from
Narcotics
Commissioner
156 3002 10 Kg Antisera and Free Export of the item

other blood produced from animal
fractions and by-products allowed
modified freely but export to
immunological European Union
products, allowed subject to the
whether or not following conditions :
obtained by (i) A ‘Shipment
means of Clearance Certificate’
biotechnological is to be issued
processes consignment-wise by
3002 10 20 Kg Hemoglobin the CAPEXIL
blood globulins indicating details of
and serum the name and address
globulins of the exporter,
address of the
registered plant, IEC
No. of the exporter,
Plant approval
number, nature of
export product,
quantity, invoice
number and date, port
of loading (name of
the port) and
destination;
ITC (HS), 2018
3001 90 91 Kg Heparin and its (ii) After the shipment
salts is made, the exporter
shall also provide a
consignment-wise to
the buyer giving
details of the product
with HS Code,
destination, vessel
name, date of
departure, health
requirements, etc.
This Health
Certificate would be
issued jointly by
CAPEXIL and
Regional Animal
Quarantine Officer,
Department of
Animal Husbandry,
Dairying and
Agriculture and
Farmers Welfare,
Government of India.
[Notification No.
34/2015-20 dated
13.01.2017]
Export Licencing Note of Chapter 30
“The words ‘ Heavy metals within permissible limits’ have be conspicuously displayed on
the container of purely Herbal Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani medicines to be exported.
Alternatively, a Certificate that ‘ Heavy metals within permissible limits ‘ issued either
by an inhouse laboratory fully equipped with appropriate equipments for testing heavy
metals or by any other NABL / GLP accredited laboratory or any other approved
laboratory has to be produced along with other consignment papers.”
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 31
FERTILISERS

HS Code Policy
156A 3101 00 Kg. Animal or Free Export of the item produced
vegetable from animal by-products
fertilizers, whether allowed freely but export to
or not mixed European Union allowed subject
together or to the following conditions :
chemically treated; (i) A ‘Shipment Clearance
fertilizers produced Certificate’ is to be issued
by the mixing or consignment-wise by the
chemical treatment CAPEXIL indicating details of
of animal or the name and address of the
vegetable products exporter, address of the
Welfare, Government of India

dated 13.01.2017]
157 3102 10 00 Kg Urea Restricted Export permitted under licence.
158 3103 10 00 Kg Straight Phosphatic Free Manufacturers of SSP as
Fetilizers given listed at Export Licensing
below : Note 1 at List A below shall be
allowed to export their own
1.Single Super manufactured SSP subject to
Phosphate the following conditions :
ITC (HS), 2018
(16% P2O5) 1. Intimation to Department of
Powdered Fertilizer about quantity of
export along with a self-
2.Single Super declaration and a certificate
Phosphate issued by statutory auditors that
(14% P2O5) no concession/ has been
Powdered claimed for intended export.
3.Single Super 2. Production of above

Phosphate declaration / certificate as at
(16% P2O5) (i) above to Customs at the
Granulated time of export.
159 3103 10 00 Kg Other Straight Restricted Export permitted under
Phosphatic licence
Fertilizers of
the specifications
at Entry number
158 above which
do not meet the
specified
conditions for free
exports
160 3105 30 00 Kg N.P. Complex Manufacturers of DAP
Fertilizers as listed at Export Licensing
given below : Restricted Note 1 at List B below shall be
allowed,with the prior
Diammonium permission of the Department of
Phosphate Fertilizer, to export their own
(DAP) (18-46-00) manufactured DAP subject to
the following conditions :
(i) Intimation to Department of
Fertilizer about quantity of
declaration and a certificate
issued by statutory auditors that
no concession/ subsidy has been
claimed for
intended export.
(ii) Production of above

declaration / certificate as at
(i) above to Customs at the
time of export.
161 3105 30 00 Kg Other N.P. Restricted Export permitted under
Complex licence
Fertilizers of the
specifications at
Entry number
160 above which
do not meet the
specified
conditions for
free exports
ITC (HS), 2018
162 3104 20 00 Kg Straight Potassic Restricted Exports permitted, with
Fertilizers the prior permission of the
given below: Department of Fertilizer, by
Potassium direct importers of MOP out of
Chloride quantity of import made during
(Muriate of last six months subject to the
Potash) following conditions :-
(i) They will not claim any

concession for the quantity
intended to be exported ; or
(ii) They will return the

concession if already claimed
from the Government; and
1. Furnish certificate from the

statutory auditors to the
Department of Fertilisers and
Customs that the quantity
intended to be exported has
been imported in the last six
months and no concession /
subsidy has been claimed; and
2. Export realisation in free
foreign exchange only.”
163 3104 20 00 Kg Straight Potassic Restricted Export permitted under

Fertilizers licence
of the
specifications at
Entry number
162 above which
do not meet the
specified
conditions for
free exports
164 3105 40 00 Kg Other N.P. Free Manufacturers of NP and

3105 51 00 Complex NPK as listed at Export
3105 59 00 Fertilizers as Licensing Note 1 at List C
given below : below shall be allowed to export
1. NP ( 16-20-0) their own manufactured NP and
2. NP ( 20-20-0) NPK subject to the following
3. NP ( 28-28-0) conditions :
4. NP ( 23-23-0) (i) Intimation to Department of
Fertilizer about quantity of
declaration and a certificate
issued by statutory auditors that
no concession/ subsidy has been
claimed for intended export.
ITC (HS), 2018
(ii) Production of above

declaration / certificate as at
(i) above to Customs at the
time of export.
165 3105 40 00 Kg Other N.P. Restricted Export permitted under
3105 51 00 Complex licence
3105 59 00 Fertilizers of the
specifications at
Entry number
164 above which
do not meet the
specified
conditions for
free exports
166 3105 20 00 Kg N.P.K. Free Manufacturers of NP and
Complex NPK as listed at Export
Fertilisers Licensing Note 1 at List C
give below shall be allowed to export
n their own manufactured NP and
belo NPK subject to the following
w :- conditions :
Nitrophosphate (i) Intimation to
with Potash Department of Fertilizer about
(15-15-15) quantity of export along with a
N.P.K. (10-26-26) self- declaration and a
N.P.K. (12-32-16) certificate issued by statutory
N.P.K. (14-35-14) auditors that no concession/
N.P.K. (14-28-14) subsidy has been claimed for
N.P.K. (19-19-19) intended export.
N.P.K. (17-17-17) (ii) Production of above
N.P.K. (15- declaration / certificate as at
15-15) (i) above to Customs at the
time of export.
167 3105 20 00 Kg Other N.P.K. Restricted Export permitted under licence
Complex
Fertilizers of the
specifications
at Entry
number 166 above
which do not meet
the specified
conditions for free
exports
168 3104 90 00 Kg All chemical Restricted Export permitted under
fertilisers licence
fortified with zinc
or boron
169 3105 90 10 Kg Micronutirent Restricted Export permitted under

fertilizers and licence
mixtures thereof
containing NPK,
ITC (HS), 2018
excluding those
specified in
Schedule I , Part
A 1 (f) of
Fertilizers
(Control) Order,
1985
NOTE: 1 [Notification No 07/2015-2020 dated 16.05.2017]
Manufacturers of SSP, DAP and NP / NPK who can freely export their own manufactures
subject to the conditions above.
A List of SSP Manufacturers / Units
1. Arawali Phosphate Ltd, Jhamarkotra Road, Umra, Udaipur, Rajasthan

2. Arihant Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd, Neemuch Tehsil, Neemuch, M.P.
3. Arihant Phosphates and Fertilisers Ltd, Nimbaheda, Chittorgarh, Rajasthan
4 Asha Phosphates Ltd, Jaggakhedi, Mandsaur, M.P.
5. Basant Agro Tech (India) Ltd, Barshi Takli Tehsil, Akola, Maharashtra
6. Bhilai Engineering Corporation Ltd, Gunjkheda, Pulgaon, Wardha,
Maharashtra
7. Bhilai Engineering Corporation Ltd, Sirgiti Industrial Area, Bilaspur,
Chattisgarh
8. Bohra Industries Ltd, Umra Village, Girva, Udaipur, Rajasthan
9. Chemtech Fertilisers Ltd, Kazipalli, IDA, Medak, Andhra Pradesh
10. Coimbatore Pioneer Fertilisers Ltd, Muthugoundanpudur, coimabore, TN
11. Dharamsi Morarji Chemical Co Ltd, Ambarnath Tehsil, Thane, Maharashtra
12. Dharamsi Morarji Chemical Co Ltd, Distt. Bilaspur, Chattisgarh
13. Dharamsi Morarji Chemical Co Ltd, Khemli, udaipur, Rajasthan
14. EID Parry (India) Ltd, Pinji Village, Ranipet, TN
15. Gayatri Spinners Ltd, Hamirgarh, Bhilwara, Rajasthan
16. Hind Lever Chemicals Ltd, Durgachak, Haldia, Midnapore, W.B.
17. Jairam Phosphate Ltd, Wadsa (Desalganj), Gadchiroli, Maharashtra
18. Jay Shree Chemicals & Fertilisers-1, Khardah, 24 Praganas (N), W.B.
19. Jay Shree Chemicals & Fertilisers-1I, Khardah, 24 Praganas (N), W.B.
20. Jubliant Organosys Ltd, Bharatiram, Gajraula, U.P.
21. Kashi Uravark Ltd, Industrial Area, Jagdishpur, Sultanpur, U.P.
22. Khaitan Chemicals & Fertilisers Ltd, Village Nirmani, Khargone, M.P.
23. Khaitan Fertilisers, Rampur, U.P.
24. Kothari Industrial Corp. Ltd, Ennore, T.N.
25. Krishna Industrial Corp. Ltd, Nidadavola, West Godavari, Distt. A.P.
26. Liberty Phosphate Ltd, Mewar Industrial Area, Udaipur, Rajasthan
27. Liberty Phosphate Ltd, Nandesari, Vadodara, Gujarat
28. Madhya Bharat Agro products Ltd, Sagar, M.P.
29. Madhya Pradesh Orgochem Ltd, Jawad Tehsil, Neemuch, M.P.
30. Mahadeo Fertilisers Ltd, Bindki, Fatepur, U.P.
ITC (HS), 2018
31. Maharashtra Agro Industries Dev.Corpn. Ltd, Panvel Taluka, Rigad,
Maharashtra
32. Mangalam Phosphates Ltd, Hamirgarh, Bhilwara, Rajasthan
33. Mardia Chemials Ltd, Sitagarh Sayala, Surendranagar, Gujarat
34. Mexican Phosphates Ltd, Ksasrawad Tehsil, Khargone, M.P.
35. Mukteshwar Fertilisers Ltd, Narayankhedi, Ujjain, M.P.
36. Narmada Agro Chemicals P.Ltd. Mangrol, Junagarh, Gujarat
37. Nirma Ltd, Moraiya Village, Bavala, Ahmedabad, Gujarat
38. Phosphate Co. Ltd, Rishra, Hoogly, W.B.
39. Pragati Fertilizers Ltd, IDA, Block-A. Vishakapatnam, A.P.
40. Prathyusha Chemicals & Fertilisers Ltd, IDA, Parawada, Vishakapatnam, A.P.
41. Prem Sakhi Fertilisers Ltd, Jhamar Kotra Road, Lakadwas, Udaipur, Rajasthan
42. Priyanka Fertilisers & Chemicals , Anakapalli (M), Vishakapatnam, A.P.
43. Rashi Fertilizers Ltd., Dindori Tehsil, Nasik, Maharashtra.
44. Rajlaxmi Agrotech India Ltd., Gundewadi Jalna Tehsil, Jalna. Maharashtra.
45. Rama Krishi Rasayan, Haveli Taluka, Pune, Maharashtra.
46 . Rama Phosphates Ltd., Dharampuri, Indore, M.P.
47. Rama Phosphates Ltd. Umra, Gurva Tehsil, Udaipur, Rajasthan.
48. Rewati Minerals & Chemicals Ltd., Banda, Tehsil, Sagar, M.P.
49. Sadhana Phosphate & chemicals Ltd., Gudli Village, Udaipur, Rajasthan.
50. Shiva Fertilizers Ltd., Loha, Taluka, Nanded, Maharashtra.
51. Shreeji Phosphate Ltd., Kallipura Village, Jhabua, M.P.
52. Shri Acids and Chemicals Ltd., Gajraula, U.P.
53. Shri Bhawani Mishra (P) Ltd., Wazirabad, Nanded Maharashtra
54. Shri Ganpati Fertilizers Ltd., Gauraji ka Nimbahera, Ambabari, Rajasthan.
55. Shrinivas Fertilizers Ltd, Gormachhia Village, Jhansi, UP
56. Shurvi Colour Chem Ltd., Madsri, Girva Tehsil, Udaipur, Rajasthan
57. Sona Phosphate Ltd, Sarigam, Sabero, Valsad, Gujarat
58. Subhodaya Chemicals Ltd, Gauripatnam, A.P.
59. Swastik Fertilizer & Chemicals Lt, Village Sandla, Dhar, M.P.
60. Tedco Granites Ltyd, Hamirgarh, Bhilwara, Rajasthan
61. Teesta Agro Industries Ltd, Rajganj, Jalpaiguri, W.B.
62 The Andhra Sugars Ltd, Kovvur, West Godavari Distt, A.P.
63. The Bharat Fertilizer Industries Ltd, Wada Taluka, Thane, Maharashtra.
64. Tungabadra Fertilizers & Chemicals Company Ltd, Munirabad R.S. Koppal,
Karnataka.
65. Narmada Bio-chem Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad
66. Prathyusha Chemicals and Fertilizers Ltd., Visakhapatnam
67. The Jay Shree Chemicals & Fertilizers, Kolkata
68. Asian Fertilizers Ltd., Forakhpur
69. Sai Fertilizers Pvt. Ltd., Kolkata
70. Jubilant Agri & Consumer Products, Gajraula
71. Chambal Fertilizers and Chemicals Ltd., Jasola
72. Basant Agro Tech (I) Ltd., Jalgaon
73. Basant Agro Tech (I) Ltd., Akola
74. Shiva Global Agro Industries Ltd., Nanded
75. Rama Phosphate Ltd., Indore
76. Rama Krishi Rasayan, Puna
77. Rama Phosphate Ltd., Udaipur
78. T.J. Agro Fertilizers Pvt. Ltd., Navsari
79. Varun Fertilizers Pvt. Ltd., Devas
ITC (HS), 2018
80. Agri Green Fertilizers & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd., Kadapa
81. Progressive Fertichem (P) Ltd., Assam
82. Aarti Fertilizers, Vapi
83. R C Fertilizers Pvt. Ltd., Nashik
84. Suman Phosphates and Chemicals Ltd., Indore
85. KPR Fertilizers Ltd., Biccavolu
86. KPR Fertilizers Ltd., Koppal
87. Rajlaxmi Agrotech India Pvt. Ltd., Nanded
88. Indian Phosphaate Ltd., Udaipur
89. Adheeshaa Phosphate, Udaipur
90. Datta Agro Services Pvt. Ltd., Jalgaon
91. Madhyabharat Phosphate Pvt. Ltd., Raisen, M.P.
92. Madhyabharat Phosphate Pvt. Ltd., Jhabua, M.P.
93. Blue Phosphate Ltd., Udaipur
94. BEC Fertilizers Ltd. Bharuch
95. Patel Phoschem Ltd. Udaipur
96. Khaitan Chemicals & Fertilizers Ltd., Nimbahera (Raj.)
97. Khaitan Chemicals & Fertilizers Ltd., Fatehpur (U.P.)
98. Khaitan Chemicals & Fertilizers Ltd., Jhansi (U.P.)
99 Khaitan Chemicals & Fertilizers Ltd., Dahej (Guj.)
100. Khaitan Chemicals & Fertilizers Ltd., Rajnandgaon (Chhattisgarh)
101. M/s Greenstar Fertilizers Ltd. [earlier known as Sothern
Petrochemical Industries Corporation (SPIC) Limited]
B List of DAP Manufacturers [Notification No 07/2015-2020 dated

16.05.2017]
1. Gujarat State Fertilisers & Chemicals Ltd.

2. Zauri Industries Ltd.
4. Oswal Chemicals & Fertilisers Ltd.
5. Madras Fertilisers Ltd., New Delhi-110016
6. M/s Hindalco Industries Limited (unit: birla copper)
7. Indian Farmers Fertilisers Coop. Ltd, New Delli-110019
8. Godavari Fertilisers & Chemical Ltd.
9. M/s Tata Chemicals Limited (Phosphate Business Division ),
Bishop’s House, 51, Chowringee Road, Kolkata-700071.
10. Mangalore Chemicals and Fertilisers Ltd, Bhikaji Cama Place, New Delhi.
11. Paradeep Phosphates Ltd, Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru Marg,
Bhubaneshwar- 751001
12. FACT, Cochin
ITC (HS), 2018
C. List of NP / NPK Manufacturers [Notification No 07/2015-2020 dated

16.05.2017]
1. M/s Gujarat State Fertilisers & Chemicals Ltd. 6th Floor, Meridien,
West Tower, Windsor Place, New Delhi-110001.
2. M/s Zurai Industries Ltd., International Trade Tower, 2nd Floor, F
Block, Nehru Place, New Delhi- 110019.
4. M/s Rashtriya Chemical and Fertiliser Ltd., H-9 Green Park Extn.,
New Delhi.
5. M/s Oswal Chemicals & Fertilisers Ltd., 7th Floor, Antrikash
Bhawan, 22, Kasturba Gandhi Marg, New Delhi-110001.
6. M/s Madras Fertilisers Ltd., U-12-A, First Floor, Green Park
Extension, New Delhi-110016.
7. M/s Hindalco Industries Limited ( unit : birla Copper )
8. M/s Indian Farmers Fertilisers Coop. Ltd., 34, Nehru Place, New
Delhi-110019.
9. M/s Godavari Fertilisers & Chemical Ltd., E-198, East of Kailash,
New Delhi-110065.
10. M/s E.I. D Parry India Ltd., Jeevan Deep Building, No.10, Sansad
Marg, P.B. No.172, New Delhi- 110001.
11. M/s Coromondal Fertilizer Ltd. (CFL) Jeevan Deep Building, 1st
Floor, 10, Parliament Street, New Delhi-110001.
12. M/s Tata Chemicals Limited (Phosphate Business Division ),
bishop’s house, 51, Chowringee Road, Kolkata-700071.
13. M/s Mangalore Chemicals and Fertilisers Ltd., 1002, Bhikaji Cama
Bhawan, Bhikaji Cama Place, New Delhi.
14. M/s Deepak Fertilizers and Petrochemicals Corporation Limited, S-I,
First Floor, Panchsheel Park, New Delhi-110017.
15. M/s Paradeep Phosphates Ltd., Bayan Bhawan, Pandit Jawaharlal
Nehru Marg, Bhubaneswar- 751001.
16. M/s FACT, Cochin.
17 M/s Gujrat Narmada Valley Fertiliser Company limited, Bharauch (Gujarat)
18 M/s Heritaze Enterprise, Vadodara (Gujarat)
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 32
TANNING OR DYEING EXTRACTS; TANNINGS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES;

DYES, PIGMENTS AND OTHER COLOURING MATTER; PAINTS AND
VARNISHES; PUTTY AND OTHER MASTICS; INKS
NOTE : 1
Value added products of Red Sanders wood in this chapter require a licence and
CITES documentation. For detail, see Chapter 44."
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 33
ESSENTIAL OILS AND RESINOIDS; PERFUMERY, COSMETIC OR TOILET
PREPARATIONS
S.No Tariff Item Unit Item Description Export Policy Conditions

. HS Code Policy
170 3301 29 37 Kg Sandalwood oil Restricted Export permitted
under license. For
detail policy see
Chapter 44.
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 35
ALBUMINOIDAL SUBSTANCES; MODIFIED STARCHES; GLUES; ENZYMES

Item HS Description Policy
Code
171 3503 00 20 Kg. Gelatine, edible Free Export of the item produced
grade and not from animal by-products
elsewhere allowed freely but export to
specified or European Union allowed
included subject to the following
conditions :
and destination
destination, vessel name, date
of departure, health
and Regional Animal
Quarantine Officer,
India.

dated 13.01.2017]
ITC (HS), 2018
172 3503 00 30 Kg. Glues derived Export of the item produced
from bones, hides from animal by-products
and similar items allowed freely but export to
and fish glues European Union allowed
subject to the following
conditions :

and destination

and Regional Animal
Quarantine Officer,
India.

dated 13.01.2017]
172A 3503 00 90 Kg. Other Export of the item produced
from animal by-products
allowed freely but export to
European Union allowed
conditions :
ITC (HS), 2018
and destination
and Regional Animal
Quarantine Officer,
India.

dated 13.01.2017]
173 3504 00 10 Kg. Peptones; Export of the item produced
Others from animal by-products
conditions :
ITC (HS), 2018
and destination
and Regional Animal
Quarantine Officer,
India.

dated 13.01.2017]
173A 3507 90 20 Kg. Pancreatin Export of the item produced
conditions :
and destination
ITC (HS), 2018
and Regional Animal
Quarantine Officer,
India.

dated 13.01.2017]
173B 3507 90 30 Kg. Pepsin Export of the item produced
conditions :
and destination
and Regional Animal
Quarantine Officer,
ITC (HS), 2018
India.

dated 13.01.2017]
173C 3507 90 79 Kg. Trypsin, Export of the item produced
Chymotrypsin, from animal by-products
Trypsin- allowed freely but export to
Chymotrypsin European Union allowed
Mix subject to the following
conditions :
and destination
and Regional Animal
Quarantine Officer,
India.

dated 13.01.2017]
ITC (HS), 2018
174 3501 Kg. Casein, Restricted Export permitted under licence
Caseinates and
other casein [Notification No. 112 (RE –
derivatives; casein 2010)/2009-2014 01.05.2012]
glues

NOTE 1
Export of 'Milk products including casein and casein products etc. 'have been made free vide
Notification No. 31 (RE - 2012)/2009-2014 New Delhi, Dated: 4th February, 2013. Export of the
above processed and/or value added agricultural products will be exempted from any restriction /
ban even in the event of restriction / ban on the export of basic farm produce.
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 38
MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICAL PRODUCTS
NOTE: 1
Value added products of red sanders wood in this chapter require a licence.
For detail, see chapter 44.
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 40
RUBBER AND ARTICLES THEREOF
S.No. Tariff Un I t em D es cri p t i on Export Policy Conditions

Item it Policy
175 4014 10 10 u C on d om s ex cep t Free Export freely permitted
ca t eg or i es / br a n d subject
s m en ti on ed at ( to submission to
a ) a n d ( b) bel ow wh Customs, a self
i ch a r e n ot a l l ow ed declaration and a
f or expor t certificate issued by
statutory Auditors that
no concession/subsidy
has been claimed for
intended exports nor any
subsidized material has
been used for
manufacture of items
under export
( a ) An y c on d om Prohibited Not permitted to be
with an y o f th e exported.
f ollo win g
m ar k in g/ S t a mp
i. “ Made
s p e cia lly f or
G o vt . o f I n d ia ” ; or
ii. “ S ol d un der
C on tr a cep tiv
e S o ci a l
M a r k et in g
P r og r am m e o f G o vt .
of I n d ia ” ;
iii. “ F r ee
s uppl y ” ;
i v. “ C en tr a l
G o vt .
s uppl y- N ot
f or s a l e ” ;
or
v. “ N ot f or
expor t out s i de
I n d ia ” ; an d
/ or
ITC (HS), 2018
( b) t h e fol l o wi n g Prohibited Not permitted to be
s p e ci fi c br a n d s of exported.
c on d om s : -
i. A h s aa s
ii. Blis s
iii. D el u x e
N i r od h
i v. D r ea m
v. Ma st i
vi . M ilan
vii. M ith un
viii. Ma u j
i x. N i r od h
x. New
Lu br i ca t ed
N i r od h
xi . Pi ck Me
x ii. S an gam
x iii. S uper
D el u x e
N i r od h
x i v. S awan
x v. T a man n a
x vi . Um a n g
x vii. U st a d
x viii. Za r oor
xi x. A nand
xx. Th r ill
xxi . S p a r sh
xxi i . Sa t h i
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 41
RAW HIDES AND SKINS (OTHER THAN FURSKINS) AND LEATHER
NOTE:1
Finished leather of goat, sheep and bovine animals and of their young ones" means the
leather which complies with the terms and conditions specified in the Public Notice of the
Government of India in the Ministry of Commerce No.21/2009-14 dated 01.12.2009,
under the provisions of the Foreign Trade (Development and Regulation) Act, 1992 (22 of
1992).
S.No. Tariff item Unit Item Description Export Policy Conditions

HS Code Policy
176 4104 11 00 Kg Finished leather all Free Subject to the definition
4104 19 00 kinds of finished leather at
4104 41 00 Note 1
4104 49 00
4105 10 00
4105 30 00
4106 21 00
4106 22 00
4106 31 00
4106 32 00
4106 40 00
4106 91 00
4106 92 00
4107 11 00
4107 12 00
4107 19 00
4107 91 00
4107 92 00
4107 99 00
Export Licensing note of Chapter 41

NOTE: 1
The definition of finished leather is contained in Public Notice No. 21/2009-14 dated
01.12.2009. The same is reproduced at Appendix 4 of Schedule 2.
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 44
WOOD AND ARTICLES OF WOOD; WOOD CHARCOAL
NOTE:1
Definition of handicrafts for the purpose of classification :
(a) A handicraft must be predominantly made by hand. Machinery can also be used
in the manufacturing process as a secondary process.
(b) It must be graced with visual appeal in the form of ornamentation or in-lay work
or some similar work lending it an element of artistic improvement and such
ornamentation must be of a substantial nature and not a mere pretence.
The classification codes for the handicrafts is only illustrative. The description can cover
other headings as well.
NOTE: 2
Prohibition on export of Muli Bamboo (Melocanna baccifera) is made ‘Free’ till
31.03.2019. Bamboo products made from bamboo obtained from legal source; except
bamboo charcoal, bamboo pulp and unprocessed bamboo shoots under ITC(HS) Code
1401 10 00 are freely exportable. For details see Chapter 14 [Notification No. 11/2015-20
dated 23.06.2017].
NOTE: 3
Export Promotion Council for Handicrafts (EPCH) is authorised to issue certificate, on

demand, on the due diligence adopted by the exporters in procurement of wood from legal
sources [Notification No. 13(RE-2013)/2009-2014 dated 14.05.2013]

Itrem Policy
HS
Code
177 4401 10 00 MT Wood and wood Prohibited Not permitted to be Exported
4401 11 10 products in the form of
4401 31 00 logs, timber, stumps,
4401 39 00 roots, bark, chips, powder,
4401 40 00 flakes, dust, and charcoal
other than sawn timber
made exclusively out of
imported logs/timber
ITC (HS), 2018
178 4401 11 10 MT Fuel wood, in logs, Prohibited Not permitted to be Exported.
4401 12 10 in
4401 11 90 billets, in twigs, in
4401 12 90 faggots or in similar
forms; Wood in chips or
particles; Sawdust and
wood waste and scrap,
whether or not
agglomerated in logs,
briquettes, pellets or
similar forms
179 4402 10 10 MT Wood charcoal , whether Prohibited Not permitted to be Exported.
4402 90 90 or However, the prohibition on export
not agglomerated of charcoal will not apply to Bhutan
180 4407 19 10 MT Wood sawn or Prohibited Not permitted to be Exported

4407 11 00 chipped
4407 19 90 lengthwise, sliced or
4407 29 10 peeled, whether or not
4407 29 90 planed, sanded or end
4407 96 00 jointed, or a thickness
4407 99 20 exceeding 6 mm other
4407 99 90 than sawn timber made
exclusively out of
imported logs/timber
181 4407 19 10 MT Sawn Timber Free (i) The Export would be confined
4407 11 00 made exclusively out of to the species which has been
4407 19 90 imported;
imported logs/timber of all
4407 29 10 the species of wood other
4407 29 90 (ii) The importer and exporter
than CITES Appendix I & s h a l l be the same firm and the
4407 96 00 II species.
4407 99 20 import and export shall have to be
4407 99 90 effected from the same
port. The scheme will be
operational only from the ports of
Chennai, Kandla, Kolkata,
Mangalore, Mumbai, Mundra,
Nhava Sheva (JNPT), Tuticorin,
Vishakhapatnam and the Land
Customs Station (LCS) of Raxaul.
ITC (HS), 2018
However, for this purpose, Mangalore
& Tuticorin shall be treated as the
same port thereby allowing importers
to import wood logs from Mangalore
and export the Sawn timber from
Tuticorin and vice-versa. Similar
facility shall also be available for
Kandla, Mumbai, Mundra and Nhava
Sheva (JNPT) ports thereby allowing
importers to import from any of the
above ports and export either from
the same port or from any of the
remaining three ports. For the
purpose of export to Nepal, the Land
Customs Station (LCS) of Raxaul and
Kolkata port shall be treated as the
same port thereby allowing importers
to import wood logs from Kolkata
port and export the Sawn timber to
Nepal from the LCS of Raxaul.
[Notification No. 16/2015-20 dated
28.07.2015]
(iii) The export of sawn products
derived from imported logs shall
not exceed 60% of the imports in
volume terms;
(iv) The value addition of such
exports shall be not less than 30%.
(v) The Saw Mill of the exporter,
where imported timber is sawn shall
be registered with the State Forest
Department and shall be located
away from the forest area in a
location approved by the Conservator
of Forests of the State Government;
(vi) The exporter must undertake
exports within a period of 12
months from the date of import;
(vii) The export contracts shall be
registered with the Chemicals and
Allied Products Export Promotion
Council (CAPEXIL) who will monitor
them to ensure that the scheme is not
abused.
(viii) The laws and rules framed by
the Central Government and the State
Government regulating timber in
transit shall be followed by the
exporters
182 1211 90 50 Sandalwood in any form, Prohibited Not permitted to be Exported

M3
4403 99 22 except at Sl. No. 183 to [Notification 37/2015-20 dated
187 below 27.01.2017]
ITC (HS), 2018
183 4414 00 00 Kg Finished Handicraft
4415 00 00 products of
4419 00 00 (a) Sandalwood Free
4420 00 00 (b) Other species Free
4421 91 60
4421 91 90
184 4409 00 00 Kg Machine finished Free
sandalwood products
185 3301 29 37 Kg Sandalwood Oil Restircted Export permitted under

Licence
dated 05.07.2017]
186 1211 90 50 MT Sandalwood De-oiled Restricted Export permitted under
4401 31 00 Spent licence subject to conditionalities as
4401 39 00 Dust may be notified by the Director
4401 40 00 General of Foreign Trade from
time to time.
187 1211 90 50 MT Other forms of sandal Restricted Export permitted under licence
4403 99 22 wood, namely, subject to conditionalities as may
be notified by the Director
General of Foreign Trade from
(a) dust/ flakes obtained time to time
as wood scrap / waste after
the manufacturing process [Notification 37/2015-20 dated
by manufacturer exporter 27.01.2017]
of value added
sandalwood handicraft
products and machine
finished sandalwood
products;
(b) machine finished chips

manufactured from
cracked portions of
sandalwood billets (each
finished chips not
exceeding 50 gms per
piece);
ITC (HS), 2018
(c) powder obtained from Restricted
wood scrap / waste after
the manufacturing of
handicraft products and
machine finished goods of
sandalwood ;
(d) small pieces of

sandalwood(each piece
not exceeding 20 gms)
obtained from wood scrap
/ waste after
manufacturing of
handicraft / machine
finished sandalwood
products;
(e) sandalwood powder

produced from
sandalwood wood
scrap/waste;
(f) any other item of

sandalwood as may be
specified by DGFT in
consultation with
MOEF&CC.
ITC (HS), 2018
188 4403 99 18 m3 Red Sanders wood in Prohibited Not permitted to be exported.
4407 99 90 any However, one time relaxation has
form, whether raw, been granted to Govt. of Andhra
processed or Pradesh, Directorate of Revenue
Intelligence (DRI), Govt. of
unprocessed, except at Tamil Nadu, Govt. of
Sl. No. 189 below Maharashtra and Government of
Karnataka for export of
8498.095 MTs, 1200 MTs,
299.732 MTs, 83.40 MTs and
186.588 MTs respectively of Red
Sanderswood (in log form)
obtained out of confiscated/seized
stock, either by itself or through
any entity / entities so authorized
by them.
[Government of Andhra Pradesh

and DRI : Notification No.
Notification No. 47 dated
No. 24 dated 29.08.2016 and
Notification No. 08/2015-20
23.05.2017
Govt. of Maharashtra and Tamil
Nadu : Notification No. 25 /2015-
20 dated 02.09.2016,
Govt. of Karnataka: Notification
No. 40 /2015-20 dated
27.11.2017]
ITC (HS), 2018
189 3203 00 90 kg Value added products of Restricted Exports permitted under
3805 10 10 Red Sanders wood such licence subject to the following
9202 10 00 as Chips, Powder, documentation:
9202 90 00 Extracts, Dyes, Musical
9205 10 00 Instruments, Parts of Applications for export licences
92059090 Musical Instruments, should be accompanied by
9208 10 00 Furniture, Parts of attested copies of certificate of
9208 90 00 various sizes of furniture origin issued by the Principal
9206 00 00 (maximum cross section: Chief Conservator of Forests of
9208 10 00 sizes: 15 cm X 15 cm; the State from where the stocks
9209 92 00 Planks: 20 cm X 7.5 cm were procured, giving details of
9209 94 00 and maximum length 2.5 the date of procurement from
9209 99 00 Mtrs), toys, dolls & other legal sources and quantities
9403 90 00 handicrafts made from procured. A Certificate of the
4420 90 90 Red Sanders wood current position of stocks so
4421 90 90 procured from legal procured and available with the
sources applicant given after physical
[Notification No. 54(RE- verification of the stocks, by the
2013)/2009-2014 dated authority nominated for the
03.12.2014] purpose by the Principal Chief
Conservator of Forests, should
also accompany application for
export licence.
The applications shall be

considered on merits for issue of
Export Licence, which shall be
subject to any other conditions
such as MEP, quantity ceilings
requirements under CITES, etc. as
may be prescribed from time to
time.
Note below Chapter Licensing Note:
NOTE: 1 Prohibition on export of wood charcoal at Sl. No. 179 of Chapter 44 will not apply in
case of export to Bhutan [Notification No. 60(RE-2013)/2009-2014 dated 23.12.2013]
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 47
PULP OF WOOD OR OF OTHER FIBROUS CELLULOSIC MATERIAL; WASTE

AND SCRAP OF PAPER OR PAPERBOARD

HS Code Policy
190 4701 00 00 Kg Mechanical wood pulp Prohibited Not permitted to be
exported
191 4702 00 00 Kg Chemical wood pulp, Prohibited Not permitted to be

dissolving grades exported

soda or sulphate, exported
other than dissolving
grades
sulphite, other exported
than
dissolving grade
194 4705 00 00 Kg Semichemical Wood Prohibited Not permitted to be

Pulp exported
195 4707 00 00 Kg Waste paper Restricted Export permitted under

Licence
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 50
SILK

Item HS Policy
Code
196 5001 00 00 kg Pure races of Silk Restricted Export permitted under
worms; licence
silkworm seeds, and
silk worm cocoons
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 52
COTTON

Item Policy
HS Code
197 5201 Cotton neither carded nor Free Registration requirement

combed for export of cotton has
been dispensed with.

2013)/2009-2014 dated
08.12.2014]
198 5202 Cotton waste (including Free
yarn waste and garnetted
stock)
199 5203 Cotton, carded or Free

combed
200 5205 Kgs Cotton yarn (other than Free Registration requirement
sewing thread), for export of cotton has
containing 85% or more been dispensed with.
by weight or cotton not
put up for retails sale [Notification No. 103(RE-
2013)/2009-2014 dated
08.12.2014]
sewing thread), for export of cotton has
containing less than 85% been dispensed with.
by weight or cotton not
put up for retails sale [Notification No. 103(RE-
2013)/2009-2014 dated
08.12.2014]
sewing thread),put up for for export of cotton has
retail sale been dispensed with.

2013)/2009-2014 dated
08.12.2014]
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 84
NUCLEAR REACTORS, BOILERS, MACHINERY AND MECHANICAL

APPLIANCES; PARTS THEREOF
NOTE: 1
Vintage motor cars and vintage motor cycles including their parts and components are
restricted. For details please see chapter 87
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 87
VEHICLES OTHER THAN RAILWAY OR TRAMWAY ROLLING STOCK, AND

PARTS AND ACCESSORIES THEREOF

HS Code Policy
203 8703 21 10 u Vintage motor cars, Restricted Export permitted under
8703 21 91 parts and components Licence
8703 22 10 thereof manufactured
8703 22 91 prior to 01.01.1950
8703 23 91
8703 24 10
8703 24 91
8407 33 10
8407 34 10
8706 00 11
8706 00 39
8707 10 00
8708 10 90
8708 29 00
8708 99 00
8708 40 00
8708 50 00
8708 50 00
8708 70 00
8708 80 00
8708 91 00
8708 92 00
8708 93 00
8708 94 00
8708 99 00
204 8711 00 00 u Vintage Motorcycles, Restricted Export permitted under
8407 31 10 parts and components licence
8407 32 10 thereof manufactured
8407 33 20 prior to 1.1.1940
8714 10 10
8714 10 90
8714 91 00
8714 92 90
8714 93 90
8714 95 90
8714 99 90
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 92
MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS PARTS AND

ACCESSORIES OF SUCH ARTICLES
NOTE:1
Value added products of red sanders wood in this chapter require a licence. For detail, see
Chapter 44.
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 93
ARMS AND AMMUNITION; PARTS AND ACCESSORIES THEREOF

Item HS Policy
Code
205 9302 00 00 u Muzzle loading Free (a) Licence under Arms
9303 00 00 weapons and
9306 21 00 Rules framed
9306 29 00 thereunder;
9306 30 00
9306 90 00 (b)Certificate from the
Archaeological Survey of
India certifying that the
firearms to be exported are
not antiques/rare
specimens nor
manufactured in India prior
to 1956; and
(c) Firearms to be
exported shall bear
appropriate marks of
identification and proof
tests
206 9303 10 00 u Weapons and Free (a) Licence under Arms
9306 21 00 breach and
9306 29 00 loading or bolt Rules framed
9306 30 00 action weapons thereunder;
9306 90 00 such as shot guns,
revolvers, pistols (b) Certificate from the
and their Archaeological Survey of
ammunition India certifying that the
firearms to be exported are
not antiques/rare
specimens nor
manufactured in India prior
to 1956; and
(c) Firearms to be
exported shall bear
appropriate marks of
identification and proof
tests
156
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 96
MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURED ARTICLES
S.No. Tariff Item Item Export

HS Code Unit Policy Conditions
Description Policy
207 9602 00 30 Kg Empty Free Export of the item to EU,
Gelatin produced from Animal By- Products, is
Capsules, not allowed subject to the following
intended for conditions:
human
consumption (i) A ‘Shipment Clearance Certificate’ is
to be issued consignment-wise by
CAPEXIL indicating details of the
name and address of the exporter,
address of the registered plant, IEC No.
of the exporter, plant approval number,
nature of export product, quantity,
invoice number and date, port of loading
(Name of the port) and destination.
(ii) After the shipment is made, the

exporter shall also provide ‘Health
Certificate’ consignment-wise to the
buyer giving details of vessel name,
shipping bill number with date,
production process, etc. as per the
regulations stipulated by EC (EU) from
time to time. The Certificate would be
issued jointly by CAPEXIL and
Regional Animal Quarantine Officer,
Department of Animal Husbandry,
Dairying and Fisheries, Ministry of
Agriculture, Government of India.
[Notification No. 34/2015-20 dated

13.01.2017]
156
ITC (HS), 2018
CHAPTER 97
WORKS OF ART, COLLECTORS’ PIECES AND ANTIQUES
S.No. Tariff Item Unit Item Export Policy Conditions

208 9705 00 90 u Replicas of Free Certificate from the District
9706 00 00 antique Magistrate concerned/
weapons Commissioner of Police under
whose jurisdiction the replica
has been manufactured and has
been rendered innocuous.
156
ITC (HS), 2018
Explanatory Note for Row and Column Description of Schedule -2 Export Policy
This Schedule is organized as under:
1. The titles of Chapters, Sub-chapters, Note and Chapter Licensing Note are
provided for ease of reference only.
2. In an eight digit EXIM Code, the first two digits represent the Chapter,
followed by two digits for the Heading, two digits for Sub-heading and another
two digit developed in India under the common classification system for the
Item.
3. In this Schedule, the meanings of Heading, Sub-heading and Items are as

under:
a. "Heading", in respect of goods, means a description in list of this Schedule

accompanied by a four –digit number and includes all sub-headings of
items the first four digits of which correspond to that number;
b. "Sub-heading", in respect of goods, means a description in the list of this

Schedule accompanied by a six-digit number and includes all items the
first six-digits of which correspond to that number;
c. "Item Description" means a description of goods in the list of this Schedule

accompanying eight digit EXIM Code as given in the Column 4.
4. Each Chapter contains number of rows and each row is divided into six
columns.
5. The column name and their descriptions are given in the table below:
Column Column Column Description

No. Name
1. Entry No. Gives the order of the main entry in the Schedule 1. The column is
designed for easy reference and gives the identity of the raw covering
the set consisting of Tariff Item Code, Unit Item description Export
Policy and Policy Conditions along with the connected Licensing Note
and Appendix.
ITC (HS), 2018
2. Tariff Item This is an eight digit code followed in the Schedule 1 - Import Policy,
(HS) Code Customs and the DGCIS code. The first two digits give the
Chapter, next two digit give the heading and the subsequent two digit
for Sub-heading. The last two digits developed in India under the
common classification system for the Item.
The first six digit code and product description corresponds exactly with
the six digit WCO (World Customs Organisation) website.
The ITC(HS) code numbers in Schedule 2 (Export Policy) are

illustrative of classification but does not limit the description by
virtue of the standard description of the item against the code in the
Import Schedule of the ITC(HS) Classification.
3. Unit The second column gives the unit of measurement or weight in the
tariff item, which is to be used in shipping bill and other documents. In
most cases, the unit is given as “u” denoting number of pieces.
4. Item The item description against each code gives the specific description
Description of goods, which are subject to export control. This description does not
generally correspond with the standard description against the code. In
most cases, the description will cover only a part of standard
description.
5. Export This column is for the general policy regime applicable on the item.
Policy Generally, the Export Policy is one of the following.
P r oh ibited Not permitted to be exported. Export Licence will not
be given in the normal course
R es t r i ct ed Export is permitted under a licence granted by the DGFT
ST E* Export allowed only through specified State Trading

Enterprises (STEs) subject to specific conditions laid out
in Para 2.20 of the FTP 2015-20
Free Export is permitted without a licence from DGFT.

However, certain procedural conditions can be notified
by DGFT time to time through Public Notice. The free
exportability is, however, subject to any other law for
the time being in force.
ITC (HS), 2018
6. Policy This column specifies the special conditions, which must be met for
Conditions the export of goods in the item description column. The column may
also give the nature of restriction under the broad category in the Export
Policy column. The intention of incorporating this column is solely
and exclusively to make the Export Schedule self contained and user
friendly. However, this does not imply that there may be no other
conditions applicable on export.
*STE : State Trading Enterprises (STEs), for the purpose of this FTP, are those entities
which are granted exclusive right/privileges export and /or import as per Para 2.20
(a) of FTP. [Para 9.59 of FTP 2015-2020]
General Notes
to
Export Policy
ITC (HS), 2018
Schedule 2 contains the following:
• General Notes to : Goods under Restrictions

Export Policy
• Schedule 2 : Export Policy
• Appendix 1 : List of Wild Life Entries in Wild

Life (Protection) Act, 1972
• Appendix 2 : List of flora included in Appendix I
(Prohibited Species) & Appendix II
(endangered species) of CITES
• Appendix 3 : List of SCOMET items
• Appendix 4 : Definition of Finished Leather

ITC (HS), 2018
General Notes to Export Policy – Goods under Restrictions

1. Free Exportability
All goods other than the entries in the export licensing schedule along with its
appendices are freely exportable. The free exportability is, however, subject to any
other law for the time being in force. Goods not listed in the Schedule are deemed
to be freely exportable without conditions under the Foreign Trade (Development
and Regulations) Act, 1992 and the rules, notifications and other public notices and
circulars issued there under from time to time. The export licensing policy in the
schedule and its appendices does not preclude control by way of a Public Notice /
Notification under the Foreign Trade (Development and Regulations) Act, 1992.
2. Code does not limit the item description
The export policy of a specific item will be determined mainly by the description
and Policy Conditions in the schedule. The code number is illustrative of
classification but does not limit the description by virtue of the standard description
of the item against the code in the import part of the ITC(HS) classification.
Exports shall be ‘Free’, unless regulated
(a) Exports shall be ‘Free’ except when regulated by way of ‘prohibition’,

‘restriction’ or ‘exclusive trading through State Trading Enterprises (STEs)’ as
laid down in Indian Trade Classification (Harmonised System) [ITC (HS)] of
Exports and Imports. The list of ‘Prohibited’, ‘Restricted’ and ‘STE’ items can
be viewed by clicking on ‘Downloads’ at http://dgft.gov.in.
(b) Further, there are some items which are ‘free’ for import/export, but subject
to conditions stipulated in other Acts or in law for the time being in force.
3. Classes of Export Trade Control
A. Free Goods
Goods listed as “Free” in the Export Licensing Schedule may also be exported
without an export licence as such but they are subject to conditions laid out
against the respective entry. The fulfillment of these conditions can be checked
by authorized officers in the course of export.
B. Restricted Goods
The restricted items can be permitted for export under licence. The procedures /
conditionalities wherever specified against the restricted items may be required
to be complied with, in addition to the general requirement of licence in all cases
of restricted items.
C. Prohibited Goods
The prohibited items are not permitted to be exported. An export licence will
not be given in the normal course for goods in the prohibited category. No
export of rough diamond shall be permitted unless accompanied by Kimberley
Process (KP) Certificate as specified by Gem & Jewellery EPC (GJEPC).
ITC (HS), 2018
D. State Trading Enterprises

Export through STE(s) is permitted without an Export Licence through
designated STEs only as mentioned against an item and is subject to conditions
in para 2.20 of Foreign Trade Policy 2015-20.
E. Special Chemicals, Organisms, Materials, Equipments & Technologies

(SCOMET)
SCOMET Items shall be governed by the specific provisions of (i) Chapter IV A of
the FT(D&R) Act, 1992 as amended from time to time (ii) Sl. No. 4 & 5 of Table
A and Appendix-3 of Schedule 2 of ITC(HS) Classification of Export & Import
Items (iii) Para 2.16, Para 2.17, Para 2.18 of FTP and (iv) Para 2.73- 2.82 of Hand
Book of Procedures, in addition to the other provisions of FTP and Handbook of
Procedures governing export authorizations.
F. Restrictions on Countries of Export
Prohibitions (Country, Organisations, Groups, Individuals etc. and Product
Specific) will be regulated as per provisions contained in Chapter 2 of Foreign
Trade Policy 2015-2020, as amended from time to time.
G. Exemptions granted for export to Bhutan
Export of (i) Milk powder ; (ii) Wheat; (iii) Edible oil; (iv) Pulses; and
(v) Non-basmati rice to Bhutan will be exempted from any ban and without any
quantitative restrictions. [Notification No. 81(RE-2013)/2009-2014 dated
13.06.2014].
Export of 1600 MTs of Milk Powder per annum to Bhutan (as per Calendar
st
year i.e. 1st January to 31 December) will be expempted from any export ban.
H. Special condition for export of processed and/or value added agricultural

products
Export of following processed and/or value added agricultural products will be

exempted from any restriction / ban even in the event of restriction / ban on the
export of basic farm produce :
Sl. Name of Product Tariff Item HS

No. Code
1 Wheat or Meslin flour 1101
2 Cereal flours other than of wheat or meslin 1102
(Maize,Oats etc.)
3 Cereal groats, meal pellets 1103
4 Cereal grains otherwise worked except rice 1104
of heading no. 1006; germ of cereals, whole,
ITC (HS), 2018
rolled , flaked or ground

5 Other Cereals items 1901 to 1905
6 Milk products including casein and casein 3501
products etc.
7 Butter and other fats derived from milk, 0405
dairy spread etc.
8 Cheese and Curd 0406
9 Value added products of onion 0712
10 Peanut Butter 15179020
[Notification No. 31(RE-2012)/2009-2014 dated 04.02.2013]
I. Exemption granted to organic food items from any ban and quantitiqative
restrictions w.e.f. 19.04.2017
Exemption from the application of quantitative ceiling and export bans on export of
organic agricultural products (wheat, non-Basmati rice) and organic processed
products (edible oils and sugar).
(a) Export of following items from Custom EDI ports have been exempted from
all quantitative ceilings and irrespective of any existing or future restriction/
prohibition on export of their basic product (non-organic), subject to due
certification by APEDA as being organic under the National Programme for
Organic Production (NPOP):
(i) organic wheat

(ii) organic non-Basmati Rice
(excluding rice in husk – paddy or rough)
(iii) organic edible oils
(iv) organic sugar
(b) The quantitative ceiling in respect of export of organic pulses and lentils has
been increased from 10,000 MT per annum to 50,000 MT per annum, subject
to certification by APEDA as being organic pulses and lentils, subject to
(i) Export contracts should be registered with APEDA, New Delhi prior to
shipment; and
(ii) Export shall be allowed only from Custom EDI Ports.
J. Exemption granted for export of specified quantities of essential food items

to Maldives
Exemption from any existing or future restriction / prohibition on export of the
following quantities of potato, onion, rice, wheat flour, sugar (Notification No.
12 dated 27.06.2017), pulses and eggs (Notification No. 20 dated 14.08.2017) to
ITC (HS), 2018
the Republic of Maldives under bilateral trade agreement between Government of

India and Government of Maldives during the period 2017-18 (April to March):
Item Quantity (in MT)
Potato 11714.45
Onion 19466.36
Rice 67640.24
Wheat Flour 59442.17
Sugar 11706.30
Eggs 232805000
numbers
Pulses (dhal) 122.23
Appendix 1
List of Wild Life entries
in
Wild Life (Protection)
Act, 1972
ITC (HS), 2018
APPENDIX 1
List of Wild Life entries in Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972
A. INTRODUCTION
The import and export of Wild Life and its forms is prohibited in the Exim Policy
issued under the authority of the Foreign Trade (Development & Regulations) Act,
1992. The generic entry listed in the policy is:
“Wild animals including parts and products and ivory”.
Wild animals are those defined in the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972.
B. SCHEDULES OF WILD LIFE (PROTECTION) ACT, 1972
The schedule lists and functions under the Act are given in the table below:
Schedule I Part I Wild animals listed Covered under definition of Scheduled

under Mammals animal and Scheduled animal articles.
Dealing in these along
Part II Amphibians and with their articles and trophies is prohibited
Reptiles under
Part III Birds Section 49 of Wild Life
(Protection) Act, 1972.
Part IV Crustacea and Insects Hunting of these animals is also Prohibited
Schedule II Part I Wild animals listed Schedule II, Dealing in Part I Schedule
under Mammals and articles requires licence. Part II covered
reptiles under definition of scheduled animal and
scheduled animal articles.
Part II Beetles
Schedule III Wild animals under Dealing in these items and animal articles
mammals and tropies requires licence. Hunting
Prohibited.
Schedule IV Wild animals under Dealing in these items and animal articles
mammals, birds and tropies requires licence. Hunting
Prohibited.
Schedule V Vermins (Common
Crow, Fruit Bats,
Mice and Rats living
in wild excluded from
the definition of Wild
Animals.
Schedule VI List of plants notified Licence from Chief Wild Life Warden for
under Section C dealing in specified plants. Cultivation also
requires a licence
ITC (HS), 2018
SCHEDULE I of Wild Life Protection Act, 1972

Note: Entries listed with stars ("*") means item has been omitted against the entry number.
Part 1 Mammals
1. Andaman wild pig (Sus sorofa andamanensis)]

1-A. Bharal (Ovisnahura)]
1-B. Binturong (Arctictis binturong)]
2. Black Buck (Antelope cervicapra)
2-A. * * *
3. Brow-antlered Deer or Thamin (Cervus eldi)
3-A. Himalayan Brown bear (Ursus Arctos)
3-B. Capped Langur (Presbytis pileatus)
4. Caracal (Felis caracal)
4-A. Catecean specils
5. Cheetah (Acinonyx jubatus)
5-A. Chinese Pangolin (Mainis pentadactyla)
5-B. Chinkara or Indian Gazelle (Gazella gazella bennetti)
6. Clouded Leoparad (Neofelis nebulosa)
6-A. Crab-eating Macaque (Macaca irus umbrosa)
6-B. Desert cat (Felis libyca)
6-C. Desert fox (Vulpes bucapus)
7. Dugong (Dugong dugon)
7-A. Ermine (Mustele erminea)
8. Fishing Cat (Felis Vivian)
8-A. Four-horned antelope (Tetraceros quadricornis)
8-B. * * *
8-C. * * *
8-D. Gangetic dolphin (Platanista gangetica)
8-E. Gaur or Indian bison (Bos gaurus)
9. Golden Cat (Felis temmincki)
10. Golden Langur (Presbytis geei)
10-A. Giant squirrel (Ratufa macroura)
10-B. Himalayan Ibex (Capra ibex)
10-C. Himalayan Tahr (Hemitragus jemlahicus)
11. Hispid Hare (Caprolagus hispidus)
11-A. Hog badger (Arconyx collaris)
12. Hoolock (Hylobates hoolock)
12-A * * *
12-B. Indian Elephant (Elephas maximums)
ITC (HS), 2018
13. Indian Lion (Panthera leo persica)

14. Indian Wild Ass (Equus hemionus khur)
15. Indian Wolf (Canis lupas pallipes)
16. Kashmir Stag (Cervus elaphus hanglu)
16-A. Leaf Monkey (Presbytis phayrei)
16-B. Leopard or Panther (Panthera pardus )]
17. Leopard Cat (Felis bengalensis)
18. Lesser or Red Panda (Ailurus fulgens)
19. Lion-tailed Macaque (Macaca silenus)
20. Loris (loris tardigradus)
20-A. Little Indian Porpoise (Neomeris phocenoides )
21. Lynx (Felix lynx isabellinus)
22. Malabar Civet (Viverra megaspila)
22-A. Malay or Sun Bear ( Helarctos malayanus)
23. Mrbled Cat (Felis marmorata)
24. Markhor (Capra falconeri)
24-A. Mouse Deer (Tragulus meminna)
25. Musk Deer (Moschus moschiferus)
25-A. Nilgiri Lungur (Presbytis johni)
25-B. Nilgiri Tahr (Hemitragus hyclocrius)
26. Nyan or Great Tibetan Sheep (Ovis ammon Hodgkin)
27. Pallass Cat (Felis manul)
28. Pangolin (Manis crassicaudata)
29. Pygmy Hog (Sus salvanius)
29-A. Ratel (Mellivaora capensis)
30. Rhinoceros (Rhinoceros unicornis)
31. Rusty spotted Cat (Felis rubiginosa)
31-A. Serow (Capricornis sumatraensis)
31-B. Clawless Otter (Aonyx cinerea)
31-C. Sloth Bear (Melursus ursinus)
32. Slow Loris (Nycticebus couceang)
32-A. Small Travencore Flying Squirrel (Petinomys fuscocapillus)
33. Snow Leopard (Panthera uncia)
33-A. Snubfin Dolphin (Oreaella brevezastris)
34. Spotted Linsang (Prionodon pardicolor)
35. Swamp Deer (All sub-species of Cervus duvauceli)
36. Takin or Mishmi Takin (Budorcus taxicolor)
36-A. Tibetan Antelope or Chiru (Panthelops hodgsoni)
36-B. Tibetan Fox (Vulpes ferrilatus)
37. Tibetan Gazelle (Procapra picticaudata)
ITC (HS), 2018
38. Tibetan Wild Ass (Equus hemionus kiang)

39. Tiger (Panthera tigris)
40. Urial or Shapu (ovis vegnei)
41. Wild Buffalo (Bubalus bubalis)
41-A. Wild Yak (Bos grunniens)
41-B. Tibetan Wolf (Canis lupus chanco)
Part II Amphibians and Reptiles
1. Agra Monitor Lizard Varanus griseus (Daudin)

1-A. * * *
1-B. Audithia Turtle (Pelochelys bibroni)
1-C. Barred, Oval, or Yellow Monitor lizard (Varanus flavescens)
1-D. Crocodiles (Including the Estuarine or salt water crocodiles) (Crocodilus
porosus and crocodilus palustris)
1-E. Terrapin (Batagur basika)
1-F. Eastern Hill Terrapin (Melanochelys tricarinata)
2. Gharial (Gravialis gangeticus)
3. Ganges Soft-shelled Turtle (Trionyx gangeticus)
3-A. Golden Gecko (Caloductyloides aureus)
4. Green Sea Turtle (Chelonia Mydas)
5. Hawksbill Turtle (Eretmochelys imbricata inlscata)
6. * * *
7. Indian Egg-eating Snake (Elachistodon westermanni)
8. Indian Soft-shelled Turtle (Lissemys punctata punctata)
9. Iidian Tent Turtle (Kachuga tecta tecta)
9-A. Kerala Forest Terrapin (Hoesemys sylrattca)
10. Large Bengal Monitor Lizard (Varanus bengalensis)
11. Leathery Turtle (Dermochelys coriacea)
12. Logger Head Turtle (Caretta caretta)
13. Olive Back Logger Head Turtle (lepidochelys olivacea)
14. Peacock-marked Soft-shelled Turtle (Trionyx hurum)
14-A. Pythons (Genus python)
14-B. Sail terrapin (Kachuga Kachuga)
14-C. Spotted black Terrapin (Geoclemys hamiltoni)
15. * * *
16. * * *
17. * * *
17-A. Water Lizard (Varanus salvator)
Part III Birds
ITC (HS), 2018
1. Andaman Teal (Anas gibberifrons allagularis)

1-A. Assam Bamboo Partridge (Bambusicola fytchii)
1-B. Bazas (Aviceda jeordone and Aviceda leuphotes)
1-C. Bengal Florican (Eupodotis bengalensis)
1-D. Black-necked Crane (Grus nigricollis)
1-E. Blood pheasants (Ithaginis cruentus tibetanus, lthagins Cruentus kuseri)
1-F. ***
2. Cheer Pheasant (Catreus wallichii)
2-A. Eastern White Stork (Ciconia ciconia boyciana)
2-B. Forest-spotted Owlet (Athene blewitti)
2-C. Frogmouths (Genus batrachostomus)
3. Great Indian Bustard (Choriotis nigriceps)
4. Great Indian Hornbill (Buceros bicornis)
4-A. Hawks (Accipitridao)
4-B. Hooded Crane (Grus monacha)
4-C. Hornbills (Ptilolaemus tickelli austeni, Aceros nipalensis, Rhyticeros undulatus
ticehursti)
4-D. Houbara Bustard (Chlamydotis undulata)
4-E. Humes Bar-backed pheasant (Syrmaticus humiae)
4-F. Indian pied Hornbill (Anthracoceros malabaricus)
5. Jerdons Courser (Cursorius bitorquatus)
6. Lammergeier (Gypaetus barbatus)
7. Large Falcons (Falco peregrinus, Falco biarmicus and Falco chicuera)
7-A. Large Whistling Teal (Anatidae)
7-B. Lesser Florican (Sypheotides indica)
7-C. Monal Pheasants (Lophophorus impeyanus, Lophophorus Sclateri)
8. Mountain Quail (Ophrysia superciliosa)
9. Narcondam Hornbill [Rhyticeros (undulatus) narcondami)
9-A. ***
10. Nicobar Megapode (Megapodius Freycinet)
10-A. Nicobar Pigeon (Caloenas nicobarica pelewensis)
10-B. Osprey or Fish-eating Eagle (Pandion haliatetus)
10-C. Peacock Pheasants (Polyplectron bicalcaratum)
11. Peafowl (Pavo cristatus)
12. Pink-headed Duck (Rhodonessa caryophyllacea)
13. Scalaters Monal (Lophophorus sclateri)
14. Siberian White Crane (Grus leucogeranus)
14-A. ***
14-B. Tibetan Snow Cock (Tetraogallus tibetanus)
15. Tragopan pheasants (Tragopan melanocephalus, Tragopan blythii, Tragopan
satyra, Tragopan temminckii)
ITC (HS), 2018
16. White-bellied Sea Eagle (Haliaetus leucogaster)

17. White-eared Pheasant (Crossoptilon crossoptilon)
17-A. White Spoonbill (Platalea leucorodia)
18. White-winged Wood Duck (Cairina scutulata)
Part IV Crustacea and Insects

1. Butterflies and Moths
_________________________________________________________________________
Family Amathusildae Common English name
_________________________________________________________________________
Discophora deo deo Duffer, banded

Discophora sondaica muscina Duffer, common
Faunis faunula faunuloides pallid fauna
Family Danaidae
Danaus gautama gautamoides Tigers
Euploea crameri nicevillei Crow, spotted black
Euploea midamus roepstorfti Crow, Blue-spotted
Family Lycaenidae
Allotinus drumila Darkie, crenulate/Great
Allotinus fabius penormis Angled darkie
Amblopala avidiena Hairstrak, Chinese
Amblypodia ace arata Leaf Blue
Amblypodia alea constanceae Rosy Oakblue
Amblypodia ammonariel Malayan Bush blue
Amblypodia arvina ardea Purple Brown tailless Oakblue
Amblypodia asopia Plain tailless
Oakblue Amblypodia comica Comic Oakblue
Amblypodia opalima Opal Oakblue
Amblypodia zeta Andaman tailless Oakblue
Biduanda Melisa Cyana

Biduanda melisa cyana Blue Posy
Callophyrs leechii Hairstreak,
Ferruginous Castalius rosimon alarbus Pierrot, common
Charana cepheis Mandar in Blue,
Cachar Chlioria othona Tit, orchid
ITC (HS), 2018
Deudoryx epijarbas amatius Cornelian, scarce

Everes moorei Cupid,
Moores Gerydus biggsii Biggs
Brownie Gerydus symethus diopeithes Great
Brownie Heliophorus hybrida Sapphires
Horaga albimacula Onyxes
Jamides ferrari Caeruleans
Liphyra brassolis Butterfly, Moth
Listeria dudgenni Listers hairstreak
Logania Watsoniana subfasciata Mottle, Watsens
Lycaenopsis binghami Hedge Blue
Lycaenopsis haraldus ananga Hedge Blue, Felders
Lycaenopsis puspa prominens Common hedge Blue
Nacaduba noreia hampsoni Lineblue, White-tipped
Polyommatus oritulus leela Greenish mountain
Blue Pratapa lcetas mishmia Royal, dark Blue
Simiskina phalena harterti Brilliant,
Broadlanded Sinthusa Virgo Spark, pale
Spindasis elwesi Silverline, Elwess
Spindasis rukmini Silverline, Khaki
Strymoni mackwoodi Hairstreak,
Mackwoods Tajuria ister Royal, uncertain
Tajuria luculentus nela Royal, Chinese
Tajuria yajna yajna Royal, Chestnut and Black
Thecla ataxus zulla wonderful hairstreak
Thecla bleti mendera Indian Purple hairstreak
Thecla letha Watsons hairstreak
Thecla paona paona hairstreak
Thecla pavo Peacock hairstreak
Virachola smilis Guava Blues
Family Nymphalidae
Apatura ulupi ulupi Emperor, Tawny
Argynnis hegemone Silver-washed fritillary
Callnaga buddha Freak
Charases durnfordi nicholi Rajah, chestnut
Cirrochroa fasciata Yeomen
Diagora nicevillei Siren, Scarce
Dillpa morgiana Emperor, Golden
Doleschallia bisalltide Austumn leaf
ITC (HS), 2018
andamana
Eriboea moorel sandakanas Malayan Nawab
Eriboea schreiberi Blue Nawab
Eulacera manipurensis Emperor, Tytlers
Euthalia durga splendens Barons/connis/Duchesses
Euthalia iva Duke, Grand
Euthalia khama Curvifascia Duke, Naga
Euthalia tellehinia Baron, Blue
Helcyra hermina Emperor, White
Hypolimnas missipus Eggfly, Danaid
Limenitis austenia Commodore, Grey
purpurascens
Limenitis zulema Admirals
Melitaea shandura Fritillaries/Silverstripes
Neptis antilope Sailer, variegated
Neptis aspasia Sailer, Great Hockeystick
Neptis columella kankena Sailer, Short-banded
Neptis cydippe kirbariensis Sailer, Chinese yellow
Neptis ebusa ebusa Sailer/Lascar
Neptis jumbah binghami Sailer, chestnut-streaked
Neptis manasa Sailer, pale Hockeystick
Neptis poona Lascar, tytlers
Neptis sankara narr Sailer, Broad-banded
Panthoporia jina jina Bhutan sergeant
Panthoporia reta moorei Malay staff sergeant
Prothoc franckii regalis Begum, Blue
Sasakia funebris. Empress
Sophisa chandra Courtier, Eastern
Symbrenthia silana Jester, scarce
Vanessa antiopa yedunula Admirables
Family Papilionidae
Chilasa cllytea clytea of commixtus Common mime
Papilio elephenor Spangle, yellow-crested
Papilio liomedon Swallowtail, Malabar
Banded Parnassiusaeco geminifer Apollo
Parnassius delphius Banded apollo
Parnassius hannyngtoni Hannyngtons apollo
Parnassius imperator augustus Imperial apollo
Parnassius stoliezkanus Ladakh Banded apollo
ITC (HS), 2018
Polydorus coon sambilanga Common clubtail

Polydorus cerassipes Black windmill
Polydorus hector Crimson rose
Polydorus nevilli Nevills windmill
Polydorus plutonius pembertoni Chinese windmill
Polydourss polla Deniceylles windmill
Family Pleridae
Aporia harrietae harrietae Black veins
Baltia butleri sikkima White butterfly
Colias colias thrasibulus Clouded yellows
Colias dubi Dwarf clouded yellow
Delias samaca jezebel, pale
Pieris krueperi devta Butterfly cabbage/WhiteII
Family Satyriidae
Coelitis mothis adamsoni Cats eye, Scarce
Cyllogenes janetae Evening Brown, Scarce
Elymnias peali Palmfly, peals
Elymbias penanga chilensis Palmfly, Painted
Erebia annada annada Argus, ringed
Erebia nara singha nara singha Argus, Mottled
Lethe, distans Forester, Scarce
Red Lethe dura gammiel Lilacfork, Scarce
Lethe europa tamuna Bamboo tree
brown Lethe gemina gafuri Taylers tree
brown Lethe guluihal guluihal Forester, Dull
Lethe margaritae Tree brown,
Bhutan Lethe ocellata lyncus Mystic, dismal
Lethe ramadeva Silverstripe,
Single Lethe satyabati Forester, pallid
Mycalesis orseis nautilus Bushbrown,
Purple Pararge menava maeroides Wall dark
Ypthima dohertyi persimilis Five ring, Great
1-A.Coconut or Robber Crab (Bigrus latro)
2. Dragon Fly (Epioplebia laidlawi)
ITC (HS), 2018
SCHEDULE II of Wild Life Protection Act, 1972
Part I
______________________________________________________________________
1. ***
1-A. Assamese macaque (Macaca assamensis)
2. Bengal Porcupine (Atherurus mecrourus assamensis)
3. ***
3-A. Bonnet macaque (Macaca radiata)
3-B. *****
4-A. Common langur (Presbytis entellus)]
5. ***
6. ***
7. Ferret Badgers (Melogale moschata, Melogale personata)
8. ***
9. ***
11. Himlayan Crestless Porcupine (Hystrix hodgsoni)
11-A. Himalayan Newtor Salamander (Tyletotriton verrucosus)
12. ***
13. ***
14. ***
15. ***
16. Pig-tailed macaque (Macaca nemestrina)
17. ***
17-A. Rhesus macaque (Macaca mulatta)
18. ***
19. Stump-tailed macaque (Macaca speciosa)
20. ***
21. ***
22. Wild dog or dhole (Cuon alpinus)
23. ***
24. Chameleon (Chameleon calcaratus)
25. Spiny-tailed Lizard or Sanda (Uromastix hardwickii)
Part II
1. Beetles
Family Carabidae
Agonotrechus andrewesi Calathus amaroides
Amara brucei Callistominus belli
Amara eleganfula Chlaenius championi
ITC (HS), 2018
Brachinus atripennis Chlaenius kanarae

Broscosoma gracile Chlaenius masoni
Brosous bipillifer Chlaenius nilgiricus
Broter ovicollis
Family chrysomelidae
Acrocrypta rotundata
Bimala indica Thauria aliris amplifascia
Clitea indica
Gopala pita
Family Danaidae
Griva cyanipennis Euploea melanaleuca
Nisotra cardoni
Nisotra madurensis
Nisotra nigripennis
Family Erycinidae
Nisotra semicoerulea Abisara kausambi
Nisotra striatipennis Dodona adonira
Nonarthra patkaia Dodona dipoea
Psylliodes plana Dodona egeon
Psylliodes shira Libythea lepita
Sebaethe cervina
Sebaethe patkaia
Family Hesperiidae
Sphaeroderma brevicorne Baoris phhidippina
Bebasa sena
Family Cucujidae
Halpe homilea
Carinophlocus raffrayi
Cucujus bicolor
Family Lycaenidae
Cucujus grouvelle allotinus subviolaceus
manychus
Cucujus imperialis Amblypodia abetrrans
Heterojinus semilaetaneus Amblypodia aenea
Laemophloeus belli Amblypodia agaba aurelia
Laemophloeus incertus Amblypodia agrata
Pediacus rufipes Amblypodia alesia
ITC (HS), 2018
Family Inopeplidae Amblypodia apidanus ahamus

Inopeplus albonotalus
Family Amathueidae
Amblypodia ellisi
Aemona amathusia Amblypodia fulla
ignara amathusia
Amathusia phildippus Amblypodiagenesa
andamanicus watsoni
Amathuxida amythaon Amblypodia paraganesa
amythaon zephyreeta
Discophora deo deodoides Amblypodia paralea
Discophora lepida lepida Amblypodia silhetensis
Discophora timora Amblypodia suffusa
andamanensi suffusa
Enispe cycnus Amblypodia yendava
Faunis sumeus assama Apharitis lilacinus
Sticopthalma nourmahal Araotes lapithis
Artipe eryx
Bindahara phocides
Bothrinia chennellia
Castalius roxus manluena
Catapoecilma delicatuma
Catapoecilma delicatum
Catapoecilma elegans
myositina
Charana jalindra
Cheritrella truncipennis
Chliaria kina
Deudoryx hypargyria gaetulia
Enchrysops cnejus
Everes diporoides
Everes kala
Helippohorus androcles moorei
Horage onyx
Horage viola
Hypolycaena nilgirica
Hypolycaena thecloides nicobarica
Iraota rochana boswelliana
Jamides alectokandulana
ITC (HS), 2018
Jamides celeodus pura

Jamides coeruler
Jamides kankena
Lampides boeticus
Lilacea albocaerulea
Lilacea atroguttata
Lilacea lilacea
Lilacea melaena
Lilacea minima
Logania massalia
Lycaenesthes lycaenina
Mahathala ameria
Mahathala atkinsoni
Magisba malaya presbyter
Nacaduba aluta coelestis
Nacaduba ancyra aberrans
Nacaduba dubiosa fulva
Nacaduba helicon
Nacaduba hermus major
Nacaduba pactolus
Neucheritra febronia
Niphanda cymbia
Orthomiella pontis
Pithecops fulgens
Polymmatus devanica devanica
Polymmatus metallica metallica
Polymmatus orbitulus jaloka
Polymmatus yeonghusbandi
Poritia erycinoides elsiei
Poritia hewitsoni
Poritia plsurata geta
Pratapa bhetes
Pratapa blanka
Pratapa deva
Pratapa icetas
Rapala buxaria
Rapala chandrana chandrana
Rapala nasaka
Rapala refulgens
Rapala rubida
ITC (HS), 2018
Rapala scintilla
Rapala sphinx sphinx
Rapala varuna
Spindasis elima elima
Spindasis lohita
Spindasis nipalicus
Suasa lisides
Surendra todara
Tajuria albiplaga
Tajuria cippus cippus
Tajuria culta
Tajuria diaeus
Tajuria illurgioides
Tajuria illurgis
Tajuria jangala andamaniaca
Tajuria melastigma
Tajuria sebonga
Tajuria thyia
Tajuria yajna istroides
Tarucus callinara
Tarucus dharta
Thaduka malticaudata kanara
Thecla ataxus ataxus
Thecla bitel
Thecla icana
Thecla jakamensis
Thecla kabreea
Thecla khasia
Thecla kirbariensis
Thecla suroia
Thecla vittata
Thecla ziba
Thecla zoa
Thecla zsta
Una usta
Yasoda tripunctata
Family Nymphalidae
Adolias cyanipardus
Adolias dirtea
Adolias khasiana
ITC (HS), 2018
Apatura chevana
Apatura parvata
Apatura sordida
Apatura ulupi florenciae
Argynnis adippe pallida
Argynnis altissima
Argynnis altissima
Argynnis clara clara
Argynnis pales horla
Atella alciope
Calinaga buddha brahaman
Charaxes aristogiton
Charaxes fabius sulphureus
Charaxes karruba
Charaxes marmax
Charaxes polyxena heman
Cheroobnesia rahria rahrioides
Cyrestis cocles
Diagora persimilis
Doleschallia bisaltide malabarica
Eriboea athames andamanicus
Eriboea delphis
Eriboea dolen
Eriboea harcoea lissainei
Euripus consimilis
Euripus halithereses
Euthalia anosia
Euthalia cocytus
Euthalia duda
Euthalia durga durga
Euthalia evalina landabilis
Euthalia franciae
Euthalia garuda acontius
Euthalia lepidea
Euthalia merta eriphyle
Euthalia nara nara
Euthalia patala taooana
Euthalia teuta
Horona marathus andamana
Hypolimnas missipus
ITC (HS), 2018
Hypolimnas polynice birmana

Kallima albofasciata
Kallima alompra
Kallima philarchus horsfieldii
Limenitis austenia austenia
Limenitis damava
Limenitis dudu
Melitaea robertsi lutko
Neptis Aurelia
Neptis anjana nashona
Neptis Aurelia
Neptis magadh khasiana
Neptisnandina hamsoni
Neptis narayana
Neptis radha radha
Neptis soma
Neptis zaida
Neurosigma doublodayi doubledayi
Pantoporia ksura ksura
Pantoporia kanwa phorkys
Pantoporia larymna siamensis
Pantoporia paravara acutipennis
Pantoporia ranga
Parthenos Sylvia
Penthema lisarda
Symbrenthia niphanda
Vanesa egea agnicula
Vanesa lalbum
Vanesa pollychloros fervida
Vanesa prarsoides dohertyi
Vanesa urticie rizama
Family Papilionidae
Bhutanitis liderdalei liderdalei
Chilasa epycides epycides
Chilasa paradoxa telearchus
Chilasa slateri slateri
Graphium aristeus anticrates
Graphium arycles arycles
Graphium eurypylus macronius
ITC (HS), 2018
Graphium evemon albociliates

Graphium gyas gyas
Graphium megarus megarus
Papilio bootes
Papilio Buddha
Papilio fuscus andamanicus
Papillio machaon verityi
Papilio mayo
Parnassius charltonius charltonius
Parnassius epaphus hillensis
Parnassius jacquemonti jacquemonti
Polydorus latreillei kabrua
Polydorus plutonius tytleri
Teinopalppus imperialis imperialis
Family Pieridae
Aporia nabellica
Appias albina darada
Appias indra shiva
Appias lyncida latifasciata
Appias wardi
Baltia butleri butleri
Cepora nadian remaba
Cepora nerissa dapha
Colias ecocandiea hinducucica
Colias eogene
Colias ladakensis
Colias stoliczkana Miranda
Delias lativitta
Dercas lycorias
Euchloe charlonia lucilla
Eurema andersoni ormistoni
Metaporia agathon
Pieris deota
Pontia chloridice alipina
Saletara panda Chrysaea
Valeria avatar avatar
Family Satyridae
Anlocera brahminus
ITC (HS), 2018
Cyllogenes suradeva
Elymnias malelas milamba
Ellymnias vasudeva
Erebia annada suroia
Erebia hygriva
Erebia kalinda kalinda
Erebia mani mani
Erebia seanda opima
Erites falcipennis
Hipparchis hoydenreichi shandura
Lethe atkinsoni
Lethe baladeva
Lethe goalpara goalpara
Lethe insana insane
Lethe jalurida
Lethe kaubra
Lethe latiaris latiaris
Lethe moelleri moelleri
Lethe naga naga
Lethe nicetella
Lethe pulaha
Lethe scanda
Lethe serbonis
Lethe siderca
Lethe sincrix
Lethe tristigmata
Lethe violaceopicta kanjupkula
Lethe visrava
Lethe yama
Maniola davendra davendra
Maniola zitenius
Mycalesis adamsoni
Mycalesis anaxias
Mycalesis qotama chamka
Mycalesis heri
Mycalesis lepcha bethami
Mycalesis malsarida
Mycalesis mestra
Mycalesis misenus
Mycalesis mystes
ITC (HS), 2018
Mycalesis suavolens
Neorina Hilda
Neorina patria westwoodii
Oeneis buddha quaurhwalica
Parantirrhoea marshali
Pararge eversmanni cash mirensis
Pararge maerula maefula
Ragadia crislda crito
Rhapicera sttriens kabrua
Ypthima bolanica
Ypthima lycus lycus
Ypthima mathora mathora
Ypthima similis affectata
Zipotis saitis
1-A. Civets (all species of Viverridae except Malabar civet)

1-B. Common fox (Vulpes bengalensis)
1-C. Flying squirrels (all species of the genera Bulopetes, Petaurista, Pelomys, and
Eupetaurus)
1-D. Giant squirrels (Ratufa macroura Ratufa indica, and Ratufa bicolor)]
2. Himalayan brown bear (Ursus arctos)
2-A. Himalayan black bear (Selenarctos thibetanus)
2-B. Jackal (Canis aureus)
2-C. Jungle cat (Felis chaus)
2-D. Marmots (marmota bobak himalayana, Marmota caudata)
2-E. Martens (Martes foria intermedia, Martes flovigule, Martes gwatkinsii)
3. ***
4. Otters (Luthra, L. Perspicillata)
4-A. Pole cats (Vormela peregusna, Mustila poturius)
4-B. Red fox (Vulpes vulpes, vulpes montana, vulpes griffithi, vulpes pusilla)
5. Sloth bear (Melursus ursinus)
5-A. Sperm whale (Physeter macrocephalus)
6. ***
7. Weasels (Mustela sibirica, Mustela Kathian, Mustela altaica)
8. Checkered keelback snake (Xenochrophis Piscatar)
9. Dhaman or rat snake (Plyas mucosus)
10. Dog-faced water snake (Carbrus rhynchops)
11. Indian cobras (all sub-species belonging to genus Naja)
12. King cobra (Ophiophagus hannah)
ITC (HS), 2018
13. Oliveceous keelback (Artaetium schistosum)

14. Russels viper (Vipera ruselli)
15. Varanus species (excluding yellow monitor lizard
ITC (HS), 2018
SCHEDULE III of Wild Life Protection Act, 1972
1. ***
2. Barking deer or muntjac (Muntiacus muntjak)
3. ***
4. ***
5. Chital (axix axis)
6. ***
7. Gorals (Nemorhaedus goral, Nemorhaedus hodgsoni)
8. ***
9. ***
10. ***
11. Hogdeer (Axis porcinus)
12. Hyaena (Hyaena hyaena)
13. ***
14. Nilgai (Boselaphus tragocamelus)
15. ***
16. Sambar (Cervus unicolor)
17. ***
18. ***
19. Wild pig (Sus scrofa)
SCHEDULE IV of Wild Life Protection Act, 1972
1. ***
1-A. ***
2. ***
3. ***
3-A. Five-striped palm squirrel (Funambulus pennanti)
4. Hares (Black Naped, Common Indian, Desert, Himalayan mouse hare)
4-A. Hedge hog (Hemiechinus auritus)
4-B. ***
4-C. ***
4-D. ***
4-E. Indian porcupine (Hystrix indica)
5. ***
6. ***
6-A. Mongooses (All species of genus Herpestes)
6-B. ***
7. ***
7-A. Pole cats (Vormela peregusna, Mustela Putorius)
7-B. ***
8. ***
ITC (HS), 2018
8-A. ***
9. ***
9-A. ***
10. ***
11. Birds (Other than those which appear in other Schedules)
1. Avadavat (Estrildinae)
2. Avocet (Recurvirostridae)
3. Babblers (Timaliinae)
4. Barbets (Capitonidae)
5. Barnowls (Tytonknae)
6. Bitterns (Ardeidae)
7. Brown-headed gull (larus brunnicephalus)
8. Bulbuls (Pycnonotidae)
9. Buntings (Emberizidae)
10. Bustorda (Otididae)
11. Bustard-Qualis (Turnicidae)
12. Chloropsis (Irenidae)
13. Comb duck (Sarkidiornis melanotes)
14. Coots (Rallidae)
15. Cormorants (Phalacrocoracidie)
16. Cranes (Gruidae)
17. Cuckoos (Cuculidae)
17-A. Curlews (Seoalopacinae)
18. Darters (Phalacrocoracidae)
19. Doves including the emerald Dove (Columbidae)
20. Drongos (Dicruridae)
21. Ducks (Anatidae)
22. Egrets (Ardeidae)
23. Fairy Blue Birds (Irenidae)
24.Falcons (Falconidae), excepting the shaheen and Peregrine falcons (Falco
Peregrinus), the shaker or chorrug,shanghar and lagger falcons (F.biarmicus), and
the redheaded merlin (F. chicquera)
25. Finches including the chaffinch (Fringillidae)
26. Falmingos (Phoenicopteridae)
27. Flowerpeckers (Dicaeidae)
28. Flycatchers (Muscicapidae)
29. Geese (anatidae)
30. Goldfinch and allies (Carduelinae)
31. Grebes (Pooicipididae)
32. Gerons (Ardeidae)
33. Ibises (Thereskiornithidae)
34. Iorars (Irenidae)
ITC (HS), 2018
35. Jays (Corvidae)

36. Jacanas (Jacanidae)
36-A. junglefowl (Phasianidae)
37. Kingfishers (Alcedinidae)
38. Larks (Alaudidae)
39. Lorikeets (Psittacidae)
40. Magpies including the Hunting magpie (Corvidae)
41. Mannikins (Estrildinae)
42. Megapodes (Megapodidae)
43. Minivets (Campephagidae)
44. Munis (Estrildinae)
45. Mynas (Sturnidae)
46. Nightjara (Caprimalgidae)
47. Orioles (Oriolidae)
48. Owls (Strigidae)
49. Oystercatchers (Haematopodidae)
50. Parakeets (Psittacidae)
51. Partridges (Phasianidae)
52. Pelicans (Pelecanidae)
53. Pheasants (Phasiandae)
54. Pigeons (Columbidae) except the Blue Rock Pigeon (Columba livia)
55. Pipits (Motacillidae)
55-A. Pittas (Pittidae)
56. Plovers (Charadriinae)
57. Quails (rhasianidae)
58. Rails (Rhasianidae)
59. Rollers or Blue jays (Coraciidae)
60. Sandgrouses (Pteroclididae)
61. Sandpipers (Scolopacinae)
62. Snipes (Scolopacinae)
63. Spurfowls (Phasianidae)
64. Starlings (Sturnidae)
65. Stone Curlew (Burhinidae)
66. Storks (Ciconiidae)
67. Stilts (Recurvirostridae)
68. Sunbirds (Nectariniidae)
69. Swans (Anatidae)
70. Teals (Anatidae)
71. Thurushes (turadinae)
72. Tits (Paridae)
73. Tree pies (Corvidae)
ITC (HS), 2018
74. Trogons (Trogonidae)

75. Vultures (Accipitridae)
76. Waxbills (Extrildinae)
77. Weaver Birds or bayas (Ploceidae)
78. White -eyes (Zosteropidesa)
79. Woodpeckers (Picidae)
80. Wrens (Troglodytidae)
12. Snakes other than those species listed in Sch.I, Pt.II; and Sch.II, Pt.II
(i) Amblycaphalidae
(ii) Amilidae
(iii) Boidae
(iv) Colubridae
(v)Dasypeptidae (Egg-eating snakes)
(vi) Elapidae (cobras, Kraits, and Coral Snakes)
(vii) Glauconndae
(viii) Hydrophidae (Fresh water and sea snakes)
(ix) Tlysiidae
(x)Leptotyphlopidae
(xi) Typhlopidae
(xii) Uropelotidae
(xiii) Viperidae
(xiv) Xenopeltidae]
13. Fresh Water Frogs (Rana spp.)

14. Three-keeled Turtle (Geoemydas tricarinata)
15. Tortoise (Testudinidae, Tryonychidae)
16. Vivipaous toads (Nectophyrynoides sp.)
17. Voles
18. Butterflies and Moths
Family Danaidae
Euploca core simulatrix
Euploca crassa
Euploca dioclctianus ramsayi
Euploca muleiber
Family Hesperilidae
ITC (HS), 2018
Baoris farri
Hasora vitta
Hyarotis adrastus
Oriens concinna
Pelopipidas assamensis
Pelopidas sinensis
Polytrema discreta
Polytrema rubricans
Thoressa horiorei
Family Lycaenidae
Tarucus ananda
FamilyNymphalidae
Aporia agathon ariaca
Appias libythea
Appiad nero galba
Prioneris sita
____________________________
SCHEDULE V of Wild Life Protection Act, 1972
1. Common crow
2. ***
3. Fruit bats
4. ***
5. Mice
6. Rats
7 ***
____________________________
SCHEDULE VI of Wild Life Protection Act, 1972
(See Section 2)
1. Beddomes cycad (Cycas beddomei)
2. Blue Vanda (Vanda soerulec)
3. Kuth (Saussurea lappa)
4. Ladies sliper orchids (Paphiopedilurn spp.)
5. Pitcher plant (Nepenthes khasiana)
ITC (HS), 2018
6. Red Vanda (Rananthera imschootiana)

Appendix 2
List of Flora included in
Appendix I (Prohibited
Species) and Appendix II
(Endangered Species) of
CITES
156
APPENDIX 2
Appendix I (Prohibited Species) and Appendix II (Endangered Species) of Convention
on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Flora (CITES)
Appendix I Appendix II
FLORA (PLANTS)
AGAVACEAE Agaves
Agave arizonica
Agave parviflora
Agave victoriae-reginae #1
Nolina interrata
AMARYLLIDACEAE Snowdrops, sternbergias
Galanthus spp. #1
Sternbergia spp. #1
APOCYNACEAE Elephant trunks
Pachypodium spp. #1 (Except the species included in Appendix
I)
Pachypodium ambongense
Pachypodium baronii
Pachypodium decaryi
Rauvolfia serpentina #2
ARALIACEAE Ginseng
Panax ginseng #3 (Only the population of the Russian

Federation; no other population is included in the Appendices)
Panax quinquefolius #3
ARAUCARIACEAE Monkey-puzzle tree
Araucaria araucana
BERBERIDACEAE May-apple
Podophyllum hexandrum #2
BROMELIACEAE Air plants, bromelias
Tillandsia harrisii #1
Tillandsia kammii #1
Tillandsia kautskyi #1
Tillandsia mauryana #1
Tillandsia sprengeliana #1
156
Tillandsia sucrei #1
Tillandsia xerographica #1
CACTACEAE Cacti
CACTACEAE spp.7 #4 (Except the species included in
Appendix I)
Ariocarpus spp.
Astrophytum asterias
Aztekium ritteri
Coryphantha werdermannii
Discocactus spp.
Echinocereus ferreirianus ssp. lindsayi
Echinocereus schmollii
Escobaria minima
Escobaria sneedii
Mammillaria pectinifera
Mammillaria solisioides
Melocactus conoideus
Melocactus deinacanthus
Melocactus glaucescens
Melocactus paucispinus
Obregonia denegrii
Pachycereus militaris
Pediocactus bradyi
Pediocactus knowltonii
Pediocactus paradinei
Pediocactus peeblesianus
Pediocactus sileri
Pelecyphora spp.
Sclerocactus brevihamatus ssp. tobuschii Caryocarcostaricense #1
Sclerocactus erectocentrus
Sclerocactus glaucus
Sclerocactus mariposensis
Sclerocactus mesae-verdae
Sclerocactus nyensis
Sclerocactus papyracanthus
Sclerocactus pubispinus
Sclerocactus wrightiae
Strombocactus spp.
Turbinicarpus spp.
156
Uebelmannia spp.
CARYOCARACEAE Ajo
COMPOSITAE (Asteraceae) Kuth

Saussurea costus
CRASSULACEAE Dudleyas
Dudleya stolonifera
Dudleya traskiae
CUPRESSACEAE Alerce, cypresses
Fitzroya cupressoides
Pilgerodendron uviferum
CYATHEACEAE Tree-ferns
Cyathea spp. #1
CYCADACEAE Cycads
CYCADACEAE spp. #1
Cycas beddomei
DIAPENSIACEAE Oconee-bells
Shortia galacifolia #1
DICKSONIACEAE Tree-ferns
Cibotium barometz #1
Dicksonia spp. #1 (Only the populations of the Americas; no
other population is included in the Appendices)
DIDIEREACEAE Alluaudias, didiereas
DIDIEREACEAE spp. #1
DIOSCOREACEAE Elephant’s foot, kniss
Dioscorea deltoidea #1
DROSERACEAE Venus’ flytrap Dionaea muscipula #1
EUPHORBIACEAE Spurges
Euphorbia spp. #1 (Except the species included in Appendix I;

succulent species only; artificially propagated specimens of
cultivars of Euphorbia trigona are not subject to the provisions
of the Convention)
Euphorbia ambovombensis
Euphorbia capsaintemariensis
Euphorbia cremersii (Includes the forma viridifolia and
the var. rakotozafyi)
Euphorbia cylindrifolia (Includes the spp. tuberifera)
Euphorbia decaryi (Includes the vars.
156
ampanihyenis, robinsonii and spirosticha)
Euphorbia francoisii
Euphorbia moratii (Includes the vars.
antsingiensis, bemarahensis and multiflora)
Euphorbia parvicyathophora
Euphorbia quartziticola
Euphorbia tulearensis
FOUQUIERIACEAE Ocotillos
Fouquieria columnaris #1
Fouquieria fasciculate
Fouquieria purpusii
GNETACEAE Gnetums
JUGLANDACEAE Gavilan
Oreomunnea pterocarpa #1
LEGUMINOSAE (Fabaceae) Afrormosia, cristobal, rosewood,
sandalwood
Dalbergia nigra
Pericopsis elata #5
Platymiscium pleiostachyum #1
Pterocarpus santalinus #7
LILIACEAE Aloes
Aloe spp. #1 (Except the species included in Appendix I. Also
excludes Aloe vera, also referenced as
Aloe barbadensis which is not included in the Appendices)
Aloe albida
Aloe albiflora
Aloe alfredii
Aloe bakeri
Aloe Bellatula
Aloe calcairophila
Aloe compressa (Includes the vars. rugosquamosa, schistophila
and paucituberculata)
Aloe delphinensis
Aloe descoingsii
Aloe fragilis
Aloe haworthioides (Includes the var. aurantiaca)
Aloe helenae
Aloe laeta (Includes the var. maniaensis)
Aloe parallelifolia
Aloe parvula
156
Aloe pillansii
Aloe polyphylla
Aloe rauhii
Aloe suzannae
Aloe versicolor
Aloe vossii
MAGNOLIACEAE Magnolia
MELIACEAE Mahoganies,
Spanish cedar
Swietenia humilis #1
Swietenia macrophylla #6 (Populations of the Neotropics)
[Enters into effect on 15 November 2003]
Swietenia mahagoni #5
NEPENTHACEAE Pitcher-plants (Old World)
Nepenthes spp. #1
Nepenthes khasiana
Nepenthes rajah
ORCHIDACEAE Orchids
ORCHIDACEAE spp. 8 #8 (Except the species included in
Appendix I) (For all of the following Appendix-I species,
seedling or tissue cultures obtained in vitro, in solid or liquid
media, transported in sterile containers are not subject to the
provisions of the Convention)
Aerangis ellisii
Cattleya trianaei
Dendrobium cruentum
Laelia jongheana
Laelia lobata
Paphiopedilum spp.
Peristeria elata
Phragmipedium spp.
Renanthera imschootiana
Vanda coerulea
OROBANCHACEAE
Broomrape
Cistanche deserticola
156
PALMAE (Arecaceae) Palms
Beccariophoenix
madagascariensis
Chrysalidocarpus decipiens #1
Lemurophoenix halleuxii
Marojejya darianii
Neodypsis decaryi #1
Ravenea louvelii
Ravenea rivularis
Satranala decussilvae
Voanioala geradii
PAPAVERACEAE Poppy
PINACEAE Guatemala fir
Abies guatemalensis
PODOCARPACEAE Podocarps
Podocarpus parlatorei
PORTULACACEAE Lewisias, portulacas, purslanes
Anacampseros #1
Avonia #1
Lewisia serrata #1
PRIMULACEAE Cyclamens Cyclamen spp. 9 #1
PROTEACEAE Proteas
Orothamnus zeyheri #1
Protea odorata #1
RANUNCULACEAE Golden seals, yellow adonis, yellow root
Adonis vernalis #2
Hydrastis Canadensis #3
ROSACEAE African cherry, stinkwood
Prunus africana #1
RUBIACEAE Ayuque
Balmea stormiae
SARRACENIACEAE Pitcher-plants (New World)
Sarracenia spp. #1 (Except the
species included in Appendix
156
I)
Sarracenia rubra
ssp. alabamensis
Sarracenia rubra ssp. jonesii
Sarracenia oreophila
SCROPHULARIACEAE Kutki
Picrorhiza kurrooa #3 (Excludes Picrorhiza scrophulariiflora)
STANGERIACEAE Stangerias
Bowenia spp. #1
Stangeria eriopus
TAXACEAE Himalayan yew
Taxus wallichiana #2
TROCHODENDRACEAE (Tetracentraceae)
Tetracentron
THYMELAEACEAE (Aquilariaceae)
Agarwood, ramin
Aquilaria malaccensis #1
VALERIANACEAE Himalayan spikenard
Nardostachys grandiflora #3
WELWITSCHIACEAE Welwitschia
Welwitschia mirabilis #1
ZAMIACEAE Cycads
ZAMIACEAE spp. #1 (Except the species included in
Appendix I)
Ceratozamia spp.
Chigua spp.
Encephalartos spp
Microcycas calocoma
ZINGIBERACEAE Ginger lily
Hedychium philippinense #1
ZYGOPHYLLACEAE Lignum-vitae
Guaiacum spp #2
156
Appendix 3
List of SCOMET Items
Appendix 3 – SCOMET List
APPENDIX-3
Special Chemicals, Organisms, Materials, Equipment and Technologies (SCOMET)
export of which is regulated
Export of Special Chemicals, Organisms, Materials, Equipment and Technologies (SCOMET) listed below shall be
permitted only against an export authorisation issued in this behalf unless export is prohibited or is permitted without
authorisation subject to fulfillment of conditions, if any, as indicated under/against any specific category or item.
Provisions of Chapter IV A of the FT(D&R) Act,1992 as amended in 2010 shall apply to the goods, services and
technologies as specified in the list below.
Supply of SCOMET Items from DTA to SEZ
• No export authorisation is required for supply of SCOMET items from DTA to SEZ.
• However, all supplies of SCOMET items from DTA to SEZ will be reported to the Development
Commissioner of the respective SEZ by the supplier in the prescribed proforma [Annexure 1 to Appendix-
3 to Schedule 2 of ITC (HS) Classifications of Export and Import Items] within one week of the supplies
getting effected.
• An annual report of such supplies from DTA to SEZ shall be sent to SCOMET Section, DGFT (Hqrs),
Department of Commerce, Udyog Bhawan, Maulana Azad Road, New Delhi-110011, by the Development
Commissioner (DC), SEZ in the prescribed proforma [Annexure 2 to Appendix-3 to Schedule 2 of ITC
(HS) Classifications of Export and Import Items]. Report by the DC, SEZ is to be filed by 15th May of
every financial year for the supplies effected during the preceding financial year.
Export of SCOMET Items from SEZ to outside the country
Export permission is required if the SCOMET items are to be physically exported outside the country from SEZ i.e. to
another country (Refer Rule 26 of the SEZ Rules, 2006).
Entering into an Arrangement or Understanding for Site Visits, On-site Verification and Access to
Records / Documentation
It is mandatory for all companies and their subsidiaries registered in India and all other business entities operating in
India and involved in the manufacture, processing and use of Special Chemicals, Organisms, Materials, Equipment
and Technologies (SCOMET) listed below to obtain permission of the DGFT before entering into any arrangement
or understanding that involves an obligation to facilitate or undertake site visits, on-site verification or access to
records/ documentation, by foreign Governments or foreign third parties, either acting directly or through an Indian
party or parties. Requests for such permissions shall be considered in the manner in which requests for
export/import licence are considered.
Provided that where obligations involving site visits, on-site verification or access to records/ documentation by
foreign governments or foreign third parties are to be undertaken pursuant to a bilateral agreement or a multilateral
treaty to which India is a party, the provisions of the relevant agreement or treaty shall apply.
Exporters are advised to refer to the relevant guidelines relating to the export of SCOMET items in the Handbook
of Procedures, as issued from time to time. Para 2.78 of the Handbook of Procedures, 2015-2020 delineates the
Procedure/Guidelines for filing / Evaluation of Applications for Entering into an Arrangement or Understanding
for Site Visits, On-site Verification and Access to Records / Documentation.
Note: The DGFT Notification No. 5/2015-2020 dated 24.04.2017 is issued to amend Table A of Schedule 2 and
Appendix 3 of ITC(HS} Classification of Export and Import Items in supersession of DGFT Notification Nos.38
(RE-2010) /2009-2014 dated 31st March, 2011, No. 93(RE-2012}/2009-14 dated 6th January 2012, No. 37(RE-
2012}/2009-14 dated 14th March 2013, No. 26(RE-2013}/2009-14 dated 3rd July 2013, No. 56 (RE -
2013}/2009-2014 dated 12th December 2013, No. 115 (RE - 2013}/2009-2014 dated 13th March 2015, No.
116(RE-2013)/2009-14 dated 13th March 2015, No. 05/(2015-2020) dated 29th April 2016 and No. 38/(2015-
2020} dated 17th February 2017, except as respects acts done before such supersession. Annexure to
2
Notification No. 5/2015-2020 dated 24.04.2017 will replace the existing 'Appendix 3' to Schedule 2 of ITC (HS)
Classification of Export and Import Items.
Items on the SCOMET List are organized in the following categories.
Category 0 Nuclear materials, nuclear-related other materials, equipment and technology

0A Prescribed Substances
0A1 Source Material
0A2 Special Fissionable Material
0A3 Other Materials
0B Prescribed Equipment
0C Technology
Category 1 Toxic chemical agents and other chemicals

1A Prohibited chemicals
1B Chemicals permitted only to States party to the Chemical Weapons Convention
1C Chemicals permitted also to States not party to the Chemical Weapons Convention
1D Other Chemicals
Category 2 Micro-organisms, toxins

2A Bacteria
2B Fungi
2C Parasites
2D Viruses
2E [Reserved]
2F Toxins
2G Plant pathogens
2H 1 Genetic Elements and Genetically-modified Organisms
Category 3 Materials, Materials Processing Equipment and related technologies

3A Materials
3A1 Special materials
3A2 Structural materials
3A3 Rocket propellants and constituent chemicals
3A4 High explosives
3A5 Stealth materials
3B Materials processing and production equipment, related technology and specially
designed components and accessories therefor.
3C [Reserved]
3D Chemical and biomaterial manufacturing and handling equipment and facilities
Category 4 Nuclear-related other equipment and technology, not controlled under Category 0
4A Equipment, assemblies, components including test and production equipment

4B Equipment, assemblies, components including test and measurement equipment usable in
development of nuclear explosive devices
4C Technology
Category 5 Aerospace systems, equipment, including production and test equipment, related
technology and specially designed components and accessories therefore.
5A Rocket systems
5A1 Systems
1
Para 1(A) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
3
5A2 Production and test equipment
5A3 Technology
5B Unmanned aerial vehicles
5C Avionics and navigation systems
5D Manned-aircraft, aero-engines, related equipment and components
5E Micro-light aircraft and powered ‘hang-gliders’
Category 6 Munitions List
Category 7 2
7A [Reserved]
7B [Reserved]
7C [Reserved]
7D [Reserved]
7E [Reserved]
Category 8 Special Materials and Related Equipment, Material Processing, Electronics,

Computers, Telecommunications, Information Security, Sensors and Lasers, Navigation and
Avionics, Marine, Aerospace and Propulsion
2
Para 1A(ii) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
4
COMMODITY IDENTIFICATION NOTE TO SCOMET
Note 1: If items are prima facie, classifiable under two or more headings, the heading which provides the most specific
description shall be preferred to heading providing a more general description. The end-use of the item would be a
relevant criteria in determining the classification.
Note 2: Notwithstanding anything contained in Note 1, the following items, will be classified under the relevant
description in Category 0:
a) Radioactive materials covered under 6A007;

b) Any material containing Beryllium or “Zirconium with Hafnium content less than 2000 ppm” as the major
constituent, or more than 60% Hafnium by weight, or “Boron enriched in Boron-10 isotope” or Niobium or
tantalum covered under 6A008;
c) Nuclear power generating equipment or propulsion equipment, including "nuclear reactors", and specially
designed for military use and components therefor specially designed or 'modified for military use’ covered
under 6A017;
d) Simulators specially designed for military "nuclear reactors" covered under 6A017;
e) Any alloy with niobium as a major constituent in solid or powder form covered under 8C102;
f) Uranium-titanium alloys covered under 8C104;
g) Any material containing “Zirconium with Hafnium content less than 2000 ppm” or “Boron enriched in Boron-
10 isotope” as the major constituent covered under 8C111;
h) Plutonium and Neptunium covered under 8C112
Note 3: Items specified in Category 6A007.b which correspond to items specified in Category 1A are prohibited for
exports.
Note 4: Licence applications for items in Categories 6A008 a.13 and 6A008.a 21, which correspond to items specified
in 3A401.a, 3A401.b respectively, would normally be denied.
GENERAL NOTES
1. Terms in "quotations" are defined terms. Refer to ‘Glossary’ in SCOMET list.

2. In some instances chemicals are listed by name and CAS number. The list applies to chemicals of the same
structural formula (including hydrates) regardless of name or CAS number. CAS numbers are shown to assist in
identifying a particular chemical or mixture, irrespective of nomenclature. CAS numbers cannot be used as
unique identifiers because some forms of the listed chemical have different CAS numbers, and mixtures
containing a listed chemical may also have different CAS numbers.
3. The object of the controls contained in this Schedule should not be defeated by the export of any non-controlled
goods containing one or more controlled components when the controlled component or components are the
principal element of the goods and can feasibly be removed or used for other purposes.
N.B.: In judging whether the controlled component or components are to be considered the principal element, it
is necessary to weigh the factors of quantity, value and technological know-how involved and other special
circumstances which might establish the controlled component or components as the principal element of the
goods being procured.
4. Goods specified in this Schedule include both new and used goods.
GENERAL TECHNOLOGY NOTE
1. The export of "technology" which is "required" for the "development", "production" or "use" of items controlled
in Category 8 is controlled according to the provisions in each sub-category. This "technology" remains under
control even when applicable to any uncontrolled item.
2. Controls do not apply to that "technology" which is the minimum necessary for the installation, operation,
maintenance (checking) or repair of those items which are not controlled or whose export has been authorised.
5
Note: This does not release such "technology" controlled in entries 8E102.e. & 8E102.f. and 8E802.a. & 8E802.b.
3. Controls do not apply to "technology" "in the public domain", to "basic scientific research" or to the minimum
necessary information for patent applications.
GENERAL SOFTWARE NOTE
The Lists do not control "software" which is any of the following:

1. Generally available to the public by being:
a. Sold from stock at retail selling points without restriction, by means of:
1. Over-the-counter transactions;
2. Mail order transactions;
3. Electronic transactions; or
4. Telephone call transactions; and
b. Designed for installation by the user without further substantial support by the supplier;
Note: Entry 1 of the General Software Note does not release "software" controlled by (8A5, 8B5, 8C5,
8D5,8E5)-Part-II (Information Security)
2. "In the public domain"; or
3. The minimum necessary "object code" for the installation, operation, maintenance (checking) or repair of those
items whose export has been authorised.
Note: Entry 3 of the General Software Note does not release "software" controlled by (8A5, 8B5, 8C5,
8D5,8E5)-Part-II (Information Security).
GENERAL "INFORMATION SECURITY" NOTE
"Information security" items or functions should be considered against the provisions in (8A5, 8B5, 8C5, 8D5,
8E5)-Part-II (Information Security), even if they are components, "software" or functions of other items.
6
GLOSSARY
Expressions used in the SCOMET List have the following meanings:
“Accuracy”: (Usually measured in terms of inaccuracy) is the maximum deviation, positive or negative, of an indicated
value from an accepted standard or true value.
“Active flight control systems”: Function to prevent undesirable aircraft and missile motions or structural loads by
autonomously processing outputs from multiple sensors and then providing necessary preventive commands to effect
automatic control.
“Active pixel”: A minimum (single) element of the solid state array which has a photoelectric transfer function when
exposed to light (electromagnetic) radiation.
“Additives”: Substances used in explosive formulations to improve their properties.
“Aircraft”: A fixed wing, swivel wing, rotary wing (helicopter), tilt rotor or tilt-wing airborne vehicle.
“Airship”: A power-driven airborne vehicle that is kept buoyant by a body of gas (usually helium, formerly hydrogen)
which is lighter than air.
“All compensations available”: means after all feasible measures available to the manufacturer to minimise all
systematic positioning errors for the particular machine-tool model or measuring errors for the particular coordinate
measuring machine are considered.
“Allocated by the ITU”: The allocation of frequency bands according to the current edition of the ITU Radio
Regulations for primary, permitted and secondary services.
N.B. Additional and alternative allocations are not included.
“Angle random walk”: The angular error build up with time that is due to white noise in angular rate. (IEEE STD 528-
2001)
“Angular position deviation”: The maximum difference between angular position and the actual, very accurately
measured angular position after the work piece mount of the table has been turned out of its initial position.
“Asymmetric algorithm”: A cryptographic algorithm using different, mathematically-related keys for encryption and
decryption.
Technical Note: A common use of asymmetric algorithms is key management.
“Authentication”: Verifying the identity of a user, process or device, often as a prerequisite to allowing access to
resources in an information system. This includes verifying the origin or content of a message or other information, and
all aspects of access control where there is no encryption of files or text except as directly related to the protection of
passwords, Personal Identification Numbers (PINs) or similar data to prevent unauthorized access.
“Automated Command and Control Systems”: Electronic systems, through which information essential to the
effective operation of the grouping, major formation, tactical formation, unit, ship, subunit or weapons under command is
entered, processed and transmitted. This is achieved by the use of computer and other specialised hardware designed to
support the functions of a military command and control organisation. The main functions of an automated command and
control system are: the efficient automated collection, accumulation, storage and processing of information; the display
of the situation and the circumstances affecting the preparation and conduct of combat operations; operational and
tactical calculations for the allocation of resources among force groupings or elements of the operational order of battle
or battle deployment according to the mission or stage of the operation; the preparation of data for appreciation of the
situation and decision-making at any point during operation or battle; computer simulation of operations.
7
“Automatic target tracking”: A processing technique that automatically determines and provides as output an
extrapolated value of the most probable position of the target in real time.
“Average output power”: The total laser output energy, in joules, divided by the period over which a series of
consecutive pulses is emitted, in seconds. For a series of uniformly-spaced pulses it is equal to the total laser output
energy in a single pulse, in joules, multiplied by the pulse frequency of the laser, in Hertz.
“Basic gate propagation delay time”: The propagation delay time value corresponding to the basic gate used in a
monolithic integrated circuit. For a 'family' of monolithic integrated circuits, this may be specified either as the
propagation delay time per typical gate within the given 'family' or as the typical propagation delay time per gate within
the given 'family'.
Technical Notes:
1. Basic gate propagation delay time is not to be confused with the input/output delay time of a complex monolithic
integrated circuit.
2. 'Family' consists of all integrated circuits to which all of the following are applied as their manufacturing methodology
and specifications except their respective functions:
a. The common hardware and software architecture;

b. The common design and process technology; and
c. The common basic characteristics.
“Basic scientific research”: Experimental or theoretical work undertaken principally to acquire new knowledge of the
fundamental principles of phenomena or observable facts, not primarily directed towards a specific practical aim or
objective.
“Bias (accelerometer)”: The average over a specified time of accelerometer output, measured at specified operating
conditions that has no correlation with input acceleration or rotation. Bias is expressed in g or in metres per second2 (g or
m/s2). (IEEE Std 528-2001) (Micro g equals 1x10-6 g).
“Bias (gyro)”: The average over a specified time of gyro output measured at specified operating conditions that have no
correlation with input rotation or acceleration. Bias is typically expressed in degrees per hour (deg/hr). (IEEE Std 528-
2001).
“Biocatalysts”: 'Enzymes' for specific chemical or biochemical reactions or other biological compounds which bind to
and accelerate the degradation of CW agents.
Technical Note: 'Enzymes' means biocatalysts for specific chemical or biochemical reactions.
“Biological agents”: Pathogens or toxins, selected or modified (such as altering purity, shelf life, virulence,
dissemination characteristics, or resistance to UV radiation) to produce casualties in humans or animals, degrade
equipment or damage crops or the environment.
“Biopolymers”: Biological macromolecules as follows:
a. Enzymes for specific chemical or biochemical reactions;

b. 'Anti-idiotypic', 'monoclonal' or 'polyclonal' 'antibodies';
c. Specially designed or specially processed 'receptors'
Technical Notes:
1. 'Anti-idiotypic antibodies' means antibodies which bind to the specific antigen binding sites of other
antibodies;
2. 'Monoclonal antibodies' means proteins which bind to one antigenic site and are produced by a single
clone of cells;
8
3. 'Polyclonal antibodies' means a mixture of proteins which bind to the specific antigen and are produced by
more than one clone of cells;
4. 'Receptors' means biological macromolecular structures capable of binding ligands, the binding of which
affects physiological functions.
“Camming (axial displacement)”: Axial displacement in one revolution of the main spindle measured in a plane
perpendicular to the spindle faceplate, at a point next to the circumference of the spindle faceplate (Reference: ISO 230/1
1986, paragraph 5.63 as applicable).
“Carbon fibre performs”: An ordered arrangement of uncoated or coated fibres intended to constitute a framework of a
part before the matrix is introduced to form a composite.
“Chemical Laser”: A laser in which the excited species is produced by the output energy from a chemical reaction.
“Circuit element”: A single active or passive functional part of an electronic circuit, such as one diode, one transistor,
one resistor, one capacitor, etc.
“Circular Error Probable (CEP)”: in a circular normal distribution, the radius of the circle containing 50% of the
individual measurements being made, or the radius of the circle within which there is a 50% probability of being located.
“Circulation-controlled anti-torque or circulation-controlled direction control systems”: Control systems using air
blown over aerodynamic surfaces to increase or control the forces generated by the surfaces.
“Civil aircraft”: Those aircraft listed by designation in published airworthiness certification lists by the competent civil
aviation authorities to fly commercial civil internal and external routes or for legitimate civil, private or business use.
“Commingled”: Filament to filament blending of thermoplastic fibres and reinforcement fibres in order to produce a
fibre reinforcement matrix mix in total fibre form.
“Comminution”: A process to reduce a material to particles by crushing or grinding.
“Communications channel controller”: The physical interface which controls the flow of synchronous or asynchronous
digital information. It is an assembly that can be integrated into computer or telecommunications equipment to provide
communications access.
“Compensation systems”: consist of the primary scalar sensor, one or more reference sensors (e.g. vector
magnetometers) together with software that permit reduction of rigid body rotation noise of the platform.
“Composite”: A matrix and an additional phase or additional phases consisting of particles, whiskers, fibres or any
combination thereof, present for a specific purpose or purposes.
“Composite theoretical performance (CTP)”: A measure of computational performance given in millions of

theoretical operations per second (Mtops).
“Compound rotary table”: A table allowing the workpiece to rotate and tilt about two non-parallel axes, which can be
coordinated simultaneously for contouring control.
“III/V compounds”: Polycrystalline or binary or complex monocrystalline products consisting of elements of groups
IIIA and VA of Mendeleyev's periodic classification table (e.g., gallium arsenide, gallium-aluminium arsenide, indium
phosphide).
“Contouring control”: Two or more numerically controlled motions operating in accordance with instructions that
specify the next required position and the required feed rates to that position. These feed rates are varied in relation to
each other so that a desired contour is generated (Ref. ISO/DIS 2806 – 1980 as applicable).
“Critical temperature”: (sometimes referred to as the transition temperature) of a specific superconductive material is
the temperature at which the material loses all resistance to the flow of direct electrical current.
9
“Cryptographic activation”: Any technique that activates or enables cryptographic capability of an item, by means of a
secure mechanism implemented by the manufacturer of the item, where this mechanism is uniquely bound to any of the
following:
1. A single instance of the item; or

2. One customer, for multiple instances of the item.
Technical Notes:
1. ″Cryptographic activation″ techniques and mechanisms may be implemented as hardware, ″software″ or

″technology″.
2. Mechanisms for cryptographic activation can, for example, be serial number-based licence keys or
authentication instruments such as digitally signed certificates.
“Cryptography”: The discipline which embodies principles, means and methods for the transformation of data in order
to hide its information content, prevent its undetected modification or prevent its unauthorized use. Cryptography is
limited to the transformation of information using one or more 'secret parameters' (e.g., crypto variables) or associated
key management.
Note: Cryptography does not include 'fixed' data compression or coding techniques.
Technical Notes:
1. 'Secret parameter': a constant or key kept from the knowledge of others or shared only within a group.
2. 'Fixed': the coding or compression algorithm cannot accept externally supplied parameters (e.g., cryptographic
or key variables) and cannot be modified by the user.
“CTP”: is equivalent to composite theoretical performance.
“CW Laser”: A laser that produces nominally constant output energy for greater than 0.25 seconds.
“Data-Based Referenced Navigation (DBRN) Systems”: Systems which use various sources of previously measured
geo-mapping data integrated to provide accurate navigation information under dynamic conditions. Data sources include
bathymetric maps, stellar maps, gravity maps, magnetic maps or 3-D digital terrain maps.
“Deactivated firearm”: A firearm that has undergone ‘deactivation’ as defined in the Arms Rules 2016.
“Deformable Mirrors”: Mirrors
a. Having a single continuous optical reflecting surface which is dynamically deformed by the
application of individual torques or forces to compensate for distortions in the optical waveform
incident upon the mirror; or
b. Having multiple optical reflecting elements that can be individually and dynamically repositioned by
the application of torques or forces to compensate for distortions in the optical waveform incident upon
the mirror.
Deformable mirrors are also known as adaptive optic mirrors.
“Designed or modified”: describes equipment, parts or components which, as a result of development, or modification,
have become endowed with specified properties that make them fit for a particular application.
“Development”: is related to all stages prior to serial production, such as: design, design research, design analyses,
design concepts, assembly and testing of prototypes, pilot production schemes, design data, process of transforming
design data into a product, configuration design, integration design, layouts.
“Diffusion bonding”: A solid state joining of at least two separate pieces of metals into a single piece with a joint
strength equivalent to that of the weakest material, wherein the principal mechanism is interdiffusion of atoms across the
interface.
10
“Digital computer”: Equipment which can, in the form of one or more discrete variables, perform all of the following:
a. Accept data;
b. Store data or instructions in fixed or alterable (writable) storage devices;
c. Process data by means of a stored sequence of instructions which is modifiable; and
d. Provide output of data.
Technical Note: Modifications of a stored sequence of instructions include replacement of fixed storage devices,
but not a physical change in wiring or interconnections.
“Digital transfer rate”: The total bit rate of the information that is directly transferred on any type of medium. (See also
total digital transfer rate).
“Direct-acting hydraulic pressing”: A deformation process which uses a fluid-filled flexible bladder in direct contact
with the workpiece.
“Discrete component”: A separately packaged circuit element with its own external connections.
“Effective gram”: Effective gram for plutonium isotope is defined as the isotope weight in grams.
“Electronically steerable phased array antenna”: An antenna which forms a beam by means of phase coupling, (i.e.,
the beam direction is controlled by the complex excitation coefficients of the radiating elements) and the direction of that
beam can be varied (both in transmission and reception) in azimuth or in elevation, or both, by application of an electrical
signal.
“Electronic assembly”: A number of electronic components (i.e., circuit elements, discrete components, integrated
circuits, etc.) connected together to perform (a) specific function(s), replaceable as an entity and normally capable of
being disassembled.
“End-effectors”: Grippers, 'active tooling units' and any other tooling that is attached to the baseplate on the end of a
robot manipulator arm.
Technical Note: 'Active tooling units' are devices for applying motive power, process energy or sensing to a workpiece.
“Energetic materials”: Substances or mixtures that react chemically to release energy required for their intended
application. Explosives, pyrotechnics and propellants are subclasses of energetic materials.
“Equivalent Density”: The mass of an optic per unit optical area projected onto the optical surface.
“Explosives”: Solid, liquid or gaseous substances or mixtures of substances which, in their application as primary,
booster, or main charges in warheads, demolition and other applications, are required to detonate.
“Expression Vectors”: Carriers (e.g., plasmid or virus) used to introduce genetic material into host cells.
“FADEC Systems”: Full Authority Digital Engine Control Systems – A digital electronic control system for a gas
turbine engine that is able to autonomously control the engine throughout its whole operating range from demanded
engine start until demanded engine shut-down, in both normal and fault conditions.
“Fibrous or filamentary materials”: include
a. Continuous monofilaments;
b. Continuous yarns and rovings;
c. Tapes, fabrics, random mats and braids;
d. Chopped fibres, staple fibres and coherent fibre blankets;
e. Whiskers, either monocrystalline or polycrystalline, of any length;
f. Aromatic polyamide pulp.
11
“Film type integrated circuit”: An array of circuit elements and metallic interconnections formed by deposition of a
thick or thin film on an insulating substrate.
“First generation image intensifier tubes”: Electrostatically focused tubes, employing input and output fibre optic or
glass face plates, multi-alkali photocathodes (S-20 or S-25), but not microchannel plate amplifiers.
“Flight control optical sensor array”: A network of distributed optical sensors, using laser beams, to provide real-time
flight control data for on-board processing.
“Flight path optimization”: A procedure that minimizes deviations from a four-dimensional (space and time) desired
trajectory based on maximizing performance or effectiveness for mission tasks.
“Fly-by-light system”: A primary digital flight control system employing feedback to control the aircraft during flight,
where the commands to the effectors/actuators are optical signals.
“Fly-by-wire system”: A primary digital flight control system employing feedback to control the aircraft during flight,
where the commands to the effectors/actuators are electrical signals.
“Focal plane array”: A linear or two-dimensional planar layer, or combination of planar layers, of individual detector
elements, with or without readout electronics, which work in the focal plane.
Note: This definition does not include a stack of single detector elements or any two, three or four element detectors
provided time delay and integration is not performed within the element.
“Fractional bandwidth”: The instantaneous bandwidth divided by the centre frequency, expressed as a percentage.
“Frequency hopping”: A form of spread spectrum in which the transmission frequency of a single communication
channel is made to change by a random or pseudo-random sequence of discrete steps.
“Frequency mask trigger”: For signal analysers a mechanism where the trigger function is able to select a frequency
range to be triggered on as a subset of the acquisition bandwidth while ignoring other signals that may also be present
within the same acquisition bandwidth. A frequency mask trigger may contain more than one independent set of limits.
“Frequency switching time”: The time (i.e., delay) taken by a signal when switched from an initial specified output
frequency, to arrive at or within any of the following:
a. ±100 Hz of a final specified output frequency of less than 1 GHz; or

b. ±0.1 part per million of a final specified output frequency equal to or greater than 1 GHz.
“Frequency synthesizer”: Any kind of frequency source, regardless of the actual technique used, providing a
multiplicity of simultaneous or alternative output frequencies, from one or more outputs, controlled by, derived from or
disciplined by a lesser number of standard (or master) frequencies.
“Fuel cell”: An electrochemical device that converts chemical energy directly into Direct Current (DC) electricity by
consuming fuel from an external source.
“Fusible”: Capable of being cross-linked or polymerized further (cured) by the use of heat, radiation, catalysts, etc., or
that can be melted without pyrolysis (charring).
“Gas atomization”: A process to reduce a molten stream of metal alloy to droplets of 500 µm diameter or less by a high
pressure gas stream.
“Geographically dispersed”: Sensors are considered geographically dispersed when each location is distant from any
other more than 1,500 m in any direction. Mobile sensors are always considered geographically dispersed.
12
“Hot isostatic densification”: A process of pressurising a casting at temperatures exceeding 375 K (102°C) in a closed
cavity through various media (gas, liquid, solid particles, etc.) to create equal force in all directions to reduce or
eliminate internal voids in the casting.
“Hybrid computer”: Equipment which can perform all of the following:
a. Accept data;
b. Process data, in both analogue and digital representations; and
c. Provide output of data.
“Hybrid integrated circuit”: Any combination of integrated circuit(s), or integrated circuit with circuit elements or
discrete components connected together to perform (a) specific function(s), and having all of the following
characteristics:
a. Containing at least one unencapsulated device;

b. Connected together using typical IC production methods;
c. Replaceable as an entity; and
d. Not normally capable of being disassembled.
“Image enhancement”: The processing of externally derived information-bearing images by algorithms such as time
compression, filtering, extraction, selection, correlation, convolution or transformations between domains (e.g., fast
Fourier transform or Walsh transform). This does not include algorithms using only linear or rotational transformation of
a single image, such as translation, feature extraction, registration or false coloration.
“Information security”: All the means and functions ensuring the accessibility, confidentiality or integrity of
information or communications, excluding the means and functions intended to safeguard against malfunctions. This
includes cryptography, cryptographic activation, 'cryptanalysis', protection against compromising emanations and
computer security.
Technical Note: 'Cryptanalysis': the analysis of a cryptographic system or its inputs and outputs to derive confidential
variables or sensitive data, including clear text. (ISO 7498-2-1988 (E), paragraph 3.3.18 as applicable).
“Instantaneous bandwidth”: The bandwidth over which output power remains constant within 3 dB without adjustment
of other operating parameters.
“Instrumented range”: The specified unambiguous display range of a radar.
“Insulation”: is applied to the components of a rocket motor, i.e. the case, nozzle, inlets, case closures, and includes
cured or semi-cured compounded rubber sheet stock containing an insulating or refractory material. It may also be
incorporated as stress relief boots or flaps.
“Interior lining”: is suited for the bond interface between the solid propellant and the case or insulating liner.
Usually a liquid polymer based dispersion of refractory or insulating materials, e.g. carbon filled hydroxyl terminated
polybutadiene (HTPB) or other polymer with added curing agents sprayed or screeded over a case interior.
“Intrinsic magnetic gradiometer”: A single magnetic field gradient sensing element and associated electronics the
output of which is a measure of magnetic field gradient.
“Intrusion software”: Software specially designed or modified to avoid detection by 'monitoring tools', or to defeat
'protective countermeasures', of a computer or network-capable device, and performing any of the following:
a. The extraction of data or information, from a computer or network-capable device, or the modification of system or
user data; or
b. The modification of the standard execution path of a program or process in order to allow the execution of externally
provided instructions.
13
Notes:
1. Intrusion software does not include any of the following:
a. Hypervisors, debuggers or Software Reverse Engineering (SRE) tools;

b. Digital Rights Management (DRM) software; or
c. Software designed to be installed by manufacturers, administrators or users, for the purposes of asset
tracking or recovery.
2. Network-capable devices include mobile devices and smart meters.
Technical Notes:
1. 'Monitoring tools': software or hardware devices, that monitor system behaviours or processes running on a
device. This includes antivirus (AV) products, end point security products, Personal Security Products
(PSP), Intrusion Detection Systems (IDS), Intrusion Prevention Systems (IPS) or firewalls.
2. 'Protective countermeasures': techniques designed to ensure the safe execution of code, such as
Data Execution Prevention (DEP), Address Space Layout Randomisation (ASLR) or sandboxing.
“Isolated live cultures”: includes live cultures in dormant form and in dried preparations.
“Isostatic presses”: Equipment capable of pressurising a closed cavity through various media (gas, liquid, solid
particles, etc.) to create equal pressure in all directions within the cavity upon a workpiece or material.
“Laser”: An item that produces spatially and temporally coherent light through amplification by stimulated emission of
radiation.
“Library (parametric technical database)”: A collection of technical information, reference to which may enhance the
performance of relevant systems, equipment or components.
“Lighter-than-air vehicles”: Balloons and airships that rely on hot air or on lighter-than-air gases such as helium or
hydrogen for their lift.
“Linearity (Usually measured in terms of non-linearity)”: is the maximum deviation of the actual characteristic
(average of upscale and downscale readings), positive or negative, from a straight line so positioned as to equalise and
minimise the maximum deviations.
“Local area network”: A data communication system having all of the following characteristics:
a. Allows an arbitrary number of independent 'data devices' to communicate directly with each other; and
b. Is confined to a geographical area of moderate size (e.g., office building, plant, campus, warehouse).
Technical Note: 'Data device' means equipment capable of transmitting or receiving sequences of digital
information.
“Magnetic gradiometers”: Are designed to detect the spatial variation of magnetic fields from sources external to the
instrument. They consist of multiple magnetometers and associated electronics the output of which is a measure of
magnetic field gradient. (See also Intrinsic Magnetic Gradiometer)
“Magnetometers”: Are designed to detect magnetic fields from sources external to the instrument. They consist of a
single magnetic field sensing element and associated electronics the output of which is a measure of the magnetic field.
“Main storage”: The primary storage for data or instructions for rapid access by a central processing unit. It consists of
the internal storage of a digital computer and any hierarchical extension thereto, such as cache storage or non-
sequentially accessed extended storage.
“Matrix”: A substantially continuous phase that fills the space between particles, whiskers or fibres.
14
“Measurement uncertainty”: The characteristic parameter which specifies in what range around the output value the
correct value of the measurable variable lies with a confidence level of 95%. It includes the uncorrected systematic
deviations, the uncorrected backlash and the random deviations (Reference: ISO 10360-2 as applicable).
“Mechanical alloying”: An alloying process resulting from the bonding, fracturing and rebonding of elemental and
master alloy powders by mechanical impact. Non-metallic particles may be incorporated in the alloy by addition of the
appropriate powders.
“Melt extraction”: A process to solidify rapidly and extract a ribbon-like alloy product by the insertion of a short
segment of a rotating chilled block into a bath of a molten metal alloy.
“Melt spinning”: A process to solidify rapidly a molten metal stream impinging upon a rotating chilled block, forming
a flake, ribbon or rod-like product.
“Microcircuit”: A device in which a number of passive and/or active elements are considered as indivisibly
associated on or within a continuous structure to perform the function of a circuit
“Microcomputer microcircuit”: A monolithic integrated circuit or multichip integrated circuit containing an arithmetic
logic unit (ALU) capable of executing general purpose instructions from an internal storage, on data contained in the
internal storage.
Technical Note: The internal storage may be augmented by an external storage.
“Microprocessor microcircuit”: A monolithic integrated circuit or multichip integrated circuit containing an arithmetic
logic unit (ALU) capable of executing a series of general purpose instructions from an external storage.
Technical Note: The microprocessor microcircuit normally does not contain integral user-accessible storage, although
storage present on-the-chip may be used in performing its logic function.
Note: This definition includes chip sets which are designed to operate together to provide the function of a
microprocessor microcircuit.
“Microprogram”: A sequence of elementary instructions maintained in a special storage, the execution of which is
initiated by the introduction of its reference instruction into an instruction register.
"Military use" 3 shall mean incorporation into military items listed in SCOMET Categories 5D or 6 or for the use,
development, or production of military items listed in these categories’
“Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit (MMIC)”: A monolithic integrated circuit that operates at microwave or
millimeter wave frequencies.
“Missiles”: means complete rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicle systems.
“Modified in the context of software”: describes software which has been intentionally changed such that it has
properties that make it fit for specified purposes or applications. Its properties may also make it suitable for purposes or
applications other than those for which it was modified.
“Monofilament or filament”: is the smallest increment of fibre, usually several micrometres in diameter.
“Monolithic integrated circuit”: A combination of passive or active circuit elements or both which:
a. Are formed by means of diffusion processes, implantation processes or deposition processes in or on a single
semiconducting piece of material, a so-called 'chip';
b. Can be considered as indivisibly associated; and
c. Perform the function(s) of a circuit.
3
Para 1(B) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
15
Technical Note: ‘Circuit element’ is a single active or passive functional part of an electronic circuit, such as
one diode, one transistor, one resistor, one capacitor, etc.
“Monospectral imaging”: sensors are capable of acquisition of imaging data from one discrete spectral band.
“Multichip integrated circuit”: Two or more monolithic integrated circuits bonded to a common substrate.
“Multispectral imaging sensors”: are capable of simultaneous or serial acquisition of imaging data from two or more
discrete spectral bands. Sensors having more than twenty discrete spectral bands are sometimes referred to as
hyperspectral imaging sensors.
“Network access controller”: A physical interface to a distributed switching network. It uses a common medium which
operates throughout at the same digital transfer rate using arbitration (e.g., token or carrier sense) for transmission.
Independently from any other, it selects data packets or data groups (e.g., IEEE 802) addressed to it. It is an assembly
that can be integrated into computer or telecommunications equipment to provide communications access.
“Neural computer”: A computational device designed or modified to mimic the behaviour of a neuron or a collection of
neurons, i.e., a computational device which is distinguished by its hardware capability to modulate the weights and
numbers of the interconnections of a multiplicity of computational components based on previous data.
“Nuclear reactor”: includes the items within or attached directly to the reactor vessel, the equipment which controls the
level of power in the core, and the components which normally contain or come into direct contact with or control the
primary coolant of the reactor core.
“Numerical control “:The automatic control of a process performed by a device that makes use of numeric data usually
introduced as the operation is in progress (Ref. ISO 2382 as applicable).
“Object code”: An equipment executable form of a convenient expression of one or more processes (source code (or
source language)) which has been compiled by a programming system.
“Operations, Administration or Maintenance (OAM)”: Means performing one or more of the following tasks:
a. Establishing or managing any of the following:

1. Accounts or privileges of users or administrators;
2. Settings of an item; or
3. Authentication data in support of the tasks described in a.1. or a.2 above.;
b. Monitoring or managing the operating condition or performance of an item; or
c. Managing logs or audit data in support of any of the tasks described in a. or b above.
Note: OAM does not include any of the following tasks or their associated key management functions:
a. Provisioning or upgrading any cryptographic functionality that is not directly related to establishing or
managing authentication data in support of the tasks described in a.1. or a.2. above; or
b. Performing any cryptographic functionality on the forwarding or data plane of an item.
“Optical computer”: A computer designed or modified to use light to represent data and whose computational logic
elements are based on directly coupled optical devices.
“Optical integrated circuit”: A monolithic integrated circuit or a hybrid integrated circuit, containing one or more parts
designed to function as a photosensor or photoemitter or to perform (an) optical or (an) electro-optical function(s).
“Optical switching”: The routing of or switching of signals in optical form without conversion to electrical signals.
“Overall current density”: The total number of ampere-turns in the coil (i.e., the sum of the number of turns multiplied
by the maximum current carried by each turn) divided by the total cross-section of the coil (comprising the
superconducting filaments, the metallic matrix in which the superconducting filaments are embedded, the encapsulating
material, any cooling channels, etc.).
16
“Peak power”: The highest power attained in the pulse duration.
“Personal area network”: A data communication system having all of the following characteristics:
a. Allows an arbitrary number of independent or interconnected 'data devices' to communicate directly with each
other; and
b. Is confined to the communication between devices within the immediate vicinity of an individual person or
device controller (e.g., single room, office, or automobile, and their nearby surrounding spaces).
Technical Note: 'Data device' means equipment capable of transmitting or receiving sequences of digital
information.
“Plasma atomization”: A process to reduce a molten stream or solid metal to droplets of 500 µm diameter or less, using
plasma torches in an inert gas environment.
“Power management”: Changing the transmitted power of the altimeter signal so that received power at the aircraft
altitude is always at the minimum necessary to determine the altitude.
“Precursors”: Speciality chemicals used in the manufacture of explosives.
“Pressure transducers”: are devices that convert pressure measurements into an electrical signal.
“Previously separated”: The application of any process intended to increase the concentration of the controlled isotope.
“Primary flight control”: Aircraft stability or manoeuvering control using force/moment generators, i.e. aerodynamic
control surfaces or propulsive thrust vectoring.
“Principal element”: An element is a principal element when its replacement value is more than 35% of the total value
of the system of which it is an element. Element value is the price paid for the element by the manufacturer of the
system, or by the system integrator. Total value is the normal international selling price to unrelated parties at the point
of manufacture or consolidation of shipment.
“Production”: Means all production stages, such as: product engineering, manufacture, integration, assembly
(mounting), inspection, testing, quality assurance.
“Production equipment”: Tooling, templates, jigs, mandrels, moulds, dies, fixtures, alignment mechanisms, test
equipment, other machinery and components therefor, limited to those specially designed or modified for development or
for one or more phases of production.
“Production facilities”: Equipment and specially designed software therefor integrated into installations for
development or for one or more phases of production.
“Program”: A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, or convertible into, a form executable by an electronic
computer.
“Propellants”: Substances or mixtures that react chemically to produce large volumes of hot gases at controlled rates to
perform mechanical work.
“Public domain”: means a domain that has no restrictions upon dissemination of information within or from it; the
existence of any legal rights to the intellectual property in that information does not remove the information from being
in public domain.
Note: Copyright restrictions do not remove technology or software from being in the public domain.
“Pulse compression”: The coding and processing of a radar signal pulse of long time duration to one of short time
duration, while maintaining the benefits of high pulse energy.
“Pulse duration”: Duration of a laser pulse is the time between the half-power points on the leading edge and trailing
edge of an individual pulse.
17
“Pulsed laser”: A laser having a pulse duration that is less than or equal to 0.25 seconds.
“Pyrotechnic(s)”: Mixtures of solid or liquid fuels and oxidizers which, when ignited, undergo an energetic chemical
reaction at a controlled rate intended to produce specific time delays, or quantities of heat, noise, smoke, visible light or
infrared radiation. Pyrophorics are a subclass of pyrotechnics, which contain no oxidizers but ignite spontaneously on
contact with air.
“Quantum cryptography”: A family of techniques for the establishment of a shared key for cryptography by measuring
the quantum-mechanical properties of a physical system (including those physical properties explicitly governed by
quantum optics, quantum field theory, or quantum electrodynamics).
“Radar frequency agility”: Any technique which changes, in a pseudo-random sequence, the carrier frequency of a
pulsed radar transmitter between pulses or between groups of pulses by an amount equal to or larger than the pulse
bandwidth.
“Radar spread spectrum”: Any modulation technique for spreading energy originating from a signal with a relatively
narrow frequency band, over a much wider band of frequencies, by using random or pseudo-random coding.
“Radiant sensitivity”: Radiant sensitivity (mA/W) = 0.807 x (wavelength in nm) x Quantum Efficiency (QE)
Technical Note: QE is usually expressed as a percentage; however, for the purposes of this formula QE is expressed as a
decimal number less than one, e.g., 78% is 0.78.
“Radiation hardened”: means that the component or equipment is designed or rated to withstand radiation levels
which meet or exceed a total radiation dose of 5 x 103 Gy or 5 x 105 rads (Si).
“Real-time bandwidth”: For signal analysers, the widest frequency range for which the analyser can continuously
transform time-domain data entirely into frequency-domain results using a Fourier or other discrete time transform that
processes every incoming time point, without a reduction of measured amplitude of more than 3 dB below the actual
signal amplitude caused by gaps or windowing effects, while outputting or displaying the transformed data.
“Real-time processing”: The processing of data by a computer system providing a required level of service, as a
function of available resources, within a guaranteed response time, regardless of the load of the system, when stimulated
by an external event.
“Repeatability”: The closeness of agreement among repeated measurements of the same variable under the same
operating conditions when changes in conditions or non-operating periods occur between measurements.
(Reference: IEEE STD 528-2001 (one sigma standard deviation)
“Required”: As applied to technology, refers to only that portion of technology which is peculiarly responsible
for achieving or exceeding the controlled performance levels, characteristics or functions. Such required technology may
be shared by different products.
“Resolution”: he least increment of a measuring device; on digital instruments, the least significant bit. (Reference:
ANSI B-89.1.12)
“Riot control agents”: Substances which, under the expected conditions of use for riot control purposes produce rapidly
in humans sensory irritation or disabling physical effects which disappear within a short time following termination of
exposure. (Tear gases are a subset of riot control agents)
“Robot”: A manipulation mechanism, which may be of the continuous path or of the point-to-point variety, may use
sensors, and has all the following characteristics:
a) Is multifunctional;
b) Is capable of positioning or orienting material, parts, tools or special devices through variable movements in
three dimensional space;
c) Incorporates three or more closed or open loop servo-devices which may include stepping motors; and
18
d) Has user-accessible programmability by means of the teach/playback method or by means of an electronic
computer which may be a programmable logic controller, i.e., without mechanical intervention.
Note: The above definition does not include the following devices:
1. Manipulation mechanisms which are only manually/tele-operator controllable;

2. Fixed sequence manipulation mechanisms which are automated moving devices, operating according to
mechanically fixed programmed motions. The programme is mechanically limited by fixed stops, such as
pins or cams. The sequence of motions and the selection of paths or angles are not variable or changeable
by mechanical, electronic or electrical means;
3. Mechanically controlled variable sequence manipulation mechanisms which are automated moving
devices, operating according to mechanically fixed programmed motions. The programme is mechanically
limited by fixed, but adjustable stops, such as pins or cams. The sequence of motions and the selection of
paths or angles are variable within the fixed programme pattern. Variations or modifications of the
programme pattern (e.g., changes of pins or exchanges of cams) in one or more motion axes are
accomplished only through mechanical operations;
4. Non-servo-controlled variable sequence manipulation mechanisms which are automated moving devices,
operating according to mechanically fixed programmed motions. The programme is variable but the
sequence proceeds only by the binary signal from mechanically fixed electrical binary devices or
adjustable stops;
5. Stacker cranes defined as Cartesian coordinate manipulator systems manufactured as an integral part of a
vertical array of storage bins and designed to access the contents of those bins for storage or retrieval.
“Rotary atomization”: A process to reduce a stream or pool of molten metal to droplets to a diameter of 500 µm or less
by centrifugal force.
“Roving”: is a bundle (typically 12-120) of approximately parallel ‘strands’.
N.B.: ‘Strand’ is a bundle of monofilaments (typically over 200) arranged approximately parallel.
“Run-out (out-of-true running)”: Radial displacement in one revolution of the main spindle measured in a plane
perpendicular to the spindle axis at a point on the external or internal revolving surface to be tested (Reference: ISO
230/1-1986, paragraph 5.61 as applicable).
“Scale factor (gyro or accelerometer)”: The ratio of change in output to a change in the input intended to be measured.
Scale factor is generally evaluated as the slope of the straight line that can be fitted by the method of least squares to
input-output data obtained by varying the input cyclically over the input range.
“Settling time”: The time required for the output to come within one-half bit of the final value when switching between
any two levels of the converter.
“Signal analysers”: Apparatus capable of measuring and displaying basic properties of the single-frequency components
of multi-frequency signals.
“Signal processing”: The processing of externally derived information-bearing signals by algorithms such as time
compression, filtering, extraction, selection, correlation, convolution or transformations between domains (e.g., fast
Fourier transform or Walsh transform).
“Software”: A collection of one or more programs, or micro-programs, fixed in any tangible medium of expression.
However, unless otherwise provided for against any item on the SCOMET List, the List does not control software which
is either in the public domain or is generally available to the public by being:
a. Sold from stock at retail selling points without restriction, by means of:
1. Over-the-counter transactions;
2. Mail order transactions;
3. Electronic transactions; or
4. Telephone call transactions; and
19
b. Designed for installation by the user without further substantial support by the supplier.
“Solidify rapidly”: A process involving the solidification of molten material at cooling rates exceeding 1 000 K/sec.
“Source code”: A convenient expression of one or more processes which may be turned by a programming system into
equipment executable form (object code (or object language).
“Spacecraft” : Active and passive satellites and space probes
“Spacecraft bus”: Equipment that provides the support infrastructure of the spacecraft and location for the spacecraft
payload.
“Spacecraft payload”: Equipment, attached to the spacecraft bus, designed to perform a mission in space (e.g.,
communications, observation, science).
“Space-qualified”: Designed, manufactured, or qualified through successful testing, for operation at altitudes greater
than 100 km above the surface of the Earth.
Note: A determination that a specific item is space- qualified by virtue of testing does not mean that other items in the
same production run or model series are space-qualified if not individually tested.
“Space qualified”: Products designed, manufactured and tested to meet the special electrical, mechanical or
environmental requirements for use in the launch and deployment of satellites or high altitude flight systems operating at
altitudes of 100 km or higher.
Note: A determination that a specific item is space- qualified by virtue of testing does not mean that other items in the
same production run or model series are space-qualified if not individually tested.
“Specially designed”: qualifies the description of equipment, parts, components or software which, as a result of
development, have unique properties that distinguish them for certain predetermined purposes. For example, a piece of
equipment that is specially designed will only be considered so if it has no other function or use. Thus a piece of
manufacturing equipment that is specially designed to produce a certain type of component will only be considered such
if it is not capable of producing other types of components.
“Specific modulus”: Young's modulus in pascals, equivalent to N/m2, divided by specific weight in N/m3, measured at
a temperature of 296 ± 2 K (23 ± 2°C) and a relative humidity of (50 ± 5)%.
“Specific tensile strength”: Ultimate tensile strength in pascals, equivalent to N/m2, divided by specific weight in N/m3,
measured at a temperature of 296 ± 2 K (23 ± 2°C) and a relative humidity of (50 ± 5)%.
“Spinning mass gyros”: Spinning mass gyros are gyros which use a continually rotating mass to sense angular motion.
“Splat quenching”: A process to solidify rapidly a molten metal stream impinging upon a chilled block, forming a flake-
like product.
“Spread spectrum”: The technique whereby energy in a relatively narrow-band communication channel is spread over a
much wider energy spectrum.
“Spread spectrum radar”: see Radar spread spectrum
“Stability”: Standard deviation (1 sigma) of the variation of a particular parameter from its calibrated value measured
under stable temperature conditions. This can be expressed as a function of time.
Explanation: For gyroscopes, stability can be estimated by determining the Allan variance noise-analysis value at the
integration period (i.e., sample time) consistent with the stated measurement period, which may include extrapolating the
Allan variance noise analysis beyond the instability point into the rate random walk or rate ramp regions to an integration
period consistent with the stated measurement period (Reference: IEEE Std 952-1997 [R2008]). Allan variance noise
20
analysis is often used to characterize MicroElectroMechanical Systems (MEMS) gyroscopes, and is applicable to other
gyroscopes, such as Ring Laser Gyroscopes (RLGs) and Fibre Optic Gyroscopes (FOGs).
“Substrate”: A sheet of base material with or without an interconnection pattern and on which or within which discrete
components or integrated circuits or both can be located.
“Substrate blanks”: Monolithic compounds with dimensions suitable for the production of optical elements such as
mirrors or optical windows.
“Superalloy”: Nickel-, cobalt- or iron-base alloys having strengths superior to any alloys in the AISI 300 series at
temperatures over 922 K (649°C) under severe environmental and operating conditions.
“Superconductive”: Refers to materials,(i.e., metals, alloys or compounds) which can lose all electrical resistance (i.e.,
which can attain infinite electrical conductivity and carry very large electrical currents without Joule heating).
Technical Note: The superconductive state of a material is individually characterised by a critical temperature, a critical
magnetic field, which is a function of temperature, and a critical current density which is, however, a function of both
magnetic field and temperature.
“Super High Power Laser (SHPL)”: A laser capable of delivering (the total or any portion of) the output energy
exceeding 1 kJ within 50 ms or having an average or CW power exceeding 20 Kw
“Superplastic forming”: A deformation process using heat for metals that are normally characterised by low values of
elongation (less than 20%) at the breaking point as determined at room temperature by conventional tensile strength
testing, in order to achieve elongations during processing which are at least 2 times those values.
“Symmetric algorithm”: A cryptographic algorithm using an identical key for both encryption and decryption.
Technical Note: A common use of symmetric algorithms is confidentiality of data.
“Systolic array computer”: A computer where the flow and modification of the data is dynamically controllable at the
logic gate level by the user.
“Tape” is a material constructed of interlaced or unidirectional monofilaments, ‘strands’, rovings, tows, or yarns, etc.,
usually preimpregnated with resin.
N.B.: ‘Strand’ is a bundle of monofilaments (typically over 200) arranged approximately parallel
“Technology means”, except as otherwise provided for against any item in the SCOMET List, information (including
information embodied in software) other than information in the public domain, that is capable of being used in:
a. the development, production or use of any goods or software;

b. the development of, or the carrying out of, an industrial or commercial activity or the provision of a service of
any kind.
Explanation 1: When technology is described wholly or partly by reference to the uses to which it (or the goods to which
it relates) may be put, it shall include services which are provided or used, or which are capable of being used, in the
development, production or use of such technology or goods.
Explanation 2:The information takes the form of 'technical data' or 'technical assistance'. Specified technology is defined
in the General Technology Note to the SCOMET Category 8. Specified technology for the Munitions List is defined in
6A022.
Technical Notes:
1. 'Technical data' may take forms such as blueprints, plans, diagrams, models, formulae, tables, engineering
designs and specifications, manuals and instructions written or recorded on other media or devices such as
disk, tape, read-only memories.
21
2. 'Technical assistance' may take forms such as instruction, skills, training, working knowledge, consulting
services. 'Technical assistance' may involve transfer of 'technical data'.
“Three dimensional integrated circuit”: A collection of semiconductor dies or active device layers, integrated together,
and having through semiconductor via connections passing completely through an interposer, substrate, die or layer to
establish interconnections between the device layers. An interposer is an interface that enables electrical connections.
“Tilting spindle”: A tool-holding spindle which alters, during the machining process, the angular position of its centre
line with respect to any other axis.
“Time constant”: The time taken from the application of a light stimulus for the current increment to reach a value of 1-
1/e times the final value (i.e., 63% of the final value).
“Tip shroud”: A stationary ring component (solid or segmented) attached to the inner surface of the engine turbine
casing or a feature at the outer tip of the turbine blade, which primarily provides a gas seal between the stationary and
rotating components.
“Total control of flight”: Automated control of aircraft state variables and flight path to meet mission objectives
responding to real time changes in data regarding objectives, hazards or other aircraft.
“Total digital transfer rate”: The number of bits, including line coding, overhead and so forth per unit time passing
between corresponding equipment in a digital transmission system. (See also digital transfer rate)
“Tow”: is a bundle of monofilaments, usually approximately parallel.
“Toxins”: means toxins in the form of deliberately isolated preparations or mixtures, no matter how produced, other than
toxins present as contaminants of other materials such as pathological specimens, crops, foodstuffs or seed stocks of
microorganisms.
“Transfer laser”: A laser in which the lasing species is excited through the transfer of energy by collision of a non-
lasing atom or molecule with a lasing atom or molecule species.
“Tunable”: The ability of a laser to produce a continuous output at all wavelengths over a range of several laser
transitions. A line selectable laser produces discrete wavelengths within one laser transition and is not considered
tunable.
“Unidirectional positioning repeatability”: The smaller of values R↑ and R↓ (forward and backward), as defined by
3.21 of ISO 230-2:2014 or national equivalents, of an individual machine tool axis as applicable.
“Unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV)”: Any aircraft capable of initiating flight and sustaining controlled flight and
navigation without any human presence on board.
“Usable in, usable for, usable as or capable of”: qualifies the description of equipment, parts, components, materials,
technology or software which are suitable for a particular purpose. There is no requirement that the equipment, parts,
components, technology or software should have been configured, modified or specified for that particular purpose.
(Contrast with specially designed – see above).
“Use”: Operation, installation (including on-site installation), maintenance (checking), repair, overhaul and refurbishing.
“User-accessible programmability”: The facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replace program by means other
than:
a. A physical change in wiring or interconnections; or

b. The setting of function controls including entry of parameters.
“Vaccine”: is a medicinal product in a pharmaceutical formulation licensed by, or having marketing or clinical trial
authorisation from, the regulatory authorities of either the country of manufacture or of use, which is intended to
22
stimulate a protective immunological response in humans or animals in order to prevent disease in those to whom or to
which it is administered.
“Vacuum atomization”: A process to reduce a molten stream of metal to droplets of a diameter of 500 µm or less by the
rapid evolution of a dissolved gas upon exposure to a vacuum.
“Variable geometry airfoils”: Use trailing edge flaps or tabs, or leading edge slats or pivoted nose droop, the position of
which can be controlled in flight.
“Yarn” is a bundle of twisted ‘strands’.
N.B.: ‘Strand’ is a bundle of monofilaments (typically over 200) arranged approximately parallel.
23
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
Acronym Or Meaning
Abbreviation
ADC Analogue-To-Digital Converter

AGMA American Gear Manufacturers’ Association
AHRS Attitude And Heading Reference Systems
AISI American Iron And Steel Institute
ALE Atomic Layer Epitaxy
APP Adjusted Peak Performance
APU Auxiliary Power Unit
ASTM American Society For Testing And Materials
ATC Air Traffic Control
BJT Bipolar Junction Transistors
BPP Beam Parameter Product
BSC Base Station Controller
C3I Command, Communications, Control & Intelligence
CAD Computer-Aided-Design
CAS Chemical Abstracts Service
CCD Charge Coupled Device
CDU Control And Display Unit
CEP Circular Error Probable
CMM Coordinate Measuring Machine
CMOS Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor
CNTD Controlled Nucleation Thermal Deposition
CPLD Complex Programmable Logic Device
CPU Central Processing Unit
CVD Chemical Vapour Deposition
CW Chemical Warfare
CW (for lasers) Continuous Wave
DAC Digital-To-Analogue Converter
DANL Displayed Average Noise Level
DBRN Data-Base Referenced Navigation
DDS Direct Digital Synthesizer
DEW Directed Energy Weapon Systems
DMA Dynamic Mechanical Analysis
DME Distance Measuring Equipment
DMOSFET Diffused Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor
DS Directionally Solidified
EB Exploding Bridge
EB-PVD Electron Beam Physical Vapour Deposition
EBW Exploding Bridge Wire
ECM Electro-Chemical Machining
24
EDM Electrical Discharge Machines

EEPROMS Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory
EFI Exploding Foil Initiators
EIRP Effective Isotropic Radiated Power
EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility
EMCDB Elastomer Modified Cast Double Based Propellants
ERF Electrorheological Finishing
ERP Effective Radiated Power
ETO Emitter Turn-Off Thyristor
ETT Electrical Triggering Thyristor
FADEC Full Authority Digital Engine Control
FFT Fast Fourier Transform
FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
FPIC Field Programmable Interconnect
FPLA Field Programmable Logic Array
FPO Floating Point Operation
FWHM Full-Width Half-Maximum
GISN General "Information Security" Note
GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
GSM Global System For Mobile Communications
GST General Software Note
GTN General Technology Note
GTO Gate Turn-Off Thyristor
GLONASS Global Navigation Satellite System
GPS Global Positioning System
HBT Hetero-Bipolar Transistors
HEMT High Electron Mobility Transistors
ICAO International Civil Aviation Organisation
IEC International Electro-Technical Commission
IED Improvised Explosive Device
IEEE Institute Of Electrical And Electronic Engineers
IFOV Instantaneous-Field-Of-View
IGBT Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor
IGCT Integrated Gate Commutated Thyristor
IHO International Hydrographic Organization
ILS Instrument Landing System
IMU Inertial Measurement Unit
INS Inertial Navigation System
IP Internet Protocol
IRS Inertial Reference System
IRU Inertial Reference Unit
ISA International Standard Atmosphere
ISAR Inverse Synthetic Aperture Radar
ISO International Organization For Standardization
ITU International Telecommunication Union
25
JT Joule-Thomson
LIDAR Light Detection And Ranging
LIDT Laser Induced Damage Threshold
LOA Length Overall
LRU Line Replaceable Unit
LTT Light Triggering Thyristor
LVDT Linear Variable Differential Transformer
Mach Ratio Of Speed Of An Object To Speed Of Sound (After Ernst Mach)
MLS Microwave Landing Systems
MMIC Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit
MOCVD Metal Organic Chemical Vapour Deposition
MOSFET Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor
MPM Microwave Power Module
MRAM Magnetic Random Access Memory
MRF Magnetorheological Finishing
MRF Minimum Resolvable Feature Size
MRI Magnetic Resonance Imaging
MTBF Mean-Time-Between-Failures
Mtops Million Theoretical Operations Per Second
MTTF Mean-Time-To-Failure
NA Numerical Aperture
NDT Non-Destructive Test
NEQ Net Explosive Quantity
OAM Operations, Administration Or Maintenance
OSI Open Systems Interconnection
PAI Polyamide-Imides
PAR Precision Approach Radar
PCL Passive Coherent Location
PIN Personal Identification Number
PMR Private Mobile Radio
PPM Parts Per Million
PVD Physical Vapour Deposition
QAM Quadrature-Amplitude-Modulation
RAP Reactive Atom Plasmas
RF Radio Frequency
RNC Radio Network Controller
RPV Remotely Piloted Air Vehicles
S-FIL Step And Flash Imprint Lithography
SAR Synthetic Aperture Radar
SAS Synthetic Aperture Sonar
SC Single Crystal
SCR Silicon Controlled Rectifier
SFDR Spurious Free Dynamic Range
SHPL Super High Powered Laser
SLAR Sidelooking Airborne Radar
26
SOI Silicon-On-Insulator
SPLD Simple Programmable Logic Device
SQUID Superconducting Quantum Interference Device
SRA Shop Replaceable Assembly
SRAM Static Random Access Memory
SSB Single Sideband
SSR Secondary Surveillance Radar
SSS Side Scan Sonar
TE-PVD Thermal Evaporation-Physical Vapour Deposition
TIR Total Indicated Reading
TVR Transmitting Voltage Response
UTS Ultimate Tensile Strength
VJFET Vertical Junction Field Effect Transistor
VOR Very High Frequency Omni-Directional Range
WLAN Wireless Local Area Network
27
Category 0: Nuclear materials, nuclear-related other materials, equipment and technology

Note: Export of these items is regulated under the Atomic Energy Act, 1962 and rules framed, and notifications/orders
issued there under from time-to-time by the Department of Atomic Energy. The licensing authority for items in this
category is the Department of Atomic Energy. An application for licence to export shall be made in writing to the Joint
Secretary (I&M), Department of Atomic Energy, Anushakti Bhavan, CSM Marg, Mumbai 400 001
0A PRESCRIBED SUBSTANCES
Note: Any radioactive material in Category 0A shall additionally attract the provisions of Radiation Protection Rules,
2004 made under the Atomic Energy Act, 1962 and the provisions of Section-16 of the Atomic Energy Act, 1962.
0A1 Source Material

0A101 Uranium containing the mixture of isotopes occurring in nature.
0A102 Uranium depleted in the isotope 235.
0A103 Thorium.
0A104 Any of the materials specified above in 0A101, 0A102, or 0A103 in the form of metal, alloy,
chemical compound, or concentrate.
0A105 Any other material containing one or more of the foregoing.
Note 1:
Source material includes uranium and thorium ores or concentrates.
Note 2:
Exports of following items, for the use only in non-nuclear activities, to a given recipient country,
within a period of one calendar year, not exceeding the limits specified below, are not controlled:
a. Uranium (containing the mixture of isotopes in nature): 100 kilograms.

b. Depleted uranium (uranium depleted in the
isotope 235 below that occurring in nature): 1000 kilograms.
c. Thorium: 1000 kilograms.
Note 3: 0A1 does not control following –

i. Uranium and thorium ores, mineral concentrates or other materials that contain less than
300 parts per million (ppm) of uranium or/and thorium;
ii. Alloys containing less than 5 % thorium;
iii. Ceramic products containing thorium, which have been manufactured for non-nuclear
use.
0A2 Special Fissionable Material
0A201 Plutonium-239.
0A202 Uranium-233.
0A203 Uranium enriched in the isotopes 235 or 233.
0A204 Neptunium.
0A205 Any material containing one or more of the foregoing.
0A206 Such other fissionable material determined by the Central Government from time to time.
Technical note:
The term “uranium enriched in the isotopes 235 or 233” means uranium containing the isotopes
235 or 233 or both in an amount such that the abundance ratio of the sum of these isotopes to the
28
isotope 238 is greater than the ratio of the isotope 235 to the isotope 238 occurring in nature.
Note:
1. The term “special fissionable material” does not include source material.
2. Any quantity of special fissionable material is prescribed substance.
3. 0A2 does not control -
a. Plutonium with an isotopic concentration of plutonium-238 exceeding 80%, and
b. Special fissionable material when used in gram quantities or less as a sensing component
in instruments.
0A3 Other Materials

‘Other Materials’ means non-nuclear materials for reactors, nuclear related dual-use materials
indicated below and such materials as determined by the Central Government from time to time.
0A301 Deuterium and heavy water

Deuterium, heavy water (deuterium oxide) and any other deuterium compound, in which the
ratio of deuterium to hydrogen atoms exceeds 1:5000,
a. for use in a nuclear reactor in quantities exceeding 5 kilograms of deuterium
atoms in one consignment or 25 kilograms of deuterium atoms, for any one
recipient country within a period of one calendar year;
b. for use in a non-nuclear activity in quantities exceeding 200 kilograms of
deuterium atoms, for any one recipient country within a period of one calendar
year.
0A302 Nuclear grade graphite

Nuclear grade graphite having a purity level better than 5 parts per
million (ppm) boron equivalent and with a density greater than 1.5 gram/cc -
a. for use in a nuclear reactor or any other nuclear activities in quantities exceeding 1
kilogram;
b. for use in non-nuclear activities in quantities exceeding 30 metric tons for any one
recipient country within a period of one calendar year.
Note: The item 0A302 does not cover graphite powder.
0A303 Zirconium with hafnium content of less than 1 part to 500 parts of zirconium by weight (i.e. less
than 2000 ppm) in the form of metal, alloys containing more than 50% zirconium by weight,
compounds, manufactures thereof, waste or scrap of any of the foregoing.
0A304 Beryllium metal, its compounds, alloys containing more than 50% beryllium by weight,
manufactures thereof, and waste or scrap of any of the foregoing and its minerals / concentrates
including beryl but excluding:
a. beryllium windows used for x-ray machines or for bore-hole logging devices, and
b. beryl in the form of emerald, aquamarine or ‘cut & polished’ semi-precious stones for
use in jewellery.
0A305 Lithium enriched in the Lithium-6 (6Li) isotope to greater than its natural isotopic abundance (i.e.
more than 7.5%) and the products or devices containing enriched lithium such as elemental
lithium, alloys, compounds, mixtures containing lithium, manufactures thereof, waste or scrap of
any of the foregoing.
0A306 Niobium and Tantalum, their metals, alloys and minerals including columbite and tantalite.
0A307 [Reserved]
0A308 Tritium, tritium compounds or mixtures containing tritium in which the ratio of tritium to
hydrogen atoms exceeds 1 part in 1000, except when utilized in such quantities and for such
purposes as for organic labelled compounds, Gas Filled Light Sources and as Tritiated Water for
radiotracer studies.
0A309 Hafnium
Hafnium metal, alloys containing more than 60% hafnium by weight, hafnium compounds
29
containing more than 60% hafnium by weight, manufactures thereof, and waste or scrap of any of
the foregoing.
0A310 Radium-226
Radium-226 (226Ra), radium-226 alloys, radium-226 compounds, mixtures containing radium-
226, manufactures thereof, and products or devices containing any of the foregoing, except
medical applicators and a product or device containing less than 0.37 GBq (10mCi) of Ra-226 in
any form.
0A311 Boron
Boron enriched in the Boron-10 (10B) isotope to greater than its natural isotopic abundance as
follows:
Elemental boron, compounds, mixtures containing boron, manufactures thereof, waste or scrap of
any of the foregoing.
0A312 Helium-3
Helium-3 (3He), mixtures containing helium-3, and products or devices containing any of the
foregoing.
Note: A product or device containing less than 1gm of Helium-3 is excluded.
0A313 ‘Radionuclides’ appropriate for making neutron sources based on alpha-n reaction, in the
following forms:
a. Elemental;
b. Compounds having a total activity of 37 GBq per kg or greater;
c. Mixtures having a total activity of 37 GBq per kg or greater;
d. Products or devices containing any of the foregoing.
Radionuclides controlled by this item include:
Actinium-225 Actinium-227 Californium-253

Curium-240 Curium-241 Curium-242
Curium-243 Curium244 Einsteinium-253
Einsteinium254 Gadolinium-148 Plutonium-236
Plutonium-238 Polonium-209 Polonium-210
Polonium-208 Radium-223 Thorium-228
Thorium-227 Uranium-230 Uranium-232
0B Prescribed Equipment
0B001 Nuclear Reactors; associated equipment, components, and systems especially designed, prepared, or
adapted or used or intended to be used in such reactors including but not limited to:-
a. Complete nuclear reactors

b. Nuclear reactor vessels
c. Nuclear reactor fuel charging and discharging machines
d. Nuclear reactor control rods and equipment
e. Nuclear reactor pressure tubes
f. Nuclear fuel cladding: Zirconium metal tubes or zirconium alloy tubes (or assemblies of
tubes), in which hafnium to zirconium ratio is 1:500 or less, for use as nuclear fuel cladding
g. Primary coolant pumps or circulators
h. Nuclear reactor internals
i. Heat exchangers (steam generators) for use in the primary or intermediate coolant circuit of
a nuclear reactor
j. Neutron detectors
k. External thermal shields.
0B002 Plants for processing, production, concentration, conversion or recovery of Prescribed Substances
(such as uranium, plutonium, thorium, deuterium, heavy water, tritium, lithium); associated
30
equipment, components and systems especially designed, prepared or adapted or used or intended to
be used in such plants including but not limited to:
a. Plants for production or concentration of deuterium, heavy water or deuterium

compounds-
1. Water - Hydrogen Sulphide Exchange Towers with diameters of 1.5 m or greater
and capable of operating at pressures greater than or equal to 2 MPa (300 psi),
especially designed or prepared for heavy water production.
2. Especially designed or prepared blowers and compressors for hydrogen-sulphide
gas circulation. These blowers or compressors have a throughput capacity greater
than or equal to 56 m3/second (120,000 SCFM) while operating at pressures
greater than or equal to 1.8 MPa (260 psi) suction and have seals designed for
wet H 2 S service
3. Ammonia-Hydrogen Exchange Towers greater than or equal to 35 m in height with
diameters of 1.5 m to 2.5 m capable of operating at pressures greater than 15
MPa especially designed or prepared for heavy water production
4. Tower Internals and Stage Pumps: Tower internals and stage pumps especially
designed or prepared for heavy water production. Tower internals include
especially designed stage contactors which promote intimate gas/liquid contact.
Stage pumps include especially designed submersible pumps for circulation of
liquid ammonia within a contacting stage internal to the stage towers.
5. Ammonia Crackers with operating pressures greater than or equal to 3 MPa
especially designed or prepared for heavy water production.
6. Infrared Absorption Analyzers capable of ‘on-line’ hydrogen/deuterium ratio
analysis
7. Catalytic Burners for conversion of enriched deuterium gas into heavy water
8. Complete heavy water upgrade systems or columns therefor
9. Ammonia synthesis converters or synthesis units for heavy water production
utilizing the ammonia-hydrogen exchange process.
b. Plants for the conversion of uranium

1. Systems for the conversion of uranium ore concentrates to UO 3 ;
2. Systems for the conversion of UO 3 to UF 6 ;
3. Systems for the conversion of UO 3 to UO 2 ;
4. Systems for the conversion of UO 2 to UF 4 ;
5. Systems for the conversion of UF 4 to UF 6 ;
6. Systems for the conversion of UF 4 to uranium metal;
7. Systems for the conversion of UF 6 to UO 2 ;
8. Systems for the conversion of UF 6 to UF 4 ;
9. Systems for the conversion of UO 2 to UCl 4 .
c. Plants for the conversion of plutonium

1. Systems for the conversion of plutonium nitrate to oxide
2. Systems for plutonium metal production
d. Tritium facilities or plants for the production, recovery, extraction, concentration or

handling of tritium and equipment therefor including hydrogen or helium
refrigeration units; and hydrogen isotope storage or purification systems using metal
hydrides as the storage or purification medium.
e. Lithium isotope separation facilities or plants, and systems and equipment therefor as
follows -
1. Facilities or plants for the separation of lithium isotopes;

2. Equipment for the separation of lithium isotopes based on the lithium-mercury
amalgam process, as follows:
a) Packed liquid-liquid exchange columns especially designed for lithium
amalgams;
b) Mercury or lithium amalgam pumps;
c) Lithium amalgam electrolysis cells;
31
d) Evaporators for concentrated lithium hydroxide solution;
3. Ion exchange systems especially designed for lithium isotope separation, and
especially designed component parts therefor;
4. Chemical exchange systems (employing crown ethers, cryptands, or lariat ethers)
especially designed for lithium isotope separation, and especially designed
component parts therefor.
0B003 Plants for reprocessing of irradiated nuclear fuel and equipment, components and systems especially
designed, prepared or adapted or used or intended to be used in such plants, including but not limited
to:
a. Irradiated fuel element chopping machines designed for remote operation

b. Dissolvers capable of withstanding hot and highly corrosive liquid for dissolution of
irradiated nuclear fuel and which can be remotely loaded and maintained
c. Solvent extractors and solvent extraction equipment resistant to the corrosive effect of nitric
acid
d. Chemical holding or storage vessels resistant to the corrosive effect of nitric acid
e. Neutron measurement systems for integration and use with automated process control
systems for the reprocessing of irradiated fuel elements.
f. Industrial equipment including assemblies and components as follows:
1. High density (lead glass or other) radiation shielding windows
2. Radiation hardened TV cameras, or lenses therefor
3. ‘Robots’ or ‘end effectors’ especially designed for handling high explosives; and
control units therefor
4. Remote manipulators that can be used to provide remote actions in radiochemical
separation operations or hot cells
0B004 Plants for treatment, handling, storage and transportation of radioactive wastes from nuclear reactors
or from plants for processing Source Materials or Special Fissionable Materials or from nuclear
reprocessing plants; irradiated nuclear fuel; Special Fissionable Materials, and equipment especially
designed, prepared, adapted, or intended to be used therefor.
0B005 All systems, associated equipment, components for separation or enrichment of isotopes of uranium,
plutonium, lithium, boron or other elements, other than analytical instruments, especially designed,
prepared, adapted, used or intended to be used therefor as follows:
a. Gas centrifuges and assemblies and components especially designed or prepared for use in gas
Centrifuges
1. Gas centrifuges;
2. Complete rotor assemblies; Thin-walled cylinders, or a number of interconnected thin-
walled cylinders, manufactured from one or more of the high strength-to-density ratio
materials described in the Note-1 in 0B005.a. If interconnected, the cylinders are joined
together by flexible bellows or rings as described in 0B005.a.4. The rotor is fitted with an
internal baffle(s) and end caps, as described in 0B005.a.5 and 0B005.a.6.
3. Rotor tube cylinders: Especially designed or prepared thin-walled cylinders with thickness
of 12 mm or less, a diameter of between 75 mm and 650 mm, and manufactured from one or
more of ‘high strength-to-density ratio materials’ described in the Note-1 in 0B005.a;
4. Rings or bellows: Rings or bellows with wall thickness of 3 mm or less and a diameter of
between 75 mm and 650 mm especially designed to give local support to a rotor tube or to
join together a number of rotor tubes, made from ‘high strength-to-density ratio materials’
described in the Note-1 in 0B005.a.
5. Baffles: Disc-shaped components of between 75 mm and 650 mm diameter especially
designed or prepared for mounting inside a rotor tube, in order to isolate the take-off
chamber from the main separation chamber and manufactured from ‘high strength-to-
density ratio materials’ described in the Note-1 in 0B005.a.
6. Top or bottom caps: Especially designed or prepared disc-shaped components of between 75
mm and 400 mm diameter especially designed or prepared to fit the ends of a rotor tube, and
so contain the UF 6 within the rotor tube, and in some cases to support, retain or contain as
32
an integrated part an element of the upper bearing (top cap) or to carry the rotating elements
of the motor and lower bearing (bottom cap), and manufactured from ‘high strength-to-
density ratio materials’ described in the Note-1 in 0B005.a;
7. Especially prepared Magnetic Suspension Bearings with both of the following attributes:
a. Bearing assemblies consisting of an annular magnet suspended within a housing made
of or protected by “materials resistant to corrosion by UF 6 ” (see Note 3 of 0B005)
containing a damping medium and having the magnet coupling with a pole piece or
second magnet fitted to the top cap of the rotor;
b. Active magnetic bearings especially designed or prepared for use with gas centrifuges.
These bearings usually have the following characteristics: i) Designed to keep centred a
rotor spinning at 600 Hz or more; and ii) Associated to a reliable electrical power
supply and/or to an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) unit in order to function for
more than one hour.
8. Bearings / Dampers: Especially designed or prepared bearings comprising a pivot/cup
assembly mounted on a damper. The pivot is normally a hardened steel shaft with a
hemisphere at one end with a means of attachment to the bottom cap described in 0B005.a.6
at the other. The shaft may however have a hydrodynamic bearing attached. The cup is
pellet-shaped with a hemispherical indentation in one surface. These components are often
supplied separately to the damper.
9. Molecular pumps: Molecular pumps are high vacuum pumps consisting of especially
designed or prepared cylinders having internally machined or extruded helical grooves and
internally machined bores. Typical dimensions are as follows: 75 mm to 650 mm internal
diameter, 10 mm or more wall thickness, with the length equal to or greater than the
diameter. The grooves are typically rectangular in cross-section and 2 mm or more in depth.
10. Ring-shaped motor stators: Especially designed or prepared ring-shaped stators for high
speed multiphase AC hysteresis (or reluctance) motors for synchronous operation within a
vacuum at a frequency of 600 Hz or greater and a power of 40 VA or greater. The stators
may consist of multi-phase windings on a laminated low loss iron core comprised of thin
layers typically 2.0 mm thick or less.
11. Centrifuge housing/recipients to contain the rotor tube assembly of a gas centrifuge
consisting of rigid cylinder of wall thickness up to 30 mm with precision machined ends that
are parallel to each other and perpendicular to the cylinder's longitudinal axis to within 0,05
degrees or less.
12. Scoops consisting of tubes for the extraction of UF 6 gas from within the rotor tube by a
Pitot tube action and capable of being fixed to the central gas extraction system.
Note 1: The high strength-to-density ratio materials used for centrifuge rotating components include
the following:
(a) Maraging steel capable of an ultimate tensile strength of 1.95 GPa or more;
(b) Aluminium alloys capable of an ultimate tensile strength of 0.46 GPa or more;
(c) Filamentary materials suitable for use in composite structures and having a specific modulus
of 3.18 X 106 m or greater and a specific ultimate tensile strength of 7.62 X 104 m or greater.
Note 2: 'Specific Modulus' is the Young's Modulus in N/m2 divided by the specific weight in N/m3;
'Specific Ultimate Tensile Strength' is the ultimate tensile strength in N/m2 divided by the specific
weight in N/ m3.
b. Especially designed or prepared auxiliary systems, equipment and components for gas centrifuge
enrichment plants
1. Machine header piping systems for handling UF 6 within the centrifuge cascades;
2. Frequency changers (converters or inverters) especially designed or prepared to supply
motor stators for gas centrifuge enrichment, having all of the following characteristics, and
especially designed components therefor:
a. A multiphase frequency output of 600 Hz or greater; and
b. High stability (with frequency control better than 0.2 %).
33
c. Especially designed or prepared assemblies and components for use in gaseous diffusion
enrichment
1. Gaseous diffusion barriers and barrier materials resistant to corrosion by UF 6 described in
the Note-3 in 0B005;
2. Gaseous diffuser housings made of or protected by materials resistant to corrosion by UF 6
described in the Note-3 in 0B005;
3. Compressors (positive displacement, centrifugal and axial flow types) or gas blowers with a
suction volume capacity of 1 m3 /min or more of UF 6 , discharge pressure up to 500 kPa and
having a pressure ratio of 10:1 or less designed for long term operation in the UF 6
environment and made of or protected by materials resistant to corrosion by UF 6 described
in the Note-3 in 0B005.
d. Especially designed or prepared auxiliary systems, equipment and components for use in gaseous
diffusion enrichment:
Piping systems and header systems for handling UF 6 within the gaseous diffusion cascades.
e. Especially designed or prepared systems, equipment and components for use in aerodynamic
enrichment plants:
1. Especially designed or prepared separation nozzles and assemblies thereof. The separation
nozzles consist of slit-shaped, curved channels having a radius of curvature less than 1 mm,
made of materials resistant to corrosion by UF 6 described in the Note-3 in 0B005 and
having a knife-edge within the nozzle that separates the gas flowing through the nozzle into
two fractions;
2. Especially designed or prepared vortex tubes and assemblies thereof. The vortex tubes are
cylindrical or tapered, made of or protected by materials resistant to corrosion by UF 6
described in the Note-3 in 0B005 and with one or more tangential inlets. The tubes may be
equipped with nozzle type appendages at either or both ends;
3. Especially designed or prepared compressors or gas-blowers made of or protected by
materials resistant to corrosion by the UF 6 (see the Note-3 in 0B005) / carrier gas
(hydrogen or helium) mixture;
4. Especially designed or prepared separation element housings made of or protected by
materials resistant to corrosion by UF 6 described in the Note-3 in 0B005, for containing
vortex tubes or separation nozzles;
5. Especially designed or prepared header-piping systems, made of or protected by materials
resistant to corrosion by UF 6 described in the Note-3 in 0B005, for handling UF 6 within the
aerodynamic cascades;
6. UF 6 /carrier gas separation systems for separating UF 6 from carrier gas (hydrogen or
helium).
f. Especially designed or prepared systems, equipment and components for use in chemical exchange
or ion exchange enrichment plants.
1. Countercurrent Liquid-liquid exchange columns (Chemical exchange), having mechanical

power input, especially designed or prepared for uranium enrichment using the chemical
exchange process. For corrosion resistance to concentrated hydrochloric acid solutions,
these columns and their internals are normally made of or protected by materials resistant to
corrosion by concentrated hydrochloric acid solutions. The stage residence time of the
columns is normally designed to be 30 seconds or less.
2. Liquid-liquid centrifugal contactors (Chemical exchange), especially designed or prepared
for uranium enrichment using the chemical exchange process. Such contractors are made of
or protected by materials resistant to corrosion by concentrated hydrochloric acid solutions,
The stage residence time of the columns is normally designed to be 30 seconds or less.
3. Uranium reduction systems and equipment (Chemical exchange):
a. Especially designed or prepared electrochemical reduction cells to reduce uranium
from one valence state to another for uranium enrichment using the chemical exchange
process. The cell materials in contact with process solutions must be corrosion resistant
to concentrated hydrochloric acid solutions;
b. Especially designed or prepared systems consisting of solvent extraction equipment and
pumps or other transfer devices at the product end of the cascade for taking the U+4 out
34
of the organic stream.
4. Feed preparation systems (Chemical exchange) consisting of dissolution, solvent extraction
and/or ion exchange equipment for producing high-purity uranium chloride.
5. Uranium oxidation systems (Chemical exchange) for oxidation of U+3 to U+4
6. Fast-reacting ion exchange resins/adsorbents (Ion exchange):

Fast-reacting ion-exchange resins or adsorbents, especially designed or prepared for
uranium enrichment using the chemical exchange process, including porous macroreticular
resins, and/or pellicular structures and other composite structures in any suitable form
including particles or fibres chemically resistant to concentrated hydrochloric acid solutions.
7. Ion exchange columns (Ion exchange):

Cylindrical columns for containing and supporting packed beds of ion exchange
resin/adsorbent and made of or protected by materials resistant to corrosion by concentrated
hydrochloric acid solutions.
8. Ion exchange reflux systems (Ion exchange):

Chemical or electrochemical oxidation or reduction systems for regeneration of the
chemical oxidizing or reducing agent(s) used in ion exchange enrichment cascades.
g. Especially designed or prepared systems, equipment and components for use in laser-based
enrichment plants.
1. Uranium vaporization systems (atomic vapour based methods)

2. Liquid or vapour uranium metal handling systems and components (atomic vapour based
methods)
3. Uranium metal ‘product’ and ‘tails’ collector assemblies (atomic vapour based methods)
4. Separator module housings (atomic vapour based methods)
5. Supersonic expansion nozzles (molecular based methods)
6. ‘Product’ or ‘tails’ collectors (molecular based methods)
7. UF 6 /carrier gas compressors (molecular based methods)
8. Rotary shaft seals (molecular based methods)
9. Fluorination systems (molecular based methods)
10. UF 6 /carrier gas separation systems (molecular based methods)
11. ‘Lasers’ or ‘laser systems or components’ for the separation of uranium isotopes.
h. Especially designed or prepared systems, equipment and components for use in plasma separation
enrichment plants
1. Microwave power sources and antennae: Especially designed or prepared microwave power
sources and antennae for producing or accelerating ions and having the following
characteristics: greater than 30 GHz frequency and greater than 50 kW mean power output
for ion production.
2. Radio frequency ion excitation coils for frequencies of more than 100 kHz
3. Uranium plasma generation systems
4. Uranium metal ‘product’ and ‘tails’ collector assemblies made of or protected by materials
resistant to the heat and corrosion of uranium metal vapour.
5. Separator module housings (cylindrical vessels) for containing the uranium plasma source,
radio-frequency drive coil and the ‘product’ and ‘tails’ collectors.
i. Especially designed or prepared systems, equipment and components for use in electromagnetic
enrichment plants.
1. Electromagnetic isotope separators for separation of uranium isotopes and equipment and
components therefor, including ion sources (consisting of a vapour source, ionizer, and
beam accelerator), ion collectors (consisting of collector plates), vacuum housings and
magnet pole pieces;
2. High voltage power supplies for ion sources: Especially designed or prepared high-voltage
power supplies for ion sources, having all of the following characteristics: capable of
continuous operation, output voltage of 20,000 V or greater, output current of 1 A or
greater, and voltage regulation of better than 0.01% over a time period of 8 hours
35
3. High-power, direct current magnet power supplies: Especially designed or prepared high-
power, direct current magnet power supplies having all of the following characteristics:
capable of continuously producing a current output of 500 A or greater at a voltage of 100
V or greater and with a current or voltage regulation better than 0.01% over a period of 8
hours.
j. Especially designed or prepared other equipment and components for use in

enrichment plants:
1. Feed systems / product and tails withdrawal systems such as feed autoclaves, ovens, or
systems, desublimers, cold traps or pumps, solidification or liquefaction stations, ‘product’
or ‘tails’ stations used for handling UF 6 ;
2. Special shut-off valves, control valves, bellow sealed valves, manual or automated, shut-off
or control, made of or protected by materials resistant to corrosion by UF 6 ;
3. UF 6 mass spectrometers / ion sources capable of taking on-line samples from UF 6 gas
stream; ;
4. Rotary shaft seals for compressors or blowers;
5. Heat exchangers made of or protected by “materials resistant to corrosion by UF 6 ”;
6. Vacuum systems including vacuum manifolds, vacuum headers and vacuum pumps made
of, or protected by, materials resistant to corrosion by UF 6.
Notes to 0B005:
1: Controls under 0B005 also apply to the plants and equipment that are intended for isotope
separation of other elements.
2: “Other elements” means all elements other than hydrogen, uranium and plutonium.
3: Materials resistant to corrosion by UF 6 include copper, copper alloys, stainless steel, aluminium,
aluminium oxide, aluminium alloys, nickel or alloys containing 60% or more nickel and fluorinated
hydrocarbon polymers.
0B006 Plants for the fabrication of nuclear reactor fuel elements, and equipment especially designed or
prepared therefor including but not limited to:
a. fully automatic pellet inspection stations especially designed or prepared for checking final
dimensions and surface defects of the fuel pellets;
b. automatic welding machines especially designed or prepared for welding end caps onto the
fuel pins (or rods);
c. automatic test and inspection stations especially designed or prepared for checking the
integrity of completed fuel pins (or rods);
d. systems especially designed or prepared to manufacture nuclear fuel cladding.
Item ‘c’ typically includes equipment for: 1) x-ray examination of pin (or rod) end cap welds, 2)
helium leak detection from pressurized pins (or rods), and 3) gamma-ray scanning of the pins (or
rods) to check for correct loading of the fuel pellets inside.
0B007 Plants or systems for production, handling, storage and transportation of Radioisotopes in quantities
exceeding 100 Curies (3.7 X 1012 Becquerel).
0B008 Neutron generators including neutron chain reacting assemblies and fusion assemblies of all kinds for
producing fissile materials.
0C Technology and software
Technology and software for the development, production or use of prescribed substances or
prescribed equipment specified in 0A or 0B. ”
36
Category 1 Toxic chemical agents and other chemicals

1A Export of the following chemicals is prohibited:
(This corresponds to Schedule 1 to the Chemical Weapons Convention (CWC))

Note: Where reference is made below to groups of di-alkylated chemicals, followed by a list of
alkyl groups in parentheses, all chemicals possible by all possible combinations and alkyl groups
listed in parentheses are considered prohibited unless explicitly exempted.
(1). O-Alky ( <C10 , incl. cycloalkyl) alky1 (Me, Et,n-Pr or i-Pr)

phosphonofluoridates
e.g. Sarin: O-Isopropy1 methylphosphonofluoridate
Soman: O-Pinacolyl methylphosphonofluoridate
(2). O-Alkyl, ( <C10, incl. cycloalkyl) N,N-dialky1 (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr)
phosphoramidocyanidates
e.g. Tabun: O-Ethyl N,N,-dimethyl phosphoramidocyanidate
(3). O-Alkyl (H or < C10, incl. cycloalkyl) S-2-Dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr)- aminoethyl alkyl
(Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) phosphonothiolates and corresponding alkylated or protonated salts
e.g. VX: O-Ethyl S-2 diisopropylaminoethyl methyl phosphonothiolate
(4). Sulphur mustards:

2-Chloroethylchloromethylsulphide
Mustard gas: Bis (2-chloroethyl) sulphide
Bis (2-chloroethylthio) methane
Sesquimustard:1,2-Bis (2-chloroethylthio) ethane
1,3-Bis (2-chloroethylthio)-n-propane
1,4-Bis (2-chloroethylthio)-n-butane
1,5-Bis (2-chloroethylthio)-n-Pentane
Bis (2-Chloroethylthiomethyl) ether
O-Mustard: Bis (2-Chloroethylthiomethyl) ether
(5). Lewisites:
Lewisite 1: 2-Chlorovinyldichloroarsine
Lewisite 2: Bis (2-Chlorovinyl) chloroarsine
Lewisite 3: Tris (2-Chlorovinyl) arsine
(6). Nitrogen mustards:

HN1: Bis (2-chloroethyl) ethylamine
HN2: Bis (2-chloroethyl) Chloroarsine
HN3: Tris (2-chloroethyl) amine
(7). Saxitoxin
(8). Ricin
(9). Alkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or I-Pr) phosphonyldifluorides
e.g. DF: Methyl phosphonyldifluoride
(10). O-Alkyl (H or < C10, incl. cycloalkyl) O-2 dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr)- aminoethylalkyl
(Me, Et N-Pr or i-Pr) phosphonites and corresponding alkylated or protonated salts
e.g.QL: O-Ethyl O-2-diisopropylaminoethyl methyl phosphonite
(11). Chlorosarin: O-Isopropyl methylphosphonochloridate
(12). Chlorosoman: O-Pinacolyl methylphosphonochloridate
37
1B Export of chemicals listed in 1B below is permitted only to States party to the Chemical
Weapons Convention against an export licence
(This corresponds to Schedule 2 to the Chemicals Weapons Convention)
Note to exporters:
(a) A list of States Parties can be obtained from the Disarmament & International Security Affairs
Division of the Ministry of External Affairs (Room No. 40G, South Block, New Delhi) or at
the official website of the Organization for the Prohibition of Chemical Weapons at
www.opcw.org.
(b) A general permission valid for a period of two years may be applied for export of chemicals
in this category. This permission shall be subject to the condition that for each export
consignment, exporters shall, within 30 days of exports, notify the details to the National
Authority, Chemical Weapons Convention, Cabinet Secretariat; Ministry of External
Affairs (D&ISA); Department of Chemicals and Petrochemicals and the Directorate
General of Foreign Trade and submit to DGFT, a copy of Bill of Entry into the destination
State Party within 30 days of delivery.
Note: Where reference is made below to groups of dialkylated chemicals, followed by a list of alkyl
groups in parentheses, all chemicals possible by all possible combinations and alkyl groups listed in
parentheses are included unless explicitly exempted.
1. Amiton 0,0-Diethyl S-[2-(diethylamino) ethyl)] phosphorothiolate and

corresponding alkylated or protonated salts
2. PFIB: 1,1,3,3,3,-Pentafluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)1-propene
3. BZ: 3-Quinuclidinyl benzilate
4. Chemicals, except for those listed in Schedule 1, containing a phosphorus atom to which
is bonded one methyl, ethyl or propyl (normal or iso) group but not further carbon atoms,
e.g.Methylphosphonyl dichloride, Dimethyl methylphosphonate
Exemption:- Fonofos: O-Ethyl S-phenyl ethylphosphonothiolothionate
5. N, N-Dialkyl (ME, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) phosphoramidic dihalides
6. Dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) N, N-dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr)-phosphoramidates
7. Arsenic trichloride
8. 2,2-Diphenyl-2 hydroxyacetic acid
9. Quinuclidine-3-ol
10. N,H-Dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) aminoethyl-2 -chlorides and corresponding protonated
salts
11. N, N-Dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) aminoethane-2-ols and corresponding protonated salts
Exemptions: N,N-Dimethylaminoethanol and corresponding protonated salts
N,N-Diethylaminoethanol and corresponding protonated salts
12. N, N-Dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) aminoethane-2-thiols and corresponding protonated
salts
13. Thiodiglycol: Bis(2-hydroxyethyl) sulphide
14. Pinacolyl alcohol: 3,3-Dimethylbutane-2-ol
A list of commercially important Schedule-2 Chemicals of CWC is given below :
SCOMET Entry into CAS ITC (HS)

Sl.No. Name of Chemical
Entry Schedule numbers codes
1 1B001 2-Chloro N, N-Di-isopropyl ethylamine 2B10 4261-68-1 29211911
2 1B002 Diethyl amino Ethanethiol 2B12 100-38-9 29221910
3 1B003 O, O, Dimethyl Methyl Phosphonate 2B04 756-79-6 29209045
4 1B004 2-Hydroxy N, N-Diisopropyl Ethylamine 2B11 96-80-0 29221111
N, N-Diethyl Amino ethyl Chloride
5 1B005 2B10 869-24-9 29221112
Hydrochloride
38
6 1B006 Di-ethyl Amino ethanethiol Hydrochloride 2B12 1942-52-5 29221113

Di-Methyl Amino ethyl chloride
7 1B007 2B10 4584-46-7 29221114
Hydrochloride
8 1B008 Di-Methyl Amino ethanethiol 2B12 108-02-1 29221115
Di-Methyl Amino ethanethiol 13242-44-
9 1B009 2B12 29221116
Hydrochloride 9
Phosphorothioic acid, S [2-(diethylamino)
10 1B010 2A01 78-53-5 29201910
ethyl] O, O – diethyl ester
1-Propene, 1,1, 3, 3, 3, - Pentafluoro – 2-
11 1B011 2A02 382-21-8 29033911
(trifluoromethyl) (PFIB)
Benzeneacetic acid, alphahydroxy – alpha-
12 1B012 phenyl, 1 – azabicyclo [2.2.2.] oct-3-yl 2A03 1709855 29392050
ester
Phosphonic Acid, Methyl-compound with 84402-58-
13 1B013 2B04 29209047
(aminoimino methyl) urea (1: 1) 4
1-Propanaminium N, N, N-trimethyl – 3-
70055-71-
14 1B014 [1- oxo-9 octadecenyl) amino]-. (Z)- 2B04 29209048
9
methyl methylphosphonate
Phosphonic acid, [methyl bis (5-ethyl-2-
42595-45-
15 1B015 methyl-2-oxido-1, 3, 2- 2B04 29209051
9
dioxaphosphorinan- 5-yl) methyl] ester
Phosphonic acid, [methyl-(5-ethyl-2-
41203-81-
16 1B016 methyl 2-oxido-1,3,2-dioxaphosphorinan- 2B04 29209052
0
5-yl) methyl] ester
18755-43-
17 1B017 Phosphonic acid, propyl-dimethyl ester 2B04 29209053
6
15715-41-
18 1B018 Phosphonous acid, methyl-diethyl ester 2B04 29209054
0
19 1B019 Phosphonic acid, ethyl- 2B04 1782267 29209055
20 1B020 Phosphonic acid, propyl- 2B04 4672-38-2 29209056
21 1B021 Phosphinic acid, methyl- 2B04 4206-94-4 29209057
Phosphonochloridic acid, methyl-, methyl
22 1B022 2B04 1066-52-0 29209058
ester
23 1B023 Phosphonothioic dichloride, ethyl- 2B04 993-43-1 29209061
24 1B024 Phosphonic acid methyl- 2B04 993-13-5 29209062
25 1B025 Phosphonic acid, methyl-, dimethyl ester 2B04 756-79-6 29209063
26 1B026 Phosphonic dichloride, methyl- 2B04 676-97-1 29209064
27 1B027 Phosphonous dichloride, methyl- 2B04 676-83-5 29209065
28 1B028 Phosphonic acid, ethyl-, diethyl ester 2B04 78-38-6 29209066
29 1B029 Arsenous trichloride 2B07 7784-34-1 28121060
Benzeneacetic acid, alpha-hydroxy-alpha-
30 1B030 2B08 76-93-7 29181910
phenyl
31 1B031 1-Azabicyclo (2.2.2.) octan-3-ol 2B09 1619-34-7 29333930
32 1B032 Ethanamine, 2-Chloro-N, N-dimethyl- 2B10 107-99-3 29211914
33 1B033 Ethanol, 2-[bis(1-methylethyl ) amino ]- 2B11 96-80-0 29221920
34 1B034 Ethanethiol, 2-(diethylamino)- 2B12 100-38-9 29221930
35 1B035 Ethanol, 2, 2’-thiobis- 2B13 111-48-8 29309091
36 1B036 2-Butanol, 3, 3-dimethyl- 2B14 464-07-3 29051910
37 1B037 Others
39
1C 4 Export of chemicals listed in 1C below is allowed to the countries specified in Table 1 without
an export authorisation subject to the condition that the exporter shall notify the National Authority,
Chemicals Weapons Convention (NACWC), Cabinet Secretariat, Department of Chemicals & Petro-
Chemicals, Disarmament & International Security Affairs (D&ISA) Division of Ministry of External
Affairs and Directorate General of Foreign Trade (DGFT), within 30 days of such export, in the
prescribed format [Aayat Niryat Form (ANF) - 2O] along with the End-Use Certificate (EUC) in the
prescribed proforma [Appendix 2S(ii)] and also submit to the DGFT a copy of the bill of entry into
the destination country within 30 days of delivery.
List of 1C chemicals:
Sl.No. SCOMET Name of Chemical Entry into CAS ITC (HS)

Entry Schedule numbers codes
1 1C001 Phosgene : ( Carbonyl 3A01 75-44-5 28121010
2 1C002 Cyanogen chloride [(CN) C1] 3A02 506-77-4 28530091
3 1C003 Hydrocyanic acid 3A03 74-90-8 28111910
4 1C004 Chloropicrin: Trichloronitro- 3A04 76-06-2 29049080
Methane
5 1C005 Phosphorus Oxychloride 3B05 10025-87-3 28121030
6 1C006 Phosphorus trichloride 3B06 2125683 28121021
7 1C007 Phosphorous Pentachloride 3B07 10026-13-8 28121022
8 1C008 Trimethyl Phosphite 3B08 121-45-9 29209041
9 1C009 Triethyl Phosphite 3B09 122-52-1 29209042
10 1C010 Dimethyl Phosphite 3B10 868-85-9 29209043
11 1C011 Diethyl Phosphite 3B11 762-04-9 29209044
12 1C012 Sulphur monochloride 3B12 10025-67-9 28121042
13 1C013 Sulphur dichloride 3B13 10545-99-0 28121043
14 1C014 Thionyl Chloride 3B14 2125597 28121047
15 1C015 Ethyldiethanolamine 3B15 139-87-7 29221211
16 1C016 Methyldiethanolamine 3B16 105-59-9 29221212
17 1C017 Triethanolamine 3B17 102-71-6 29221300
Table 1
Argentina, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Canada, Croatia, Republic of Cyprus, Czech
Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy,
Japan, Republic of Korea, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Mexico, Netherlands, New
Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden,
Switzerland, Turkey, Ukraine, United Kingdom, United States.
Export of chemicals listed in Category 1C to the countries other than those specified in Table 1 shall
be allowed only against an export authorisation. The exporter shall submit to the DGFT a copy of the
bill of entry into the destination country within 30 days of delivery. Further, applications for export
of chemicals in this category to countries not Party to the Chemical Weapons Convention
(CWC) shall be submitted along with a Government signed End-Use-Certificate (EUC).
4
Notification No. 13/2015-20 dated 28.06.2017
40
1D Export of chemicals in this category is allowed to countries specified in Table 1 without an export
licence subject to the condition that the exporter shall notify the Department of Chemicals & Petro-
chemicals, Ministry of External Affairs (D&ISA) and the DGFT within 30 days of such export in the
prescribed format (Aayat Niryat Form) along with the End-Use Certificate and submit to the DGFT a
copy of the bill of entry into the destination country within 30 days of delivery.
Export of chemicals in this category to other countries shall be restricted and will be allowed only
against an export licence, and in that case the exporter shall submit to the DGFT a copy of the bill of
entry into the destination country within 30 days of delivery.
SCOMET CAS
Sl.No. Chemical
Entry Number
1 1D001 2-Chloroethanol 107-07-3
2 1D002 3-Hydroxy-1-methylpiperidine 3554-74-3
3 1D003 3-Quinuclidone 3731-38-2
4 1D004 Ammonium bifluoride 1341-49-7
5 1D005 Diethylaminoethanol 100-37-8
6 1D006 Diisopropylamine 108-18-9
7 1D007 Dimethylamine 124-40-3
8 1D008 Dimethylamine hydrochloride 506-59-2
9 1D009 Hydrogen fluoride 7664-39-3
10 1D010 Methyl benzilate 76-89-1
11 1D011 O,O-Diethyl phosphorothioate 2465-65-8
12 1D012 O,O-Diethyl phosphorodithioate 298-06-6
13 1D013 Pinacolone 75-97-8
14 1D014 Phosphorus pentasulphide 1314-80-3
15 1D015 Potassium bifluoride 7789-23-3
16 1D016 Potassium cyanide 151-50-8
17 1D017 Potassium fluoride 7789-23-3
18 1D018 Sodium bifluoride 1333-83-1
19 1D019 Sodium cyanide 143-33-9
20 1D020 Sodium fluoride 7681-49-4
21 1D021 Sodium hexafluorosilicate 16893-85-9
22 1D022 Sodium sulphide 1313-82-2
23 1D023 Triethanolamine hydrochloride 637-39-8
24 1D024 Triisopropyl phosphite 116-17-6
25 1D025 Diethylamine 109-89-7
Table 1
Argentina, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Canada, Croatia, Republic of Cyprus, Czech Republic,
Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Republic of
Korea, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal,
Romania, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, Ukraine, United Kingdom, United
States.
41
Technical note to Category 1:

Chemicals are listed by name, Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) number and CWC Schedule (where
applicable). Chemicals of the same structural formula (e.g., hydrates) are controlled regardless of name or
CAS number. CAS numbers are shown to assist in identifying whether a particular chemical or mixture is
controlled, irrespective of nomenclature. However, CAS numbers cannot be used as unique identifiers in all
situations because some forms of the listed chemical have different CAS numbers, and mixtures containing a
listed chemical may also have different CAS numbers.
42
Category 2 Micro-organisms, toxins
2A Bacteria (including Rickettsials), whether natural, enhanced or modified, either in the form
of isolated live cultures or as material including living material which has been deliberately
inoculated or contaminated with such cultures for the following:
2A001 Bacillus anthracis

2A002 Bordetella bronchoseptica
2A003 Brucella abortus
2A004 Brucella melitensis
2A005 Brucella suis
2A006 Chlamydia psittaci (Chlamydophila psittaci)
2A007 Clostridium botulinum
2A008 Clostridium perfringes, epsilon toxin producing types
Note: Limiting this control to epsilon toxin-producing strains of Clostridium perfringens
therefore exempts from control the transfer of other Clostridium perfringens strains to be
used as positive control cultures for food testing and quality control.
2A009 Corynebacterium diphtheriae
2A010 Francisella tularensis
2A011 Klebsiella pneumoniae
2A012 Legionlla pneumophila
2A013 Leptospira interrogans - all serotypes reported in India
2A014 Mycobacterium bovis
2A015 Mycobacterium tuberculosis
2A016 Mycoplasma mycoides - var mycoides
2A017 Mycoplasma mycoides - var Capri
2A018 Neisseria meningitidis
2A019 Paseturella multicoda type B
2A020 Burkholderia mallei (Pseudomonas mallei)
2A021 Burkholderia pseudomallei (Pseudomonas pseudomallei)
2A022 Salmonella paratyphi
2A023 Shigella dysenteriae
2A024 Staphylococcus aureus
2A025 Streptococcus pneumoniae
2A026 (Reserved)
2A027 Vibrio cholera
2A028 Yersinia pestis
2A029 Shiga toxin producing Escherichia coli (STEC) of serogroups O26, O45, O103, O104,
O111, O121, O145, O157, and other shiga toxin producing serogroups
Note: Shiga toxin producing Escherichia (EHEC coli (STEC) includes inter alia
enterohaemorrhagic E. coli), verotoxin producing E. coli (VTEC) or verocytotoxin
producing E. coli (VTEC).
2A030 Mycoplasma capricolum subspecies capripneumoniae (‘strain F38’)

2A031 Salmonella enterica subspecies enterica serovar Typhi (Salmonella typhi)
2A032 Clostridium argentinense (formerly known as Clostridium botulinum Type G),
botulinum neurotoxin producing strains
2A033 Clostridium baratii, botulinum neurotoxin producing strains
2A034 Clostridium butyricum, botulinum neurotoxin producing strains
43
2A035 Coxiella burnetii
2A036 Mycoplasma mycoides subspecies mycoides SC (small colony)
2A037 Rickettsia rickettsii
2A038 Rickettsia quintana

2A039 Rickettsia prowazekii
2B Fungi, whether natural, enhanced or modified, either in the form of isolated live cultures or as
material including living material which has been deliberately inoculated or contaminated with such cultures for
the following:
2B001 Blastomyces dermatitidis

2B002 Coccidiodes immitis
2B003 Histoplasma capulatum
2B004 Nocardia asteroides
2B005 Paracoccidioides braziliensis
2B006 Coccidiodes posadasii
2B007 Pneumocystis carinii
2C Parasites, whether natural, enhanced or modified, either in the form of isolated live cultures or as
the following:
2C001 Entamoeba histolytica

2C002 Babesia microti
2C003 Babesia divergens
2C004 Blostidium coli
2C005 Cryptosporidium spp.
2C006 Leishmania species
2C007 Naegleria australiensis
2C008 Naegleria fowleri
2C009 Plasmodium falciparum
2C010 (Reserved)
2C011 Schistosoma mansoni
2C012 Schistosoma japonicum
2C013 Schistosoma hemotobium
2C014 Toxoplasma gondii
2C015 Trichinella spiralis
2C016 Trypanosoma bruiei
2D Viruses, whether natural, enhanced or modified, either in the form of isolated live cultures or as
the following:
2D001 African Horse Sickness virus

2D002 African Swine Fever virus
2D003 Avian influenza virus
Note: This includes only those Avian influenza viruses of high pathogenicity as
defined by the World Organization for Animal Health (OIE), the European Union
(EU), or competent national regulatory bodies.
2D004 Blue tongue virus

2D005 Camel pox virus
2D006 Chikungunya virus
2D007 Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever virus
2D008 Dengue virus
44
2D009 Eastern equine encephalitis virus
2D010 Ebolavirus: all members of the Ebolavirus genus
2D011 Encephalomyocarditis virus (EMC)
2D012 Foot and Mouth Disease virus (all serotypes and subtypes)
2D013 Guanarito virus
2D014 Goatpox virus
2D015 Hantaan virus
2D016 Herpes virus simiae (monkey B virus)
2D017 Herpes ateles, Herpes saimiri
2D018 HIV- 1 & HIV-2 and other strains of SIV
2D019 Classical swine fever virus (Hog cholera virus)
2D020 Human T-cell Leukemia virus
2D021 Junin virus
2D022 Japanese encephalitis virus
2D023 Kyasanur Forest Disease virus
2D024 Korean hemorrhagic fever virus
2D025 Lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus (LCM)
2D026 Lassa virus
2D027 Marburgvirus: all members of the Marburgvirus genus
2D028 Murray valley encephalitis virus
2D029 Machupo virus
2D030 Mason-pfizer monkey virus
2D031 Monkey pox virus
2D032 Newcastle disease virus
2D033 Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus
2D034 Peste des petits ruminant virus
2D035 Teschen disease virus (Porcine entero virus type 1)
2D036 Powassan virus
2D037 Rabies virus and other members of the Lyssavirus genus
2D038 Respiratory syncitial virus
2D039 Rift Valley Fever virus
2D040 Rinderpest virus
2D041 Sabia virus
2D042 Sheeppox virus
2D043 Sin Nombre virus
2D044 Smallpox virus
2D045 St.Louis encephalitis virus
2D046 Swine vesicular disease virus
2D047 Tick-borne encephalitis virus (Far Eastern subtype)
2D048 (Reserved)
2D049 Variola virus
2D050 Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus
2D051 Vesicular stomatitis virus
2D052 Western equine encephalitis virus
2D053 Yellow fever virus
2D054 Andes virus
2D055 Chapare virus
45
2D056 Choclo virus
2D057 Dobrava-Belgrade virus
2D058 Suid herpesvirus 1 (Pseudorabies virus; Aujeszky's disease)
2D059 Hendra virus (Equine morbillivirus)
2D060 Laguna Negra virus
2D061 Louping ill virus
2D062 Lujo virus
2D063 Lumpy skin disease virus
2D064 (Reserved)
2D065 Nipah virus
2D066 Oropouche virus
2D067 (Reserved)
2D068 Rocio virus
2D069 Seoul virus
2D070 Severe acute respiratory syndrome-related coronavirus (SARS-related coronavirus)
2D071 Reconstructed 1918 influenza virus
2E [Reserved]
2F Toxins
2F001 Abrin
2F002 Aflatoxins
2F003 Anatoxins
2F004 Botulinum toxins
Note: Excluding botulinum toxins in product form meeting all of the following criteria:
a. are pharmaceutical formulations designed for testing and human administration in the treatment of
medical conditions;
b. are pre-packaged for distribution as clinical or medical products; and
c. are authorised by a state authority to be marketed as clinical or medical products
2F005 Bungarotoxins
2F006 Clostridium perfringens alpha, beta 1, beta 2, epsilon and iota toxins
2F007 Corynebacterium diphtheriae toxins
2F008 Cyanginosins (Microcystins) (Microcystic aeuginosa)
2F009 Staphylococcus aureus enterotoxins, hemolysin alpha toxin, and toxic shock syndrome toxin (formerly
known as Staphylococcus enterotoxin F)
2F010 Neurotoxin (Shigella dysenteriae)
2F011 (Reserved)
2F012 Shiga toxins (shiga-like toxins, verotoxins, and verocytotoxins)
2F013 (Reserved)
2F014 Trichothecene mycotoxins
2F015 Tetanus toxin (clostridium tetani)
2F016 Tetrodotoxin (Spheroides rufripes)
2F017 Verrucologen (M. verrucadia)
2F018 Cholera toxin
46
2F019 Conotoxins
Note: Excluding conotoxins in product form meeting all of the following criteria:
a. are pharmaceutical formulations designed for testing and human administration in the treatment of
medical conditions;
b. are pre-packaged for distribution as clinical or medical products; and
are authorised by a state authority to be marketed as clinical or medical products
2F020 Diacetoxyscirpenol toxin
2F021 HT-2 toxin
2F022 Modeccin toxin
2F023 T-2 mycotoxin
2F024 Verotoxin and shiga-like ribosome inactivating proteins
2F025 Viscum Album Lectin 1 (Viscumin)
2F026 Volkensin toxin
2G Plant pathogens
2G001 Bemisia tabaci

2G002 Colletotrichum kahawae (Colletotrichum coffeanum var. virulans)
2G003 Claviceps purpurea
2G004 Dothistroma pini (Scirrhia pini)
2G005 Erwinia amylovora
2G006 Frankliniella occidentalis
2G007 Microcyclus ulei (syn. Dothidella ulei)
2G008 Peronospora hyoscyami f.sp. tabacina
2G009 Phytophthora infestans
2G010 Puccinia graminis ssp. graminis var. graminis / Puccinia graminis ssp. graminis var.
stakmanii (Puccinia graminis [syn. Puccinia graminis f. sp. tritici])
2G011 Puccinia erianthi

2G012 Puccinia striiformiis f. sp. tritici (Puccinia glumarum)
2G013 Magnaporthe oryzae (Pyricularia oryzae)
2G014 Ralstonia solanacearum
2G015 Peronospora hyscyami de Bary
2G016 (Reserved)
2G017 Sugar cane Fiji disease virus
2G018 Sclerotinia sclerotiorum
2G019 Tilletia indica
2G020 Thrips palmi
2G021 Ustilago Maydis
2G022 Xanthomonas albilineans
2G023 Xanthomonas axonopodis pv. citri (Xanthomonas campestris pv. citri A)
[Xanthomonas campestris pv. citri]
2G024 Xanthomonas oryzae pv. oryzae (Pseudomonas campestris pv. oryzae)
2G025 Clavibacter michiganensis subsp. sepedonicus (Corynebacterium michiganensis
subsp. sepedonicum or Corynebacterium sepedonicum)
2G026 Cochliobolus miyabeanus (Helminthosporium oryzae)
2G027 Andean potato latent virus (Potato Andean latent tymovirus)
2G028 Potato spindle tuber viroid
2G029 Thecaphora solani
47
2G030 Synchytrium endobioticum
2G031 Sclerophthora rayssiae var. zeae
2G032 Peronosclerospora philippinensis (Peronosclerospora sacchari)
2H 5 Genetic Elements and Genetically-modified Organisms
2H001 6 Any genetically-modified organism which contains, or genetic element that codes for:
(1) Gene(s) specific to virus, bacterium, fungus, parasites or plant pathogens listed in Categories 2A, 2B, 2C,
2D and 2G and which
a. in itself or through its transcribed or translated products represents a significant hazard to

human, animal or plant health, or
b. could endow or enhance pathogenicity
(2) Toxin(s) or their sub-unit(s) listed in Category 2F.
Technical note:
(1) Genetically-modified organisms include organisms in which the nucleic acid sequences
have been created or altered by deliberate molecular manipulation.
(2) Genetic elements include, inter alia: chromosomes, genomes, plasmids, transposons,
vectors, and inactivated organisms containing recoverable nucleic acid fragments, whether
genetically modified or unmodified, or chemically synthesized in whole or in part. For the
purposes of the genetic elements control, nucleic acids from an inactivated organism, virus, or
sample are considered recoverable if the inactivation and preparation of the material is intended
or known to facilitate isolation, purification, amplification, detection, or identification of
nucleic acid(s).
(3) Endow or enhance pathogenicity is defined as when the insertion or integration of the
nucleic acid sequence(s) are likely to enable or increase a recipient organism's ability to be
used to deliberately cause disease or death. This might include alterations to (not limited to)
inter alia: virulence, transmissibility, stability, route of infection, host range, reproducibility,
ability to evade or suppress host immunity, resistance to medical countermeasures, or
detectability.’
5
Para 1(A) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
6
Para 1(C) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
48
Category 3 Materials, Materials Processing Equipment and related technologies
3A Materials
3A1 Special Materials
3A101 Zirconium, beryllium, magnesium, and alloys of these in particle size less than 60 µm
3A102 Maraging steel in any form in which any linear dimension exceeds 75 mm, or in the form of sheet,
plate or tubing with a wall or plate thickness equal or less than 5 mm.
3A103 Tungsten , molybdenum, and alloys of those metals in particulate form and a particle size of 50 x10-
6 m (50 µm) or less; ”
3A104 Germanium
3A105 Gallium
3A106 Indium
3A107 Titanium-stabilised Duplex Stainless Steel (Ti-DSS)
3A108 Aluminium alloys in any form ‘capable of acquiring’ an ultimate tensile strength of 460 MPa or
more at 293 K (20 degrees C)
Note: The phrase ‘capable of acquiring’ encompasses alloys before or after heat treatment
3A109 Bismuth having a purity of 99.99% or greater by weight and containing less than 10 parts per million
by weight of silver
3A110 Calcium containing less than 1000 parts per million by weight of metallic impurities other than
magnesium and containing less than 10 parts per million by weight of Boron
3A111 Chlorine trifluoride (ClF3)
3A112 Magnesium containing less than 200 parts per million by weight of metallic impurities other than
calcium and containing less than 10 parts per million by weight of boron
3A113 (a) Tungsten, tungsten carbide, and alloys containing more than 90% tungsten by weight in forms
with a hollow cylindrical symmetry (including cylinder segments) with an inside diameter between
100 and 300 mm and a mass greater than 20 kg.
(b) Tungsten materials in the solid form usable for the fabrication of missile components in complete
rocket systems of 5A and unmanned aerial vehicles of 5B, having all of the following:
1. Any of the following material compositions:

i. Tungsten and alloys containing 97% by weight or more of tungsten;
ii. Copper infiltrated tungsten containing 80% by weight or more of tungsten; or
iii. Silver infiltrated tungsten containing 80% by weight or more of tungsten; and
2. Able to be machined to any of the following products:

i. Cylinders having a diameter of 120 mm or greater and a length of 50 mm or greater;
ii. Tubes having an inner diameter of 65 mm or greater and a wall thickness of 25 mm or
greater and a length of 50 mm or greater; or
iii. Blocks having a size of 120 mm x 120 mm x 50 mm or greater.
3A114 a. Nickel powder of purity 99.0% or greater by weight; and having a mean particle size of less than
10 µm measured by the ASTM B 330 standard;
49
b. Porous nickel metal produced from the nickel powder specified above
3A115 Natural boron, boron carbide or metal borides having a boron purity of 85% or more.
3A116 Fibrous or filamentary materials, and prepregs, as follows:
a. Carbon or aramid fibrous or filamentary materials having ‘specific modulus’ of

12.7 x 106 m or greater; or ‘specific tensile strength’ of 23.5 x 104 m or greater;
b. Glass fibrous or filamentary materials having ‘specific modulus’ of 3.18 x 106 m or greater;
and ‘specific tensile strength’ of 7.62 x 104 m or greater;
c. Thermoset resin impregnated continuous yarns, rovings, tows or tapes with a width of 15 mm
or less (prepregs), made from carbon or glass fibrous or filamentary materials specified in (a)
or (b) above.
3A117 Carbon - carbon composites.
3A118 Titanium alloys having both of the following characteristics:

a. Capable of’ an ultimate tensile strength of 900 MPa or more at 293 K (20 degrees C); and
b. In the form of tubes or cylindrical solid forms (including forgings) with an outside diameter of
more than 75 mm.
Technical note: The phrase ‘capable of’ encompasses titanium alloys before or after heat treatment
3A119 Rhenium, and alloys containing 90% by weight or more rhenium; and alloys of rhenium and tungsten
containing 90% by weight or more of any combination of rhenium and tungsten, have both of the
following characteristics:
a. In forms with a hollow cylindrical symmetry (including cylinder segments) with an inside
diameter between 100 and 300 mm; and
b. A mass greater than 20kg
3A120 Technology and Software

Technology and software for the development, production or use of items specified in 3A1 or 3A4
3A2 Structural Materials
3A201 Structural materials such as:
a. Composite structures, laminates, resin impregnated fibre prepregs and metal coated fibre
preforms made either with an organic matrix or metal matrix utilizing fibrous or filamentary
reinforcements, and manufactures thereof, specially designed for use in rocket systems
(including ballistic missile systems, space launch vehicles and sounding rockets), unmanned
aerial vehicles and cruise missiles and subsystems thereof;
b. Resaturated pyrolized (i.e. Carbon-Carbon) materials specially designed for rocket systems
(including ballistic missile systems, space launch vehicles and sounding rockets),
unmanned aerial vehicles and cruise missiles;
c. Fine grain re-crystalised bulk graphites and pyrolytic or fibrous reinforced graphites usable
for rocket nozzles and re-entry vehicles nose tips;
d. Ceramic composite materials (dielectric constant less than 6 at any frequency from 100
MHz to 100 GHz) for use in missile radomes;
e. Materials and coatings for reduced radar reflectivity;
f. Bulk machinable silicon-carbide reinforced unfired ceramic usable in re-entry vehicles nose
tips.
g. Reinforced silicon-carbide ceramic composites usable for nose tips, re-entry vehicles,
nozzle flaps, usable in complete rocket systems of 5A and complete unmanned aerial
vehicles of 5B .
h. Bulk machinable ceramic composite materials consisting of an 'Ultra High Temperature
Ceramic (UHTC)' matrix with a melting point equal to or greater than 3000°C and
reinforced with fibres or filaments, usable for missile components (such as nose-tips, re-
entry vehicles, leading edges, jet vanes, control surfaces or rocket motor throat inserts) in
the systems specified in 5A and 5B.
50
Note:
Item 3A201.h does not control 'Ultra High Temperature Ceramic (UHTC)' materials
in non-composite form.
Technical Note:
'Ultra High Temperature Ceramics (UHTC)' includes:
1. Titanium diboride (TiB2);
2. Zirconium diboride (ZrB2);
3. Niobium diboride (NbB2);
4. Hafnium diboride (HfB2);
5. Tantalum diboride (TaB2);
6. Titanium carbide (TiC);
7. Zirconium carbide (ZrC);
8. Niobium carbide (NbC);
9. Hafnium carbide (HfC);
10. Tantalum carbide (TaC).”
3A3 Rocket propellants and constituent chemicals:
3A301 Fuel substances as follows:
a.Hydrazine (CAS 302-01-2) with a concentration of more than 70%

b. Hydrazine derivatives as follows:
1. Monomethylhydrazine (MMH) (CAS 60-34-4);
2. Unsymmetrical dimethylhydrazine (UDMH) (CAS 57-14-7);
3. Hydrazine mononitrate (CAS 13464-97-6);
4. Trimethylhydrazine (CAS 1741-01-1);
5. Tetramethylhydrazine (CAS 6415-12-9);
6. N, N diallylhydrazine (CAS 5164-11-4);
7. Allylhydrazine (CAS 7422-78-8);
8. Ethylene dihydrazine;
9. Monomethylhydrazine dinitrate;
10. Unsymmetrical dimethylhydrazine nitrate;
11. Hydrazinium azide (CAS 14546-44-2);
12. Dimethylhydrazinium azide;
13. Hydrazinium dinitrate (CAS 13464-98-7);
14. Diimido oxalic acid dihydrazine (CAS 3457-37-2);
15. 2-hydroxyethylhydrazine nitrate (HEHN);
16. Hydrazinium perchlorate (CAS 27978-54-7);
17. Hydrazinium diperchlorate (CAS 13812-39-0);
18. Methylhydrazine nitrate (MHN) (CAS 29674-96-2);
19. Diethylhydrazine nitrate (DEHN);
20. 3, 6-dihydrazino tetrazine nitrate (DHTN);
Technical note: 3, 6-dihydrazino tetrazine nitrate is also referred to as 1, 4-dihydrazine nitrate
c.Spherical or spheroidal aluminium powder (CAS 7429-90-5) in particle

size of less than 200 x 10-6 m (200 µm) and an aluminium content of 97% by weight or more, if at least
10% of the total weight is made up of particles of less than 63 µm, according to ISO 2591-1:1988 or
51
national equivalents;
Technical Note: A particle size of 63 µm (ISO R-565) corresponds to 250 mesh (Tyler) or 230 mesh
(ASTM standard E-11).
d. Hydrazine replacement fuels as follows:

1.2-Dimethylaminoethylazide (DMAZ) (CAS 86147-04-8)”;
3A302 Metal fuels containing any of the following: Zirconium(CAS 7440-67-7), beryllium(CAS 7440-41-
7), magnesium, titanium, tungsten, boron and boron alloys, zinc, and alloys of magnesium(CAS
7439-95-4);
3A303 Polymeric substances, as follows:
a. Carboxy-terminated polybutadiene (including carboxyl – terminated polybutadiene) (CTPB);

b. Hydroxy Terminated Polybutadiene (including Hydroxyl Terminated polybutadiene) (HTPB) (CAS
69102-90-5)
c. Glycidyl azide polymer (GAP);
d. Polybutadiene - Acrylic Acid (PBAA);
e. Polybutadiene - Acrylic Acid - Acrylonitrile (PBAN);
f. Polytetrahydrofuran polyethylene glycol (TPEG).
g. Polyglycidyl nitrate (PGN or poly-GLYN) (CAS 27814-48- 8).
Technical Note:
Polytetrahydrofuran polyethylene glycol (TPEG) is a block co-polymer of poly 1, 4- Butanediol (CAS
110-63-4) and polyethylene glycol (PEG) (CAS 25322-68-3).”
3A304 Composite propellants and composite modified double base propellants;
3A305 High energy density materials such as boron slurry;
3A306 Oxidizers/fuels - Perchlorates, chlorates or chromates mixed with powdered metals or other
high energy fuel components; Dinitrogen trioxide, Nitrogen dioxide / Dinitrogen tetroxide, Mixed
Oxides of Nitrogen (MON), Dinitrogen pentoxide, Inhibited red fuming nitric acid (IRFNA) (CAS
8007-58-7), Ammonium perchlorate (CAS 7790-98-9), Ammonium Dinitramide (ADN) (CAS
140456-78-6), Hydrazinium Nitroformate (HNF), 2,4,6,8,10,12- Hexanitrohexaazaisowurtzitane
(CL-20) (CAS 135285-90-4), Compounds composed of fluorine and one more of other halogens,
oxygen or nitrogen.
3A307 Bonding agents - Tris (1-2 (2-methyl)) aziridinyl phosphine oxide (MAPO)(CAS 57-39- 6),
Trimesoyl-1-(2-ethyl) aziridene (HX-868, BITA)(CAS 7722-73-8), Tepanol (HX- 878)(CAS 68412-
46-4), Tepan (HX-879) reaction product of tetraethlylenepentamine and acrylonitrile (CAS 68412-
45-3), and Polyfunctional aziridine amides with isophthalic, trimesic, isocyanuric, or trimethyladipic
backbone also having a 2-methyl or 2-ethyl aziridine group including 1,1′-Isophthaloyl-bis(2-
methylaziridene (CAS 7652-64-4), (HX-752, HX-874, and HX-877);
3A308 Curing agents and reaction catalysts - Triphyenyl bismuth (TPB)(CAS 603-33-8);
3A309 Burning rate modifiers –

a. Carboranes, decaboranes, pentaboranes and derivatives thereof;
b. Ferrocene derivatives, as follows:
1. Catocene (CAS 37206-42-1);
2. Ethyl ferrocene;
3. n-Propyl ferrocene (CAS 1273-92-3) / iso-propyl ferrocene (CAS 12126-81-7)
4. n-Butyl ferrocene(CAS 31904-29-7);
5. Pentyl ferrocene (CAS 1274-00-6);
6. Dicyclopentyl ferrocene(CAS 20773-28-8);
52
7. Dicyclohexyl ferrocene;
8. Diethyl ferrocene;
9. Dipropyl ferrocene;
10. Dibutyl ferrocene(CAS 1274-08-4);
11. Dihexyl ferrocene (CAS 93894-59-8);
12. Acetyl ferrocenes;
13. Ferrocene Carboxylic acids;
14. Butacene;
c. Other ferrocene derivatives usable as rocket propellant burning rate modifiers.
3A310 Nitrate esters and nitrated plasticisers as follows:

a. Triethylene glycol dinitrate (TEGDN);
b. Trimethylolethane trinitrate (TMETN)(CAS 3032-55-1) ;
c. 1,2,4-butanetriol trinitrate (BTTN)(CAS 6659-60-5) ;
d. Diethylene glycol dinitrate (DEGDN);
e. 4,5 diazidomethyl-2-methyl-1,2,3-triazole (iso-DAMTR);
f. Nitratoethylnitramine (NENA) based plasticisers, as follows:
1. Methyl-NENA (CAS 17096-47-8);
2. Ethyl-NENA (CAS 85068-73-1);
3. Butyl-NENA (CAS 82486-82-6);
g. Dinitropropyl based plasticisers, as follows:
1. Bis (2,2-dinitropropyl) acetal (BDNPA) (CAS 5108-69-0);
2. Bis (2,2-dinitropropyl) formal (BDNPF) (CAS 5917-61-3).
3A311 Stabilisers as follows:
a. 2-Nitrodiphenylamine (CAS 119-75-5);
b. N-methyl-p-nitroaniline (CAS 100-15-2).
3A4 High explosives
3A401 High explosive substances or mixtures, containing more than 2 % by weight of any of the
following:
a. Cyclotetramethylenetetranitramine (HMX ) (CAS 2691-41-0);
b. Cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine (RDX) (CAS 121-82-4);
c. Triaminotrinitrobenzene (TATB) (CAS 3058-38-6);
d. Aminodinitrobenzo-furoxan or 7-amino-4,6 nitrobenzofurazane-1-oxide (ADNBF) (CAS
97096-78-1);
e. 1,1-diamino-2,2-dinitroethylene (DADE or FOX7) (CAS 145250-81-3);
f. 2,4-dinitroimidazole (DNI) (CAS 5213-49-0);
g. Diaminoazoxyfurazan (DAAOF or DAAF) (CAS 78644-89-0);
h. Diaminotrinitrobenzene (DATB) (CAS 1630-08-6);
i. Dinitroglycoluril (DNGU or DINGU) (CAS 55510-04-8);
j. 2,6-Bis (picrylamino)-3,5-dinitropyridine (PYX) (CAS 38082-89-2);
k. 3,3′-diamino-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-hexanitrobiphenyl or dipicramide (DIPAM) (CAS 17215-44-0);
l. Diaminoazofurazan (DAAzF) (CAS 78644-90-3);

m. 1,4,5,8-tetranitro-pyridazino[4,5-d] pyridazine (TNP) (CAS 229176-04-9);
n. Hexanitrostilbene (HNS) (CAS 20062-22-0); or
o. Any explosive with a crystal density greater than 1.8 g/cm3 and having a detonation velocity
greater than 8000 m/s.
Note: License applications for the export of items at 3A401a and 3A401b will normally be
denied.
3A5 Stealth materials
3A501 a. Materials for reduced observables such as radar reflectivity, ultraviolet/infrared signatures
and acoustic signatures;
b. Devices, including made from non-stealth material, for reduced observables such as radar
53
reflectivity, ultraviolet/infrared signatures and acoustic signatures;
3A502 Materials and coatings (including paints) specially designed for reduced or tailored reflectivity
or emissivity in the microwave, infrared or ultraviolet spectra other than coatings (including
paints) when specially used for thermal control of satellites.
3A503 Technology related to the development, production or use of items in 3A.
3B Materials processing and “production equipment”, related “technology” and specially designed
components and accessories therefor.
3B001 Remote manipulators that provide mechanical translation of human operator actions by electrical,
hydraulic or mechanical means and operating arm and terminal fixture that can be used to provide
remote actions;
3B002 Multidirectional, multidimensional weaving and interlacing machines, including adapters and
modification kits for weaving, interlacing or braiding fibres to fabricate composite structures except
textile machinery which has not been modified for rocket systems;
3B003 Equipment designed or modified for production of fibrous or filamentary materials as follows:
converting polymeric substances; vapour deposition on heated filament substrates; wet spinning of
refractory ceramics.
3B004 Equipment designed or modified for special fibre surface treatment or for producing prepregs
and preforms, including rollers, tension stretchers, coating equipment, cutting equipment and clicker
dies;
3B005 Chemical vapour deposition furnaces designed or modified for the densification of carbon-
carbon composites.
3B006 Pyrolytic deposition and densification equipment including:

a. Technology for producing pyrolytically derived materials formed on a mould, mandrel or
other substrate from precursor gases.
b. Specially designed nozzles for the above process.
c. Equipment and process controls and specially designated software thereof, specially
designed or modified for densification and pyrolysis of structural composite rocket nozzles
and re-entry vehicle nose tips.
3B007 Production equipment usable for or specially designed or modified for production,
handling, mixing, curing, casting, pressing, machining, extruding or acceptance testing of the solid or
liquid rocket propellants or rocket propellant constituents and related technology.
3B008 Refrigeration units and equipment capable of cooling hydrogen or helium to -250 degrees Celsius
(23K) or lower.
3B009 Continuous nitrators.
3B010 Dehydration presses.
3B011 Screw extruders usable for or specially designed or modified for high explosive extrusion.
3B012 Cutting machines for the sizing of extruded propellant.
3B013 Sweetie barrels (tumblers) 1.85 m or more in diameter and having over 227 kg product capacity;
3B014 Continuous mixers or batch mixers with provision for mixing under vacuum.
3B015 Fluid energy mills usable for grinding or milling any of the items in 3A3.
3B016 Metal powder production equipment usable for the production, in a controlled environment, of
spherical, spheroidal or atomised materials specified in 3A301.c. or 3A302
54
Note: This entry includes:
a. Plasma generators (high frequency arc-jet) usable for obtaining sputtered or spherical
metallic powders with organization of the process in an argon-water environment;
b. Electroburst equipment usable for obtaining sputtered or spherical metallic powders with
organization of the process in an argon-water environment;
c. Equipment usable for the production of spherical aluminium powders by powdering a melt
in an inert medium (e.g. nitrogen).
3B017 Sputter ion pumps
3B018 Technical data (including processing conditions) and procedures for the regulation of
temperature, pressure or atmosphere in autoclaves or hydroclaves when used for the production of
composites or partially processed composites.
3B019 Software specially designed or modified for the use of equipment for the production and handling
of materials specified in 3A
3B020 Technology for the development, production or use of items in 3B
3C [Reserved]
3D Chemical and biomaterial manufacturing and handling equipment and facilities:
3D001
(1) Reaction Vessels, Reactors or Agitators
(i) Reaction vessels or reactors, with or without agitators, with total internal (geometric) volume
greater than 0.1 m³ (100 l) and less than 20 m³ (20000 l), where all surfaces that come in direct
contact with the chemical(s) being processed or contained are made from the following
materials:
a. nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;

b. alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
c. fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by
weight);
d. glass or glass-lined (including vitrified or enamelled coating);
e. tantalum or tantalum alloys;
f. titanium or titanium alloys;
g. zirconium or zirconium alloys; or
h. niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys.
(ii) Agitators designed for use in the above-mentioned reaction vessels or reactors; and impellers,
blades or shafts designed for such agitators where all surfaces of the agitator that come in
direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed or contained are made from any of the
following materials:

c. fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by
weight);
55
(iii)7 Prefabricated repair assemblies and their specially designed components, that:
a. are designed for mechanical attachment to glass-lined reaction vessels or reactors that meet
the parameters above; and,
b. have metallic surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed
which are made from tantalum or tantalum alloys’.
(2) Storage Tanks, Containers or Receivers
(i) Storage tanks, containers or receivers with a total internal (geometric) volume greater than 0.1 m³
(100 l) where all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed or contained
are made from the following materials:

c. fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);
(ii) 8 Prefabricated repair assemblies and their specially designed components, that:
a. are designed for mechanical attachment to glass-lined reaction vessels or reactors that meet
the parameters above; and,
b. have metallic surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed which
are made from tantalum or tantalum alloys .
(3) Heat Exchangers or Condensers
Heat exchangers or condensers with a heat transfer surface area of greater than 0.15 m², and less than
20 m²; and tubes, plates, coils or blocks (cores) designed for such heat exchangers or condensers, where
all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed are made from the

e. graphite or carbon-graphite;
f. tantalum or tantalum alloys;
g. titanium or titanium alloys;
h. zirconium or zirconium alloys;
i. silicon carbide;
j. titanium carbide; or
k. niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys.
Technical note: carbon-graphite is a composition consisting of amorphous carbon and graphite, in

which the graphite content is eight percent or more by weight.
(4) Distillation or Absorption Columns
Distillation or absorption columns of internal diameter greater than 0.1 m; and liquid distributors,
vapour distributors or liquid collectors designed for such distillation or absorption columns, where all
surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed are made from the following
materials:
7
Para 1(D) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
8
Para 1(E) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
56
h. zirconium or zirconium alloys; or
i. niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys.

(5) Filling Equipment
Remotely operated filling equipment in which all surfaces that come in direct contact with the
chemical(s) being processed are made from the following materials:
a. nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight; or

b. alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight.
(6) Valves
(i) Valves, having both of the following:

a. A nominal size greater than 1.0 cm (3/8"), and
b. All surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being produced, processed,
or contained are made from the materials of construction in Technical Note 1 of this entry
(ii) Valves, not already identified in 3D001(6)(i), having all of the following:
a. A nominal size equal to or greater than 2.54 cm (1") and equal to or less than 10.16 cm
(4")
b. Casings (valve bodies) or preformed casing liners,
c. A closure element designed to be interchangeable, and
d. All surfaces of the casing (valve body) or preformed case liner that come in direct contact
with the chemical(s) being produced, processed, or contained are made from the materials
of construction in Technical Note 1 of this entry
(iii) Components, as follows:

a. Casings (valve bodies) designed for valves in paragraphs 6.a.or 6.b., in which all surfaces
that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being produced, processed, or contained
are made from the materials of construction in Technical Note 1 of this entry;
b. Preformed casing liners designed for valves in paragraphs 6.a.or 6.b., in which all surfaces
that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being produced, processed, or contained
are made from the materials of construction in Technical Note 1 of this entry.
Technical Note 1. Materials of construction for valves include any of the following:

g. zirconium or zirconium alloys;
h. niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys; or
i. ceramic materials as follows:
1. silicon carbide with a purity of 80% or more by weight;
2. aluminum oxide (alumina) with a purity of 99.9% or more by weight;
3. zirconium oxide (zirconia).
Technical Note 2. The 'nominal size' is defined as the smaller of the inlet and outlet port diameters.
57
(7) Multi-Walled Piping
Multi-walled piping incorporating a leak detection port, in which all surfaces that come in direct contact
with the chemical(s) being processed or contained are made from the following materials:

h. zirconium or zirconium alloys; or
i. (columbium) or niobium alloys.

which the graphite-content is eight percent or more by weight.
(8) Pumps
Multiple-seal and seal-less pumps with manufacturer's specified maximum flow-rate greater than 0.6
m3/h, or vacuum pumps with manufacturer's specified maximum flow-rate greater than 5 m³/h (under
standard temperature (273 K (0o C)) and pressure (101.3 kPa) conditions), and casings (pump bodies),
preformed casing liners, impellers, rotors or jet pump nozzles designed for such pumps, in which all
surfaces that come into direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed are made from any of the

h. zirconium or zirconium alloys;
i. ceramics;
j. ferrosilicon (high silicon iron alloys); or
k. niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys.
Technical note 1: carbon-graphite is a composition consisting of amorphous carbon and graphite, in

Technical note 2: : The seals referred to in this control come into direct contact with the chemical(s)
being processed (or are designed to), and provide a sealing function where a rotary or reciprocating
drive shaft passes through a pump body.
(9) Incinerators
Incinerators designed to destroy CW agents, Category 1 chemicals or chemical munitions, having

specially designed waste supply systems, special handling facilities, and an average combustion
chamber temperature greater than 1000o C, in which all surfaces in the waste supply system that come
into direct contact with the waste products are made from or lined with the following materials:

b. alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight; or
ceramics.
Notes to 3D001:
Technical note: For the listed materials in 3D001, the term 'alloy' when not accompanied by a specific
58
elemental concentration is understood as identifying those alloys where the identified metal is present
in a higher percentage by weight than any other element.
Note 1. The objective of these controls should not be defeated by the transfer of any non-controlled
item containing one or more controlled components where the controlled component or components are
the principal element of the item and can feasibly be removed or used for other purposes.
N.B. In judging whether the controlled component or components are to be considered the principal
element, the licensing authority should weigh the factors of quantity, value, and technological know-
how involved and other special circumstances which might establish the controlled component or
components as the principal element of the item being procured.
Note 2. The objective of these controls should not be defeated by the transfer of a whole plant, on any
scale, which has been designed to produce any CW agent or Category 1 chemical.
Note 3. The materials used for gaskets, packing, seals, screws, washers or other materials performing a
sealing function do not determine the status of control of the items listed below, provided that such
components are designed to be interchangeable.
Note 4: The controls in 3D001 do not apply to equipment which is specially designed for use in civil
applications (for example food processing, pulp and paper processing, or water purification, etc) and is,
by the nature of its design, inappropriate for use in storing, processing, producing or conducting and
controlling the flow of chemical warfare agents or any of the Category 1 chemicals.
3D002 [Reserved]
3D003 Combustors or pyrolysers capable of a heat-zone (‘burner’) temperature greater than 1,273 K
(1000 Degree Centigrade), and in which any surfaces that come into direct contact with material
coming into the containing chamber are made from, or lined with, any of the following materials:
a. Alloys with more than 25% nickel and 25% chromium by weight; (e.g., ‘Hatelloy’,
‘Illium’, ‘Inconel’, ‘Incoloy’)
b. Nickel, or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
c. Titanium; or
d. Ceramics.
3D004 9 Toxic gas monitors and monitoring systems, and their dedicated detecting components as follows:
detectors; sensor devices; replaceable sensor cartridges; and dedicated software for such equipment;
a. designed for continuous operation and usable for the detection of chemical warfare agents or
Category 1 chemicals at concentrations of less than 0.3 mg/m³; or
b. designed for the detection of cholinesterase-inhibiting activity.
3D005 Containment facilities and related equipment as follows:

(1) Complete containment facilities that meet the criteria for P3 or P4 (BL3, BL4, L3, L4)
containment as specified in the WHO Laboratory Biosafety Manual (3rd edition, Geneva, 2004)
(2) Equipment designed for fixed installation in containment facilities specified in 3D005a., as
follows:
(i) Double-door pass-through decontamination autoclaves;
(ii) Breathing air suit decontamination showers;
(iii) Mechanical-seal or inflatable-seal walkthrough doors.
3D006 10 Fermenters:
(1) Fermenters capable of cultivation of micro-organisms or of live cells for the production of
viruses or toxins, without the propagation of aerosols, having a total internal volume of 20 litres
or greater;
(2) Components designed for such fermenters, as follows:-
9
Para 1(F) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
10
Para 1(G) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
59
a. cultivation chambers designed to be sterilized or disinfected in situ;
b. cultivation chamber holding devices; or
c. process control units capable of simultaneously monitoring and controlling two or more
fermentation system parameters (e.g. temperature, pH, nutrients, agitation, dissolved
oxygen, air flow, foam control).
Technical Note:
Fermenters include bioreactors (including single-use (disposable) bioreactors), chemostats and
continuous-flow systems.
3D007 Centrifugal separators capable of the continuous separation of pathogenic micro-organisms, without the
propagation of aerosols, and having all the following characteristics:
a. one or more sealing joints within the steam containment area;

b. a flow rate greater than 100 litres per hour;
c. components of polished stainless steel or titanium;
d. capable of in-situ steam sterilisation in a closed state.
Technical note: Centrifugal separators include decanters.
3D008 Cross (tangential) flow filtration equipment
(1) Cross (tangential) flow filtration equipment capable of separation of micro-

organisms, viruses, toxins or cell cultures having all the following characteristics:
a. a total filtration area equal to or greater than 1 square metre; and
b. having any of the following characteristics:
i. capable of being sterilized or disinfected in-situ; or
ii. using disposable or single-use filtration components.
Note: This control excludes reverse osmosis and hemodialysis equipment.
(2) Cross (tangential) flow filtration components (e.g. modules, elements, cassettes,
cartridges, units or plates) with filtration area equal to or greater than 0.2 square
metres for each component and designed for use in cross (tangential) flow filtration
equipment as specified above.
Technical note: In this control, 'sterilized' denotes the elimination of all viable microbes from
the equipment through the use of either physical (e.g. steam) or chemical agents. 'Disinfected'
denotes the destruction of potential microbial infectivity in the equipment through the use of
chemical agents with a germicidal effect. 'Disinfection' and 'sterilization' are distinct from
'sanitization', the latter referring to cleaning procedures designed to lower the microbial
content of equipment without necessarily achieving elimination of all microbial infectivity or
viability.
3D009 Steam, gas or vapour sterilisable freeze-drying equipment with a condenser capacity of 10 kg of ice or
greater in 24 hours and less than 1000 kg of ice in 24 hours.
3D010 Spray drying equipment capable of drying toxins or pathogenic microorganisms having all of the
a. A water evaporation capacity of ≥ 0.4 kg/h and ≤ 400 kg/h;

b. The ability to generate a typical mean product particle size of ≤10 micrometers with existing
fittings or by minimal modification of the spray-dryer with atomization nozzles enabling
generation of the required particle size; and
c. Capable of being sterilized or disinfected in situ.
3D011 Protective and containment equipment as follows:
a. Protective full or half suits, or hoods dependent upon a tethered external air supply and
operating under positive pressure;
60
Technical note: This does not control suits designed to be worn with self-contained breathing
apparatus.
b. Biocontainment chambers, isolators, or biological safety cabinets having all of the following
characteristics, for normal operation:
i. fully enclosed workspace where the operator is separated from the work by a physical
barrier;
ii. able to operate at negative pressure;
iii. means to safely manipulate items in the workspace;
iv. supply and exhaust air to and from the workspace is HEPA filtered.
Note 1 - this control includes class III biosafety cabinets, as described in the latest edition of the WHO
Laboratory Biosafety Manual or constructed in accordance with national standards, regulations or
guidance.
Note 2 - this control does not include isolators specially designed for barrier nursing or transportation
of infected patients.
3D012 Aerosol inhalation equipment designed for aerosol challenge testing with micro-organisms, viruses or
toxins as follows:
a. Whole-body exposure chambers having a capacity of 1 cubic metre or greater.
b. Nose-only exposure apparatus utilising directed aerosol flow and having capacity for exposure
of 12 or more rodents, or 2 or more animals other than rodents; and, closed animal restraint tubes
designed for use with such apparatus.
3D013 Spraying or fogging systems and components therefor, as follows:
a. Complete spraying or fogging systems, specially designed or modified for fitting to aircraft,
lighter than air vehicles or UAVs, capable of delivering, from a liquid suspension, an initial
droplet “VMD” of less than 50 microns at a flow rate of greater than two litres per minute.
b. Spray booms or arrays of aerosol generating units, specially designed or modified for fitting to
aircraft, lighter than air vehicles or UAVs, capable of delivering, from a liquid suspension, an
initial droplet “VMD” of less than 50 microns at a flow rate of greater than two litres per
minute.
c. Aerosol generating units specially designed for fitting to systems that fulfil all the criteria
specified in 3D011.a and 3D001.b
Technical Notes
(1) Aerosol generating units are devices specially designed or modified for fitting to aircraft such
as nozzles, rotary drum atomisers and similar devices.
(2) This entry does not control spraying or fogging systems and components as specified in
3D010 that are demonstrated not to be capable of delivering biological agents in the form of
infectious aerosols.
(3) Droplet size for spray equipment or nozzles specially designed for use on aircraft or UAVs
should be measured using either of the following methods:
(a) Doppler laser method
(b) Forward laser diffraction method
3D014 11 Nucleic acid assemblers and synthesizers, which are partly or entirely automated, and designed to
generate continuous nucleic acids greater than 1.5 kilobases in length with error rates less than 5% in a
single run.’
3D015 Technology related to the development, production or use of items in 3D.
11
Para 1(H) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
61
Category 4 Nuclear-related other equipment, assemblies and components; test and production
equipment; and related technology not controlled under Category 0
4A Equipment, assemblies, components including test and production equipment
4A001 Flow-forming machines, spin-forming machines capable of flow-forming functions, and mandrels,
as follows:
a. For flow forming machines refer to 5A205
b. Spin forming machines having both of the following characteristics:
1. Three or more rollers (active or guiding); and
2. Which, according to the manufacturer’s technical specification, can be equipped with
‘numerical control’ units or a computer control.
c. Rotor-forming mandrels designed to form cylindrical rotors of inside diameter between 75
and 400 mm.
Note: Item 4A001a and 4A001b include machines which have only a single roller designed to
deform metal plus two auxiliary rollers which support the mandrel, but do not participate directly in
the deformation process.
4A002 Machine tools, as follows, and any combination thereof, for removing or cutting metals, ceramics,
or composites, which, according to the manufacturer’s technical specifications, can be equipped with
electronic devices for simultaneous “contouring control” in two or more axes;
N.B.: For “numerical control” units controlled by their associated “software”, see Item 4C
a. Machine tools for turning, that have “positioning accuracies” with all compensations available
better (less) than 6 µm according to ISO 230/2 (1988) along any linear axis (overall positioning)
for machines capable of machining diameters greater than 35 mm;
Note: Item 4A002.a. does not control bar machines (Swissturn), limited to machining only bar feed
thru, if maximum bar diameter is equal to or less than 42 mm and there is no capability of mounting
chucks. Machines may have drilling and/or milling capabilities for machining parts with diameters
less than 42 mm.
b. Machine tools for milling, having any of the following characteristics:
1. “Positioning accuracies” with all compensations available better (less) than 6 µm
according to ISO 230/2 (1988) along any linear axis (overall positioning);
2. Two or more contouring rotary axes; or
3. Five or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”.
Note: Item 4A002.b. does not control milling machines having both of the following
characteristics:
1. X-axis travel greater than 2 m; and
2. Overall “positioning accuracy” on the x-axis worse (more) than 30 µm according to ISO
230/2 (1988).
c. Machine tools for grinding, having any of the following characteristics:

1. “Positioning accuracies” with all compensations available better (less) than 4 µm
according to ISO 230/2 (1988) along any linear axis (overall positioning);
2. Two or more contouring rotary axes; or
3 Five or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”.
Note: Item 4A002.c. does not control grinding machines as follows:
1. Cylindrical external, internal, and external-internal grinding machines having all the
a. Limited to a maximum workpiece capacity of 150 mm outside diameter or

length; and
b. Axes limited to x, z and c.
62
2. Jig grinders that do not have a z-axis or a w-axis with an overall positioning accuracy
less (better) than 4 microns. Positioning accuracy is according to ISO 230/2 (1988).
d. Non-wire type Electrical Discharge Machines (EDM) that have two or more contouring rotary
axes and that can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”.
Notes: 1. Stated “positioning accuracy” levels derived under the following procedures from
measurements made according to ISO 230/2 (1988) or national equivalents may be used for each
machine tool model if provided to, and accepted by, national authorities instead of individual
machine tests.
Stated “positioning accuracy” are to be derived as follows:
a. Select five machines of a model to be evaluated;

b. Measure the linear axis accuracies according to ISO 230/2 (1988)
c. Determine the accuracy values (A) for each axis of each machine. The method of calculating
the accuracy value is described in the ISO 230/2 (1988) standard;
d. Determine the average accuracy value of each axis. This average value becomes the stated
“positioning accuracy” of each axis for the model (Âx, Ây...);
e. Since Item 4A002 refers to each linear axis, there will be as many stated “positioning
accuracy” values as there are linear axes;
f. If any axis of a machine tool not controlled by Items 4A002.a., 4A002.b., or 4A002.c. has a
stated “positioning accuracy” of 6 µm or better (less) for grinding machines, and 8 µm or
better (less) for milling and turning machines, both according to ISO 230/2 (1988), then the
builder should be required to reaffirm the accuracy level once every eighteen months.
2. Item 4A002. does not control special purpose machine tools limited to the manufacture of any of
the following parts:
a. Gears
b. Crankshafts or cam shafts
c. Tools or cutters
d. Extruder worms
Technical Notes:
1. Axis nomenclature shall be in accordance with International Standard ISO 841, “Numerical Control
Machines - Axis and Motion Nomenclature”.
2. Not counted in the total number of contouring axes are secondary parallel contouring axes (e.g., the
w-axis on horizontal boring mills or a secondary rotary axis the centerline of which is parallel to the
primary rotary axis).
3. Rotary axes do not necessarily have to rotate over 360 degrees. A rotary axis can be driven by a
linear device, e.g., a screw or a rack-and-pinion.
4. For the purposes of 4A002. the number of axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for
“contouring control” is the number of axes along or around which, during processing of the
workpiece, simultaneous and interrelated motions are performed between the workpiece and a tool.
This does not include any additional axes along or around which other relative motions within the
machine are performed, such as:
a. Wheel-dressing systems in grinding machines;
b. Parallel rotary axes designed for mounting of separate workpieces;
c. Co-linear rotary axes designed for manipulating the same workpiece by holding it in a chuck
from different ends.
5. A machine tool having at least 2 of the 3 turning, milling or grinding capabilities (e.g., a turning
machine with milling capability) must be evaluated against each applicable entry, 4A002.a., 4A002.b.
63
and 4A002.c.
6. Items 4A002.b.3 and 4A002.c.3 include machines based on a parallel linear kinematic design (e.g.,
hexapods) that have 5 or more axes none of which are rotary axes.
4A003 Dimensional inspection machines, instruments, or systems, as follows:
a. Computer controlled or numerically controlled coordinate measuring machines (CMM) having

either of the following characteristics:
1. Having only two axes and having a maximum permissible error of length measurement
along any axis (one dimensional), identified as any combination of E0x MPE, E0y MPE
or E0z MPE, equal to or less(better) than (1.25 + L/1000) μm (where L is the measured
length in mm) at any point within the operating range of the machine (i.e., within the
length of the axis), according to ISO 10360-2(2009); or
2. Three or more axes and having a three dimensional (volumetric) maximum permissible
error of length measurement (E0, MPE equal to or less (better) than (1.7 + L/800) µm
(where L is the measured length in mm) at any point within the operating range of the
machine (i.e., within the length of the axis), according to ISO 10360-2(2009).
Technical Note: The E0, MPE of the most accurate configuration of the CMM specified according to
ISO 10360-2(2009) by the manufacturer (e.g., best of the following: probe stylus length, motion
parameters, environment) and with all compensations available shall be compared to the 1.7 + L/
800 µm threshold.
b. Linear displacement measuring instruments, as follows:
1. Non-contact type measuring systems with a “resolution” equal to or better (less) than 0.2
µm within a measuring range up to 0.2 mm;
2. Linear variable differential transformer (LVDT) systems having both of the following
characteristics:
a. 1. “Linearity” equal to or less (better) than 0.1% measured from 0 to the full
operating range, for LVDTs with an operating range up to 5 mm; or
2. “Linearity” equal to or less (better) than 0.1% measured from 0 to 5 mm for

LVDTs with an operating range greater than 5 mm; and
b. Drift equal to or better (less) than 0.1% per day at a standard ambient test room
temperature ± 1 K;
3. Measuring systems having both of the following characteristics:
a. Contain a laser; and
b. Maintain for at least 12 hours, over a temperature range of ± 1 K around a

standard temperature and a standard pressure:
1. A “resolution” over their full scale of 0.1 µm or better; and
2. With a “measurement uncertainty” equal to or better (less) than (0.2 +

L/2000) µm (L is the measured length in millimeters);
Note: Item 4A003.b.3 does not control measuring interferometer

systems, without closed or open loop feedback, containing a laser to
measure slide movement errors of machine tools, dimensional inspection
machines, or similar equipment
Technical Note: In Item 4A003.b.3 ‘linear displacement’ means the change

of distance between the measuring probe and the measured object.
64
c. Angular displacement measuring instruments having an “angular position

deviation” equal to or better (less) than 0.00025°;
Note: Item 4A003.c does not control optical instruments, such as

autocollimators, using collimated light (e.g., laser light) to detect angular
displacement of a mirror.
d. Systems for simultaneous linear-angular inspection of hemishells, having both

of the following characteristics:
1. “Measurement uncertainty” along any linear axis equal to or better

(less) than 3.5 µm per 5 mm; and
2. “Angular position deviation” equal to or less than 0.02°.
Notes:
1. “Item 4A003.d includes machine tools other than those specified
by 4A002, that can be used as measuring machines if they meet or
exceed the criteria specified for the measuring machine function.
2. Machines described in Item 4A003.d. are controlled if they
exceed the threshold specified anywhere within their operating
range”.
Technical Note: All parameters of measurement values in this item

represent plus/minus, i.e., not total band.
4A004 Controlled atmosphere (vacuum or inert gas) induction furnaces, and power supplies
therefor, as follows:
a. Furnaces having all of the following characteristics:
1. Capable of operation at temperatures above 1123 K (850 °C);
2. Induction coils 600 mm or less in diameter; and
3. Designed for power inputs of 5 kW or more;
Note:Item 4A004.a. does not control furnaces designed for the processing of semiconductor
wafers.
b. Power supplies, with a specified output power of 5 kW or more, specially designed for
furnaces specified in Item 4A004.a.
4A005 Isostatic presses’, and related equipment, as follows:
a. ‘Isostatic presses’ as specified in 5A208;
b. Dies, moulds, and controls specially designed for the ‘isostatic presses’ specified in
Item 4A005.a.
Technical Notes:
1. In Item 4A005 ´Isostatic presses’ means equipment capable of pressurizing a closed
cavity through various media (gas, liquid, solid particles, etc.) to create equal pressure
in all directions within the cavity upon a work piece or material.
2. In Item 4A005 the inside chamber dimension is that of the chamber in which both the
working temperature and the working pressure are achieved and does not include
fixtures. That dimension will be the smaller of either the inside diameter of the pressure
chamber or the inside diameter of the insulated furnace chamber, depending on which
of the two chambers is located inside the other.
65
4A006 Vibration test systems, equipment, and components as follows:
a. Electrodynamic vibration test systems, having all of the following characteristics:
1. Employing feedback or closed loop control techniques and incorporating a

digital control unit;
2. Capable of vibrating at 10 g RMS or more between 20 and 2000 Hz; and
3. Capable of imparting forces of 50 kN or greater measured ‘bare table’;
b. Digital control units, combined with ‘software’ specially designed for vibration
testing, with a real-time bandwidth greater than 5 kHz and being designed for a system
specified in Item 4A006.a.;
c. Vibration thrusters (shaker units), with or without associated amplifiers, capable of

imparting a force of 50 kN or greater measured ‘bare table’, which are usable for the systems
specified in Item 4A006.a.;
d. Test piece support structures and electronic units designed to combine multiple
shaker units into a complete shaker system capable of providing an effective combined force
of 50 kN or greater, measured ‘bare table,’ which are usable for the systems specified in Item
4A006.a..
Technical Note: In Item 4A006 ‘bare table’ means a flat table, or surface, with no fixtures or
fittings.
4A007 12 Vacuum or other controlled atmosphere metallurgical melting and casting furnaces and related
equipment, as follows:-
a. Arc remelt furnaces, arc melt furnaces and arc melt and casting furnaces having both of the
following characteristics:-
1. Consumable electrode capacities between 1000 and 20000 cm³; and

2. Capable of operating with melting temperatures above 1973 K (1700 °C);
b. Electron beam melting furnaces, plasma atomisation furnaces and plasma melting furnaces,
having both of the following characteristics:
1. A power of 50 kW or greater; and

2. Capable of operating with melting temperatures above 1473 K (1200 °C);
c. Computer control and monitoring systems specially configured for any of the furnaces
specified in 4A007.a. or 4A007.b;
d. Plasma torches specially designed for the furnaces specified in 4A007.b.having both of the
following characteristics:-
1. Operating at a power greater than 50kW; and

2. Capable of operating above 1473 K (1200°C);
e. Electron beam guns specially designed for the furnaces specified in 4A007.b.operating at a
power greater than 50kW. ’
4A008 Crucibles made of materials resistant to liquid actinide metals, as follows:
a. Crucibles having both of the following characteristics:
12
Para 1(I) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
66
1. A volume of between 150 cm3 (150 ml) and 8000 cm3 (8 litres); and
2. Made of or coated with any of the following materials, or combination of the
following materials, having an overall impurity level of 2% or less by weight:
a. Calcium fluoride (CaF2);

b. Calcium zirconate (metazirconate) (CaZrO3);
c. Cerium sulphide (Ce2S3);
d. Erbium oxide (erbia) (Er2O3);
e. Hafnium oxide (hafnia) (HfO2);
f. Magnesium oxide (MgO);
g. Nitrided niobium-titanium-tungsten alloy (approximately 50% Nb,

30% Ti, 20% W);
h. Yttrium oxide (yttria) (Y2O3); or
i. Zirconium oxide (zirconia) (ZrO2);
b. Crucibles having both of the following characteristics:

1. A volume of between 50 cm3 (50 ml) and 2000 cm3 (2 litres); and
2. Made of or lined with tantalum, having a purity of 99.9% or greater by weight;
c. Crucibles having all of the following characteristics:
1. A volume of between 50 cm3 (50 ml) and 2000 cm3 (2 litres);

2. Made of or lined with tantalum, having a purity of 98% or greater by weight;
and
3. Coated with tantalum carbide, nitride, boride, or any combination thereof.
4A009 Platinized catalysts specially designed or prepared for promoting the hydrogen isotope
exchange reaction between hydrogen and water for the recovery of tritium from heavy water
or for the production of heavy water.
4A010 Composite structures in the form of tubes having both of the following characteristics:
a. An inside diameter of between 75 and 400 mm; and

b. Made with any of the materials specified in Item 3A116.
4A011 Frequency changers or generators, usable as a variable frequency or fixed frequency motor
drive, having all of the following characteristics:
N.B.1: Frequency changers and generators specially designed or prepared for the gas
centrifuge process are controlled under Prescribe Equipment (0B)
N.B.2: “Software” specially designed to enhance or release the performance of frequency

changers or generators to meet the characteristics below is controlled (see Item 4C).
a. Multiphase output providing a power of 40 VA or greater;
b. Operating at a frequency of 600 Hz or more; and
c. Frequency control better (less) than 0.2%.
Notes: 1. Item 4A011 only controls frequency changers intended for specific industrial
machinery and/or consumer goods (machine tools, vehicles, etc.) if the frequency changers
can meet the characteristics above when removed,
2. For the purpose of export control, the Government will determine whether or not a
particular frequency changer meets the characteristics above, taking into account hardware
and software constraints.
Technical Notes: 1. Frequency changers in Item 4A011. are also known as converters or
67
inverters.
2. The characteristics specified in item 4A011 may be met by certain equipment marketed
such as: Generators, Electronic Test Equipment, AC Power Supplies, Variable Speed
Motor Drives, Variable Speed Drives (VSDs), Variable Frequency Drives (VFDs),
Adjustable Frequency Drives (AFDs), or Adjustable Speed Drives (ASDs).
4A012 Lasers, laser amplifiers and oscillators as follows:
a. Copper vapour lasers having both of the following characteristics:
1. Operating at wavelengths between 500 and 600 nm; and

2. An average output power equal to or greater than 40 W;
b. Argon ion lasers having both of the following characteristics:

1. Operating at wavelengths between 400 and 515 nm; and
2. An average output power greater than 40 W;
c. Neodymium-doped (other than glass) lasers with an output wavelength between

1000 and 1100 nm having either of the following:
1. Pulse-excited and Q-switched with a pulse duration equal to or
greater than 1 ns, and having either of the following:
a. A single-transverse mode output with an average output power greater than 40

W; or
b. A multiple-transverse mode output with an average output power greater than

50 W;
or
2. Incorporating frequency doubling to give an output wavelength between 500 and

550 nm with an average output power of greater than 40 W;
d. Tuneable pulsed single-mode dye laser oscillators having all of the following
characteristics:
1. Operating at wavelengths between 300 and 800 nm;

3. A repetition rate greater than 1 kHz; and
4. Pulse width less than 100 ns;
e. Tuneable pulsed dye laser amplifiers and oscillators having all of the following
characteristics:

3. A repetition rate greater than 1 kHz; and
4. Pulse width less than 100 ns;
Note: Item 4A012e does not control single mode oscillators.
f. Alexandrite lasers having all of the following characteristics:

2. A bandwidth of 0.005 nm or less;
3. A repetition rate greater than 125 Hz; and
g. Pulsed carbon dioxide lasers having all of the following characteristics:

68

2. A repetition rate greater than 250 Hz;
3. An average output power greater than 500 W; and
4. Pulse width of less than 200 ns;
Note: Item 4A012g does not control the higher power (typically 1 to 5 1kW) industrial CO2
lasers used in applications such as cutting and welding, as these latter lasers are either
continuous wave or are pulsed with a pulse width greater than 200 ns.
h. Pulsed excimer lasers (XeF, XeCl, KrF) having all of the following characteristics:

2. A repetition rate greater than 250 Hz; and
i. Para-hydrogen Raman shifters designed to operate at 16 µm output wavelength and

at a repetition rate greater than 250 Hz.
j. Pulsed carbon monoxide lasers having all of the following characteristics:

2. A repetition rate greater than 250 Hz;
3. An average output power greater than 200 W; and
4. Pulse width of less than 200 ns.
Note:Item 4A012.j. does not control the higher power (typically 1 to 5 kW) industrial CO
lasers used in applications such as cutting and welding, as these latter lasers are either
continuous wave or are pulsed with a pulse width greater than 200 ns.
4A013 Valves having all of the following characteristics:
a. A nominal size of 5 mm or greater;

b. Having a bellows seal; and
c. Wholly made of or lined with aluminium, aluminium alloy, nickel, or nickel alloy
containing more than 60% nickel by weight.
Technical Note: For valves with different inlet and outlet diameter, the nominal size
parameter in Item 4A013a refers to the smallest diameter.
4A014 Superconducting solenoidal electromagnets having all of the following characteristics:
a. Capable of creating magnetic fields greater than 2 T;

b. A ratio of length to inner diameter greater than 2;
c. Inner diameter greater than 300 mm; and
d. Magnetic field uniform to better than 1% over the central 50% of the inner volume.
Note: Item 4A014 does not control magnets specially designed for and exported as part of
medical nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) imaging systems. (‘As part of’ does not
necessarily mean physical part in the same shipment. Separate shipments from different
sources are allowed, provided the related export documents clearly specify the ‘as part of”
relationship.)
4A015 High-power direct current power supplies having both of the following characteristics:
a. Capable of continuously producing, over a time period of 8 hours, 100 V or greater with
current output of 500 A or greater; and
b. Current or voltage stability better than 0.1% over a time period of 8 hours
69
4A016 High-voltage direct current power supplies having both of the following characteristics:
a. Capable of continuously producing, over a time period of 8 hours, 20 kV or greater with

current output of 1 A or greater; and
b. Current or voltage stability better than 0.1% over a time period of 8 hours.
4A017 All types of pressure transducers capable of measuring absolute pressures and having all
of the following characteristics:
a. Pressure sensing elements made of or protected by aluminium, aluminium alloy,

aluminium oxide (alumina or sapphire), nickel, nickel alloy with more than 60% nickel by
weight, or fully fluorinated hydrocarbon polymers;
b. Seals, if any, essential for sealing the pressure sensing element, and in direct contact with
the process medium, made of or protected by aluminium, aluminium alloy, aluminium
oxide (alumina or sapphire), nickel, nickel alloy with more than 60% nickel by weight, or
fully fluorinated hydrocarbon polymers; and
c. Having either of the following characteristics:
1. A full scale of less than 13 kPa and an “accuracy” of better than 1% of full scale;
or
2. A full scale of 13 kPa or greater and an “accuracy” of better than 130 Pa when
measuring at 13 kPa”.
Technical Notes:
1. In Item 4A017. pressure transducers are devices that convert pressure measurements into
a signal.
2. In Item 4A017. “accuracy” includes non-linearity, hysteresis and repeatability at ambient
temperature.
4A018 Vacuum pumps having all of the following characteristics:
a. Input throat size equal to or greater than 380 mm;

b. Pumping speed equal to or greater than 15 m3/s; and
c. Capable of producing an ultimate vacuum better than 13.3 mPa.
Technical Notes:
1. The pumping speed is determined at the measurement point with nitrogen gas or air.
2. The ultimate vacuum is determined at the input of the pump with the input of the pump
blocked off.
4A019 Electrolytic cells for fluorine production with an output capacity greater than 250 g of
fluorine per hour.
4A020 Rotor fabrication or assembly equipment, rotor straightening equipment, bellows-forming

mandrels and dies, as follows:
a. Rotor assembly equipment for assembly of gas centrifuge rotor tube sections, baffles,
and end caps; Note: Item 4A020a includes precision mandrels, clamps, and shrink fit
machines.
b. Rotor straightening equipment for alignment of gas centrifuge rotor tube sections to a
common axis;
Technical Note: In Item 4A020b such equipment normally consists of precision measuring
probes linked to a computer that subsequently controls the action of, for example, pneumatic
rams used for aligning the rotor tube sections.
70
c. Bellows-forming mandrels and dies for producing single -convolution bellows.
Technical Note: The bellows referred to in Item 4A020c have all of the following
characteristics:
1. Inside diameter between 75 and 400 mm;

2. Length equal to or greater than 12.7 mm;
3. Single convolution depth greater than 2 mm; and
4. Made of high-strength aluminium alloys, maraging steel, or high strength fibrous or
filamentary materials.
4A021 Centrifugal multi-plane balancing machines, fixed or portable, horizontal or vertical, as

follows:
a. Centrifugal balancing machines designed for balancing flexible rotors having a length of
600 mm or more and having all of the following characteristics:
1. Swing or journal diameter greater than 75 mm;
2. Mass capability of from 0.9 to 23 kg; and
3. Capable of balancing speed of revolution greater than 5000 rpm;
b. Centrifugal balancing machines designed for balancing hollow cylindrical rotor

components and having all of the following characteristics:
1. Journal diameter greater than 75 mm;

2. Mass capability of from 0.9 to 23 kg;
3. A minimum achievable residual specific unbalance equal to or less than 10 g-
mm/kg per plane; and
4. Belt drive type.
4A022 Filament winding machines and related equipment, as follows:
a. Filament winding machines as specified in 5A206; and having all of the following
characteristics:
1. Having motions for positioning, wrapping, and winding fibers coordinated and
programmed in two or more axes;
2. Specially designed to fabricate composite structures or laminates from “fibrous

or filamentary materials”; and
3. Capable of winding cylindrical tubes with an internal diameter between 75 and

650 mm and lengths of 300 mm or greater;
b. Coordinating and programming controls for the filament winding machines specified in
Item 4A022a;
c. Precision mandrels for the filament winding machines specified in Item 4A022a.
4A023 Electromagnetic isotope separators designed for, or equipped with, single or multiple ion
sources capable of providing a total ion beam current of 50 mA or greater.
Notes:
1. Item 4A023 includes separators capable of enriching stable isotopes as well as those for
uranium. (A separator capable of separating the isotopes of lead with a one-mass unit
difference is inherently capable of enriching the isotopes of uranium with a three-unit
mass difference.)
2. Item 4A023 includes separators with the ion sources and collectors both in the magnetic
field and those configurations in which they are external to the field.
71
Technical Note: A single 50 mA ion source cannot produce more than 3 g of separated
highly enriched uranium (HEU) per year from natural abundance feed.
4A024 Mass spectrometers capable of measuring ions of 230 atomic mass units or greater and
having a resolution of better than 2 parts in 230, as follows, and ion sources therefor:
N.B.: Mass spectrometers specially designed or prepared for analyzing on-line samples of
uranium hexafluoride are controlled under Prescribed Equipment (0B Category).
a. Inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometers (ICP/MS);
b. Glow discharge mass spectrometers (GDMS);
c. Thermal ionization mass spectrometers (TIMS);
d. Electron bombardment mass spectrometers having both of the following features:
1. A molecular beam inlet system that injects a collimated beam of analyte

molecules into a region of the ion source where the molecules are ionized by an
electron beam; and
2. One or more cold traps that can be cooled to a temperature of 193 K (-80 °C) or
less in order to trap analyte molecules that are not ionized by the electron
beam;
e. Mass spectrometers equipped with a microfluorination ion source designed for actinides
or actinide fluorides.
Technical Notes:
1. Item 4A024.d. describes mass spectrometers that are typically used for isotopic analysis
of UF6 gas samples.
2. Electron bombardment mass spectrometers in Item 4A024.d. are also known as electron
impact mass spectrometers or electron ionization mass spectrometers.
3. In Item 4A024.d.2, a ‘cold trap’ is a device that traps gas molecules by condensing or
freezing them on cold surfaces. For the purposes of this entry, a closed-loop gaseous
helium cryogenic vacuum pump is not a cold trap.
4A025 Specialized packings which may be used in separating heavy water from ordinary water,
having both of the following characteristics:
a.Made of phosphor bronze mesh chemically treated to improve wettability; and
b. Designed to be used in vacuum distillation towers.
4A026 Pumps capable of circulating solutions of concentrated or dilute potassium amide catalyst in
liquid ammonia (KNH2/NH3), having all of the following characteristics:
. a. Airtight (i.e., hermetically sealed);
b. A capacity greater than 8.5 m3/h; and
c. Either of the following characteristics:
1. For concentrated potassium amide solutions (1% or greater), an operating pressure

of 1.5 to 60 MPa; or
2. For dilute potassium amide solutions (less than 1%), an operating pressure of 20 to
60 MPa.
72
4A027 Turboexpanders or turboexpander-compressor sets having both of the following

characteristics:
a. Designed for operation with an outlet temperature of 35 K (- 238 ºC) or less; and
b. Designed for a throughput of hydrogen gas of 1000 kg/h or greater.
4A028 Water-hydrogen sulphide exchange tray columns and internal contactors, as follows:
N.B.: For columns which are specially designed or prepared for the production of heavy
water, see Prescribed Equipment (0B002).
a. Water-hydrogen sulphide exchange tray columns, having all of the following

characteristics:
1. Can operate at pressures of 2 MPa or greater;

2. Constructed of carbon steel having an austenitic ASTM (or equivalent standard)
grain size number of 5 or greater; and
3. With a diameter of 1.8 m or greater;
b. Internal contactors for the water-hydrogen sulphide exchange tray columns specified in
Item 4A028a.
Technical Note: Internal contactors of the columns are segmented trays which have an
effective assembled diameter of 1.8 m or greater; are designed to facilitate counter current
contacting and are constructed of stainless steels with a carbon content of 0.03% or less.
These may be sieve trays, valve trays, bubble cap trays or turbo grid trays.
4A029 Hydrogen-cryogenic distillation columns having all of the following characteristics:
a. Designed for operation at internal temperatures of 35 K (-238 ºC) or less;
b. Designed for operation at internal pressures of 0.5 to 5 MPa;
c. Constructed of either:
1. Stainless steel of the 300 series with low sulfur content and with an austenitic
ASTM (or equivalent standard) grain size number of 5 or greater; or
2. Equivalent materials which are both cryogenic and H2-compatible; and
d. With internal diameters of 30 cm or greater and ‘effective lengths’ of 4 m or greater.
Technical Note: The term ‘effective length’ means the active height of packing material in a
packed-type column, or the active height of internal contactor plates in a plate-type
column.
4A030 Bellows-sealed scroll-type compressors and bellows-sealed scroll-type vacuum pumps

having all of the following characteristics:
a. Capable of an inlet volume flow rate of 50 m3/h or greater;
b. Capable of a pressure ratio of 2:1 or greater; and
c. Having all surfaces that come in contact with the process gas made from any of the
1. Aluminium or aluminium alloy;
2. Aluminium oxide;
73
3. Stainless steel;
4. Nickel or nickel alloy;
5. Phosphor bronze; or
6. Fluoropolymers.
Technical Notes:
1. In a scroll compressor or vacuum pump, crescent-shaped pockets of gas are trapped
between one or more pairs of intermeshed spiral vanes, or scrolls, one of which moves while
the other remains stationary. The moving scroll orbits the stationary scroll; it does not
rotate. As the moving scroll orbits the stationary scroll, the gas pockets diminish in size (i.e.,
they are compressed) as they move toward the outlet port of the machine.
2. In a bellows-sealed scroll compressor or vacuum pump, the process gas is totally isolated
from the lubricated parts of the pump and from the external atmosphere by a metal bellows.
One end of the bellows is attached to the moving scroll and the other end is attached to the
stationary housing of the pump.
3. Fluoropolymers include, but are not limited to, the following materials:
a. Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE),
b. Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene (FEP),
c. Perfluoroalkoxy (PFA),
d. Polychlorotrifluoroethylene (PCTFE); and
e. Vinylidene fluoride-hexafluoropropylene copolymer.
4A031 Industrial equipment including assemblies and components (other than those specified
under Prescribed Equipment in 0B003.e) as follows:
a. High-density (lead glass or other) radiation shielding windows, having all of the
following characteristics, and specially designed frames therefor:
1. A ‘cold area’ greater than 0.09 m2;
2. A density greater than 3 g/cm3; and
3. A thickness of 100 mm or greater.
Technical Note: In Item 4A031.a.1. the term ‘cold area’ means the viewing area of the
window exposed to the lowest level of radiation in the design application.
b. Radiation-hardened TV cameras, or lenses therefor, specially designed or rated as

radiation hardened to withstand a total radiation dose greater than 5 x 104 Gy (silicon)
without operational degradation.
Technical Note: The term Gy (silicon) refers to the energy in Joules per kilogram absorbed
by an unshielded silicon sample when exposed to ionizing radiation.
c. ‘Robots’, ‘end-effectors’ and control units as follows:
1. ‘Robots’ or ‘end-effectors’ having either of the following characteristics:
(a) Specially designed to comply with national safety standards applicable to handling high
explosives (for example, meeting electrical code ratings for high explosives); or
(b) Specially designed or rated as radiation hardened to withstand a total radiation dose
greater than 5 x 104 Gy (silicon) without operational degradation;
2. Control units specially designed for any of the ‘robots’ or ‘end-effectors’ specified in
Item 4A031.c.1.
74
Note:Item 1.A.3. does not control ‘robots’ specially designed for non-nuclear industrial
applications such as automobile paint-spraying booths.
Technical Notes:
1. ‘Robots’In Item 4A031.c. ‘robot’ means a manipulation mechanism, which may be of

the continuous path or of the point-to-point variety, may use “sensors”, and has all of
the following characteristics:
(a) is multifunctional;
(b) is capable of positioning or orienting material, parts, tools, or special devices

through variable movements in three-dimensional space;
(c) incorporates three or more closed or open loop servo-devices which may
include stepping motors; and
(d) has “user-accessible programmability” by means of teach/playback method or

by means of an electronic computer which may be a programmable logic
controller, i.e., without mechanical intervention.
N.B.1:
In the above definition “sensors” means detectors of a physical phenomenon, the output of
which (after conversion into a signal that can be interpreted by a control unit) is able to
generate “programs” or modify programmed instructions or numerical “program” data.
This includes “sensors” with machine vision, infrared imaging, acoustical imaging, tactile
feel, inertial position measuring, optical or acoustic ranging or force or torque measuring
capabilities.
N.B.2:
In the above definition “user-accessible programmability” means the facility allowing a

user to insert, modify or replace “programs” by means other than:
(a) a physical change in wiring or interconnections; or
(b) the setting of function controls including entry of parameters.
N.B.3:
The above definition does not include the following devices:
(a) Manipulation mechanisms which are only manually/teleoperator controllable;
(b) Fixed sequence manipulation mechanisms which are automated moving devices operating
according to mechanically fixed programmed motions. The “program” is mechanically
limited by fixed stops, such as pins or cams. The sequence of motions and the selection of
paths or angles are not variable or changeable by mechanical, electronic, or electrical
means;
(c) Mechanically controlled variable sequence manipulation mechanisms which are automated
moving devices operating according to mechanically fixed programmed motions. The
“program” is mechanically limited by fixed, but adjustable, stops such as pins or cams. The
sequence of motions and the selection of paths or angles are variable within the fixed
“program” pattern. Variations or modifications of the “program” pattern (e.g., changes of
pins or exchanges of cams) in one or more motion axes are accomplished only through
mechanical operations;
75
(d) Non-servo-controlled variable sequence manipulation mechanisms which are automated
moving devices, operating according to mechanically fixed programmed motions. The
“program” is variable but the sequence proceeds only by the binary signal from
mechanically fixed electrical binary devices or adjustable stops;
(e) Stacker cranes defined as Cartesian coordinate manipulator systems manufactured as an

integral part of a vertical array of storage bins and designed to access the contents of those
bins for storage or retrieval.
2. ‘End-effectors’
In Item 4A031.c. ‘end-effectors’ are grippers, ‘active tooling units’, and any other tooling that is
attached to the baseplate on the end of a ‘robot’ manipulator arm.
N.B.:
In the above definition ‘active tooling units’ is a device for applying motive power, process
energy or sensing to the workpiece.
d. Remote manipulators that can be used to provide remote actions in radiochemical separation
operations or hot cells, having either of the following characteristics:
1. A capability of penetrating 0.6 m or more of hot cell wall (through-the-wall

operation); or
2. A capability of bridging over the top of a hot cell wall with a thickness of 0.6 m or
more (over-the-wall operation).
Technical Note: Remote manipulators provide translation of human operator actions to a remote
operating arm and terminal fixture. They may be of a master/slave type or operated by joystick or
keypad.
4A032 13 Target assemblies and components for the production of tritium as follows:-
a. Target assemblies made of or containing lithium enriched in the lithium-6 isotope specially
designed for the production of tritium through irradiation, including insertion in a nuclear reactor;
b. Components specially designed for the target assemblies specified in 4A032.a.
Technical Note:
Components specially designed for target assemblies for the production of tritium may include
lithium pellets, tritium getters, and specially-coated cladding.’
4B Equipment, assemblies and components, including test and measurement equipment usable in
development of nuclear explosive devices
4B001 Photomultiplier tubes having both of the following characteristics:
a. Photocathode area of greater than 20 cm2; and
b. Anode pulse rise time of less than 1 ns.
4B002 Flash X-ray generators or pulsed electron accelerators having either of the following sets of
characteristics:
a. 1. An accelerator peak electron energy of 500 keV or greater but less than 25 MeV; and
2. With a figure of merit (K) of 0.25 or greater; or
13
Para 1(J) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
76
b. 1. An accelerator peak electron energy of 25 MeV or greater; and
2. A peak power greater than 50 MW.
Note: Item 4B002 does not control accelerators that are component parts of devices designed for
purposes other than electron beam or X-ray radiation (electron microscopy, for example) nor those
designed for medical purposes.
Technical Notes:
1. The figure of merit K is defined as: K=1.7 x 103 V2.65Q. V is the peak electron energy in million
electron volts. If the accelerator beam pulse duration is less than or equal to 1µs, then Q is the total
accelerated charge in Coulombs. If the accelerator beam pulse duration is greater than 1 µs, then Q
is the maximum accelerated charge in 1 µs. Q equals the integral of i with respect to t, over the lesser
of 1 µs or the time duration of the beam pulse ( Q= ∫idt ) where i is beam current in amperes and t is
the time in seconds.
2. Peak power = (peak potential in volts) x (peak beam current in amperes).
3. In machines based on microwave accelerating cavities, the time duration of the beam pulse is the
lesser of 1 µs or the duration of the bunched beam packet resulting from one microwave
modulator pulse.
4. In machines based on microwave accelerating cavities, the peak beam current is the average
current in the time duration of a bunched beam packet.
4B003 High-velocity gun systems (propellant, gas, coil, electromagnetic, and electrothermal types, and
other advanced systems) capable of accelerating projectiles to 1.5 km/s or greater.
Note: This item does not control guns specially designed for high velocity weapon systems.
4B004 High-speed cameras and imaging devices and components therefor, as follows:
N.B.: “Software” specially designed to enhance or release the performance of cameras or imaging
devices to meet the characteristics below is controlled (See Item 4C).
a. Streak cameras, and specially designed components therefor, as follows:
1. Streak cameras with writing speeds greater than 0.5 mm/μs;
2. Electronic streak cameras capable of 50 ns or less time resolution;
3. Streak tubes for cameras specified in 4B004.a.2.;
4. Plug-ins specially designed for use with streak cameras which have modular structures
and that enable the performance specifications in 4B004.a.1 or 4B004.a.2.;
5. Synchronizing electronics units, rotor assemblies consisting of turbines, mirrors and

bearings specially designed for cameras specified in 4B004.a.1.
b. Framing cameras and specially designed components therefor as follows:
1. Framing cameras with recording rates greater than 225,000 frames per second;
2. Framing cameras capable of 50 ns or less frame exposure time;
3. Framing tubes and solid-state imaging devices having a fast image gating (shutter) time
of 50ns or less specially designed for cameras specified in 4B004.b.1 or 4B004.b.2.;
4. Plug-ins specially designed for use with framing cameras which have modular structures
77
and that enable the performance specifications in 4B004.b.1 or 4B004.b.2.;
5. Synchronizing electronics units, rotor assemblies consisting of turbines, mirrors and

bearings specially designed for cameras specified in 4B004.b.1 or 4B004.b.2.
c. Solid state or electron tube cameras and specially designed components therefor as follows:
1. Solid-state cameras or electron tube cameras with a fast image gating (shutter) time of
50 ns or less;
2. Solid-state imaging devices and image intensifiers tubes having a fast image gating
(shutter) time of 50 ns or less specially designed for cameras specified in 4B004.c.1.;
3. Electro-optical shuttering devices (Kerr or Pockels cells) with a fast image gating
(shutter) time of 50 ns or less;
4. Plug-ins specially designed for use with cameras which have modular structures and that
enable the performance specifications in 4B004.c.1.
Technical Note: High speed single frame cameras can be used alone to produce a single image of a
dynamic event, or several such cameras can be combined in a sequentially-triggered system to
produce multiple images of an event.
4B005 High explosive containment vessels, chambers, containers and other similar containment devices
designed for the testing of high explosives or explosive devices and having both of the following
characteristics:
a. Designed to fully contain an explosion equivalent to 2 kg of TNT or greater; and

b. Having design elements or features enabling real time or delayed transfer of diagnostic or
measurement information.
4B006 Specialized instrumentation for hydrodynamic experiments, as follows:
a. Velocity interferometers for measuring velocities exceeding 1 km/s during time

intervals of less than 10 μs;
b. Shock pressure gauges capable of measuring pressures greater than 10GPa, including
gauges made with manganin, ytterbium, and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) /
polyvinyl difluoride(PVF2).
c. Quartz pressure transducers for pressures greater than 10 GPa.
Note: Item 4B006.a. includes velocity interferometers such as VISARs (Velocity

Interferometer Systems for Any Reflector), DLIs (Doppler Laser Interferometers) and
PDV (Photonic Doppler Velocimeters) also known as Het-V (Heterodyne
Velocimeters).
4B007 High-speed pulse generators, and pulse heads therefor, having both of the following characteristics:
a. Output voltage greater than 6 V into a resistive load of less than 55 ohms; and
b. ‘Pulse transition time’ less than 500 ps.
Technical Notes:
1. In Item 4B007.b. ‘pulse transition time’ is defined as the time interval between 10% and
90% voltage amplitude.
2. Pulse heads are impulse forming networks designed to accept a voltage step function and
shape it into a variety of pulse forms that can include rectangular, triangular, step, impulse,
exponential, or monocycle types. Pulse heads can be an integral part of the pulse generator, they can
be a plug-in module to the device or they can be an externally connected device.
4B008 Detonators and multipoint initiation systems, as follows:
78
a. Electrically driven explosive detonators, as follows:
1. Exploding bridge (EB);
2. Exploding bridge wire (EBW);
3. Slapper;
4. Exploding foil initiators (EFI);
b. Arrangements using single or multiple detonators designed to nearly simultaneously initiate an

explosive surface over an area greater than 5000 mm2 from a single firing signal with an
initiation timing spread over the surface of less than 2.5 µs.
Note: Item 4B008. does not control detonators using only primary explosives, such as lead azide.
Technical Note:
In Item 4B008. the detonators of concern all utilize a small electrical conductor (bridge, bridge wire,
or foil) that explosively vaporizes when a fast, high-current electrical pulse is passed through it. In
nonslapper types,the exploding conductor starts a chemical detonation in a contacting high-explosive
material such as PETN (pentaerythritoltetranitrate). In slapper detonators, the explosive vaporization
of the electrical conductor drives a flyer or slapper across a gap, and the impact of the slapper on an
explosive starts a chemical detonation. The slapper in some designs is driven by magnetic force. The
term exploding foil detonator may refer to either an EB or a slapper-type detonator. Also, the word
initiator is sometimes used in place of the word detonator.
4B009 Firing sets and equivalent high-current pulse generators, as follows:
a. Detonator firing sets (initiation systems, firesets), including electronically-charged, explosively-

driven and optically-driven firing sets designed to drive multiple controlled detonators specified
by Item 4B008 above;
b. Modular electrical pulse generators (pulsers) having all of the following characteristics:
1. Designed for portable, mobile, or ruggedized-use;
2. Capable of delivering their energy in less than 15 µs into loads of less than 40
ohms;
3. Having an output greater than 100 A;
4. No dimension greater than 30 cm;
5. Weight less than 30 kg ; and
6. Specified to operate over an extended temperature range of 223 to 373 K (-50 ºC to

100 ºC) or specified as suitable for aerospace applications.
c. Micro-firing units having all of the following characteristics:
1. No dimension greater than 35 mm;
2. Voltage rating of equal to or greater than 1 kV; and
3. Capacitance of equal to or greater than 100 nF.
Note: Optically driven firing sets include both those employing laser initiation and laser
charging. Explosively-driven firing sets include both explosive ferroelectric and explosive
ferromagnetic firing set types. Item 4B009.b. includes xenon flashlamp drivers.
4B010 Switching devices as follows:

79
a. Cold-cathode tubes, whether gas filled or not, operating similarly to a spark gap, having
all of the following characteristics:
1. Containing three or more electrodes;
2. Anode peak voltage rating of 2.5 kV or more;
3. Anode peak current rating of 100 A or more; and
4. Anode delay time of 10 µs or less;
Note: Item 4B010.a. includes gas krytron tubes and vacuum sprytron tubes.
b. Triggered spark-gaps having both of the following characteristics:
1. Anode delay time of 15 µs or less; and
2. Rated for a peak current of 500 A or more;
c. Modules or assemblies with a fast switching function having all of the following
characteristics:
1. Anode peak voltage rating greater than 2 kV;
2. Anode peak current rating of 500 A or more; and
3. Turn-on time of 1 µs or less.
4B011 Pulse discharge capacitors having either of the following sets of characteristics:
a. 1. Voltage rating greater than 1.4 kV;
2. Energy storage greater than 10 J;
3. Capacitance greater than 0.5 µF; and
4. Series inductance less than 50 nH; or
b. 1. Voltage rating greater than 750 V;

2. Capacitance greater than 0.25 µF; and
3. Series inductance less than 10 nH.
4B012 Neutron generator systems, including tubes, having both of the following characteristics:
a. Designed for operation without an external vacuum system; and
b. 1. Utilizing electrostatic acceleration to induce a tritium-deuterium nuclear reaction; or

2. Utilizing electrostatic acceleration to induce a deuterium-deuterium nuclear reaction
and capable of an Output of 3 x 109 neutrons/s or greater.
4B013 Striplines to provide low inductance path to detonators with the following characteristics:
a. Voltage rating greater than 2 kV; and

b. Inductance of less than 20 nH
4C Technology and Software

Technology and software for the development, production or use of items specified in 4A or 4B.
80
5 Aerospace systems, equipment including production and test equipment,

related technology, and specially designed components and accessories
therefor.
5A Rocket Systems (including ballistic missiles, space launch vehicles and sounding rockets)
5A1 Systems
5A101 Systems for missiles and rockets, including:
a. complete rocket systems (including ballistic missile systems, space launch vehicles and
sounding rockets)
b. complete rocket stages with engines
c. solid or liquid fuel rocket engines and their control systems including liquid propellant
apogee engines designed or modified for satellites
Note: 5A101 does not control JATO units, propulsion units for flares, ejection seats, emergency
escape equipment and rockets for display fireworks.
5A102 Subsystems and components usable in missiles and rockets including:
a. rocket motor cases, interior lining, insulation and nozzles;

b. rocket staging mechanisms, separation mechanisms and inter-stages;
c. Liquid, slurry and gel propellant (including oxidisers) control systems, and specially designed
components therefor, usable in missiles and rockets, designed or modified to operate in vibration
environments greater than 10 g rms between 20 Hz and 2 kHz.
Notes:
1. The only servo valves, pumps and gas turbines specified in 3.A.5. are the following:
• Servo valves designed for flow rates equal to or greater than 24 litres per minute, at
an absolute pressure equal to or greater than 7 MPa, that have an actuator response
time of less than 100 ms.
• Pumps, for liquid propellants, with shaft speeds equal to or greater than 8,000 rpm
at the maximum operating mode or with discharge pressures equal to or greater
than 7 MPa
• Gas turbines, for liquid propellant turbopumps, with shaft speeds equal to or greater
than 8,000 rpm at the maximum operating mode.
2. Systems and components specified in this clause may be exported as part of a satellite”;
d. re-entry vehicles and equipment including
1. Heat-shields and components thereof, fabricated of ceramic or ablative materials;
2. Heat sinks and components thereof, fabricated of light weight, high heat capacity materials;
3. Electronic equipment specially designed for re-entry vehicles.
e. guidance systems and their components such as gyros and inertial reference units;
f. thrust-vector control subsystems including methods of achieving thrust vector control such as
flexible nozzle, fluid or secondary gas injection, movable engine or nozzle, deflection of exhaust
gas stream (jet vanes or probes) and use of thrust tabs;
g. hybrid rocket motors and components thereof;
h. safing, arming, fusing and firing mechanisms for weapons or warhead.
i. software specially designed for reduced observables such as radar reflectivity,
ultraviolet/infrared signatures and acoustic signatures.
j. Combustion chambers and nozzles for liquid propellant rocket engines or gel propellant rocket
motors
5A2 Production and Test Equipment.
81
5A201 Transonic, supersonic, hypersonic wind tunnels; shock tunnels; gun tunnels; aeroballistic
ranges.
5A202 Test and production equipment and facilities designed to handle systems in 5A1.
5A203 Test benches/stands, usable for complete rocket systems and subsystems (including ballistic
missile systems, space launch vehicles and sounding rockets) which have the capacity to handle solid
or liquid propellant rockets, motors or engines, or which are capable of simultaneously measuring the
three axial thrust components.
5A204 Vibration test equipment (vibration test systems and vibration thrusters) and components using
digital control techniques and feedback or closed loop test equipment and software thereof (Refer
4A006).
5A205 Flow-forming machines and specially designed components thereof which, according to the
manufacturers technical specification,
1. can be equipped with numerical control units or a computer control, even when not
equipped with such units at delivery; and
2. have more than two axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for contouring control.
Note 1: Item 5A205 includes machines which have only a single roller designed to deform metal plus
two auxiliary rollers which support the mandrel, but do not participate directly in the
deformation process.
Note 2: Item 5A205 does not include machines that are not usable in the "production" of propulsion
components and equipment (e.g. motor cases and interstages) for systems specified in 5A
and 5B.
Technical Note: Machines combining the function of spin-forming and flow-forming are, for the
purpose of this item, regarded as flow-forming machines.
5A206 Filament winding machines or fibre placement machines for which the motion for positioning
wrapping and winding fibres can be coordinated and programmed in two or more axes; precision
mandrels thereof, and coordinating and programming controls.
5A207 Tape-laying machines of which the motions for positioning and laying tape and sheets can be
coordinated and programmed in two or more axes;
5A208 Isostatic presses having all of the characteristics of maximum working pressure equal to or greater
than 69 MPa or greater; designed to achieve and maintain a controlled thermal environment of 600oC
or greater; and possessing a chamber cavity with an inside diameter of 152 mm or greater.
5A209 Environmental chambers simulating vibration environments, with altitudes equal to or greater
than 15 km, or temperature ranging between minus 50 and plus 125 degrees centigrade.
5A210 Environmental chambers simulating acoustic pressure level of 140 dB or greater or rated acoustic
power output of 4 KW or greater, with altitudes equal to or greater than 15 km, or temperature
ranging between minus 50 and plus 125 degrees centigrade.
5A211 Accelerators delivering electro-magnetic radiation produced by Bremsstrahlung from accelerated

electrons.
5A212 Pulsed electron accelerators
5A213 Radial ball bearings having all tolerances specified in accordance with ISO 492 Tolerance
Class 2 or better and having all the following characteristics:
a. An inner ring bore diameter between 12 and 50 mm;
b. An outer ring outside diameter between 25 and 100 mm; and
c. A width between 10 and 20 mm.
5A214 Liquid propellant tanks specially designed for the propellants controlled in Item 3A3 or other
liquid propellants used in the systems specified in 5A and 5B.
82
5A215 Production facilities and production equipment specially designed for equipment or materials
for 5A101 and 5A102.
5A216 Production equipment and specially designed components thereof, for the production, handling
or acceptance testing of liquid propellants or propellant constituents as referred in 3A3;
5A217 Launch and ground support equipment and facilities usable for rocket systems (including ballistic
missile systems, space launch vehicles and sounding rockets), unmanned airborne system and cruise
missiles as follows:-
a. apparatus, devices and vehicles, designed or modified for the transport, handling, control,
activation and launching of the systems.
b. gravity meters (gravimeters), gravity gradiometers, and specially designed components

thereof, designed or modified for airborne or marine use usable for complete rocket systems
and for complete unmanned aerial vehicle systems (including cruise missile systems target
drones and reconnaissance drones)
c. telemetry and tele-command equipment, including ground equipment, designed or modified

for complete rocket systems and complete unmanned aerial vehicle systems and cruise
missiles, excluding equipment designed or modified for manned aircraft or satellites, ground
based equipment designed or modified for terrestrial or marine application, and equipment
designed for commercial, civil or ‘safety of life’ (e.g. data integrity, flight safety) GNSS
services.
d. radomes designed to withstand a combined thermal and pressure shock usable in protecting
rocket systems, unmanned aerial vehicles and cruise missiles against nuclear effects (eg.
electro-magnetic pulse (EMP), X-rays, combined blast and thermal effects).
e. Software which processes post-flight, recorded data, enabling determination of vehicle

position throughout its flight path
f. Thermal batteries designed or modified for complete rocket systems of 5A or complete

unmanned aerial vehicles of 5B
Note: ‘Thermal batteries’ are single use batteries that contain a solid non- conducting
inorganic salt as the electrolyte. These batteries incorporate a pyrolytic material that, when
ignited, melts the electrolyte and activates the battery.
5A218 Systems, specially designed for radar cross section measurement, usable for rocket systems
(including ballistic missile systems, space launch vehicles and sounding rockets), unmanned airborne
system and cruise missiles and their subsystems.
5A3 Technology
5A301 Technology related to the development, production, testing and use of items in 5A1 and 5A2.
5A302 Software for the development, production, and testing and use of items in 5A1 and 5A2.
5A303 Software which coordinates the function of more than one subsystem, specially designed or
modified for use in the systems specified in 5A1 and 5A2.
5B Unmanned aerial vehicles including cruise missiles, target drones and reconnaissance drones and
related equipment, and specially designed components therefor:
a. Unmanned aerial vehicles including Remotely Piloted air Vehicles (RPVs) and autonomous
programmable vehicles;
b. Associated launchers and ground support equipment;
c. Related equipment for command and control.
d. Complete unmanned aerial vehicle systems (including cruise missile systems, target drones
and reconnaissance drones)
83
e. Light weight Turbojet and turbofan engines (including turbo compound engines).
f. Ramjet / Scramjet / pulse jet/ combined cycle engines, including devices to regulate
combustion, and specially designed components.
g. Complete unmanned aerial vehicle systems having an autonomous flight control and
navigation capability or capability of controlled flight out of the direct vision range
involving a human operator, designed or modified to incorporate an aerosol dispensation
mechanism, or capable of carrying elements of a payload in the form of a particulate or
liquid other than fuel components of such vehicles.
Note: This category does not control unpowered airborne vehicles such as gliders, hot air
balloons etc.
h. Safing, arming, fusing and firing mechanisms for weapons or warhead.
i Production facilities and Production equipment specially designed for equipment
or materials for 5B.
j. Technology, for the development, production or use of equipment, materials or software
specified for 5B.
k. Software, for the development, production or use of equipment or materials specified
for 5B.
l. Software which coordinates the function of more than one subsystem, specially designed or
modified for use in the systems specified in 5B.
m. Turboprop engine systems’ specially designed for the systems in 5B.d, and specially
designed components therefor, having a maximum power greater than 10 kW (achieved
uninstalled at sea level standard conditions), excluding civil certified engines.
Note: For the purposes of this entry, a ‘turboprop engine system’ incorporates all of the
following:
i. Turboshaft engine; and
ii. Power transmission system to transfer the power to a propeller.
5C Avionics and navigation systems designed or modified for use in, or usable in rocket systems (including
ballistic missile systems, space launch vehicles and sounding rockets), unmanned aerial vehicles and cruise missiles
5C001 Guidance systems and their components such as gyros and inertial reference units, and specially
designed components therefor;
5C002 Integrated flight instrument systems which include gyrostabilizers or automatic pilots, and
specially designed components therefor;
5C003 Compasses (including gyro-astro compasses), gyroscopes, accelerometers and inertial equipment
and specially designed software thereof and specially designed components therefor.
5C004 Inertial or other equipment using accelerometers or systems incorporating such equipment,
and specially designed integration software therefor;
5C005 Encrypted telemetry systems, equipment and software thereof.
5C006 Flight control system (including servo valves) designed or modified for the systems as follows:
a. Hydraulic, mechanical, electro-optical or electro-mechanical flight control systems
(including fly-by-wire systems);
b. Attitude control equipment;
c. Design technology for integration of flight control, guidance, and propulsion data into a
flight management system for optimisation of rocket system trajectory.
d. Specially designed test, calibration, and alignment thereof.
5C007 1. Integrated navigation system incorporating an inertial measurement device (example: an

attitude and heading reference system, inertial reference unit, or inertial navigation system); one or
more external sensor used to update the position and/or velocity, either periodically or continuously
throughout the flight (example: satellite navigation receiver, radar altimeter and/or Doppler radar);
integration hardware and software.
2. Three axis magnetic heading sensors having all of the following

characteristics, and specially designed components therefor:
84
a. Internal tilt compensation in pitch (+/- 90 degrees) and having roll (+/- 180 degrees) axes.
b. Capable of providing azimuthal accuracy better (less) than 0.5 degrees rms at latitudes of +/- 80
degrees, referenced to local magnetic field; and
c. Designed or modified to be integrated with flight control and navigation systems.
Note: Flight control and navigation systems in this item include gyrostabilizers, automatic pilots and
inertial navigation systems.
5C008 Production equipment and other test, calibration and alignment equipment, designed or modified
to be used with equipment specified in 5C001 – 5C004 and 5C007.
5C009 Equipment used to characterize mirrors for laser gyros such as scatterometer,
reflectometer and profilometer and for other inertial equipments such as Inertial measurement unit
(IMU Module) tester, IMU Platform tester, IMU stable element handling fixture, Gyro tuning test
station, Gyro dynamic balance station, Gyro run- in/motor test station, Gyro evacuation and filling
station, Centrifuge fixture for gyro bearings, Accelerometer axis align station, Accelerometer test
station and Fiber Optic Gyro Coil Winding Machines.
5C010 Avionics equipment and embedded or specially designed software and components thereof,
including but not limited to:
a. Radar and laser radar system including altimeter;

b. Electronic assemblies and components including umbilical and interstage electrical
connectors
Technical Note: Interstage connectors also include electrical connectors installed
between systems and their payload.
c. Design technology for protection of avionics and electrical subsystems against
electromagnetic pulse (EMP) and electromagnetic interference (EMI) hazards from external
sources.
d. Passive sensors for determining bearings to electromagnetic sources (direction finding
devices) or terrain characteristics
e. Receiving equipment for Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS: e.g. GPS,
GLONASS, GALILEO), capable of operating at aircraft speeds and altitudes or above.
f. Terrain contour mapping equipment, Scene mapping and correlation (both digital and
analogue) equipment, Doppler navigation radar equipment, Passive interferometer
equipment and Imaging sensor equipment (both active and passive)
g. Design technology for electromagnetic shielding systems, the configuration of hardened
electrical circuits and subsystems and for the determination of hardening criteria.
5C011 On-board electronic equipment, devices and their design and manufacturing know-how (except
warhead fuses, timers and sequencers), and embedded or specially designed software thereof.
5C012 Detectors designed or modified, in protecting rocket systems, unmanned aerial vehicles and cruise
missiles against nuclear effects (eg. electro-magnetic pulse (EMP), X-rays, combined blast and
thermal effects).
5C013 14 a. Radiation Hardened microcircuits usable in protecting rocket systems, unmanned aerial vehicles
and cruise missiles against nuclear effects (e.g. electro-magnetic pulse (EMP), X-rays, combined blast
and thermal effects);
b. Analogue-to-digital converters, usable in the systems specified in 5A, having any of the following
characteristics:
1. Designed to meet military specifications for ruggedised equipment; or

2. Designed or modified for military use and being any of the following types:
(i) Analogue-to-digital converter "microcircuits", which are "radiation hardened" or
14
Para 1(K) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
85
have all of the following characteristics:
a. Rated for operation in the temperature range from below -54◦C to above
+125◦C; and
b. Hermetically sealed;
or
(ii) Electrical input type analogue-to-digital converter printed circuit boards or

modules, having all of the following characteristics:
a. Rated for operation in the temperature range from below -45◦C to above
+80◦C; and
b. Incorporating "microcircuits" specified in 5C013.b.2.(i)’
5C014 Precision tracking systems using a code translator installed on the rocket or unmanned aerial
vehicle in conjunction with either surface or airborne references or navigation satellite systems to
provide real-time measurement of inflight position and velocity; Range instrumentation radars
including associated optical/infrared trackers and related software.
5C015 Balancing machines capable of balancing rotors/assemblies and correcting unbalance in two planes
or more.
5C016 Indicator heads or balancing instrumentation designed or modified for use with balancing machines
5C017 Motion simulators or rate tables having all of the following characteristics:
a) Two axes or more;
b) Designed or modified to incorporate slip rings or integrated non-contact devices capable of
transferring electrical power, signal information, or both; and
c) Having any of the following characteristics:
1. For any single axis having all of the following:
a. Capable of rates of 400 degrees/s or more, or 30 degrees/s or less; and
b. A rate resolution equal to or less than 6 degrees/s and an accuracy equal to or less
than 0.6 degrees/s;
2. Having a worst-case rate stability equal to or better (less) than plus or minus
0.05 % averaged over 10 degrees or more; or
3. A positioning ‘accuracy’ equal to or less (better) than 5 arc second.
Note 1: 5C017 does not control rotary tables designed or modified for machine tools or for medical
equipment.
Note 2: Motion simulators or rate tables specified in 5C017 remain controlled whether or not slip
rings or integrated non-contact devices are fitted at time of export.
5C018 Position tables (equipment capable of precise rotary positioning in any axes) having two axes or
more and a position accuracy equal to or better than 5 arc second
5C019 Centrifuges capable of imparting accelerations above 100 g and designed or modified to
incorporate slip rings or integrated non-contact devices capable of transferring electrical power,
signal information, or both.
Note: Centrifuges specified in 5C019 remain controlled whether or not slip rings or integrated non-
contact devices are fitted at time of export.
5C020 Design technology for integration of air vehicle fuselage, propulsion system and lifting control
surfaces designed or modified for the unmanned aerial vehicle systems to optimize aerodynamic
performance throughout the flight regime of an unmanned aerial vehicle system
86
5C021 Design technology for integration of the flight control, guidance, and propulsion data into a flight
management system, designed or modified for the complete rocket systems, unmanned aerial
vehicles and cruise missiles for optimization of the trajectory.
5C022 Technology for the development, production, or use of items in 5C.
5C023 Software for the development, production and use of items in 5C.
5C024 Software specially designed or modified for use in the systems specified in 5C.
5D Manned-aircraft, aero-engines, related equipment and components:
Note: This category does not control foreign military aircraft or an Indian aircraft carrying a
military registration number.
5D001 Combat aircraft and specially designed components thereof;
a. Other aircraft specially designed or modified for military use, including military
reconnaissance, assault, military training, transporting and air-dropping troops or military
equipment, logistics support, and specially designed components thereof;
b. Aero-engines specially designed or modified for military use, and specially designed
components thereof;
c. Airborne equipment, including airborne refuelling equipment, specially designed for use
with the aircraft controlled by 5D001a or 5D001b or the aero- engines controlled by
5D001c, and specially designed components thereof;
d. Pressure refuellers, pressure refuelling equipment, equipment specially designed to facilitate
operations in confined areas and ground equipment, developed specially for aircraft
controlled by 5D001a or 5D001b or for aero-engines controlled by 5D001c;
e. Pressurized breathing equipment and partial pressure suits for use in aircraft anti-g suits,
military crash helmets and protective masks, liquid oxygen converters used for aircraft or
missiles, and catapults and cartridge actuated devices for emergency escape of personnel
from aircraft;
f. Parachutes:
1. Paragliders, drag parachutes, drogue parachutes for stabilization and attitude control of
dropping bodies, (e.g. recovery capsules, ejection seats, bombs);
2. Drogue parachutes for use with ejection seat systems for deployment and inflation sequence
regulation of emergency parachutes;
3. Recovery parachutes for guided missiles, drones or space vehicles;
4. Approach parachutes and landing deceleration parachutes.
g. Automatic piloting systems for parachuted loads, equipment specially designed or modified
for military use for controlled opening jumps at any height, including oxygen equipment.
Note 1: 5D001b does not control aircraft or variants of those aircraft specially designed for military
use which:
1. Have been certified for civil use by the civil aviation authority of India, and
2. Are not configured for military use and are not fitted with equipment or attachments specially
designed or modified for military use;
Note 2: The control in 5D001b and 5D001c on specially designed components and related equipment for
non-military aircraft or aero-engines modified for military use applies
only to those military components and to military related equipment required for the
modification to military use.
5E Microlight aircraft and powered ‘hang-gliders’
87
Category 6 Munitions List
Note 1 Terms in "quotations" are defined terms. Refer to ‘Glossary’

Note 2 In some instances chemicals are listed by name and CAS number. The list applies to chemicals of the
same structural formula (including hydrates) regardless of name or CAS number. CAS numbers are
shown to assist in identifying a particular chemical or mixture, irrespective of nomenclature. CAS
numbers cannot be used as unique identifiers because some forms of the listed chemical have different
CAS numbers, and mixtures containing a listed chemical may also have different CAS numbers.
Note 3 Subject to Notes 4-6 below, an authorization from Department of Defence Production, Ministry of
Defence would be required for export of items in this Munitions list. This is as per the Standard
Operating Procedures issued by Department of Defence Production.
Note 4 Notwithstanding anything contained in Note 3 above, the following items will be classified under the
relevant description in category 0 and would be subject to authorisation by Department of Atomic
Energy(refer a) to d) of Commodity Identification Note 2 of SCOMET):-
a) Radioactive materials covered under 6A007;
b) 'Reactive material' powders and shapes and any material containing Beryllium or
“Zirconium with Hafnium content less than 2000 ppm” as the major constituent covered
under 6A008;
c) Nuclear power generating equipment or propulsion equipment, including "nuclear reactors",
and specially designed for military use and components therefor specially designed or
'modified for military use’ covered under 6A017;
d) Simulators specially designed for military "nuclear reactors" covered under 6A017;
Note 5 Notwithstanding anything contained in Note 3 above, items corresponding to Schedule I of the
Chemical Weapons Convention as specified in Category 6A007.b are prohibited for exports.
Note 6 Notwithstanding anything contained in Note 3 above, licence applications for Items in 6A008 a.13 and
6A008.a 21 would normally be denied.
6A001 Smooth-bore weapons with a calibre of less than 20 mm, other arms and automatic weapons with a calibre of
12.7 mm (calibre 0.50 inches) or less and accessories, as follows, and specially designed components therefor:
Note 6A001 does not apply to:
a. Firearms specially designed for dummy ammunition and which are incapable of discharging a
projectile;
b. Firearms specially designed to launch tethered projectiles having no high explosive charge or
communications link, to a range of less than or equal to 500 m;
c. Weapons using non-centre fire cased ammunition and which are not of the fully automatic firing
type;
d. "Deactivated firearms".
6A001 a. Rifles and combination guns, handguns, machine, sub-machine and volley guns;
Note 6A001.a does not apply to the following:
a. Rifles and combination guns, manufactured earlier than 1938;
b. Reproductions of rifles and combination guns, the originals of which were manufactured
earlier than 1890;
c. Handguns, volley guns and machine guns, manufactured earlier than 1890, and their
reproductions;
d. Rifles or handguns, specially designed to discharge an inert projectile by compressed air or
CO2.
6A001 b. Smooth-bore weapons as follows:

1. Smooth-bore weapons specially designed for military use;
88
2. Other smooth-bore weapons as follows:
a. Fully automatic type weapons;
b. Semi-automatic or pump-action type weapons;
Note 6A001.b.2 does not apply to weapons specially designed to discharge an inert projectile by
compressed air or CO2.
Note 6A001.b. does not apply to the following:

a. Smooth-bore weapons manufactured earlier than 1938;
b. Reproductions of smooth-bore weapons, the originals of which were manufactured earlier
than 1890.
c. Smooth-bore weapons used for hunting or sporting purposes. These weapons must not be
specially designed for military use or of the fully automatic firing type;
d. Smooth-bore weapons specially designed for any of the following:
1. Slaughtering of domestic animals;
2. Tranquilizing of animals;
3. Seismic testing;
4. Firing of industrial projectiles; or
5. Disrupting Improvised Explosive Devices (IEDs).
N.B. For disruptors, see 6A004 and 8A106.
6A001 c. Weapons using caseless ammunition;
6A001 d. Detachable cartridge magazines, sound suppressors or moderators, special gun-mountings, optical weapon-
sights and flash suppressors, for arms specified by 6A001.a, 6A001.b, or 6A001.c.
Note 6A001.d does not apply to optical weapon-sights without electronic image processing, with a
magnification of 9 times or less, provided they are not specially designed or modified for military
use, or incorporate any reticles specially designed for military use.
6A002 Smooth-bore weapons with a calibre of 20 mm or more, other weapons or armament with a calibre greater than
12.7 mm (calibre 0.50 inches), projectors and accessories, as follows, and specially designed components
therefor:
a. Guns, howitzers, cannon, mortars, anti-tank weapons, projectile launchers, military flame throwers, rifles,
recoilless rifles, smooth-bore weapons and signature reduction devices therefor;
Note 1 6A002.a includes injectors, metering devices, storage tanks and other specially designed
components for use with liquid propelling charges for any of the equipment specified by
6A002.a.
Note 2 6A002.a does not apply to weapons as follows:
a. Rifles, smooth-bore weapons and combination guns, manufactured earlier than 1938;
b. Reproductions of rifles, smooth-bore weapons and combination guns, the originals of
which were manufactured earlier than 1890;
c. Guns, howitzers, cannons, mortars, manufactured earlier than 1890;
d. Smooth-bore weapons used for hunting or sporting purposes. These weapons must not be
specially designed for military use or of the fully automatic firing type;
e. Smooth-bore weapons specially designed for any of the following:
1. Slaughtering of domestic animals;
2. Tranquilizing of animals;
3. Seismic testing;
4. Firing of industrial projectiles; or
5. Disrupting Improvised Explosive Devices (IEDs);
N.B. For disruptors, see 6A004 and 8A106
f. Hand-held projectile launchers specially designed to launch tethered projectiles having no
high explosive charge or communications link, to a range of less than or equal to 500 m.
89
6A002 b. Smoke, gas and pyrotechnic projectors or generators, specially designed or modified for military use;
Note 6A002.b does not apply to signal pistols.
6A002 c. Weapons sights and weapon sight mounts, having all of the following:
1. Specially designed for military use; and
2. Specially designed for weapons specified in 6A002.a;
6A002 d. Mountings and detachable cartridge magazines, specially designed for the weapons specified in 6A002.a.
6A003 a. Ammunition and fuze setting devices, as follows, and specially designed components therefor:
b. Ammunition for weapons specified by 6A001, 6A002, or 6A012;
c. Fuze setting devices specially designed for ammunition specified by 6A003.a.
Note 1 Specially designed components specified by 6A003 include:

a. Metal or plastic fabrications such as primer anvils, bullet cups, cartridge links, rotating bands
and munitions metal parts;
b. Safing and arming devices, fuzes, sensors and initiation devices ;
c. Power supplies with high one-time operational output;
d. Combustible cases for charges;
e. Submunitions including bomblets, minelets and terminally guided projectiles.
Note 2 6A003.a does not apply to any of the following:
a. Ammunition crimped without a projectile (blank star);
b. Dummy ammunition with a pierced powder chamber;
c. Other blank and dummy ammunition, not incorporating components designed for live
ammunition; or
d. Components specially designed for blank or dummy ammunition, specified in this Note 2.a, b. or
c.
Note 3 6A003.a does not apply to cartridges specially designed for any of the following purposes:
a. Signalling;
b. Bird scaring; or
c. Lighting of gas flares at oil wells.
6A004 Bombs, torpedoes, rockets, missiles, other explosive devices and charges and
related equipment and accessories, as follows, and specially designed
components therefor:
N.B.1. For guidance and navigation equipment, see 6A011.
N.B.2. For Aircraft Missile Protection Systems (AMPS), see 6A004.c.
6A004 a. Bombs, torpedoes, grenades, smoke canisters, rockets, mines, missiles, depth charges, demolition-
charges, demolition-devices, demolition-kits, "pyrotechnic" devices, cartridges and simulators (i.e,
equipment simulating the characteristics of any of these items), specially designed for military use;
Note 6A004.a includes:
a. Smoke grenades, fire bombs, incendiary bombs and explosive devices;
b. Missile rocket nozzles and re-entry vehicle nosetips.
6A004 b. Equipment having all of the following:

1. Specially designed for military use; and
2. Specially designed for 'activities' relating to any of the following:
a. Items specified by 6A004.a; or
b. Improvised Explosive Devices (IEDs).
Technical Note
For the purpose of 6A004.b.2 'activities' applies to handling, launching, laying, controlling,
discharging, detonating, activating, powering with one-time operational output, decoying, jamming,
sweeping, detecting, disrupting or disposing.
Note 1 6A004.b includes:
a. Mobile gas liquefying equipment capable of producing 1,000 kg or more per day of gas in
liquid form;
90
b. Buoyant electric conducting cable suitable for sweeping magnetic mines.
Note 2 6A004.b does not apply to hand-held devices limited by design solely to the detection of metal
objects and incapable of distinguishing between mines and other metal objects.
6A004. c. Aircraft Missile Protection Systems (AMPS).

Note 6A004.c does not apply to AMPS having all of the following:
a. Any of the following missile warning sensors:
1. Passive sensors having peak response between 100-400 nm; or
2. Active pulsed Doppler missile warning sensors;
b. Countermeasures dispensing systems;
c. Flares, which exhibit both a visible signature and an infrared signature, for decoying
surface-to-air missiles; and
d. Installed on "civil aircraft" and having all of the following:
1. The AMPS is only operable in a specific "civil aircraft" in which the specific AMPS is
installed and for which any of the following has been issued:
a. A civil Type Certificate issued by civil aviation authority of India; or
b. An equivalent document recognised by the International Civil Aviation
Organisation (ICAO);
2. The AMPS employs protection to prevent unauthorised access to "software"; and
3. The AMPS incorporates an active mechanism that forces the system not to function
when it is removed from the "civil aircraft" in which it was installed.
6A005 Fire control, and related alerting and warning equipment, and related systems, test and alignment and
countermeasure equipment, as follows, specially designed for military use, and specially designed components
and accessories therefor:
a. Weapon sights, bombing computers, gun laying equipment and weapon control systems;
b. Target acquisition, designation, range-finding, surveillance or tracking systems; detection, data fusion,
recognition or identification equipment; and sensor integration equipment;
c. Countermeasure equipment for items specified by 6A005.a or 6A005.b;
Note For the purposes of 6A005.c, countermeasure equipment includes detection equipment.
d. Field test or alignment equipment, specially designed for items specified by 6A005.a, 6A005.b, or 6A005.c.
91
6A006 Ground vehicles and components, as follows:

N.B. For guidance and navigation equipment, see 6A011.
a. Ground vehicles and components therefor, specially designed or modified for military use;
Technical Note
For the purposes of 6A006.a the term ground vehicles includes trailers.
6A006 b. Other ground vehicles and components, as follows:

1. Vehicles having all of the following:
a. Manufactured or fitted with materials or components to provide ballistic protection to level III
(NIJ 0108.01, September 1985) or better;
b. A transmission to provide drive to both front and rear wheels simultaneously, including those
vehicles having additional wheels for load bearing purposes whether driven or not;
c. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) greater than 4,500 kg; and
d. Designed or modified for off-road use;
e. Mine-Protected vehicles
2. Components having all of the following:
a. Specially designed for vehicles specified in 6A006.b.1; and
b. Providing ballistic protection to level III (NIJ 0108.01, September 1985) or better.
N.B. See also 6A013.a.
Note 1 6A006.a includes:

a. Tanks and other military armed vehicles and military vehicles fitted with mountings for
arms or equipment for mine laying or the launching of munitions specified by 6A004;
b. Armoured vehicles;
c. Amphibious and deep water fording vehicles;
d. Recovery vehicles and vehicles for towing or transporting ammunition or weapon systems and
associated load handling equipment.
Note 2 Modification of a ground vehicle for military use specified by 6A006.a entails a structural,
electrical or mechanical change involving one or more components that are specially designed
for military use. Such components include:
a. Pneumatic tyre casings of a kind specially designed to be bullet-proof;
b. Armoured protection of vital parts (e.g, fuel tanks or vehicle cabs);
c. Special reinforcements or mountings for weapons;
d. Black-out lighting.
Note 3 6A006 does not apply to civil vehicles designed or modified for transporting money or
valuables.
Note 4 6A006 does not apply to vehicles that meet all of the following;
a. Were manufactured before 1946;
b. Do not have items specified in category 6 and manufactured after 1945, except for
reproductions of original components or accessories for the vehicle; and
c. Do not incorporate weapons specified in 6A001, 6A002, or 6A004 unless they are inoperable
and incapable of discharging a projectile.
Note 5 6A006.b does not include soft skinned vehicles i.e. the vehicles which
are neither armoured nor intended to be modified as an armoured vehicle in future.
92
6A007 Chemical agents, "biological agents", "riot control agents", radioactive materials, related equipment,
components and materials, as follows:
N.B (See Commodity Identification Note of SCOMET list)

a. "Biological agents" or radioactive materials selected or modified to increase their effectiveness in producing
casualties in humans or animals, degrading equipment or damaging crops or the environment;
b. Chemical warfare (CW) agents including:
1. CW nerve agents:
a. O-Alkyl (equal to or less than C10, including cycloalkyl) alkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or
Isopropyl) - phosphonofluoridates, such as:
Sarin (GB):O-Isopropyl methylphosphonofluoridate (CAS 107-44-8); and
Soman (GD):O-Pinacolyl methylphosphonofluoridate (CAS 96-64-0);
b. O-Alkyl (equal to or less than C10, including cycloalkyl)
N,N-dialkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl) phosphoramidocyanidates, such as: Tabun
(GA):O-Ethyl
N,N-dimethylphosphoramidocyanidate (CAS 77-81-6);
c. O-Alkyl (H or equal to or less than C10, including cycloalkyl)
S-2-dialkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl)-aminoethyl alkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or
Isopropyl) phosphonothiolates and corresponding alkylated and protonated salts, such as:
VX: O-Ethyl S-2-diisopropylaminoethyl methyl phosphonothiolate (CAS 50782-69-9);
6A007 b. 2. CW vesicant agents:

a. Sulphur mustards, such as:
1. 2-Chloroethylchloromethylsulphide (CAS 2625-76-5);
2. Bis(2-chloroethyl) sulphide (CAS 505-60-2);
3. Bis(2-chloroethylthio) methane (CAS 63869-13-6);
4. 1,2-bis (2-chloroethylthio) ethane (CAS 3563-36-8);
5. 1,3-bis (2-chloroethylthio) -n-propane (CAS 63905-10-2);
6. 1,4-bis (2-chloroethylthio) -n-butane (CAS 142868-93-7) ;
7. 1,5-bis (2-chloroethylthio) -n-pentane (CAS 142868-94-8);
8. Bis (2-chloroethylthiomethyl) ether (CAS 63918-90-1);
9. Bis (2-chloroethylthioethyl) ether (CAS 63918-89-8);
b. Lewisites, such as:
1. 2-chlorovinyldichloroarsine (CAS 541-25-3);
2. Tris (2-chlorovinyl) arsine (CAS 40334-70-1);
3. Bis (2-chlorovinyl) chloroarsine (CAS 40334-69-8);
c. Nitrogen mustards, such as:
1. HN1: bis (2-chloroethyl) ethylamine (CAS 538-07-8);
2. HN2: bis (2-chloroethyl) methylamine (CAS 51-75-2);
3. HN3: tris (2-chloroethyl) amine (CAS 555-77-1);
6A007 b. 3. CW incapacitating agents, such as:

a. 3-Quinuclidinyl benzilate (BZ) (CAS 6581-06-2);
6A007 b. 4. CW defoliants, such as:

a. Butyl 2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxyacetate (LNF);
b. 2,4,5-trichlorophenoxyacetic acid (CAS 93-76-5) mixed with
2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetic acid (CAS 94-75-7)
(Agent Orange (CAS 39277-47-9));
6A007 c. CW binary precursors and key precursors, as follows:

1. Alkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl) Phosphonyl Difluorides, such as: DF: Methyl
Phosphonyldifluoride (CAS 676-99-3);
2. O-Alkyl (H or equal to or less than C10, including cycloalkyl) O-2-dialkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-
Propyl or Isopropyl)-aminoethyl alkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl) phosphonites and
corresponding alkylated and protonated salts, such as:
93
QL: O-Ethyl O-2-di-isopropylaminoethyl methylphosphonite
(CAS 57856-11-8);
3. Chlorosarin: O-Isopropyl methylphosphonochloridate (CAS 1445-76-7);
4. Chlorosoman: O-Pinacolyl methylphosphonochloridate (CAS 7040-57-5);
6A007 d. "Riot control agents", active constituent chemicals and combinations thereof, including:
1. α-Bromobenzeneacetonitrile, (Bromobenzyl cyanide) (CA) (CAS 5798-79-8);
2. [(2-chlorophenyl) methylene] propanedinitrile,
(o-Chlorobenzylidenemalononitrile) (CS) (CAS 2698-41-1);
3. 2-Chloro-1-phenylethanone, Phenylacyl chloride
(ω-chloroacetophenone) (CN) (CAS 532-27-4);
4. Dibenz-(b,f)-1,4-oxazephine, (CR) (CAS 257-07-8);
5. 10-Chloro-5,10-dihydrophenarsazine, (Phenarsazine chloride), (Adamsite), (DM) (CAS 578-
94-9);
6. N-Nonanoylmorpholine, (MPA) (CAS 5299-64-9);
Note 1 6A007.d does not apply to "riot control agents" individually packaged for personal self-defence
purposes.
Note 2 6A007.d does not apply to active constituent chemicals, and combinations thereof, identified and
packaged for food production or medical purposes.
6A007 e. Equipment, specially designed or modified for military use, designed or modified for the dissemination
of any of the following, and specially designed components therefor:
1. Materials or agents specified by 6A007.a, 6A007.b, or 6A007.d;or
2. CW agents made up of precursors specified by 6A007.c;
6A007 f. Protective and decontamination equipment, specially designed or modified for military use,
components and chemical mixtures, as follows:
1. Equipment designed or modified for defence against materials specified by 6A007.a, 6A007.b,
or 6A007.d, and specially designed components therefor;
2. Equipment designed or modified for decontamination of objects contaminated with materials
specified by 6A007.a, or 6A007.b, and specially designed components therefor;
3. Chemical mixtures specially developed or formulated for the decontamination of objects
contaminated with materials specified by 6A007.a or 6A007.b;
Note 6A007.f.1 includes:
a. Air conditioning units specially designed or modified for nuclear, biological or chemical
filtration;
b. Protective clothing.
N.B. For civil gas masks, protective and decontamination equipment, see also 8A104.
6A007 g. Equipment, specially designed or modified for military use designed

or modified for the detection or identification of materials specified by 6A007.a, 6A007.b, or 6A007.d,
and specially designed components therefor;
Note 6A007.g does not apply to personal radiation monitoring dosimeters.
N.B. See also 8A104.
6A007 h. "Biopolymers" specially designed or processed for the detection or

identification of CW agents specified by 6A007.b, and the cultures of
specific cells used to produce them;
6A007 i. "Biocatalysts" for the decontamination or degradation of CW agents,

and biological systems therefor, as follows:
1. "Biocatalysts" specially designed for the decontamination or degradation of CW agents
specified by 6A007.b, and resulting from directed laboratory selection or genetic manipulation of
biological systems;
2. Biological systems containing the genetic information specific to the production of
94
"biocatalysts" specified by 6A007.i.1, as follows:
a. "Expression vectors";
b. Viruses;
c. Cultures of cells.
Note 1 6A007.b and 6A007.d do not apply to the following:

a. Cyanogen chloride (CAS 506-77-4);
b. Hydrocyanic acid (CAS 74-90-8);
c. Chlorine (CAS 7782-50-5);
d. Carbonyl chloride (phosgene) (CAS 75-44-5);
e. Diphosgene (trichloromethyl-chloroformate) (CAS 503-38-8);
f. ((Reserved))
g. Xylyl bromide, ortho: (CAS 89-92-9), meta: (CAS 620-13-3), para: (CAS 104-81-4);
h. Benzyl bromide (CAS 100-39-0);
i. Benzyl iodide (CAS 620-05-3);
j. Bromo acetone (CAS 598-31-2);
k. Cyanogen bromide (CAS 506-68-3);
l. Bromo methylethylketone (CAS 816-40-0);
m. Chloro acetone (CAS 78-95-5);
n. Ethyl iodoacetate (CAS 623-48-3);
o. Iodo acetone (CAS 3019-04-3);
p. Chloropicrin (CAS 76-06-2).
Note 2 The cultures of cells and biological systems specified by 6A007.h and 6A007.i.2 are exclusive and
these sub-items do not apply to cells or biological systems for civil purposes, such as agricultural,
pharmaceutical, medical, veterinary, environmental, waste management, or in the food industry.
6A008 "Energetic materials" and related substances, as follows:
N.B.1. See also 8C111.

N.B.2. For charges and devices, see 6A004 and 8A108.
Technical Notes
1. For the purposes of 6A008, excluding 6A008.c.11, or 6A008.c.12, 'mixture' refers to a composition of two or
more substances with at least one substance being listed in the 6A008 sub-items.
2. Any substance listed in the 6A008 sub-items is subject to this list, even when utilised in an application other
than that indicated. (e.g, TAGN is predominantly used as an explosive but can also be used either as a fuel
or an oxidizer.)
3. For the purposes of 6A008, particle size is the mean particle diameter on a weight or volume basis.
International standards will be used in sampling and determining particle size.
6A008 a. "Explosives" as follows, and 'mixtures' thereof:

1. ADNBF (aminodinitrobenzofuroxan or 7-amino-4,6-dinitrobenzofurazane-1-oxide) (CAS 97096-78-
1);
2. BNCP (cis-bis (5-nitrotetrazolato) tetra amine-cobalt (III) perchlorate)
(CAS 117412-28-9);
3. CL-14 (diamino dinitrobenzofuroxan or 5,7-diamino-4,6-dinitrobenzofurazane-1-oxide ) (CAS
117907-74-1);
4. CL-20 (HNIW or Hexanitrohexaazaisowurtzitane) (CAS 135285-90-4); chlathrates of CL-20 (see also
6A008.g.3. and g.4. for its "precursors");
5. CP (2-(5-cyanotetrazolato) penta amine-cobalt (III) perchlorate)
(CAS 70247-32-4);
6. DADE (1,1-diamino-2,2-dinitroethylene, FOX7) (CAS 145250-81-3);
7. DATB (diaminotrinitrobenzene) (CAS 1630-08-6);
8. DDFP (1,4-dinitrodifurazanopiperazine);
9. DDPO (2,6-diamino-3,5-dinitropyrazine-1-oxide, PZO) (CAS 194486-77-6);
10. DIPAM (3,3′-diamino-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-hexanitrobiphenyl or dipicramide)
(CAS 17215-44-0);
95
11. DNGU (DINGU or dinitroglycoluril) (CAS 55510-04-8);
12. Furazans as follows:
a. DAAOF (DAAF, DAAFox, or diaminoazoxyfurazan);
b. DAAzF (diaminoazofurazan) (CAS 78644-90-3);
13. HMX and derivatives (see also 6A008.g.5. for its "precursors"), as follows:
a. HMX (Cyclotetramethylenetetranitramine, octahydro-1,3,5,7-tetranitro-1,3,5,7-tetrazine, 1,3,5,7-
tetranitro-1,3,5,7-tetraza-cyclooctane, octogen or octogene) (CAS 2691-41-0);
b. difluoroaminated analogs of HMX;
c. K-55 (2,4,6,8-tetranitro-2,4,6,8-tetraazabicyclo [3,3,0]-octanone-3, tetranitrosemiglycouril or
keto-bicyclic HMX) (CAS 130256-72-3);
14. HNAD (hexanitroadamantane) (CAS 143850-71-9);
15. HNS (hexanitrostilbene) (CAS 20062-22-0);
16. Imidazoles as follows:
a. BNNII (Octahydro-2,5-bis(nitroimino)imidazo [4,5-d]imidazole);
b. DNI (2,4-dinitroimidazole) (CAS 5213-49-0);
c. FDIA (1-fluoro-2,4-dinitroimidazole);
d. NTDNIA (N-(2-nitrotriazolo)-2,4-dinitroimidazole);
e. PTIA (1-picryl-2,4,5-trinitroimidazole);
6A008 a. 17. NTNMH (1-(2-nitrotriazolo)-2-dinitromethylene hydrazine);

18. NTO (ONTA or 3-nitro-1,2,4-triazol-5-one) (CAS 932-64-9);
19. Polynitrocubanes with more than four nitro groups;
20. PYX (2,6-Bis(picrylamino)-3,5-dinitropyridine) (CAS 38082-89-2);
21. RDX and derivatives, as follows:
a. RDX (cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine, cyclonite, T4,
hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5-triazine, 1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5-
triaza-cyclohexane, hexogen or hexogene) (CAS 121-82-4);
b. Keto-RDX (K-6 or 2,4,6-trinitro-2,4,6-triazacyclohexanone)
(CAS 115029-35-1);
22. TAGN (triaminoguanidinenitrate) (CAS 4000-16-2);
23. TATB (triaminotrinitrobenzene) (CAS 3058-38-6) (see also
6A008.g.7 for its "precursors");
24. TEDDZ (3,3,7,7-tetrabis(difluoroamine) octahydro-1,5-dinitro-1,5-
diazocine);
25. Tetrazoles as follows:
a. NTAT (nitrotriazol aminotetrazole);
b. NTNT (1-N-(2-nitrotriazolo)-4-nitrotetrazole);
26. Tetryl (trinitrophenylmethylnitramine) (CAS 479-45-8);
27. TNAD (1,4,5,8-tetranitro-1,4,5,8-tetraazadecalin) (CAS 135877-16-6)
(see also 6A008.g.6. for its "precursors");
28. TNAZ (1,3,3-trinitroazetidine) (CAS 97645-24-4)
29. TNGU (SORGUYL or tetranitroglycoluril) (CAS 55510-03-7);
30. TNP (1,4,5,8-tetranitro-pyridazino[4,5-d]pyridazine) (CAS 229176-
04-9);
31. Triazines as follows:
a. DNAM (2-oxy-4,6-dinitroamino-s-triazine) (CAS 19899-80-0);
b. NNHT (2-nitroimino-5-nitro-hexahydro-1,3,5-triazine)
(CAS 130400-13-4);
32. Triazoles as follows:
a. 5-azido-2-nitrotriazole;
b. ADHTDN (4-amino-3,5-dihydrazino-1,2,4-triazole
dinitramide) (CAS 1614-08-0);
c. ADNT (1-amino-3,5-dinitro-1,2,4-triazole);
d. BDNTA ((bis-dinitrotriazole)amine);
e. DBT (3,3′-dinitro-5,5-bi-1,2,4-triazole) (CAS 30003-46-4);
f. DNBT (dinitrobistriazole) (CAS 70890-46-9);
g. (Reserved)
96
h. NTDNT (1-N-(2-nitrotriazolo) 3,5-dinitrotriazole);
i. PDNT (1-picryl-3,5-dinitrotriazole);
j. TACOT (tetranitrobenzotriazolobenzotriazole) (CAS 25243-
36-1);
33. Explosives not listed elsewhere in 6A008.a and having any of the
following:
a. Detonation velocity exceeding 8,700 m/s, at maximum density, or
b. Detonation pressure exceeding 34 GPa (340 kbar);
34. (Reserved)
35. DNAN (2,4-dinitroanisole) (CAS 119-27-7);
36. TEX (4,10-Dinitro-2,6,8,12-tetraoxa-4,10-diazaisowurtzitane)
37. GUDN (Guanylurea dinitramide) FOX-12 (CAS 217464-38-5)
38. Tetrazines as follows:

a. BTAT (Bis(2,2,2-trinitroethyl)-3,6-diaminotetrazine);
b. LAX-112 (3,6-diamino-1,2,4,5-tetrazine-1,4-dioxide);
39. Energetic ionic materials melting between 343 K (70°C) and 373 K
(100°C) and with detonation velocity exceeding 6,800 m/s or detonation
pressure exceeding 18 GPa (180 kbar);
40. BTNEN (Bis(2,2,2-trinitroethyl)-nitramine) (CAS 19836-28-3);
41. FTDO (5,6-(3',4'-furazano)- 1,2,3,4-tetrazine-1,3-dioxide);
Note 6A008.a includes 'explosive co-crystals'.
Technical Note
An 'explosive co-crystal' is a solid material consisting of an ordered three dimensional arrangement
of two or more explosive molecules, where at least one is specified in 6A008.a.
6A008 b. "Propellants" as follows:

1. Any solid "propellant" with a theoretical specific impulse (under standard conditions) of more than:
a. 240 seconds for non-metallized, non-halogenized "propellant";
b. 250 seconds for non-metallized, halogenized "propellant"; or
c. 260 seconds for metallized "propellant";
2. (Reserved)
3. "Propellants" having a force constant of more than 1,200 kJ/kg;
4. "Propellants" that can sustain a steady-state linear burning rate of more than 38 mm/s under standard
conditions (as measured in the form of an inhibited single strand) of 6.89 MPa (68.9 bar) pressure and
294K (21oC);
5. Elastomer Modified Cast Double Base (EMCDB) "propellants" with extensibility at maximum stress
of more than 5% at 233K (-40oC);
6. Any "propellant" containing substances specified by 6A008.a;
7. "Propellants", not specified elsewhere in Category 6, specially designed for military use;
6A008. c. "Pyrotechnics", fuels and related substances, as follows, and 'mixtures' thereof:
1. "Aircraft" fuels specially formulated for military purposes;
Note "Aircraft" fuels specified by 6A008.c.1 are finished products, not their constituents.
2. Alane (aluminium hydride) (CAS 7784-21-6);
3. Boranes, as follows, and their derivatives:
a. Carboranes;
b. Borane homologues, as follows:
1. Decaborane (14) (CAS 17702-41-9);
2. Pentaborane (9) (CAS 19624-22-7);
3. Pentaborane (11) (CAS 18433-84-6);
4. Hydrazine and derivatives, as follows (see also 6A008.d.8. and d.9. for oxidising hydrazine
derivatives):
a. Hydrazine (CAS 302-01-2) in concentrations of 70% or more;
b. Monomethyl hydrazine (CAS 60-34-4);
c. Symmetrical dimethyl hydrazine (CAS 540-73-8);
d. Unsymmetrical dimethyl hydrazine (CAS 57-14-7);
97
Note 6A008.c.4.a does not apply to hydrazine 'mixtures' specially formulated for corrosion
control.
6A008 c. 5. Metal fuels, fuel 'mixtures' or "pyrotechnic" 'mixtures', in particle form whether spherical,
atomized, spheroidal, flaked or ground, manufactured from material consisting of 99 % or more of any
of the following:
a. Metals as follows and 'mixtures' thereof:
1. Beryllium (CAS 7440-41-7) in particle sizes of less than 60 µm;
2. Iron powder (CAS 7439-89-6) with particle size of 3 µm or less produced by reduction of
iron oxide with hydrogen;
b. 'Mixtures' containing any of the following:
1. Zirconium (CAS 7440-67-7), magnesium (CAS 7439-95-4) or alloys of these in particle
sizes of less than 60 µm; or
2. Boron (CAS 7440-42-8) or boron carbide (CAS 12069-32-8) fuels of 85% purity or higher
and particle sizes of less than 60 µm;
Note 1 6A008.c.5 applies to "explosives" and fuels, whether or not the metals or alloys are
encapsulated in aluminium, magnesium, zirconium, or beryllium.
Note 2 6A008.c.5.b only applies to metal fuels in particle form when they are mixed with other
substances to form a 'mixture' formulated for military purposes such as liquid "propellant"
slurries, solid "propellants", or "pyrotechnic" 'mixtures'.
Note 3 6A008.c.5.b.2 does not apply to boron and boron carbide enriched with boron-10 (20% or
more of total boron-10 content.)
6A008 c. 6. Military materials, containing thickeners for hydrocarbon fuels, specially formulated for use in
flame throwers or incendiary munitions, such as metal stearates (e.g, octal (CAS 637-12-7)) or
palmitates;
7. Perchlorates, chlorates and chromates, composited with powdered metal or other high energy
fuel components;
8. Spherical or spheroidal aluminium powder (CAS 7429-90-5) with a particle size of 60 µm or less
and manufactured from material with an aluminium content of 99% or more;
9. Titanium subhydride (TiH n ) of stoichiometry equivalent to n= 0.65-1.68;
10. Liquid high energy density fuels not specified in 6A008.c.1, as follows:
a. Mixed fuels, that incorporate both solid and liquid fuels (e.g, boron slurry), having a mass-based
energy density of 40 MJ/kg or greater;
b. Other high energy density fuels and fuel additives (e.g, cubane, ionic solutions, JP-7, JP-10),
having a volume-based energy density of 37.5 GJ per cubic meter or greater, measured at 293 K
(20⁰C) and one atmosphere (101.325 kPa) pressure;
Note 6A008.c.10.b does not apply to JP-4, JP-8, fossil refined fuels or biofuels, or fuels for
engines certified for use in civil aviation.
6A008 c. 11. "Pyrotechnic" and pyrophoric materials as follows:
a. "Pyrotechnic" or pyrophoric materials specifically formulated to enhance or control the production of
radiated energy in any part of the IR spectrum;
b. Mixtures of magnesium, polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and a vinylidene difluoride-
hexafluoropropylene copolymer (e.g, MTV);
12. Fuel mixtures, "pyrotechnic" mixtures or "energetic materials", not specified elsewhere in 6A008,
having all of the following:
a. Containing greater than 0.5% of particles of any of the following:
1. Aluminium;
2. Beryllium;
3. Boron;
4. Zirconium;
5. Magnesium; or
6. Titanium;
b. Particles specified by 6A008.c.12.a with a size less than 200 nm in any direction; and
c. Particles specified by 6A008.c.12.a with a metal content of 60% or greater;
6A008 d. Oxidizers as follows, and 'mixtures' thereof:
98
1. ADN (ammonium dinitramide or SR 12) (CAS 140456-78-6);
2. AP (ammonium perchlorate) (CAS 7790-98-9);
3. Compounds composed of fluorine and any of the following:
a. Other halogens;
b. Oxygen; or
c. Nitrogen;
Note 1 6A008.d.3 does not apply to chlorine trifluoride (CAS 7790-91-2).
Note 2 6A008.d.3 does not apply to nitrogen trifluoride (CAS 7783-54-2) in its gaseous state.
4. DNAD (1,3-dinitro-1,3-diazetidine) (CAS 78246-06-7);
5. HAN (hydroxylammonium nitrate) (CAS 13465-08-2);
6. HAP (hydroxylammonium perchlorate) (CAS 15588-62-2);
7. HNF (hydrazinium nitroformate) (CAS 20773-28-8);
8. Hydrazine nitrate (CAS 37836-27-4);
9. Hydrazine perchlorate (CAS 27978-54-7);
10. Liquid oxidisers comprised of or containing inhibited red fuming nitric acid (IRFNA) (CAS 8007-58-
7);
Note 6A008.d.10 does not apply to non-inhibited fuming nitric acid.
6A008 e. Binders, plasticizers, monomers and polymers, as follows:

1. AMMO (azidomethylmethyloxetane and its polymers) (CAS 90683-29-7)
2. BAMO (3,3-bis(azidomethyl)oxetane and its polymers)
(CAS 17607-20-4) (see also 6A008.g.1. for its "precursors");
3. BDNPA (bis (2,2-dinitropropyl)acetal) (CAS 5108-69-0);
4. BDNPF (bis (2,2-dinitropropyl)formal) (CAS 5917-61-3);
5. BTTN (butanetrioltrinitrate) (CAS 6659-60-5)
(see also 6A008.g.8 for its "precursors");
6. Energetic monomers, plasticizers or polymers, specially formulated for military use and containing any
of the following:
a. Nitro groups;
b. Azido groups;
c. Nitrate groups;
d. Nitraza groups; or
e. Difluoroamino groups;
7. FAMAO (3-difluoroaminomethyl-3-azidomethyl oxetane) and its polymers;
8. FEFO (bis-(2-fluoro-2,2-dinitroethyl) formal) (CAS 17003-79-1);
9. FPF-1 (poly-2,2,3,3,4,4-hexafluoropentane-1,5-diol formal) (CAS 376-90-9);
10. FPF-3 (poly-2,4,4,5,5,6,6-heptafluoro-2-tri-fluoromethyl-3-oxaheptane-1,7-diol formal);
11. GAP (glycidylazide polymer) (CAS 143178-24-9) and its derivatives;
12. HTPB (hydroxyl terminated polybutadiene) with a hydroxyl functionality equal to or greater than 2.2
and less than or equal to 2.4, a hydroxyl value of less than 0.77 meq/g, and a viscosity at 30°C of less
than 47 poise
(CAS 69102-90-5);
13. Alcohol functionalised poly(epichlorohydrin) with a molecular weight less than 10,000, as follows:
a. Poly(epichlorohydrindiol);
b. Poly(epichlorohydrintriol).
14. NENAs (nitratoethylnitramine compounds) (CAS 17096-47-8, 85068-73-1, 82486-83-7, 82486-82-6And

85954-06-9);
15. PGN (poly-GLYN, polyglycidylnitrate or poly(nitratomethyl oxirane)) (CAS 27814-48-8);
16. Poly-NIMMO (poly nitratomethylmethyloxetane), poly-NMMO or poly(3-Nitratomethyl-3-
methyloxetane)) (CAS 84051-81-0);
17. Polynitroorthocarbonates;
18. TVOPA (1,2,3-tris[1,2-bis(difluoroamino)ethoxy] propane or tris vinoxy propane adduct) (CAS 53159-
39-0);
19. 4,5 diazidomethyl-2-methyl-1,2,3-triazole (iso- DAMTR);
20. PNO (Poly(3-nitrato oxetane));
6A008 f. "Additives" as follows:

99
1. Basic copper salicylate (CAS 62320-94-9);
2. BHEGA (bis-(2-hydroxyethyl) glycolamide) (CAS 17409-41-5);
3. BNO (butadienenitrileoxide);
4. Ferrocene derivatives as follows:
a. Butacene (CAS 125856-62-4);
b. Catocene (2,2-bis-ethylferrocenyl propane) (CAS 37206-42-1);
c. Ferrocene carboxylic acids and ferrocene carboxylic acid esters;
d. n-butyl-ferrocene (CAS 31904-29-7);
e. Other adducted polymer ferrocene derivatives not specified elsewhere in 6A008.f.4;
f. Ethyl ferrocene (CAS 1273-89-8);
g. Propyl ferrocene;
h. Pentyl ferrocene (CAS 1274-00-6);
i. Dicyclopentyl ferrocene;
j. Dicyclohexyl ferrocene;
k. Diethyl ferrocene (CAS 1273-97-8);
l. Dipropyl ferrocene;
m. Dibutyl ferrocene (CAS 1274-08-4);
n. Dihexyl ferrocene (CAS 93894-59-8);
o. Acetyl ferrocene (CAS 1271-55-2)/1,1’-diacetyl ferrocene
(CAS 1273-94-5);
5. Lead beta-resorcylate (CAS 20936-32-7);
6. Lead citrate (CAS 14450-60-3);
7. Lead-copper chelates of beta-resorcylate or salicylates (CAS 68411-07-4);
8. Lead maleate (CAS 19136-34-6);
9. Lead salicylate (CAS 15748-73-9);
10. Lead stannate (CAS 12036-31-6);
11. MAPO (tris-1-(2-methyl)aziridinyl phosphine oxide)
(CAS 57-39-6); BOBBA 8 (bis(2-methyl aziridinyl) 2-(2-hydroxypropanoxy) propylamino phosphine
oxide); and other MAPO derivatives;
12. Methyl BAPO (bis(2-methyl aziridinyl) methylamino phosphine oxide) (CAS 85068-72-0);
13. N-methyl-p-nitroaniline (CAS 100-15-2);
14. 3-Nitraza-1,5-pentane diisocyanate (CAS 7406-61-9);
15. Organo-metallic coupling agents as follows:

a. Neopentyl[diallyl]oxy, tri[dioctyl]phosphato-titanate (CAS 103850-22-2); also known as titanium
IV, 2,2[bis 2-propenolato-methyl, butanolato, tris (dioctyl) phosphato] (CAS 110438-25-0); or
LICA 12
(CAS 103850-22-2);
b. Titanium IV, [(2-propenolato-1) methyl, n-propanolatomethyl] butanolato-1, tris[dioctyl]
pyrophosphate or KR3538;
c. Titanium IV, [(2-propenolato-1)methyl, n-propanolatomethyl] butanolato-1, tris(dioctyl)phosphate;
16. Polycyanodifluoroaminoethyleneoxide;
17. Bonding agents as follows:
a. 1,1R,1S-trimesoyl-tris(2-ethylaziridine) (HX-868, BITA)
(CAS 7722-73-8);
b. Polyfunctional aziridine amides with isophthalic, trimesic, isocyanuric or trimethyladipic backbone
also having a 2-methyl or 2-ethyl aziridine group;
Note Item 6A008.f.17.b. includes:
a. 1,1H-Isophthaloyl-bis(2-methylaziridine)(HX-752)
(CAS 7652-64-4);
b. 2,4,6-tris(2-ethyl-1-aziridinyl)-1,3,5-triazine (HX-874) (CAS 18924-91-9);
c. 1,1'-trimethyladipoyl-bis(2-ethylaziridine) (HX-877)
(CAS 71463-62-2).
18. Propyleneimine (2-methylaziridine) (CAS 75-55-8);
19. Superfine iron oxide (Fe 2 O 3 ) (CAS 1317-60-8) with a specific surface area more than 250 m2/g and
an average particle size of 3.0 nm or less;
20. TEPAN (tetraethylenepentaamineacrylonitrile) (CAS 68412-45-3); cyanoethylated polyamines and
their salts;
21. TEPANOL (tetraethylenepentaamineacrylonitrileglycidol) (CAS 68412-46-4); cyanoethylated
100
polyamines adducted with glycidol and their salts;
22. TPB (triphenyl bismuth) (CAS 603-33-8);
23. TEPB (Tris (ethoxyphenyl) bismuth) (CAS 90591-48-3);
6A008 g. "Precursors" as follows:

N.B. In 6A008.g the references are to specified "Energetic Materials" manufactured from these
substances.
1. BCMO (3,3-bis(chloromethyl)oxetane) (CAS 78-71-7)
(see also 6A008.e.1 and e.2);
2. Dinitroazetidine-t-butyl salt (CAS 125735-38-8) (see also 6A008.a.28);
3. Hexaazaisowurtzitane derivates including HBIW (hexabenzylhexaazaisowurtzitane) (CAS 124782-
15-6) (see also 6A008.a.4) and TAIW (tetraacetyldibenzylhexaazaisowurtzitane) (CAS 182763-60-6)
(see also 6A008.a.4);
4. (Reserved)
5. TAT (1,3,5,7 tetraacetyl-1,3,5,7,-tetraaza cyclo-octane) (CAS 41378-98-7) (see also 6A008.a.13);
6. 1,4,5,8-tetraazadecalin (CAS 5409-42-7) (see also 6A008.a.27);
7. 1,3,5-trichlorobenzene (CAS 108-70-3) (see also 6A008.a.23);
8. 1,2,4-trihydroxybutane (1,2,4-butanetriol) (CAS 3068-00-6)
(see also 6A008.e.5);
9. DADN (1,5-diacetyl-3,7-dinitro-1, 3, 5, 7-tetraaza-cyclooctane)
(see also 6A008.a.13).
6A008 h. 'Reactive material' powders and shapes, as follows:

1. Powders of any of the following materials, with a particle size less than 250 µm in any direction and not
specified elsewhere by 6A008:
a. Aluminium;
b. Niobium;
c. Boron;
d. Zirconium;
e. Magnesium;
f. Titanium;
g. Tantalum;
h. Tungsten;
i. Molybdenum; or
j. Hafnium;
2. Shapes, not specified by 6A003, 6A004, 6A012 or 6A016, fabricated from powders specified by
6A008.h.1.
Technical Notes
1. 'Reactive materials' are designed to produce an exothermic reaction only at high shear rates and for use
as liners or casings in warheads.
2. 'Reactive material' powders are produced by, for example, a high energy ball milling process.
3. 'Reactive material' shapes are produced by, for example, selective laser sintering.
Note 1 6A008 does not apply to the following substances unless they are compounded or mixed with the "energetic
material" specified by 6A008.a. or powdered metals specified by 6A008.c:
a. Ammonium picrate (CAS 131-74-8);
b. Black powder;
c. Hexanitrodiphenylamine (CAS 131-73-7);
d. Difluoroamine (CAS 10405-27-3);
e. Nitrostarch (CAS 9056-38-6);
f. Potassium nitrate (CAS 7757-79-1);
g. Tetranitronaphthalene;
h. Trinitroanisol;
i. Trinitronaphthalene;
j. Trinitroxylene;
k. N-pyrrolidinone; 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (CAS 872-50-4);
l. Dioctylmaleate (CAS 142-16-5);
m. Ethylhexylacrylate (CAS 103-11-7);
101
n. Triethylaluminium (TEA) (CAS 97-93-8), trimethylaluminium (TMA) (CAS 75-24-1), and other
pyrophoric metal alkyls and aryls of lithium, sodium, magnesium, zinc or boron;
o. Nitrocellulose (CAS 9004-70-0);
p. Nitroglycerin (or glyceroltrinitrate, trinitroglycerine) (NG)
(CAS 55-63-0);
q. 2,4,6-trinitrotoluene (TNT) (CAS 118-96-7);
r. Ethylenediaminedinitrate (EDDN) (CAS 20829-66-7);
s. Pentaerythritoltetranitrate (PETN) (CAS 78-11-5);
t. Lead azide (CAS 13424-46-9), normal lead styphnate (CAS 15245-44-0) and basic lead styphnate
(CAS 12403-82-6), and primary explosives or priming compositions containing azides or azide
complexes;
u. Triethyleneglycoldinitrate (TEGDN) (CAS 111-22-8);
v. 2,4,6-trinitroresorcinol (styphnic acid) (CAS 82-71-3);
w. Diethyldiphenylurea; (CAS 85-98-3); dimethyldiphenylurea;
(CAS 611-92-7), methylethyldiphenylurea; [Centralites]
x. N,N-diphenylurea (unsymmetrical diphenylurea) (CAS 603-54-3);
y. Methyl-N,N-diphenylurea (methyl unsymmetrical diphenylurea)
(CAS 13114-72-2);
z. Ethyl-N,N-diphenylurea (ethyl unsymmetrical diphenylurea)
(CAS 64544-71-4);
aa. 2-Nitrodiphenylamine (2-NDPA) (CAS 119-75-5);
bb. 4-Nitrodiphenylamine (4-NDPA) (CAS 836-30-6);
cc. 2,2-dinitropropanol (CAS 918-52-5);
dd. Nitroguanidine (CAS 556-88-7) (see 8C111.d.).
Note 2 6A008 does not apply to ammonium perchlorate (6A008.d.2), NTO (6A008.a.18) or catocene
(6A008.f.4.b), and meeting all of the following:
a. Specially shaped and formulated for civil-use gas generation devices;
b. Compounded or mixed, with non-active thermoset binders or plasticizers, and having a mass of
less than 250 g;
c. Having a maximum of 80% ammonium perchlorate (6A008.d.2) in mass of active material;
d. Having less than or equal to 4 g of NTO (6A008.a.18); and
e. Having less than or equal to 1 g of catocene (6A008.f.4.b).
6A009 Vessels of war (surface or underwater), special naval equipment, accessories, components and other surface
vessels, as follows:
a. Vessels and components, as follows:

1. Vessels (surface or underwater) specially designed or modified for military use, regardless of current
state of repair or operating condition, and whether or not they contain weapon delivery systems or
armour, and hulls or parts of hulls for such vessels, and components therefor specially designed for
military use;
2. Surface vessels, other than those specified in 6A009.a.1, having any of the following, fixed or
integrated into the vessel:
a. Automatic weapons specified in 6A001 or weapons specified in 6A002, 6A004, 6A012, or
6A019, or 'mountings' or hard points for weapons having a calibre of 12.7 mm or greater;
Technical Note
'Mountings' refers to weapon mounts or structural strengthening for the purpose of installing
weapons.
b. Fire control systems specified in 6A005;
c. Having all of the following:
1. 'Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear (CBRN) protection'; and
2. 'Pre-wet or wash down system' designed for decontamination purposes; or
Technical Notes
1. 'CBRN protection' is a self-contained interior space containing features such as over-
pressurization, isolation of ventilation systems, limited ventilation openings with CBRN
102
filters and limited personnel access points incorporating air-locks.
2. 'Pre-wet or wash down system' is a seawater spray system capable of simultaneously
wetting the exterior superstructure and decks of a vessel.
. d. Active weapon countermeasure systems specified in 6A004.b, 6A005.c or 6A011.a and having
any of the following:
1. 'CBRN protection';
2. Hull and superstructure, specially designed to reduce the radar cross section;
3. Thermal signature reduction devices, (e.g, an exhaust gas cooling system), excluding those
specially designed to increase overall power plant efficiency or to reduce the
environmental impact; or
4. A degaussing system designed to reduce the magnetic signature of the whole vessel;
6A009 b. Engines and propulsion systems, as follows, specially designed for military use and components
therefor specially designed for military use:
1. Diesel engines specially designed for submarines and having all of the following:
a. Power output of 1.12 MW (1,500 hp) or more; and
b. Rotary speed of 700 rpm or more;
. 2. Electric motors specially designed for submarines and having all of the following:
a. Power output of more than 0.75 MW (1,000 hp);
b. Quick reversing;
c. Liquid cooled; and
d. Totally enclosed;
3. Non-magnetic diesel engines having all of the following:
a. Power output of 37.3 kW (50 hp) or more; and
b. Non-magnetic content in excess of 75% of total mass;
4. 'Air Independent Propulsion' (AIP) systems specially designed for submarines;
Technical Note
'Air Independent Propulsion' (AIP) allows a submerged submarine to operate its propulsion system,
without access to atmospheric oxygen, for a longer time than the batteries would have otherwise
allowed. For the purposes of 6A009.b.4, AIP does not include nuclear power.
6A009 c. Underwater detection devices, specially designed for military use, controls therefor and components
therefor specially designed for military use;
d. Anti-submarine nets and anti-torpedo nets, specially designed for military use;
e. (Reserved)
f. Hull penetrators and connectors, specially designed for military use, that enable interaction with
equipment external to a vessel, and components therefor specially designed for military use;
Note 6A009.f includes connectors for vessels which are of the single-conductor, multi-conductor, coaxial or
waveguide type, and hull penetrators for vessels, both of which are capable of remaining impervious to
leakage from without and of retaining required characteristics at marine depths exceeding 100 m; and
fibre-optic connectors and optical hull penetrators, specially designed for "laser" beam transmission,
regardless of depth. 6A009.f. does not apply to ordinary propulsive shaft and hydrodynamic control-rod
hull penetrators.
6A009 g. Silent bearings having any of the following, components therefor and equipment containing those
bearings, specially designed for military use:
1. Gas or magnetic suspension;
2. Active signature controls; or
3. Vibration suppression controls.
6A010 "Aircraft", "lighter-than-air vehicles", "Unmanned Aerial Vehicles" ("UAVs"), aero-engines and "aircraft"
equipment, related equipment, and components, as follows, specially designed or modified for military use:
103
a. Manned "aircraft" and "lighter-than-air vehicles", and specially designed components therefor;
b. (Reserved)
c. Unmanned "aircraft" and "lighter-than-air vehicles", and related equipment, as follows, and specially
designed components therefor:
1. "UAVs", Remotely Piloted Air Vehicles (RPVs), autonomous programmable vehicles and
unmanned "lighter-than-air vehicles";
2. Launchers, recovery equipment and ground support equipment;
3. Equipment designed for command or control;
d. Propulsion aero-engines and specially designed components therefor;
e. Airborne refuelling equipment specially designed or modified for any of the following, and specially
1. "Aircraft" specified by 6A010.a; or
2. Unmanned "aircraft" specified by 6A010.c;
f. 'Ground equipment' specially designed for "aircraft" specified by 6A010.a or aero-engines specified
by 6A010.d;
Technical Note
'Ground equipment' includes pressure refuelling equipment and equipment designed to facilitate
operations in confined areas.
g. Aircrew life support equipment, aircrew safety equipment and other devices for emergency escape,
not specified in 6A010.a, designed for "aircraft" specified by 6A010.a;
Note 6A010.g does not control aircrew helmets that do not incorporate, or have mountings or
fittings for, equipment specified in Category 6.
N.B. For helmets see also 6A013.c.
h. Parachutes, paragliders and related equipment, as follows, and specially designed components therefor:
1. Parachutes not specified elsewhere in Category 6;
2. Paragliders;
3. Equipment specially designed for high altitude parachutists (e.g, suits, special helmets, breathing
systems, navigation equipment);
i. Controlled opening equipment or automatic piloting systems, designed for parachuted loads.
Note 1 6A010.a does not apply to "aircraft" and "lighter-than-air vehicles" or variants of those "aircraft", specially
designed for military use and which are all of the following:
a. Not a combat "aircraft";
b. Not configured for military use and not fitted with equipment or attachments specially designed or
modified for military use; and
c. Certified for civil use by civil aviation authority of India
Note 2 6A010.d does not apply to:

a. Aero-engines designed or modified for military use which have been certified by civil aviation
authority of India,for use in “civil aircraft” or specially designed components therefor;
b. Reciprocating engines or specially designed components therefor, except those specially designed for
"UAVs".
Note 3 For the purposes of 6A010.a, and 6A010.d, specially designed components and related equipment for non-
military "aircraft" or aero-engines modified for military use applies only to those military components and
to military related equipment required for the modification to military use.
Note 4 For the purposes of 6A010.a, military use includes: combat, military reconnaissance, assault, military
training, logistics support, and transporting and airdropping troops or military equipment.
Note 5 6A010.a does not apply to "aircraft" that meet all of the following:
a. Were first manufactured before 1946;
b. Do not incorporate items specified by Category 6 unless the items are required to meet safety or
airworthiness standards of civil aviation authority of India; and
c. Do not incorporate weapons specified by Category 6 unless inoperable and incapable of being
104
returned to operation.
6A011 Electronic equipment, "spacecraft" and components, not specified elsewhere on Category 6, as follows:
a. Electronic equipment specially designed for military use and specially designed components therefor;
Note 6A011.a includes:

a. Electronic countermeasure and electronic counter-countermeasure equipment (i.e, equipment
designed to introduce extraneous or erroneous signals into radar or radio communication
receivers or otherwise hinder the reception, operation or effectiveness of adversary electronic
receivers including their countermeasure equipment), including jamming and counter-jamming
equipment;
b. Frequency agile tubes;
c. Electronic systems or equipment, designed either for surveillance and monitoring of the electro-
magnetic spectrum for military intelligence or security purposes or for counteracting such
surveillance and monitoring;
d. Underwater countermeasures, including acoustic and magnetic jamming and decoy, equipment
designed to introduce extraneous or erroneous signals into sonar receivers;
e. Data processing security equipment, data security equipment and transmission and signalling
line security equipment, using ciphering processes;
f. Identification, authentification and keyloader equipment and key management, manufacturing
and distribution equipment;
g. Guidance and navigation equipment;
h. Digital troposcatter-radio communications transmission equipment;
i. Digital demodulators specially designed for signals intelligence;
j. "Automated Command and Control Systems".
N.B. For "software" associated with military "Software" Defined Radio (SDR), see 6A021.
6A011 b. Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS) jamming equipment and specially designed components
therefor;
6A011 c. "Spacecraft" specially designed or modified for military use, and "spacecraft" components specially
designed for military use.
6A012 High velocity kinetic energy weapon systems and related equipment, as follows, and specially designed
a. Kinetic energy weapon systems specially designed for destruction or effecting mission-abort of a target;
b. Specially designed test and evaluation facilities and test models, including diagnostic instrumentation and
targets, for dynamic testing of kinetic energy projectiles and systems.
N.B. For weapon systems using sub-calibre ammunition or employing solely chemical propulsion, and
ammunition therefor, see 6A001 to 6A004.
Note 1 6A012 includes the following when specially designed for kinetic energy weapon systems:
a. Launch propulsion systems capable of accelerating masses larger than 0.1 g to velocities in
excess of 1.6 km/s, in single or rapid fire modes;
b. Prime power generation, electric armour, energy storage (e.g, high energy storage capacitors),
thermal management, conditioning, switching or fuel-handling equipment; and electrical
interfaces between power supply, gun and other turret electric drive functions;
N.B. See also 8A301.e.2 for high energy storage capacitors.
c. Target acquisition, tracking, fire control or damage assessment systems;

d. Homing seeker, guidance or divert propulsion (lateral acceleration) systems for projectiles.
105
Note 2 6A012 applies to weapon systems using any of the following methods of propulsion:
a. Electromagnetic;
b. Electrothermal;
c. Plasma;
d. Light gas; or
e. Chemical (when used in combination with any of the above).
6A013 Armoured or protective equipment, constructions and components, as follows:

a. Metallic or non-metallic armoured plate, having any of the following:
1. Manufactured to comply with a military standard or specification; or
2. Suitable for military use;
N.B. For body armour plate, see 6A013.d.2.
b. Constructions of metallic or non-metallic materials, or combinations thereof, specially designed to provide

ballistic protection for military systems, and specially designed components therefor;
c. the relevant manufactured according to military standards or specifications, and specially designed helmet
shells, liners, or comfort pads, therefor;
N.B. For other military helmet components or accessories, see the relevant Category entry.
d. Body armour or protective garments, and components therefor, as follows:
1. Soft body armour or protective garments, manufactured to military standards or specifications, or to
their equivalents, and specially designed components therefor;
Note For the purposes of 6A013.d.1, military standards or specifications include, at a minimum,
specifications for fragmentation protection.
2. Hard body armour plates providing ballistic protection equal to or greater than level III (NIJ 0101.06,
July 2008).
Note 1 6A013.b includes materials specially designed to form explosive reactive armour or to construct
military shelters.
Note 2 6A013.c does not apply to conventional steel helmets, neither modified or designed to accept, nor
equipped with any type of accessory device.
Note 3 6A013.c and d. do not apply to helmets, body armour or protective garments, when accompanying
their user for the user's own personal protection.
Note 4 The only helmets specially designed for bomb disposal personnel that are specified by 6A013 are
those specially designed for military use.
N.B. 1 See also 8A105.

N.B. 2 For "fibrous or filamentary materials" used in the manufacture of body armour and helmets, see
8C110.
6A014 'Specialised equipment for military training' or for simulating military scenarios, simulators specially designed for
training in the use of any firearm or weapon specified by 6A001 or 6A002 and specially designed components and
accessories therefor.
Technical Note
The term 'specialised equipment for military training' includes military types of attack trainers, operational flight
trainers, radar target trainers, radar target generators, gunnery training devices, anti-submarine warfare
trainers, flight simulators (including human-rated centrifuges for pilot/astronaut training), radar trainers,
instrument flight trainers, navigation trainers, missile launch trainers, target equipment, drone "aircraft",
armament trainers, pilotless "aircraft" trainers, mobile training units and training equipment for ground military
operations.
Note 1 6A014 includes image generating and interactive environment systems for simulators, when specially
designed or modified for military use.
Note 2 6A014 does not apply to equipment specially designed for training in the use of hunting or sporting
106
weapons.
6A015 Imaging or countermeasure equipment, as follows, specially designed for military use, and specially designed
components and accessories therefor:
a. Recorders and image processing equipment;
b. Cameras, photographic equipment and film processing equipment;
c. Image intensifier equipment;
d. Infrared or thermal imaging equipment;
e. Imaging radar sensor equipment;
f. Countermeasure or counter-countermeasure equipment, for the equipment specified by 6A015.a to 6A015.e.
Note 6A015.f includes equipment designed to degrade the operation or effectiveness of military imaging
systems or to minimize such degrading effects.
Note 1 In 6A015 the term specially designed components includes the following, when specially designed for
military use:
a. Infrared image converter tubes;
b. Image intensifier tubes (other than first generation);
c. Microchannel plates;
d. Low-light-level television camera tubes;
e. Detector arrays (including electronic interconnection or read out systems);
f. Pyroelectric television camera tubes;
g. Cooling systems for imaging systems;
h. Electrically triggered shutters of the photochromic or electro-optical type having a shutter
speed of less than 100 µs, except in the case of shutters which are an essential part of a high
speed camera;
i. Fibre optic image inverters;
j. Compound semiconductor photocathodes.
Note 2 6A015 does not apply to "first generation image intensifier tubes" or equipment specially designed to
incorporate "first generation image intensifier tubes".
N.B. For the classification of weapons sights incorporating "first generation image intensifier
tubes" see 6A001, 6A002, and 6A005.a.
N.B. See also 8A602.a.2 and 8A602.b.
6A016 Forgings, castings and other unfinished products, specially designed for items specified by 6A001, to 6A004,
6A006, 6A009, 6A010, 6A012, or 6A019.
Note 6A016 applies to unfinished products when they are identifiable by material composition, geometry or
function.
6A017 Miscellaneous equipment, materials and "libraries", as follows, and specially

a. Diving and underwater swimming apparatus, specially designed or modified for military use, as follows:
1. Self-contained diving rebreathers, closed or semi-closed circuit;
2. Underwater swimming apparatus specially designed for use with the diving apparatus specified in
6A017.a.1;
N.B. See also 8A802.q.
b. Construction equipment specially designed for military use;

c. Fittings, coatings and treatments, for signature suppression, specially designed for military use;
d. Field engineer equipment specially designed for use in a combat zone;
e. "Robots", "robot" controllers and "robot" "end-effectors", having any of the following characteristics:
1. Specially designed for military use;
2. Incorporating means of protecting hydraulic lines against externally induced punctures caused by ballistic
fragments (e.g, incorporating self-sealing lines) and designed to use hydraulic fluids with flash points higher
than 839 K (566°C); or
3. Specially designed or rated for operating in an electro-magnetic pulse (EMP) environment;
Technical Note
107
Electro-magnetic pulse does not refer to unintentional interference caused by electromagnetic
radiation from nearby equipment (e.g, machinery, appliances or electronics) or lightning.
f. "Libraries" specially designed or modified for military use with systems, equipment or components,
specified by Category 6;
g. Nuclear power generating equipment or propulsion equipment, including "nuclear reactors", specially
designed for military use and components therefor specially designed or 'modified' for military use;
h. Equipment and material, coated or treated for signature suppression, specially designed for military use, other
than those specified elsewhere in Category 6;
i. Simulators specially designed for military "nuclear reactors";
j. Mobile repair shops specially designed or 'modified' to service military equipment;
k. Field generators specially designed or 'modified' for military use;
l. Containers specially designed or 'modified' for military use;

m. Ferries, other than those specified elsewhere in Category 6, bridges and pontoons, specially designed for
military use;
n. Test models specially designed for the "development" of items specified by 6A004, 6A006, 6A009, or
6A010;
o. "Laser" protection equipment (e.g, eye and sensor protection) specially designed for military use;
p. "Fuel cells", other than those specified elsewhere in Category 6, specially designed or 'modified' for military
use.
Technical Note
1. (Reserved)
2. For the purpose of 6A017, 'modified' means any structural, electrical, mechanical, or other change that provides
a non-military item with military capabilities equivalent to an item which is specially designed for military use.
6A018 'Production' equipment and components, as follows:

a. Specially designed or modified 'production' equipment for the 'production' of products specified by Category
6, and specially designed components therefor;
b. Specially designed environmental test facilities and specially designed equipment therefor, for the
certification, qualification or testing of products specified by Category 6.
Technical Note
For the purposes of 6A018 the term 'production' includes design, examination, manufacture, testing and
checking.
Note 6A018.a and 6A018.b include the following equipment:

a. Continuous nitrators;
b. Centrifugal testing apparatus or equipment, having any of the following:
1. Driven by a motor or motors having a total rated horsepower of more than 298 kW (400
hp);
2. Capable of carrying a payload of 113 kg or more; or
3. Capable of exerting a centrifugal acceleration of 8 g or more on a payload of 91 kg or
more;
c. Dehydration presses;
d. Screw extruders specially designed or modified for military "explosive" extrusion;
e. Cutting machines for the sizing of extruded "propellants";
f. Sweetie barrels (tumblers) 1.85 m or more in diameter and having over 227 kg product
capacity;
g. Continuous mixers for solid "propellants";
h. Fluid energy mills for grinding or milling the ingredients of military "explosives";
i. Equipment to achieve both sphericity and uniform particle size in metal powder listed in
6A008.c.8;
j. Convection current converters for the conversion of materials listed in 6A008.c.3.
6A019 Directed Energy Weapon (DEW) systems, related or countermeasure equipment and test models, as follows, and
specially designed components therefor:
108
a. "Laser" systems specially designed for destruction or effecting mission-abort of a target;
b. Particle beam systems capable of destruction or effecting mission-abort of a target;
c. High power Radio-Frequency (RF) systems capable of destruction or effecting mission-abort of a target;
d. Equipment specially designed for the detection or identification of, or defence against, systems specified by
6A019.a to 6A019.c;
e. Physical test models for the systems, equipment and components, specified by 6A019.
f. "Laser" systems specially designed to cause permanent blindness to unenhanced vision, i.e, to the naked eye
or to the eye with corrective eyesight devices.
Note 1 DEW systems specified by 6A019 include systems whose capability is derived from the controlled
application of:
a. "Lasers" of sufficient power to effect destruction similar to the manner of conventional
ammunition;
b. Particle accelerators which project a charged or neutral particle beam with destructive power;
c. High pulsed power or high average power radio frequency beam transmitters, which produce
fields sufficiently intense to disable electronic circuitry at a distant target.
Note 2 6A019 includes the following when specially designed for DEW systems:
a. Prime power generation, energy storage, switching, power conditioning or fuel-handling
equipment;
b. Target acquisition or tracking systems;
c. Systems capable of assessing target damage, destruction or mission-abort;
d. Beam-handling, propagation or pointing equipment;
e. Equipment with rapid beam slew capability for rapid multiple target operations;
f. Adaptive optics and phase conjugators;
g. Current injectors for negative hydrogen ion beams;
h. "Space-qualified" accelerator components;
i. Negative ion beam funnelling equipment;
j. Equipment for controlling and slewing a high energy ion beam;
k. "Space-qualified" foils for neutralising negative hydrogen isotope beams.
6A020 Cryogenic and "superconductive" equipment, as follows, and specially designed components and accessories
therefor:
a. Equipment specially designed or configured to be installed in a vehicle for military ground, marine, airborne
or space applications, capable of operating while in motion and of producing or maintaining temperatures
below 103 K (- 170°C);
Note 6A020.a includes mobile systems incorporating or employing accessories or components
manufactured from non-metallic or non-electrical conductive materials, such as plastics or epoxy-
impregnated materials.
b. "Superconductive" electrical equipment (rotating machinery and transformers) specially designed or

configured to be installed in a vehicle for military ground, marine, airborne or space applications and
capable of operating while in motion.
Note 6A020.b does not apply to direct-current hybrid homopolar generators that have single-pole normal
metal armatures which rotate in a magnetic field produced by superconducting windings, provided
those windings are the only superconducting components in the generator.
6A021 "Software" as follows:

a. "Software" specially designed or modified for any of the following:
1. "Development", "production", operation or maintenance of equipment specified by Category 6;
2. "Development" or "production" of materials specified by Category 6; or
3. "Development", "production", operation or maintenance of "software" specified by Category 6.
b. Specific "software", other than that specified by 6A021.a as follows:
1. "Software" specially designed for military use and specially designed for modelling, simulating or
evaluating military weapon systems;
2. "Software" specially designed for military use and specially designed for modelling or simulating
military operational scenarios;
109
3. "Software" for determining the effects of conventional, nuclear, chemical or biological weapons;
4. "Software" specially designed for military use and specially designed for Command, Communications,
Control and Intelligence (C3I) or Command, Communications, Control, Computer and Intelligence
(C4I) applications;
c. "Software", not specified by 6A021.a or 6A021b specially designed or modified to enable equipment not
specified by Category 6 to perform the military functions of equipment specified by Category 6.
6A022 "Technology" as follows:

a. "Technology", other than specified in 6A022.b which is "required" for the "development", "production",
operation, installation, maintenance (checking), repair, overhaul or refurbishing of items specified in
Category 6;
b. "Technology" as follows:
1. "Technology" "required" for the design of, the assembly of components into, and the operation,
maintenance and repair of, complete production installations for items specified by Category 6, even if
the components of such production installations are not specified;
2. "Technology" "required" for the "development" and "production" of small arms, even if used to
produce reproductions of antique small arms;
3. (Reserved)
4. (Reserved)
5. "Technology" "required" exclusively for the incorporation of "biocatalysts", specified by 6A007.i.1 into
military carrier substances or military material.
Note 1 "Technology" "required" for the "development", "production", operation, installation, maintenance
(checking), repair, overhaul or refurbishing of items specified by Category 6 remains under control
even when applicable to any item not specified by Category 6.
Note 2 6A022 does not apply to:

a. "Technology" that is the minimum necessary for the installation, operation, maintenance
(checking) or repair, of those items which are not controlled or whose export has been
authorised;
b. "Technology" that is "in the public domain", "basic scientific research" or the minimum
necessary information for patent applications.
c. "Technology" for magnetic induction for continuous propulsion of civil transport devices.
110
Category 7 15:
7A [Reserved]
7B [Reserved]
7C [Reserved]
7D [Reserved]
7E [Reserved]
15
Para 1(L) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
111
CATEGORY 8 Special Materials and Related Equipment, Material Processing, Electronics,

Computers, Telecommunications, Information Security, Sensors and Lasers,
Navigation and Avionics, Marine, Aerospace and Propulsion
Note: Terms in "quotations" are defined terms. Refer to ‘Glossary’.
8A1 SPECIAL MATERIALS AND RELATED EQUIPMENT (SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND

COMPONENTS)
8A101 Components made from fluorinated compounds, as follows:

a. Seals, gaskets, sealants or fuel bladders, specially designed for "aircraft" or aerospace use, made from
more than 50 % by weight of any of the materials specified by 8C109.b or 8C109.c;
8A102 "Composite" structures or laminates, having any of the following:

a. Consisting of an organic "matrix" and materials specified by 8C110.c, 8C110.d or 8C110.e; or
b. Consisting of a metal or carbon "matrix", and any of the following:
1. Carbon "fibrous or filamentary materials" having all of the following:
6
a. A "specific modulus" exceeding 10.15 x 10 m; and
4
b. A "specific tensile strength" exceeding 17.7 x 10 m; or
2. Materials specified by 8C110.c.
Note 1 8A102 does not apply to "composite" structures or laminates, made from epoxy resin
impregnated carbon "fibrous or filamentary materials", for the repair of "civil aircraft" structures or
laminates, having all of the following:
a. An area not exceeding 1m ²
b. A length not exceeding 2.5 m; and
c. A width exceeding 15 mm.
Note 2 8A102 does not apply to semi-finished items, specially designed for purely civilian
applications as follows:
a. Sporting goods;
b. Automotive industry;
c. Machine tool industry;
d. Medical applications.
Note 3 8A102.b.1 does not apply to semi-finished items containing a maximum of two dimensions of
interwoven filaments and specially designed for applications as follows:
a. Metal heat-treatment furnaces for tempering metals;
b. Silicon boule production equipment.
Note 4 8A102 does not apply to finished items specially designed for a specific application.
8A103 Manufactures of non-"fusible" aromatic polyimides in film, sheet, tape or ribbon form having any of the
following:
a. A thickness exceeding 0.254 mm; or
b. Coated or laminated with carbon, graphite, metals or magnetic substances.
Note 8A103 does not apply to manufactures when coated or laminated with copper and designed for
the production of electronic printed circuit boards.
N.B. For "fusible" aromatic polyimides in any form, see 8C108.a.3.
112
8A104 Protective and detection equipment and components, not specially designed for military use, as follows:
a. Full face masks, filter canisters and decontamination equipment therefor, designed or modified for
defence against any of the following, and specially designed components therefor:
Note 8A104.a includes Powered Air Purifying Respirators (PAPR) that are designed or modified
for defence against agents or materials, listed in 8A104.a.
Technical Notes
For the purposes of 8A104.a:
1. Full face masks are also known as gas masks.
2. Filter canisters include filter cartridges.
8A104 a. 1. “Biological agents”;

2. ‘Radioactive materials’
3. Chemical warfare (CW) agents; or
4. "Riot control agents”, including:
a. a -Bromobenzeneacetonitrile, (Bromobenzyl cyanide) (CA)(CAS 5798-79-8);
b. [(2-chlorophenyl) methylene] propanedinitrile,
(o-Chlorobenzylidenemalononitrile) (CS) (CAS 2698-41-1);
c. 2-Chloro-1-phenylethanone, Phenylacyl chloride(ω-chloroacetophenone) (CN)
(CAS 532-27-4);
d. Dibenz-(b,f)-1,4-oxazephine, (CR) (CAS 257-07-8);
e. 10-Chloro-5,10-dihydrophenarsazine, (Phenarsazine chloride), (Adamsite), (DM)
(CAS 578-94-9);
f. N-Nonanoylmorpholine, (MPA) (CAS 5299-64-9);
b. Protective suits, gloves and shoes, specially designed or modified for defence against any of the
following:
1. “Biological agents”;
2. ‘Radioactive materials’ ; or
3. Chemical warfare (CW) agents;
c. Detection systems, specially designed or modified for detection or identification of any of the
following, and specially designed components therefor:
1. “Biological agents”;
2. ‘Radioactive materials’; or
3. Chemical warfare (CW) agents.
8A104 d. Electronic equipment designed for automatically detecting or identifying the presence of
"explosives" residues and utilising 'trace detection' techniques (e.g., surface acoustic wave, ion
mobility spectrometry, differential mobility spectrometry, mass spectrometry).
Technical Note
'Trace detection' is defined as the capability to detect less than 1 ppm vapour, or 1 mg solid or liquid.
Note 1 8A104.d does not apply to equipment specially designed for laboratory use.
Note 2 8A104.d does not apply to non-contact walk-through security portals.
a. Personal radiation monitoring dosimeters;
b. Occupational health or safety equipment limited by design or function to protect against
hazards specific to residential safety or civil industries, including:
1. mining;
2. quarrying;
3. agriculture;
4. pharmaceutical;
5. medical;
6. veterinary;
7. environmental;
8. waste management;
9. food industry.
113
Technical Notes
1. 8A104 includes equipment and components that have been identified, successfully tested to standards
or otherwise proven effective, for the detection of or defence against ‘radioactive materials’,
“biological agents”, chemical warfare agents, 'simulants' or "riot control agents", even if such
equipment or components are used in civil industries such as mining, quarrying, agriculture,
pharmaceuticals, medical, veterinary, environmental, waste management, or the food industry.
2. 'Simulant': A substance or material that is used in place of toxic agent (chemical or biological) in
training, research, testing or evaluation.
3. For the purposes of 8A104, 'radioactive materials' are those selected or modified to increase their
effectiveness in producing casualties in humans or animals, degrading equipment or damaging crops or
the environment.
8A105 A Body armour and components therefor, as follows:

a. Soft body armour not manufactured to military standards or specifications, or to their equivalents, and
specially designed components therefor;
b. Hard body armour plates providing ballistic protection equal to or less than level IIIA (NIJ 0101.06,
July 2008)
N.B.1. For "fibrous or filamentary materials" used in the manufacture of body armour, see 8C110.
N.B.2. For body armour manufactured to military standards or specifications, see 6A013.d.
Note 1 8A105 does not apply to body armour when accompanying its user for the user's own personal
protection.
Note 2 8A105 does not apply to body armour designed to provide frontal protection only from both
fragment and blast from non-military explosive devices.
Note 3 8A105 does not apply to body armour designed to provide protection only from knife, spike,
needle or blunt trauma.
8A106 Equipment, specially designed or modified for the disposal of improvised explosive devices, as follows,
and specially designed components and accessories therefor:
a. Remotely operated vehicles;
b. 'Disruptors';
Technical Note
'Disruptors' – Devices specially designed for the purpose of preventing the operation of an explosive
device by projecting a liquid, solid or frangible projectile.
N.B. For equipment specially designed for military use for the disposal of improvised explosive
devices, see also 6A004.
Note 8A106 does not apply to equipment when accompanying its operator.
8A107 Equipment and devices, specially designed to initiate charges and devices containing “energetic materials”, by
electrical means, as follows:
a. Explosive detonator firing sets designed to drive explosive detonators specified in 8A107.b
b. Electrically driven explosive detonators as follows:
1. Exploding bridge (EB);

2. Exploding bridge wire (EBW);
3. Slapper;
4. Exploding foil initiators (EFI).
Technical Notes
1. The word initiator or igniter is sometimes used in place of the word detonator.
2. For the purpose of 8A107.b the detonators of concern all utilise a small electrical conductor
(bridge, bridge wire, or foil) that explosively vaporises when a fast, high-current electrical
pulse is passed through it. In non-slapper types, the exploding conductor starts a chemical
detonation in a contacting high explosive
material such as PETN (pentaerythritoltetranitrate). In slapper detonators, the explosive

vaporisation of the electrical conductor drives a flyer or slapper across a gap, and the impact
of the slapper on an explosive starts a chemical detonation. The slapper in some designs is
114
driven by magnetic force. The term exploding foil detonator may refer to either an EB or a
slapper-type detonator.
N.B. For equipment and devices specially designed for military use see Category 6.
8A108 Charges, devices and components, as follows:

a. 'Shaped charges' having all of the following:
1. Net Explosive Quantity (NEQ) greater than 90 g; and
2. Outer casing diameter equal to or greater than 75 mm;
b. Linear shaped cutting charges having all of the following, and specially designed components
therefor:
1. An explosive load greater than 40 g/m; and
2. A width of 10 mm or more;
c. Detonating cord with explosive core load greater than 64 g/m;
d. Cutters, other than those specified by 8A108.b and severing tools, having a NEQ greater than 3.5 kg.
Note The only charges and devices specified in 8A108 are those containing "explosives" listed in the
Annex-A to Category 8 and mixtures thereof. See also 6A008.
Technical Note
'Shaped charges' are explosive charges shaped to focus the effects of the explosive blast.
8B1SPECIAL MATERIALS AND RELATED EQUIPMENT(TEST, INSPECTION AND PRODUCTION

EQUIPMENT)
8B101 Equipment for the production or inspection of "composite" structures or laminates specified by 8A102 or
"fibrous or filamentary materials" specified by 8C110, as follows, and specially designed components and
accessories therefor:
a. Filament winding machines, of which the motions for positioning, wrapping and winding fibres are
coordinated and programmed in three or more 'primary servo positioning' axes, specially designed for
the manufacture of "composite" structures or laminates, from "fibrous or filamentary materials";
b. 'Tape-laying machines', of which the motions for positioning and laying tape are coordinated and
programmed in five or more 'primary servo positioning' axes, specially designed for the manufacture
of "composite" airframe or missile structures;
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8B101.b, 'tape-laying machines' have the ability to lay one or more 'filament
bands' limited to widths greater than 25.4 mm and less than or equal to 304.8 mm, and to cut and
restart individual 'filament band' courses during the laying process.
c. Multidirectional, multidimensional weaving machines or interlacing machines, including adapters

and modification kits, specially designed or modified for weaving, interlacing or braiding fibres for
"composite" structures;
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8B101.c, the technique of interlacing includes knitting.
d. Equipment specially designed or adapted for the production of reinforcement fibres, as follows:
1. Equipment for converting polymeric fibres (such as polyacrylonitrile, rayon, pitch or
polycarbosilane) into carbon fibres or silicon carbide fibres, including special equipment to
strain the fibre during heating;
2. Equipment for the chemical vapour deposition of elements or compounds, on heated
filamentary substrates, to manufacture silicon carbide fibres;
3. Equipment for the wet-spinning of refractory ceramics (such as aluminium oxide);
4. Equipment for converting aluminium containing precursor fibres into alumina fibres by heat
treatment;
8B101 e. Equipment for producing prepregs specified by 8C110.e by the hot melt method;
f. Non-destructive inspection equipment specially designed for "composite" materials, as follows:
1. X-ray tomography systems for three dimensional defect inspection;
115
2. Numerically controlled ultrasonic testing machines of which the motions for positioning
transmitters or receivers are simultaneously coordinated and programmed in four or more axes
to follow the three dimensional contours of the component under inspection;
g. 'Tow-placement machines', of which the motions for positioning and laying tows are coordinated and
programmed in two or more 'primary servo positioning' axes, specially designed for the manufacture
of "composite" airframe or missile structures.
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8B101.g, 'tow-placement machines' have the ability to place one or more
'filament bands' having widths less than or equal to 25.4 mm, and to cut and restart individual
'filament band' courses during the placement process.
Technical Notes
1. For the purposes of 8B101, 'primary servo positioning' axes control, under computer program
direction, the position of the end effector (i.e., head) in space relative to the work piece at the correct
orientation and direction to achieve the desired process.
2. For the purposes of 8B101, a 'filament band' is a single continuous width of fully or partially resin-
impregnated tape, tow or fibre. Fully or partially resin-impregnated 'filament bands' include those
coated with dry powder that tacks upon heating.
8B102 Equipment for producing metal alloys, metal alloy powder or alloyed materials, specially designed to avoid
contamination and specially designed for use in one of the processes specified by 8C102.c.2.
8B103 Tools, dies, moulds or fixtures, for "superplastic forming" or "diffusion bonding" titanium, aluminium or
their alloys, specially designed for the manufacture of any of the following:
a. Airframe or aerospace structures;
b. "Aircraft" or aerospace engines; or
c. Specially designed components for structures specified by 8B103.a or for engines specified by
8B103.b.
8C1 SPECIAL MATERIALS AND RELATED EQUIPMENT(MATERIALS)
Technical Note
Metals and alloys
Unless provision to the contrary is made, the words 'metals' and 'alloys' cover crude and semi-fabricated forms,
as follows:
Crude forms
Anodes, balls, bars (including notched bars and wire bars), billets, blocks, blooms, brickets, cakes, cathodes,
crystals, cubes, dice, grains, granules, ingots, lumps, pellets, pigs, powder, rondelles, shot, slabs, slugs, sponge,
sticks;
Semi-fabricated forms (whether or not coated, plated, drilled or punched):
a. Wrought or worked materials fabricated by rolling, drawing, extruding, forging, impact extruding,
pressing, graining, atomising, and grinding, i.e.: angles, channels, circles, discs, dust, flakes, foils and leaf,
forging, plate, powder, pressings and stampings, ribbons, rings, rods (including bare welding rods, wire
rods, and rolled wire), sections, shapes, sheets, strip, pipe and tubes (including tube rounds, squares, and
hollows), drawn or extruded wire;
b. Cast material produced by casting in sand, die, metal, plaster or other types of moulds, including high
pressure castings, sintered forms, and forms made by powder metallurgy.
The object of the control should not be defeated by the export of non-listed forms alleged to be finished
products but representing in reality crude forms or semi-fabricated forms.
8C101 Materials specially designed for use as absorbers of electromagnetic waves, or intrinsically conductive
polymers, as follows:
a. Materials for absorbing frequencies exceeding 2 x 108 Hz but less than 3 x 1012 Hz;
Note 1 8C101.a does not apply to:
a. Hair type absorbers, constructed of natural or synthetic fibres, with non-magnetic
loading to provide absorption;
b. Absorbers having no magnetic loss and whose incident surface is non-planar in
shape, including pyramids, cones, wedges and convoluted surfaces;
116
c. Planar absorbers, having all of the following:
1. Made from any of the following:
a. Plastic foam materials (flexible or non-flexible) with carbon-loading, or
organic materials, including binders, providing more than 5% echo
compared with metal over a bandwidth exceeding ±15% of the centre
frequency of the incident energy,
and not capable of withstanding temperatures exceeding 450 K (177° C);

or
b. Ceramic materials providing more than 20% echo compared with metal
over a bandwidth exceeding ±15% of the centre frequency of the incident
energy, and not capable of withstanding temperatures exceeding 800 K
(527°C);
Technical Note
Absorption test samples for 8C101a. Note 1.c.1. should be a square at least
5 wavelengths of the centre frequency on a side and positioned in the far field of
the radiating element.
2. Tensile strength less than 7 x 106 N/m2; and
3. Compressive strength less than 14 x 106 N/m2;
d. Planar absorbers made of sintered ferrite, having all of the following:
1. A specific gravity exceeding 4.4; and
2. A maximum operating temperature of 548 K (275°C).
Note 2 Nothing in Note 1 releases magnetic materials to provide absorption when contained
in paint.
8C101 b. Materials for absorbing frequencies exceeding 1.5 x 1014 Hz but less than 3.7 x 1014 Hz and not transparent
to visible light;
Note 8C101.b does not apply to materials, specially designed or formulated for any of the
following applications:
a. "Laser" marking of polymers; or
b. "Laser" welding of polymers.
8C101 c. Intrinsically conductive polymeric materials with a 'bulk electrical conductivity' exceeding 10,000 S/m
(Siemens per metre) or a 'sheet (surface) resistivity' of less than 100 ohms/square, based on any of the
following polymers:
1. Polyaniline;
2. Polypyrrole;
3. Polythiophene;
4. Poly phenylene-vinylene; or
5. Poly thienylene-vinylene.
Technical Note
'Bulk electrical conductivity' and 'sheet (surface) resistivity' should be determined using ASTM D-
257.
Note 8C101.c does not apply to materials in a liquid form.
8C102 Metal alloys, metal alloy powder and alloyed materials, as follows:
(See Commodity Identification Note 1 of SCOMET list)
Note 8C102 does not apply to metal alloys, metal alloy powder and alloyed materials, specially
formulated for coating purposes.
Technical Notes
1. The metal alloys in 8C102 are those containing a higher percentage by weight of the stated metal
than of any other element.
2. 'Stress-rupture life' should be measured in accordance with ASTM standard E-139.
117
3. 'Low cycle fatigue life' should be measured in accordance with ASTM Standard E-606 'Recommended
Practice for Constant-Amplitude Low-Cycle Fatigue Testing’. Testing should be axial with an
average stress ratio equal to 1 and a stress-concentration factor (Kt) equal to 1. The average stress is
defined as maximum stress minus minimum stress divided by maximum stress.
8C102 a. Aluminides, as follows:

1. Nickel aluminides containing a minimum of 15% by weight aluminium, a maximum of 38% by
weight aluminium and at least one additional alloying element;
2. Titanium aluminides containing 10% by weight or more aluminium and at least one additional
alloying element;
8C102 b. Metal alloys, as follows, made from the powder or particulate material specified by 8C102.c:
1. Nickel alloys having any of the following:
a. A 'stress-rupture life' of 10,000 hours or longer at 923 K (650°C) at a stress of 676
MPa; or
b. A 'low cycle fatigue life' of 10,000 cycles or more at 823 K (550°C) at a maximum
stress of 1,095 MPa;
8C102 b. 2. Niobium alloys having any of the following:

a. A 'stress-rupture life' of 10,000 hours or longer at 1,073 K (800°C) at a stress of 400
MPa; or
stress of 700 MPa;
3. Titanium alloys having any of the following:

a. A 'stress-rupture life' of 10,000 hours or longer at 723 K (450°C) at a stress of
200 MPa; or
stress of 400 MPa;
4. Aluminium alloys having any of the following:
a. A tensile strength of 240 MPa or more at 473 K (200°C); or
b. A tensile strength of 415 MPa or more at 298 K (25°C);
5. Magnesium alloys having all of the following:
a. A tensile strength of 345 MPa or more; and
b. A corrosion rate of less than 1 mm/year in 3% sodium chloride aqueous solution
measured in accordance with ASTM standard G-31;
8C102 c. Metal alloy powder or particulate material, having all of the following:
1. Made from any of the following composition systems:
Technical Note
X in the following equals one or more alloying elements.
a. Nickel alloys (Ni-Al-X, Ni-X-Al) qualified for turbine engine parts or components,
i.e. with less than 3 non-metallic particles (introduced during the manufacturing process) larger
than 100 µm in 109 alloy particles;
b. Niobium alloys (Nb-Al-X or Nb-X-Al, Nb-Si-X or Nb-X-Si, Nb-Ti-X or Nb-X-Ti);
c. Titanium alloys (Ti-Al-X or Ti-X-Al);
d. Aluminium alloys (Al-Mg-X or Al-X-Mg, Al-Zn-X or Al-X-Zn,
Al-Fe-X or Al-X-Fe); or
e. Magnesium alloys (Mg-Al-X or Mg-X-Al);
8C102 c. 2. Made in a controlled environment by any of the following processes:
a. "Vacuum atomisation";
b. "Gas atomisation";
c. "Rotary atomisation";
d. "Splat quenching";
e. "Melt spinning" and "comminution";
f. "Melt extraction" and "comminution";
g. "Mechanical alloying"; or
118
h. "Plasma atomisation"; and
8C102 c. 3. Capable of forming materials specified by 8C102.a or 8C102.b;
8C102 d. Alloyed materials having all of the following:

1. Made from any of the composition systems specified by 8C102.c.1;
2. In the form of uncomminuted flakes, ribbons or thin rods; and
3. Produced in a controlled environment by any of the following:

a. "Splat quenching";
b. "Melt spinning"; or
c. "Melt extraction";
8C103 Magnetic metals, of all types and of whatever form, having any of the following:
a. Initial relative permeability of 120,000 or more and a thickness of 0.05 mm or less;
Technical Note
Measurement of initial relative permeability must be performed on fully annealed materials.
b. Magnetostrictive alloys having any of the following:

-4
1. A saturation magnetostriction of more than 5 x 10 ; or
2. A magnetomechanical coupling factor (k) of more than 0.8; or
c. Amorphous or 'nanocrystalline' alloy strips, having all of the following:

1. A composition having a minimum of 75% by weight of iron, cobalt or nickel;
2. A saturation magnetic induction (Bs) of 1.6 T or more; and
3. Any of the following:
a. A strip thickness of 0.02 mm or less; or
-4
b. An electrical resistivity of 2 x 10 ohm cm or more.
Technical Note
'Nanocrystalline' materials in 8C103.c are those materials having a crystal grain size of 50 nm or
less, as determined by X-ray diffraction.
8C104 Uranium titanium alloys or tungsten alloys with a "matrix" based on iron, nickel or copper, having all of
the following: (See Commodity Identification Note 1 of SCOMET list)
3
a. A density exceeding 17.5 g/cm ;
b. An elastic limit exceeding 880 MPa;
c. An ultimate tensile strength exceeding 1,270 MPa; and
d. An elongation exceeding 8%.
8C105 "Superconductive" "composite" conductors in lengths exceeding 100 m or with a mass exceeding 100 g, as
follows:
a. "Superconductive" "composite" conductors containing one or more niobium-titanium 'filaments',
1. Embedded in a "matrix" other than a copper or copper-based mixed "matrix"; and
-4 2
2. Having a cross-section area less than 0.28 x 10 mm (6 µm in diameter for circular
'filaments');
b. "Superconductive" "composite" conductors consisting of one or more "superconductive" 'filaments'
other than niobium-titanium, having all of the following:
1. A "critical temperature" at zero magnetic induction exceeding 9.85 K (-263.31°C); and
2. Remaining in the "superconductive" state at a temperature of 4.2 K
(-268.96°C) when exposed to a magnetic field oriented in any direction perpendicular to the
longitudinal axis of conductor and corresponding to a magnetic induction of 12 T with critical
current density exceeding 1,750 A/mm2 on overall cross-section of the conductor.
8C105 c. "Superconductive" "composite" conductors consisting of one or more "superconductive" 'filaments', which
remain "superconductive" above 115 K (-158.16oC).
119
Technical Note
For the purpose of 8C105, 'filaments' may be in wire, cylinder, film, tape or ribbon form.
8C106 Fluids and lubricating materials, as follows:

a. (Reserved)
b. Lubricating materials containing, as their principal ingredients, any of the following:

1. Phenylene or alkylphenylene ethers or thio-ethers, or their mixtures, containing more than two
ether or thio-ether functions or mixtures thereof; or
2
2. Fluorinated silicone fluids with a kinematic viscosity of less than 5,000 mm /s (5,000
centistokes) measured at 298 K (25°C);
c. Damping or flotation fluids having all of the following:

1. Purity exceeding 99.8%;
2. Containing less than 25 particles of 200 µm or larger in size per 100 ml; and
3. Made from at least 85% of any of the following:
a. Dibromotetrafluoroethane (CAS 25497-30-7, 124-73-2, 27336-23-8);
b. Polychlorotrifluoroethylene (oily and waxy modifications only); or
c. Polybromotrifluoroethylene;
d. Fluorocarbon electronic cooling fluids having all of the following:

1. Containing 85% by weight or more of any of the following, or mixtures thereof:
a. Monomeric forms of perfluoropolyalkylether-triazines or perfluoroaliphatic-ethers;
b. Perfluoroalkylamines;
c. Perfluorocycloalkanes; or
d. Perfluoroalkanes;
2. Density at 298 K (25°C) of 1.5 g/ml or more;
3. In a liquid state at 273 K (0°C); and
4. Containing 60% or more by weight of fluorine.
Note 8C106.d does not apply to materials specified and packaged as medical products.
8C107 Ceramic powders, ceramic-"matrix" "composite" materials and 'precursor materials', as follows:
a. Ceramic powders of titanium diboride (TiB 2 ) (CAS 12045-63-5) having total metallic impurities,
excluding intentional additions, of less than 5,000 ppm, an average particle size equal to or less than 5
µm and no more than 10% of the particles larger than 10 µm;
b. (Reserved)
8C107 c. Ceramic-"matrix" "composite" materials as follows:

1. Ceramic-ceramic "composite" materials with a glass or oxide-"matrix" and reinforced
with any of the following:
a. Continuous fibres made from any of the following materials:
1. Al2O3 (CAS 1344-28-1); or
2. Si-C-N; or
Note 8C107.c.1.a. does not apply to "composites" containing fibres with a tensile strength of
less than 700 MPa at 1,273 K (1,000°C) or tensile creep resistance of more than 1% creep strain at
100 MPa load and 1,273 K (1,000°C) for 100 hours.
b. Fibres being all of the following:
1. Made from any of the following materials:
a. Si-N;
b. Si-C;
c. Si-Al-O-N; or
d. Si-O-N; and
2. Having a "specific tensile strength" exceeding 12.7 x 103m;
8C107 c. 2. Ceramic-"matrix" "composite" materials with a "matrix" formed of carbides or nitrides of

silicon, zirconium or boron;
120
d. (Reserved)
e. 'Precursor materials' specially designed for the "production" of materials
specified by 8C107.c., as follows:
1. Polydiorganosilanes;
2. Polysilazanes;
3. Polycarbosilazanes;
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8C107, 'precursor materials' are special purpose polymeric or metallo-organic
materials used for the "production" of silicon carbide, silicon nitride, or ceramics with silicon,
carbon and nitrogen
f. (Reserved)
8C108 Non-fluorinated polymeric substances as follows:

a. Imides as follows:
1. Bismaleimides;
2. Aromatic polyamide-imides (PAI) having a 'glass transition temperature (Tg)' exceeding 563 K
(290°C);
3. Aromatic polyimides having a 'glass transition temperature (Tg)' exceeding 505 K (232°C);
4. Aromatic polyetherimides having a 'glass transition temperature (Tg)' exceeding 563 K (290°
C);
Note 8C108.a applies to the substances in liquid or solid "fusible" form, including resin, powder,
pellet, film, sheet, tape, or ribbon.
N.B. For non-"fusible" aromatic polyimides in film, sheet, tape, or ribbon form, see 8A103.
8C108 b. (Reserved)
c. (Reserved)
d. Polyarylene ketones;
e. Polyarylene sulphides, where the arylene group is biphenylene, triphenylene or combinations thereof;
f. Polybiphenylenethersulphone having a 'glass transition temperature (Tg)' exceeding 563 K (290° C).
Technical Notes
1. The 'glass transition temperature (Tg)' for 8C108.a.2 thermoplastic materials, 8C108.a.4 materials
and 8C108.f materials is determined using the method described in ISO 11357-2 (1999).
2. The 'glass transition temperature (Tg)' for 8C108.a.2 thermosetting materials and 8C108.a.3
materials is determined using the 3-point bend method described in ASTM D 7028-07. The test is to
be performed using a dry test specimen which has attained a minimum of 90% degree of cureas
specified by ASTM E 2160-04 , and was cured using the combination of standard- and post-cure
processes that yield the highest Tg.
8C109 Unprocessed fluorinated compounds as follows:

a. (Reserved)
b. Fluorinated polyimides containing 10% by weight or more of combined fluorine;
c. Fluorinated phosphazene elastomers containing 30% by weight or more of combined fluorine.
8C110 "Fibrous or filamentary materials" as follows:
Technical Notes
1. For the purpose of calculating "specific tensile strength", "specific modulus" or specific weight of
"fibrous or filamentary materials" in 8C110.a, 8C110.b, 8C110.c or 8C110.e.1.b, the tensile strength
and modulus should be determined by using Method A described in ISO 10618 (2004).
2. Assessing the "specific tensile strength", "specific modulus" or specific weight of non-unidirectional
"fibrous or filamentary materials" (e.g., fabrics, random mats or braids) in 8C110 is to be based on
the mechanical properties of the constituent unidirectional monofilaments (e.g., monofilaments,
yarns, rovings or tows) prior to processing into the non-unidirectional "fibrous or filamentary
121
materials".
8C110 a. Organic "fibrous or filamentary materials", having all of the following:

1. "Specific modulus" exceeding 12.7 x 106 m; and
2. "Specific tensile strength" exceeding 23.5 x 104 m;
Note 8C110.a does not apply to polyethylene.
b. Carbon "fibrous or filamentary materials", having all of the following:

2. "Specific tensile strength" exceeding 26.82 x 104 m;
Note 8C110.b does not apply to:

a. "Fibrous or filamentary materials", for the repair of "civil aircraft" structures or
laminates, having all of the following:
1. An area not exceeding 1 m2;
2. A length not exceeding 2.5 m; and
3. A width exceeding 15 mm.
b. Mechanically chopped, milled or cut carbon "fibrous or filamentary materials" 25.0
mm or less in length.
8C110 c. Inorganic "fibrous or filamentary materials", having all of the following:

6
2. Melting, softening, decomposition or sublimation point exceeding 1,922 K (1,649°C) in an inert
environment;
Note 8C110.c does not apply to:
a. Discontinuous, multiphase, polycrystalline alumina fibres in chopped fibre or random
mat form, containing 3% by weight or more silica, with a "specific modulus" of less
6
than 10 x 10 m;
b. Molybdenum and molybdenum alloy fibres;
c. Boron fibres;
d. Discontinuous ceramic fibres with a melting, softening, decomposition or sublimation
point lower than 2,043 K (1,770°C) in an inert environment.
8C110 d. "Fibrous or filamentary materials", having any of the following:

1. Composed of any of the following:
a. Polyetherimides specified by 8C108.a; or
b. Materials specified by 8C108.d to 8C108.f; or
2. Composed of materials specified by 8C110.d.1.a or 8C110.d.1.b and "commingled" with other
fibres specified by 8C110.a, 8C110.b or 8C110.c;
8C110 e. Fully or partially resin-impregnated or pitch-impregnated "fibrous or filamentary materials"

(prepregs) metal or carbon-coated "fibrous or filamentary materials" (preforms) or "carbon fibre
preforms", having all of the following:
1. Having any of the following:
a. Inorganic "fibrous or filamentary materials" specified by 8C110.c; or
b. Organic or carbon "fibrous or filamentary materials", having all of the following:
6
4
2. "Specific tensile strength" exceeding 17.7 x 10 m; and
a. Resin or pitch, specified by 8C108 or 8C109.b;
b. 'Dynamic Mechanical Analysis glass transition temperature (DMA T g )' equal to or
exceeding 453 K (180C) and having a phenolic resin; or
c. 'Dynamic Mechanical Analysis glass transition temperature (DMA T g )' equal to or
exceeding 505 K (232C) and having a resin or pitch, not specified by 8C108 or 8C109.b, and
not being a phenolic resin;
122
Note 1 Metal or carbon-coated "fibrous or filamentary materials" (preforms) or "carbon
fibre preforms", not impregnated with resin or pitch, are specified by "fibrous or
filamentary materials" in 8C110.a, 8C110.b or 8C110.c.
Note 2 8C110.e does not apply to:

a. Epoxy resin "matrix" impregnated carbon "fibrous or filamentary materials"
(prepregs) for the repair of "civil aircraft" structures or laminates, having all of the
following;
1. An area not exceeding 1 m2;
2. A length not exceeding 2.5 m; and
3. A width exceeding 15 mm;
b. Fully or partially resin-impregnated or pitch-impregnated mechanically chopped,
milled or cut carbon "fibrous or filamentary materials" 25.0 mm or less in length
when using a resin or pitch other than those specified by 8C108 or 8C109.b.
Technical Note
The 'Dynamic Mechanical Analysis glass transition temperature (DMA Tg)' for materials specified by 8C110.e
is determined using the method described in ASTM D 7028-07 on a dry test specimen. In the case of
thermoset materials, degree of cure of a dry test specimen shall be a minimum of 90% as defined by
ASTM E 2160-04.
8C111 Metals and compounds, as follows:

a. Metals in particle sizes of less than 60 µm whether spherical, atomised, spheroidal, flaked or ground,
manufactured from material consisting of 99% or more of zirconium, magnesium and alloys thereof;
Note The metals or alloys specified by 8C111.a also refer to metals or alloys encapsulated in
aluminium, magnesium, zirconium or beryllium.
Technical Note
The natural content of hafnium in the zirconium (typically 2% to 7%) is counted with the zirconium.
b. Boron or boron alloys, with a particle size of 60 µm or less, as follows:
1. Boron with a purity of 85% by weight or more;
2. Boron alloys with a boron content of 85% by weight or more;
Note The metals or alloys specified by 8C111.b also refer to metals or alloys encapsulated in
aluminium, magnesium, zirconium or beryllium.
c. Guanidine nitrate (CAS 506-93-4);

d. Nitroguanidine (NQ) (CAS 556-88-7).
N.B. See 6A008.c.5.b for metal powders mixed with other substances to form a mixture formulated for
military purposes
8C112 Materials as follows:

Technical Note
These materials are typically used for nuclear heat sources.
a. Plutonium in any form with a plutonium isotopic assay of plutonium-238 of more than 50% by
weight;
Note 8C112.a does not apply to:
a. Shipments with a plutonium content of 1 g or less;
b. Shipments of 3 "effective grams" or less when contained in a sensing component in
instruments.
8C112 b. "Previously separated" neptunium-237 in any form.

Note 8C112.b does not apply to shipments with a neptunium-237 content of 1 g or less.
8D1 SPECIAL MATERIALS AND RELATED EQUIPMENT(SOFTWARE)
8D101 "Software" specially designed or modified for the "development", "production" or "use" of equipment
specified by 8B1.
123
8D102 "Software" for the "development" of organic "matrix", metal "matrix" or carbon "matrix" laminates or
"composites".
8D103 "Software" specially designed or modified to enable equipment to perform the functions of equipment
specified by 8A104.c or 8A104.d.
8E1 SPECIAL MATERIALS AND RELATED EQUIPMENT(TECHNOLOGY)
8E101 "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development" or "production" of equipment or
materials specified by 8A102 to 8A105, 8A106.b, 8A107, 8B1 or 8C.
8E102 Other "technology" as follows:

a. "Technology" for the "development" or "production" of polybenzothiazoles or polybenzoxazoles;
b. "Technology" for the "development" or "production" of fluoroelastomer compounds containing at
least one vinylether monomer;
c. "Technology" for the design or "production" of the following ceramic powders or non-"composite"
ceramic materials:
1. Ceramic powders having all of the following:

a. Any of the following compositions:
1. Single or complex oxides of zirconium and complex oxides of silicon or aluminium;
2. Single nitrides of boron (cubic crystalline forms);
3. Single or complex carbides of silicon or boron; or
4. Single or complex nitrides of silicon;
b. Any of the following total metallic impurities (excluding intentional additions):

1. Less than 1,000 ppm for single oxides or carbides; or
2. Less than 5,000 ppm for complex compounds or single nitrides; and
c. Being any of the following:
1. Zirconia (CAS 1314-23-4) with an average particle size equal to or less than 1 µm
and no more than 10% of the particles larger than 5 µm; or
2. Other ceramic powders with an average particle size equal to or less than 5 µm and
no more than 10% of the particles larger than 10 µm;
8E102 c. 2. Non-"composite" ceramic materials composed of the materials specified by 8E102.c.1;

Note 8E102.c.2 does not apply to “technology” for abrasives.
8E102 d. (Reserved)
e. "Technology" for the installation, maintenance or repair of materials specified by 8C101;
f. "Technology" for the repair of "composite" structures, laminates or materials specified by 8A102 or
8C107.c ;
Note 8E102.f does not apply to "technology" for the repair of "civil aircraft" structures using
carbon "fibrous or filamentary materials" and epoxy resins, contained in "aircraft"
manufacturers' manuals.
8E102 g. "Libraries" specially designed or modified to enable equipment to perform the functions of equipment
specified by 8A104.c or 8A104.d.
124
ANNEX-A (Refer 8A108)

LIST - "EXPLOSIVES"
1. ADNBF (aminodinitrobenzofuroxan or 7-amino-4,6-dinitrobenzofurazane-1-oxide) (CAS 97096-78-1);

2. BNCP (cis-bis (5-nitrotetrazolato) tetra amine-cobalt (III) perchlorate)
(CAS 117412-28-9);
3. CL-14 (diamino dinitrobenzofuroxan or 5,7-diamino-4,6-dinitrobenzofurazane-1-oxide ) (CAS 117907-74-1);
4. CL-20 (HNIW or Hexanitrohexaazaisowurtzitane) (CAS 135285-90-4);
chlathrates of CL-20;
5. CP (2-(5-cyanotetrazolato) penta amine-cobalt (III) perchlorate) (CAS 70247-32-4);
6. DADE (1,1-diamino-2,2-dinitroethylene, FOX7) (CAS 145250-81-3);
7. DATB (diaminotrinitrobenzene) (CAS 1630-08-6);
8. DDFP (1,4-dinitrodifurazanopiperazine);
9. DDPO (2,6-diamino-3,5-dinitropyrazine-1-oxide, PZO) (CAS 194486-77-6);
10. DIPAM (3,3′-diamino-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-hexanitrobiphenyl or dipicramide)
(CAS 17215-44-0);
11. DNGU (DINGU or dinitroglycoluril) (CAS 55510-04-8);
12. Furazans as follows:
a. DAAOF (diaminoazoxyfurazan);
b. DAAzF (diaminoazofurazan) (CAS 78644-90-3);
13. HMX and derivatives, as follows:
a. HMX (Cyclotetramethylenetetranitramine, octahydro-1,3,5,7-tetranitro-1,3,5,7-tetrazine, 1,3,5,7-tetranitro-
1,3,5,7-tetraza-cyclooctane, octogen or octogene) (CAS 2691-41-0);
b. difluoroaminated analogs of HMX;
c. K-55 (2,4,6,8-tetranitro-2,4,6,8-tetraazabicyclo [3,3,0]-octanone-3, tetranitrosemiglycouril or keto-bicyclic
HMX) (CAS 130256-72-3);
14. HNAD (hexanitroadamantane) (CAS 143850-71-9);
15. HNS (hexanitrostilbene) (CAS 20062-22-0);
16. Imidazoles as follows:
a. BNNII (Octahydro-2,5-bis(nitroimino)imidazo [4,5-d]imidazole);
b. DNI (2,4-dinitroimidazole) (CAS 5213-49-0);
c. FDIA (1-fluoro-2,4-dinitroimidazole);
d. NTDNIA (N-(2-nitrotriazolo)-2,4-dinitroimidazole);
e. PTIA (1-picryl-2,4,5-trinitroimidazole);
17. NTNMH (1-(2-nitrotriazolo)-2-dinitromethylene hydrazine);
18. NTO (ONTA or 3-nitro-1,2,4-triazol-5-one) (CAS 932-64-9);
19. Polynitrocubanes with more than four nitro groups;
20. PYX (2,6-Bis(picrylamino)-3,5-dinitropyridine) (CAS 38082-89-2);
21. RDX and derivatives, as follows:
a. RDX (cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine, cyclonite, T4, hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5-triazine, 1,3,5-trinitro-
1,3,5-triaza-cyclohexane, hexogen or hexogene) (CAS 121-82-4);
b. Keto-RDX (K-6 or 2,4,6-trinitro-2,4,6-triazacyclohexanone)
(CAS 115029-35-1);
22. TAGN (triaminoguanidinenitrate) (CAS 4000-16-2);
23. TATB (triaminotrinitrobenzene) (CAS 3058-38-6);
24. TEDDZ (3,3,7,7-tetrabis(difluoroamine) octahydro-1,5-dinitro-1,5-diazocine);
25. Tetrazoles as follows:
a. NTAT (nitrotriazol aminotetrazole);
b. NTNT (1-N-(2-nitrotriazolo)-4-nitrotetrazole);
26. Tetryl (trinitrophenylmethylnitramine) (CAS 479-45-8);
27. TNAD (1,4,5,8-tetranitro-1,4,5,8-tetraazadecalin) (CAS 135877-16-6);
28. TNAZ (1,3,3-trinitroazetidine) (CAS 97645-24-4);
29. TNGU (SORGUYL or tetranitroglycoluril) (CAS 55510-03-7);
30. TNP (1,4,5,8-tetranitro-pyridazino[4,5-d]pyridazine) (CAS 229176-04-9);
31. Triazines as follows:
a. DNAM (2-oxy-4,6-dinitroamino-s-triazine) (CAS 19899-80-0);
125
b. NNHT (2-nitroimino-5-nitro-hexahydro-1,3,5-triazine) (CAS 130400-13-4);
32. Triazoles as follows:
a. 5-azido-2-nitrotriazole;
b. ADHTDN (4-amino-3,5-dihydrazino-1,2,4-triazole dinitramide)
(CAS 1614-08-0);
c. ADNT (1-amino-3,5-dinitro-1,2,4-triazole);
d. BDNTA ((bis-dinitrotriazole)amine);
e. DBT (3,3′-dinitro-5,5-bi-1,2,4-triazole) (CAS 30003-46-4);
f. DNBT (dinitrobistriazole) (CAS 70890-46-9);
g. (Reserved)
h. NTDNT (1-N-(2-nitrotriazolo) 3,5-dinitrotriazole);
i. PDNT (1-picryl-3,5-dinitrotriazole);
j. TACOT (tetranitrobenzotriazolobenzotriazole) (CAS 25243-36-1);
33. "Explosives" not listed elsewhere in this list having a detonation velocity exceeding 8,700 m/s, at maximum
density, or a detonation pressure exceeding 34 GPa (340 kbar);
34. (Reserved)
35. Nitrocellulose (containing more than 12.5% nitrogen) (CAS 9004-70-0);
36. Nitroglycol (CAS 628-96-6);
37. Pentaerythritol tetranitrate (PETN) (CAS 78-11-5);
38. Picryl chloride (CAS 88-88-0);
39. 2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene (TNT) (CAS 118-96-7);
40. Nitroglycerine (NG) (CAS 55-63-0);
41. Triacetone Triperoxide (TATP) (CAS 17088-37-8);
42. Guanidine nitrate (CAS 506-93-4);
43. Nitroguanidine (NQ) (CAS 556-88-7);
44. DNAN (2,4-dinitroanisole) (CAS 119-27-7);
45. TEX (4,10-Dinitro-2,6,8,12-tetraoxa-4,10-diazaisowurtzitane);
46. GUDN (Guanylurea dinitramide) FOX-12 (CAS 217464-38-5);
47. Tetrazines as follows:
a. BTAT (Bis(2,2,2-trinitroethyl)-3,6-diaminotetrazine);
b. LAX-112 (3,6-diamino-1,2,4,5-tetrazine-1,4-dioxide);
48. Energetic ionic materials melting between 343 K (70°C) and 373 K (100°C) and with detonation velocity
exceeding 6,800 m/s or detonation pressure exceeding 18 GPa (180 kbar);
49. BTNEN (Bis(2,2,2-trinitroethyl)-nitramine) (CAS 19836-28-3);
50. FTDO (5,6-(3',4'-furazano)- 1,2,3,4-tetrazine-1,3-dioxide).
126
8A2 MATERIAL PROCESSING (SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS)
N.B. For quiet running bearings, see 6A009
8A201 1. Anti-friction bearings and bearing systems, as follows, and components therefor:
Note 8A201does not apply to balls with tolerances specified by the manufacturer in accordance with
ISO 3290 as grade 5 or worse.
a. Ball bearings and solid roller bearings, having all tolerances specified by the manufacturer in
accordance with ISO 492 Tolerance Class 4 , or better, and having both ‘rings’ and ‘rolling elements’
(ISO 5593), made from monel or beryllium;
Note 8A201.a does not apply to tapered roller bearings.
Technical Notes
1. 'Ring' - annular part of a radial rolling bearing incorporating one or more raceways (ISO
5593:1997).
2. 'Rolling element'- ball or roller which rolls between raceways (ISO 5593:1997).
b. (Reserved)
c. Active magnetic bearing systems using any of the following:

1. Materials with flux densities of 2.0 T or greater and yield strengths greater than 414 MPa;
2. All-electromagnetic 3D homopolar bias designs for actuators; or
3. High temperature (450 K (177°C) and above) position sensors.
8B2 MATERIAL PROCESSING (TEST, INSPECTION AND PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT)
Technical Notes
1. Secondary parallel contouring axes, (e.g., the w-axis on horizontal boring mills or a secondary rotary axis the
centre line of which is parallel to the primary rotary axis) are not counted in the total number of contouring
axes. Rotary axes need not rotate over 360°. A rotary axis can be driven by a linear device (e.g., a screw or a
rack-and-pinion).
2. For the purposes of 8B201, the number of axes which can be co-ordinated simultaneously for "contouring
control" is the number of axes along or around which, during processing of the workpiece, simultaneous and
interrelated motions are performed between the workpiece and a tool. This does not include any additional axes
along or around which other relative motions within the machine are performed, such as:
a. Wheel-dressing systems in grinding machines;
b. Parallel rotary axes designed for mounting of separate workpieces;
c. Co-linear rotary axes designed for manipulating the same workpiece by holding it in a chuck from
different ends.
3. Axis nomenclature shall be in accordance with International Standard ISO 841:2001, Industrial
automation systems and integration - Numerical control of machines - Coordinate system and motion
nomenclature.
4. For the purposes of 8A2, 8B2, 8C2, 8D2 and 8E2"tilting spindle" is counted as a rotary axis.
5. 'Stated "unidirectional positioning repeatability"' may be used for each machine tool model as an
alternative to individual machine tests, and is determined as follows:
a. Select five machines of a model to be evaluated;
b. Measure the linear axis repeatability (R↑,R↓) according to ISO 230-2:2014 and evaluate
"unidirectional positioning repeatability" for each axis of each of the five machines;
c. Determine the arithmetic mean value of the "unidirectional positioning repeatability"-values for each
axis of all five machines together. These arithmetic mean values of "unidirectional positioning
repeatability" ( UPR ) become the stated value of each axis for the model ( UPR x, UPR y, …)
d. Since 8A2 refers to each linear axis there will be as many 'stated "unidirectional positioning
repeatability"'-values as there are linear axes;
127
e. If any axis of a machine model not specified by 8B201.a to 8B201.c has a 'stated "unidirectional
positioning repeatability"' equal to or less than the specified "unidirectional positioning
repeatability" of each machine tool model plus 0.7 µm, the builder should be required to reaffirm the
accuracy level once every eighteen months.
6. For the purposes of 8B2, measurement uncertainty for the "unidirectional positioning repeatability" of
machine tools, as defined in the International Standard ISO 230-2:2014, shall not be considered.
7. For the purpose of 8B2, the measurement of axes shall be made according to test procedures in 5.3.2. of ISO
230-2:2014. Tests for axes longer than 2 meters shall be made over 2 m segments. Axes longer than 4 m
require multiple tests (e.g., two tests for axes longer than 4 m and up to 8 m, three tests for axes longer than 8 m
and up to 12 m), each over 2 m segments and distributed in equal intervals over the axis length. Test segments
are equally spaced along the full axis length, with any excess length equally divided at the beginning, in
between, and at the end of the test segments. The smallest "unidirectional positioning repeatability"-value of all
test segments is to be reported.
8B201 1. Machine tools and any combination thereof, for removing (or cutting) metals, ceramics or
"composites", which, according to the manufacturer's technical specification, can be equipped with
electronic devices for "numerical control", as follows:
Note 1 8B201 does not apply to special purpose machine tools limited to the manufacture of gears. For
such machines, see 8B203.
Note 2 8B201 does not apply to special purpose machine tools limited to the manufacture of any of the
following:
a. Crank shafts or cam shafts;
b. Tools or cutters;
c. Extruder worms;
d. Engraved or facetted jewellery parts; or
e. Dental prostheses;
Note 3 A machine tool having at least two of the three turning, milling or grinding capabilities (e.g., a
turning machine with milling capability), must be evaluated against each applicable entry
8B201.a, b. or c.
N.B. For optical finishing machines, see 8B202.
8B201 a. Machine tools for turning having two or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for
"contouring control" having any of the following:
1. "Unidirectional positioning repeatability" equal to or less (better) than 0.9 µm along one or more
linear axis with a travel length less than 1.0 m; or
2. "Unidirectional positioning repeatability" equal to or less (better) than 1.1 µm along one or
more linear axis with a travel length equal to or greater than 1.0 m;
Note 1 8B201.a does not apply to turning machines specially designed for producing contact
lenses, having all of the following:
a. Machine controller limited to using ophthalmic based "software" for part
programming data input; and
b. No vacuum chucking.
Note 2 8B201.a does not apply to bar machines (Swissturn), limited to machining only bar feed
thru, if maximum bar diameter is equal to or less than 42 mm and there is no capability of
mounting chucks. Machines may have drilling and/or milling capabilities for machining
parts with diameters less than 42 mm.
8B201 b. Machine tools for milling having any of the following:

1. Three linear axes plus one rotary axis which can be coordinated simultaneously for "contouring
control" having any of the following:
a. "Unidirectional positioning repeatability" equal to or less (better) than 0.9 µm along
one or more linear axis with a travel length less than 1.0 m; or
b. "Unidirectional positioning repeatability" equal to or less (better) than 1.1 µm along one
or more linear axis with a travel length equal to or greater than 1.0 m;
128
2. Five or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for "contouring control" having
a. "Unidirectional positioning repeatability" equal to or less (better) than 0.9 µm along one
or more linear axis with a travel length less than 1.0 m;
b. "Unidirectional positioning repeatability" equal to or less (better) than 1.4 µm along one or
more linear axis with a travel length equal to or greater than 1 m and less than 4 m;
c. "Unidirectional positioning repeatability" equal to or less (better) than 6.0 µm along one
or more linear axis with a travel length equal to or greater than 4 m; or
8B201 b. 3. A "unidirectional positioning repeatability" for jig boring machines, equal to or less (better) than
1.1 µm along one or more linear axis; or
8B201 b. 4. Fly cutting machines having all of the following:

a. Spindle "run-out" and "camming" less (better) than 0.0004 mm TIR; and
b. Angular deviation of slide movement (yaw, pitch and roll) less (better) than 2
seconds of arc, TIR, over 300 mm of travel;
8B201 c. Machine tools for grinding having any of the following:

1. Having all of the following:
one or more linear axis; and
b. Three or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for "contouring
control"; or
2. Five or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for "contouring control" having
one or more linear axis with a travel length less than 1 m;
b. "Unidirectional positioning repeatability" equal to or less (better) than 1.4 µm along
one or more linear axis with a travel length equal to or greater than 1 m and less than 4 m; or
c. "Unidirectional positioning repeatability" equal to or less (better) than 6.0 µm along
one or more linear axis with a travel length equal to or greater than 4 m.
Note 8B201.c does not apply to grinding machines as follows:
a. Cylindrical external, internal, and external-internal grinding machines, having all of
the following:
1. Limited to cylindrical grinding; and
2. Limited to a maximum workpiece capacity of 150 mm outside diameter or length.
b. Machines designed specifically as jig grinders that do not have a z-axis or a w-axis,
with a "unidirectional positioning repeatability" less (better) than 1.1 µm.
c. Surface grinders.
8B201 d. Electrical discharge machines (EDM) of the non-wire type which have two or more rotary axes which
can be coordinated simultaneously for "contouring control";
8B201 e. Machine tools for removing metals, ceramics or "composites", having all of the following:
1. Removing material by means of any of the following:
a. Water or other liquid jets, including those employing abrasive additives;
b. Electron beam; or
c. "Laser" beam; and
2. At least two rotary axes having all of the following:
a. Can be coordinated simultaneously for "contouring control"; and
b. A positioning "accuracy" of less (better) than 0.003°;
8B201 f. Deep-hole-drilling machines and turning machines modified for deep-hole-drilling, having a
maximum depth-of-bore capability exceeding 5 m.
8B202 Numerically controlled optical finishing machine tools equipped for selective material removal to produce
non-spherical optical surfaces having all of the following characteristics:
129
a. Finishing the form to less (better) than 1.0 µm;
b. Finishing to a roughness less (better) than 100 nm rms;
c. Four or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for "contouring control"; and
d. Using any of the following processes:
1. 'Magnetorheological finishing (MRF)';
2. 'Electrorheological finishing (ERF)';
3. 'Energetic particle beam finishing';
4. 'Inflatable membrane tool finishing; or
5. 'Fluid jet finishing'.
Technical Notes
For the purposes of 8B202:
1. 'MRF' is a material removal process using an abrasive magnetic fluid whose viscosity is controlled by
a magnetic field.
2. 'ERF' is a removal process using an abrasive fluid whose viscosity is controlled by an electric field.
3. 'Energetic particle beam finishing' uses Reactive Atom Plasmas (RAP) or ion-beams to selectively
remove material.
4. 'Inflatable membrane tool finishing' is a process that uses a pressurized membrane that deforms to
contact the workpiece over a small area.
5. 'Fluid jet finishing' makes use of a fluid stream for material removal.
8B203 "Numerically controlled" or manual machine tools, and specially designed components, controls and
accessories therefor, specially designed for the shaving, finishing, grinding or honing of hardened (Rc = 40
or more) spur, helical and double-helical gears with a pitch diameter exceeding 1,250 mm and a face width
of 15% of pitch diameter or larger finished to a quality of AGMA 14 or better (equivalent to ISO 1328
class 3).
8B204 Hot "isostatic presses" having all of the following, and specially designed components and accessories
therefor:
a. A controlled thermal environment within the closed cavity and a chamber cavity with an inside
diameter of 406 mm or more; and
b. Having any of the following:
1. A maximum working pressure exceeding 207 MPa;
2. A controlled thermal environment exceeding 1,773 K (1,500°C); or
3. A facility for hydrocarbon impregnation and removal of resultant gaseous degradation products.
Technical Note
The inside chamber dimension is that of the chamber in which both the working temperature and the
working pressure are achieved and does not include fixtures. That dimension will be the smaller of either
the inside diameter of the pressure chamber or the inside diameter of the insulated furnace chamber,
depending on which of the two chambers is located inside the other.
N.B. For specially designed dies, moulds and tooling see 8B103, 8B909 and 6A018
8B205 Equipment specially designed for the deposition, processing and in-process control of inorganic overlays,
coatings and surface modifications, as follows, for substrates specified in column 2, by processes shown in
column 1 in the Table following 8E203.f., and specially designed automated handling, positioning,
manipulation and control components therefor:
a. Chemical vapour deposition (CVD) production equipment having all of the following:
1. A process modified for one of the following:
a. Pulsating CVD;
b. Controlled nucleation thermal deposition (CNTD); or
c. Plasma enhanced or plasma assisted CVD; and
a. Incorporating high vacuum (equal to or less than 0.01 Pa) rotating seals; or
b. Incorporating in situ coating thickness control;
8B205 b. Ion implantation production equipment having beam currents of 5 mA or more;
130
c. Electron beam physical vapour deposition (EB-PVD) production equipment incorporating power
systems rated for over 80 kW and having any of the following:
1. A liquid pool level "laser" control system which regulates precisely the ingots feed rate; or
2. A computer controlled rate monitor operating on the principle of photo-luminescence of the ionised
atoms in the evaporant stream to control the deposition rate of a coating containing two or more
elements;
d. Plasma spraying production equipment having any of the following:

1. Operating at reduced pressure controlled atmosphere (equal to or less than 10 kPa measured
above and within 300 mm of the gun nozzle exit) in a vacuum chamber capable of evacuation
down to 0.01 Pa prior to the spraying process; or
2. Incorporating in situ coating thickness control;
e. Sputter deposition production equipment capable of current densities of 0.1 mA/mm2 or higher at a
deposition rate of 15 µm/h or more;
f. Cathodic arc deposition production equipment incorporating a grid of electromagnets for steering
control of the arc spot on the cathode;
g. Ion plating production equipment capable of in situ measurement of any of the following:
1. Coating thickness on the substrate and rate control; or
2. Optical characteristics.
Note 8B205.a, 8B205.b, 8B205.e, 8B205.f and 8B205.g do not apply to chemical vapour
deposition, cathodic arc, sputter deposition, ion plating or ion implantation equipment,
specially designed for cutting or machining tools.
8B206 Dimensional inspection or measuring systems, equipment and "electronic assemblies", as follows:
a. Computer controlled or "numerically controlled" Coordinate Measuring Machines (CMM), having a
three dimensional (volumetric) maximum permissible error of length measurement (E 0,MPE ) at any
point within the operating range of the machine (i.e., within the length of axes) equal to or less
(better) than 1.7 + L/1,000 µm (L is the measured length in mm), according to ISO 10360-2 (2009);
Technical Note
The E 0,MPE of the most accurate configuration of the CMM specified by the manufacturer (e.g., best
of the following: probe, stylus length, motion parameters, environment) and with "all compensations
available" shall be compared to the 1.7 + L/1,000 µm threshold.
8B206 b. Linear and angular displacement measuring instruments, as follows:

1. 'Linear displacement' measuring instruments having any of the following:
Note Interferometer and optical-encoder displacement measuring systems containing a "laser"
are only specified in 8B206.b.1.c.
Technical Note
For the purpose of 8B206.b.1, 'linear displacement' means the change of distance between the
measuring probe and the measured object.
a. Non-contact type measuring systems with a "resolution" equal to or less (better) than
0.2 µm within a measuring range up to 0.2 mm;
b. Linear Variable Differential Transformer (LVDT) systems having all of the
following:
a. "Linearity" equal to or less (better) than 0.1% measured from 0 to the 'full
operating range', for LVDTs with a 'full operating range' up to and including ±
5 mm; or
b. "Linearity" equal to or less (better) than 0.1% measured from 0 to 5 mm for

LVDTs with a 'full operating range' greater than ± 5 mm; and
131
2. Drift equal to or less (better) than 0.1% per day at a standard ambient test room
temperature ±1 K;
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8B206.b.1.b, 'full operating range' is half of the total possible linear
displacement of the LVDT. For example, LVDTs with a 'full operating range' up to and
including ± 5 mm can measure a total possible linear displacement of 10 mm.
8B206 b. 1. c. Measuring systems having all of the following:

1. Containing a "laser";
2. A "resolution" over their full scale of 0.200 nm or less (better); and
3. Capable of achieving a "measurement uncertainty" equal to or less (better) than (1.6
+ L/2,000) nm (L is the measured length in mm) at any point within a measuring
range, when compensated for the refractive index of air and measured over a period
of 30 seconds at a temperature of 20±0.01oC; or
8B206 b. 1. d. "Electronic assemblies" specially designed to provide feedback capability in systems

specified by 8B206.b.1.c;
Note 8B206.b.1 does not apply to measuring interferometer systems, with an automatic
control system that is designed to use no feedback techniques, containing a "laser" to
measure slide movement errors of machine-tools, dimensional inspection machines
or similar equipment.
8B206 b. 2. Angular displacement measuring instruments having an angular position "accuracy" equal to or
less (better) than 0.00025°;
Note 8B206.b.2 does not apply to optical instruments, such as autocollimators, using
collimated light (e.g., "laser" light) to detect angular displacement of a mirror.
8B206 c. Equipment for measuring surface roughness (including surface defects), by measuring optical scatter
with a sensitivity of 0.5 nm or less (better).
Note 8B206 includes machine tools, other than those specified by 8B201 that can be used as
measuring machines if they meet or exceed the criteria specified for the measuring machine function.
8B207 "Robots" having any of the following characteristics and specially designed controllers and "end-effectors"
therefor:
a. Capable in real time of full three-dimensional image processing or full three-dimensional 'scene
analysis' to generate or modify "programs" or to generate or modify numerical programme data;
Technical Note
The 'scene analysis' limitation does not include approximation of the third dimension by viewing at a
given angle, or limited grey scale interpretation for the perception of depth or texture for the
approved tasks (2 1/2 D).
b. Specially designed to comply with Indian safety standards applicable to potentially explosive
munitions environments;
Note 8B207.b does not apply to "robots" specially designed for paint-spraying booths.
c. Specially designed or rated as radiation-hardened to withstand greater than 5 x 103 Gy (Si) without
operational degradation; or
d. Specially designed to operate at altitudes exceeding 30,000 m.
8B208 Assemblies or units, specially designed for machine tools, or dimensional inspection or measuring systems
and equipment, as follows:
a. Linear position feedback units having an overall "accuracy" less (better) than (800 + (600 x L/1,000))
nm (L equals the effective length in mm);
N.B. For "laser" systems see also 8B206.b.1.c and d.
b. Rotary position feedback units having an "accuracy" less (better) than 0.00025°;
132
N.B. For "laser" systems see also 8B206.b.2.
Note 8B208.a and 8B208.b apply to units, which are designed to determine the positioning information for
feedback control, such as inductive type devices, graduated scales, infrared systems or "laser"
systems.
c. "Compound rotary tables" and "tilting spindles", capable of upgrading, according to the
manufacturer's specifications, machine tools to or above the levels specified by 8B2.
8B209 Spin-forming machines and flow-forming machines, which, according to the manufacturer's technical
specification, can be equipped with "numerical control" units or a computer control and having all of the
following:
a. Three or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for "contouring control"; and
b. A roller force more than 60 kN.
Technical Note
For the purpose of 8B209, machines combining the function of spin-forming and flow-forming are
regarded as flow-forming machines.
8C2. MATERIAL PROCESSING (MATERIALS ) (Reserved)
8D2. MATERIAL PROCESSING (SOFTWARE)
8D201 "Software", other than that specified by 8D202 as follows:

a. "Software" specially designed or modified for the "development" or "production" of
equipment specified by 8A2 or 82B;
b. "Software" specially designed or modified for the "use" of equipment specified by 8A201.c,
8B201, or 8B203 to 8B209.
Note 8D201 does not apply to part programming "software" that generates "numerical control" codes
for machining various parts.
8D202 "Software" for electronic devices, even when residing in an electronic device or system, enabling such devices
or systems to function as a "numerical control" unit, capable of co-ordinating simultaneously more than 4 axes
for "contouring control".
Note1 8D202 does not apply to "software" specially designed or modified for the operation of items not
specified by 8A2.
Note 2 8D202 does not apply to "software" for items specified by 8B202 See 8D201 and
8D203 for "software" for items specified by 8B202.
Note 3 8D202 does not apply to "software" that is exported with, and the minimum necessary for the
operation of, items not specified by Categories 8A2, 8B2, 8C2, 8D2 and 8E2.
8D203 "Software", designed or modified for the operation of equipment specified by 8B202 that converts optical
design, workpiece measurements and material removal functions into "numerical control" commands to
achieve the desired workpiece form.
8E2 MATERIAL PROCESSING (TECHNOLOGY)
8E201 "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development" of equipment or
"software" specified by 8A2, 8B2 or 8D2.
Note 8E201 includes "technology" for the integration of probe systems into coordinate measurement
machines specified by 8B206.a.
8E202 "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "production" of equipment specified by
8A2 or 8B2
8E203 Other "technology", as follows:

a. "Technology" for the "development" of interactive graphics as an integrated part in "numerical
control" units for preparation or modification of part programs ;
b. "Technology" for metal-working manufacturing processes, as follows:
133
1. "Technology" for the design of tools, dies or fixtures specially designed for any of the
following processes:
a. "Superplastic forming";
b. "Diffusion bonding"; or
c. "Direct-acting hydraulic pressing";
2. Technical data consisting of process methods or parameters as listed below used to control:
a. "Superplastic forming" of aluminium alloys, titanium alloys or "superalloys":
1. Surface preparation;
2. Strain rate;
3. Temperature;
4. Pressure;
b. "Diffusion bonding" of "superalloys" or titanium alloys:
1. Surface preparation;
2. Temperature;
3. Pressure;
c. "Direct-acting hydraulic pressing" of aluminium alloys or titanium alloys:
1. Pressure;
2. Cycle time;
d. "Hot isostatic densification" of titanium alloys, aluminium alloys or "superalloys":
1. Temperature;
2. Pressure;
3. Cycle time;
8E203 c. "Technology" for the "development" or "production" of hydraulic stretch-forming machines and dies
therefor, for the manufacture of airframe structures;
8E203 d. "Technology" for the "development" of generators of machine tool instructions (e.g., part programs)
from design data residing inside "numerical control" units;
8E203 e. "Technology" for the "development" of integration "software" for incorporation of expert systems for
advanced decision support of shop floor operations into "numerical control" units;
8E203 f. "Technology" for the application of inorganic overlay coatings or inorganic surface modification
coatings (specified in column 3 of the following table) to non-electronic substrates (specified in
column 2 of the following table), by processes specified in column 1 of the following table and
defined in the Technical Note.
N.B. This Table should be read to specify the “technology” of a particular 'Coating Process' only
when the Resultant Coating in column 3 is in a paragraph directly across from the relevant
'Substrate' under column 2. For example, Chemical Vapour Deposition (CVD) 'coating process'
technical data are included for the application of 'silicides' to 'Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and
Metal "matrix" "composites" substrates, but are not included for the application of 'silicides' to
'Cemented tungsten carbide (16), Silicon carbide (18)' substrates. In the second case, the
resultant coating is not listed in the paragraph under column 3 directly across from the
paragraph under column 2 listing 'Cemented tungsten carbide (16), Silicon carbide (18)'.
134
TABLE - DEPOSITION TECHNIQUES
1. Coating Process (1) * 2. Substrate 3. Resultant Coating
A. Chemical Vapour "Superalloys" Aluminides for internal

Deposition (CVD) passages
Ceramics (19) and Low- Silicides

expansion glasses (14) Carbides
Dielectric layers (15)
Diamond
Diamond-like carbon (17)
Carbon-carbon, Silicides
Ceramic and Carbides
Metal "matrix" Refractory metals
"composites" Mixtures thereof (4)
Aluminides
Alloyed aluminides (2)
Boron nitride
Cemented tungsten Carbides

carbide (16), Tungsten
Silicon carbide (18) Mixtures thereof (4)
Molybdenum and Dielectric layers (15)

Molybdenum alloys
Beryllium and Dielectric layers (15)

Beryllium alloys Diamond
Sensor window Dielectric layers (15)

materials (9) Diamond
*
The numbers in parenthesis refer to the Notes following this Table.
135
1. Coating Process (1) 2. Substrate 3. Resultant Coating
B. Thermal-Evaporation
Physical Vapour
Deposition (TE-PVD)
B.1. Physical Vapour "Superalloys" Alloyed silicides

Deposition (PVD): Alloyed aluminides (2)
Electron-Beam MCrAlX (5)
(EB-PVD) Modified zirconia (12)
Silicides
Aluminides
Mixtures thereof (4)
Ceramics (19) and Low- Dielectric layers (15)

expansion glasses (14)
Corrosion resistant MCrAlX (5)

steel (7) Modified zirconia (12)
Metal "matrix" Refractory metals
"composites" Mixtures thereof (4)
Boron nitride


Molybdenum alloys

Beryllium alloys Borides
Beryllium

materials (9)
Titanium alloys (13) Borides

Nitrides
136
B.2. Ion assisted resistive Ceramics (19) and Low- Dielectric layers (15)
heating Physical Vapour expansion glasses (14) Diamond-like carbon (17)
Deposition (PVD)
(Ion Plating)
Carbon-carbon, Dielectric layers (15)
Ceramic and Metal
"matrix" "composites"
Cemented tungsten Dielectric layers (15)

carbide (16),
Silicon carbide
Molybdenum and
Molybdenum alloys Dielectric layers (15)
Beryllium and
Beryllium alloys Dielectric layers (15)

materials (9) Diamond-like carbon (17)
___________________________________________________________________________
B.3. Physical Vapour Ceramics (19) and Low- Silicides

Deposition (PVD): expansion glasses (14) Dielectric layers (15)
"Laser" Vaporization Diamond-like carbon (17)
Carbon-carbon, Dielectric layers (15)

Ceramic and Metal
"matrix" "composites"
Cemented tungsten Dielectric layers (15)

carbide (16),
Silicon carbide

Molybdenum alloys

Beryllium alloys

materials (9) Diamond-like carbon
B.4. Physical Vapour "Superalloys" Alloyed silicides

Deposition (PVD): Alloyed aluminides (2)
Cathodic Arc Discharge MCrAlX (5)
Polymers (11) and Borides

Organic "matrix" Carbides
"composites" Nitrides
137
___________________________________________________________________________
C. Pack cementation Carbon-carbon, Silicides

(see A above for Ceramic and Carbides
out-of-pack Metal "matrix" Mixtures thereof (4)
cementation) (10) "composites"
Titanium alloys (13) Silicides

Aluminides
Refractory metals Silicides

and alloys (8) Oxides
___________________________________________________________________________
D. Plasma spraying "Superalloys" MCrAlX (5)

Modified zirconia (12)
Abradable Nickel-Graphite
Abradable materials
containing Ni-Cr-Al
Abradable Al-Si-Polyester
Aluminium alloys (6) MCrAlX (5)

Silicides
Refractory metals Aluminides

and alloys (8) Silicides
Carbides
D. (continued) Corrosion resistant MCrAlX (5)

steel (7) Modified zirconia (12)
Titanium alloys (13) Carbides

Aluminides
Silicides
Abradable Nickel-Graphite
Abradable materials
containing Ni-Cr-Al
Abradable Al-Si-Polyester
___________________________________________________________________________
E. Slurry Deposition Refractory metals Fused silicides

and alloys (8) Fused aluminides
except for resistance
heating elements
138
Metal "matrix" Mixtures thereof (4)
"composites"
___________________________________________________________________________
F. Sputter Deposition "Superalloys" Alloyed silicides

Noble metal modified
aluminides (3)
MCrAlX (5)
Platinum
Ceramics and Low- Silicides

expansion glasses (14) Platinum
Dielectic layers (15)
F. (continued) Titanium alloys (13) Borides

Nitrides
Oxides
Silicides
Aluminides
Carbides
Ceramic and Metal Carbides
"matrix" "composites" Refractory metals
Boron nitride

Boron nitride
Molybdenum and
Molybdenum alloys Dielectric layers (15)
Beryllium and Borides

Beryllium alloys Dielectric layers (15)
Beryllium

materials (9) Diamond-like carbon (17)
Refractory metals Aluminides

and alloys (8) Silicides
Oxides
Carbides
139
G. Ion Implantation High temperature Additions of

bearing steels Chromium
Tantalum or
Niobium (Columbium)
Titanium alloys (13) Borides

Nitrides
Beryllium and Borides

Beryllium alloys

carbide (16) Nitrides
___________________________________________________________________________
TABLE - DEPOSITION TECHNIQUES - NOTES
1. The term 'coating process' includes coating repair and refurbishing as well as original coating.
2. The term 'alloyed aluminide coating' includes single or multiple-step coatings in which an element or
elements are deposited prior to or during application of the aluminide coating, even if these elements are
deposited by another coating process. It does not, however, include the multiple use of single-step pack
cementation processes to achieve alloyed aluminides.
3. The term 'noble metal modified aluminide' coating includes multiple-step coatings in which the noble
metal or noble metals are laid down by some other coating process prior to application of the aluminide
coating.
4. The term 'mixtures thereof' includes infiltrated material, graded compositions, co-deposits and multilayer
deposits and are obtained by one or more of the coating processes specified in the Table.
5. 'MCrAlX' refers to a coating alloy where M equals cobalt, iron, nickel or combinations thereof and X
equals hafnium, yttrium, silicon, tantalum in any amount or other intentional additions over 0.01% by
weight in various proportions and combinations, except:
a. CoCrAlY coatings which contain less than 22% by weight of chromium, less than 7% by weight of
aluminium and less than 2 weight percent of yttrium;
b. CoCrAlY coatings which contain 22 to 24% by weight of chromium, 10 to 12% by weight of
aluminium and 0.5 to 0.7% by weight of yttrium; or
c. NiCrAlY coatings which contain 21 to 23% by weight of chromium, 10 to 12% by weight of
aluminium and 0.9 to1.1% by weight of yttrium.
6. The term 'aluminium alloys' refers to alloys having an ultimate tensile strength of 190 MPa or more
measured at 293 K (20°C).
7. The term 'corrosion resistant steel' refers to AISI (American Iron and Steel Institute) 300 series or
equivalent Indian standard steels.
8. 'Refractory metals and alloys' include the following metals and their alloys: niobium (columbium),
molybdenum, tungsten and tantalum.
140
9. 'Sensor window materials', as follows: alumina, silicon, germanium, zinc sulphide, zinc selenide, gallium
arsenide, diamond, gallium phosphide, sapphire and the following metal halides: sensor window materials
of more than 40 mm diameter for zirconium fluoride and hafnium fluoride.
10. 8A2, 8B2, 8C2, 8D2, 8E2 do not include "technology" for single-step pack cementation of solid airfoils.
11. 'Polymers', as follows: polyimide, polyester, polysulphide, polycarbonates and polyurethanes.
12. 'Modified zirconia' refers to additions of other metal oxides (e.g., calcia, magnesia, yttria, hafnia, rare earth
oxides) to zirconia in order to stabilise certain crystallographic phases and phase compositions. Thermal
barrier coatings made of zirconia, modified with calcia or magnesia by mixing or fusion, are not included.
13. 'Titanium alloys' refers only to aerospace alloys having an ultimate tensile strength of 900 MPa or more
measured at 293 K (20°C).
14. 'Low-expansion glasses' refers to glasses which have a coefficient of thermal expansion of 1 x 10-7 K-1 or
less measured at 293 K (20°C).
15. 'Dielectric layers' are coatings constructed of multi-layers of insulator materials in which the interference
properties of a design composed of materials of various refractive indices are used to reflect, transmit or
absorb various wavelength bands. Dielectric layers refers to more than four dielectric layers or
dielectric/metal "composite" layers.
16. 'Cemented tungsten carbide' does not include cutting and forming tool materials consisting of tungsten
carbide/(cobalt, nickel), titanium carbide/(cobalt, nickel), chromium carbide/nickel-chromium and
chromium carbide/nickel.
17. "Technology" for depositing diamond-like carbon on any of the following is not included:
magnetic disk drives and heads, equipment for the manufacture of disposables, valves for faucets, acoustic
diaphragms for speakers, engine parts for automobiles, cutting tools, punching-pressing dies, office
automation equipment, microphones, medical devices or moulds, for casting or moulding of plastics,
manufactured from alloys containing less than 5% beryllium.
18. 'Silicon carbide' does not include cutting and forming tool materials.
19. Ceramic substrates, as used in this entry, does not include ceramic materials containing 5% by weight, or
greater, clay or cement content, either as separate constituents or in combination.
TABLE - DEPOSITION TECHNIQUES - TECHNICAL NOTE
Processes specified in Column 1 of the Table are defined as follows:
a. Chemical Vapour Deposition (CVD) is an overlay coating or surface modification coating process wherein
a metal, alloy, "composite", dielectric or ceramic is deposited upon a heated substrate. Gaseous reactants
are decomposed or combined in the vicinity of a substrate resulting in the deposition of the desired
elemental, alloy or compound material on the substrate. Energy for this decomposition or chemical
reaction process may be provided by the heat of the substrate, a glow discharge plasma, or "laser"
irradiation.
N.B.1 CVD includes the following processes: directed gas flow out-of-pack deposition, pulsating
CVD, controlled nucleation thermal deposition (CNTD), plasma enhanced or plasma assisted CVD
processes.
N.B.2 Pack denotes a substrate immersed in a powder mixture.
N.B.3 The gaseous reactants used in the out-of-pack process are produced using the same basic
reactions and parameters as the pack cementation process, except that the substrate to be coated is not
in contact with the powder mixture.
b. Thermal Evaporation-Physical Vapour Deposition (TE-PVD) is an overlay coating process conducted in a

vacuum with a pressure less than 0.1 Pa wherein a source of thermal energy is used to vaporize the coating
141
material. This process results in the condensation, or deposition, of the evaporated species onto
appropriately positioned substrates.
The addition of gases to the vacuum chamber during the coating process to synthesize compound coatings
is an ordinary modification of the process.
The use of ion or electron beams, or plasma, to activate or assist the coating's deposition is also a common
modification in this technique. The use of monitors to provide in-process measurement of optical
characteristics and thickness of coatings can be a feature of these processes.
Specific TE-PVD processes are as follows:
1. Electron Beam PVD uses an electron beam to heat and evaporate the material which forms the
coating;
2. Ion Assisted Resistive Heating PVD employs electrically resistive heating sources in combination with
impinging ion beam(s) to produce a controlled and uniform flux of evaporated coating species;
3. "Laser" Vaporization uses either pulsed or continuous wave "laser" beams to vaporize the material
which forms the coating;
4. Cathodic Arc Deposition employs a consumable cathode of the material which forms the coating and
has an arc discharge established on the surface by a momentary contact of a ground trigger.
Controlled motion of arcing erodes the cathode surface creating a highly ionized plasma. The anode
can be either a cone attached to the periphery of the cathode, through an insulator, or the chamber.
Substrate biasing is used for non line-of-sight deposition.
N.B. This definition does not include random cathodic arc deposition with non-biased substrates.
5. Ion Plating is a special modification of a general TE-PVD process in which a plasma or an ion source
is used to ionize the species to be deposited, and a negative bias is applied to the substrate in order to
facilitate the extraction of the species from the plasma. The introduction of reactive species,
evaporation of solids within the process chamber, and the use of monitors to provide in-process
measurement of optical characteristics and thicknesses of coatings are ordinary modifications of the
process.
c. Pack Cementation is a surface modification coating or overlay coating process wherein a substrate is
immersed in a powder mixture (a pack), that consists of:
1. The metallic powders that are to be deposited (usually aluminium, chromium, silicon or combinations
thereof);
2. An activator (normally a halide salt); and
3. An inert powder, most frequently alumina.
The substrate and powder mixture is contained within a retort which is heated to between 1,030 K (757°C)
and 1,375 K (1,102°C) for sufficient time to deposit the coating.
d. Plasma Spraying is an overlay coating process wherein a gun (spray torch) which produces and controls a
plasma accepts powder or wire coating materials, melts them and propels them towards a substrate,
whereon an integrally bonded coating is formed. Plasma spraying constitutes either low pressure plasma
spraying or high velocity plasma spraying.
N.B.1 Low pressure means less than ambient atmospheric pressure.

N.B.2 High velocity refers to nozzle-exit gas velocity exceeding 750 m/s calculated at 293 K (20°C)
at 0.1 MPa.
e. Slurry Deposition is a surface modification coating or overlay coating process wherein a metallic or
ceramic powder with an organic binder is suspended in a liquid and is applied to a substrate by either
spraying, dipping or painting, subsequent air or oven drying, and heat treatment to obtain the desired
coating.
f. Sputter Deposition is an overlay coating process based on a momentum transfer phenomenon, wherein
positive ions are accelerated by an electric field towards the surface of a target (coating material). The
kinetic energy of the impacting ions is sufficient to cause target surface atoms to be released and deposited
on an appropriately positioned substrate.
142
N.B.1 The Table refers only to triode, magnetron or reactive sputter deposition which is used to
increase adhesion of the coating and rate of deposition and to radio frequency (RF) augmented sputter
deposition used to permit vaporisation of non-metallic coating materials.
N.B.2 Low-energy ion beams (less than 5 keV) can be used to activate the deposition.
g. Ion Implantation is a surface modification coating process in which the element to be alloyed is ionized,
accelerated through a potential gradient and implanted into the surface region of the substrate. This
includes processes in which ion implantation is performed simultaneously with electron beam physical
vapour deposition or sputter deposition.
TABLE - DEPOSITION TECHNIQUES - STATEMENT OF UNDERSTANDING

It is understood that the following technical information, accompanying the table of deposition techniques, is for use as
appropriate.
1. Technical information for pretreatments of the substrates listed in the Table, as follows:
a. Chemical stripping and cleaning bath cycle parameters, as follows:
1. Bath composition
a. For the removal of old or defective coatings, corrosion product or foreign deposits;
b. For preparation of virgin substrates;
2. Time in bath;
3. Temperature of bath;
4. Number and sequences of wash cycles;
b. Visual and macroscopic criteria for acceptance of the cleaned part;
c. Heat treatment cycle parameters, as follows:

1. Atmosphere parameters, as follows:
a. Composition of the atmosphere;
b. Pressure of the atmosphere;
2. Temperature for heat treatment;
3. Time of heat treatment;
d. Substrate surface preparation parameters, as follows:

1. Grit blasting parameters, as follows:
a. Grit composition;
b. Grit size and shape;
c. Grit velocity;
2. Time and sequence of cleaning cycle after grit blast;
3. Surface finish parameters;
4. Application of binders to promote adhesion;
e. Masking technique parameters, as follows:

1. Material of mask;
2. Location of mask;
2. Technical information for in situ quality assurance techniques for evaluation of the coating processes listed
in the Table, as follows:
a. Atmosphere parameters, as follows:
1. Composition of the atmosphere;
2. Pressure of the atmosphere;
b. Time parameters;
c. Temperature parameters;
d. Thickness parameters;
e. Index of refraction parameters;
f. Control of composition;
3. Technical information for post deposition treatments of the coated substrates listed in the Table, as
follows:
a. Shot peening parameters, as follows:
1. Shot composition;
143
2. Shot size;
3. Shot velocity
b. Post shot peening cleaning parameters;
c. Heat treatment cycle parameters, as follows:
1. Atmosphere parameters, as follows:
a. Composition of the atmosphere;
b. Pressure of the atmosphere;
2. Time-temperature cycles;
d. Post heat treatment visual and macroscopic criteria for acceptance of the coated substrates;
4. Technical information for quality assurance techniques for the evaluation of the coated substrates listed in
the Table, as follows:
a. Statistical sampling criteria;
b. Microscopic criteria for:
1. Magnification;
2. Coating thickness uniformity;
3. Coating integrity;
4. Coating composition;
5. Coating and substrates bonding;
6. Microstructural uniformity;
c. Criteria for optical properties assessment (measured as a function of wavelength):
1. Reflectance;
2. Transmission;
3. Absorption;
4. Scatter;
5. Technical information and parameters related to specific coating and surface modification processes listed
in the Table, as follows:
a. For Chemical Vapour Deposition (CVD):
1. Coating source composition and formulation;
2. Carrier gas composition;
3. Substrate temperature;
4. Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
5. Gas control and part manipulation;
b. For Thermal Evaporation - Physical Vapour Deposition (PVD):

1. Ingot or coating material source composition;
3. Reactive gas composition;
4. Ingot feed rate or material vaporisation rate;
6. Beam and part manipulation;
7. "Laser" parameters, as follows:
a. Wave length;
b. Power density;
c. Pulse length;
d. Repetition ratio;
e. Source;
c. For Pack Cementation:
1. Pack composition and formulation;
2. Carrier gas composition;
d. For Plasma Spraying:

1. Powder composition, preparation and size distributions;
2. Feed gas composition and parameters;
4. Gun power parameters;
5. Spray distance;
6. Spray angle;
7. Cover gas composition, pressure and flow rates;
144
8. Gun control and part manipulation;
e. For Sputter Deposition:

1. Target composition and fabrication;
2. Geometrical positioning of part and target;
3. Reactive gas composition;
4. Electrical bias;
6. Triode power;
7. Part manipulation;
f. For Ion Implantation:

1. Beam control and part manipulation;
2. Ion source design details;
3. Control techniques for ion beam and deposition rate parameters;
g. For Ion Plating:

1. Beam control and part manipulation;
2. Ion source design details;
3. Control techniques for ion beam and deposition rate parameters;
5. Coating material feed rate and vaporisation rate;
7. Substrate bias parameters.
145
8A3 ELECTRONICS (SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS)
Note 1 The status of equipment and components described in 8A3, other than those described in 8A301.a.3 to
8A301.a.10, 8A301.a.12 or 8A301.a.14, which are specially designed for or which have the same
functional characteristics as other equipment is determined by the status of the other equipment.
Note 2 The status of integrated circuits described in 8A301.a.3 to 8A301.a.9, 8A301.a.12 or 8A301.a.14 which
are unalterably programmed or designed for a specific function for another equipment is determined
by the status of the other equipment.
N.B. When the manufacturer or applicant cannot determine the status of the other equipment, the
status of the integrated circuits is determined in 8A301.a.3 to 8A301.a.9, 8A301.a.12 and
8A301.a.13.
8A301 Electronic items as follows:

a. General purpose integrated circuits as follows:
Note 1 The status of wafers (finished or unfinished), in which the function has been determined, is to be
evaluated against the parameters of 8A301.a.
Note 2 Integrated circuits include the following types:
- "Monolithic integrated circuits";
- "Hybrid integrated circuits";
- "Multichip integrated circuits";
- "Film type integrated circuits", including silicon-on-sapphire integrated circuits;
- "Optical integrated circuits";
- "Three dimensional integrated circuits”;
- "Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuits" ("MMICs").
8A301 a. 1. Integrated circuits designed or rated as radiation hardened to withstand any of the following:
a. A total dose of 5 x 10³ Gy (Si) or higher;
b. A dose rate upset of 5 x 106 Gy (Si)/s or higher; or
c. A fluence (integrated flux) of neutrons (1 MeV equivalent) of 5 x 1013 n/cm2 or
higher on silicon, or its equivalent for other materials;
Note 8A301.a.1.c does not apply to Metal Insulator Semiconductors (MIS).
8A301 a. 2. "Microprocessor microcircuits", "microcomputer microcircuits", microcontroller microcircuits,
storage integrated circuits manufactured from a compound semiconductor, analogue-to-digital
converters, integrated circuits that contain analogue-to-digital converters and store or process
the digitized data, digital-to-analogue converters, electro-optical or "optical integrated circuits"
designed for "signal processing", field programmable logic devices, custom integrated circuits
for which either the function is unknown or the status of the equipment in which the integrated
circuit will be used is unknown, Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) processors, Electrical Erasable
Programmable Read-Only Memories (EEPROMs), flash memories, Static Random-Access
Memories (SRAMs) or Magnetic Random Access Memories (MRAMs), having any of the
following
8A301 a. 2. a. Rated for operation at an ambient temperature above 398 K (+125°C);

b. Rated for operation at an ambient temperature below 218 K
(-55°C); or
c. Rated for operation over the entire ambient temperature range from 218 K (-55°C) to
398 K (+125°C);
Note 8A301.a.2 does not apply to integrated circuits for civil automobile or railway train
applications.
8A301 a. 3. "Microprocessor microcircuits", "microcomputer microcircuits" and microcontroller
microcircuits, manufactured from a compound semiconductor and operating at a clock
frequency exceeding 40 MHz;
Note 8A301.a.3 includes digital signal processors, digital array processors and digital
coprocessors.
8A301 a. 4. (Reserved)
146
8A301 a. 5. Analogue-to-Digital Converter (ADC) and Digital-to-Analogue Converter (DAC) integrated

circuits, as follows:
a. ADCs having any of the following:
1. A resolution of 8 bit or more, but less than 10 bit, with an output rate greater than
1.3 giga samples per second (GSPS);
600 mega samples per second (MSPS);
400 mega samples per second (MSPS);
250 mega samples per second (MSPS); or
5. A resolution of 16 bit or more with an output rate greater than 65 mega samples per
second (MSPS);
N.B. For integrated circuits that contain analogue-to-digital converters and store or process the
digitized data, see 8A3013.a.14.
Technical Notes
1. A resolution of n bit corresponds to a quantisation of 2n levels.
2. The number of bits in the output word is equal to the resolution of the ADC.
3. The output rate is the maximum output rate of the converter, regardless of
architecture or oversampling.
4. For 'multiple channel ADCs', the outputs are not aggregated and the output rate is
the maximum output rate of any single channel.
5. For 'interleaved ADCs' or for 'multiple channel ADCs' that are specified to have an
interleaved mode of operation, the outputs are aggregated and the output rate is the
maximum combined total output rate of all of the outputs.
6. Vendors may also refer to the output rate as sampling rate, conversion rate or
throughput rate. It is often specified in megahertz (MHz) mega words per second or
mega samples per second (MSPS).
7. For the purpose of measuring output rate, one sample per second is equivalent to
one hertz or one output word per second.
8. 'Multiple channel ADCs' are defined as devices which integrate more than one
ADC, designed so that each ADC has a separate analogue input.
9. 'Interleaved ADCs' are defined as devices which have multiple ADC units that
sample the same analogue input at different times such that when the outputs are
aggregated, the analogue input has been effectively sampled and converted at a
higher sampling rate.
8A301 a. 5. b. Digital-to-Analogue Converters (DAC) having any of the following:

1. A resolution of 10 bit or more with an 'adjusted update rate' of greater than 3,500
MSPS; or
2. A resolution of 12 bit or more with an 'adjusted update rate' of greater than 1,250
MSPS and having any of the following:
a. A settling time less than 9 ns to 0.024% of full scale from a full scale step; or
b. A 'Spurious Free Dynamic Range' (SFDR) greater than 68 dBc (carrier) when
synthesizing a full scale analogue signal of 100 MHz or the highest full scale
analogue signal frequency specified below 100 MHz;
Technical Notes
1. 'Spurious Free Dynamic Range' (SFDR) is defined as the ratio of the RMS value of the
carrier frequency (maximum signal component) at the input of the DAC to the RMS
value of the next largest noise or harmonic distortion component at its output.
2. SFDR is determined directly from the specification table or from the
characterisation plots of SFDR versus frequency.
3. A signal is defined to be full scale when its amplitude is greater than -3 dBfs (full
scale).
4. 'Adjusted update rate' for DACs:
147
a. For conventional (non-interpolating) DACs, the 'adjusted update rate' is the
rate at which the digital signal is converted to an analogue signal and the
output analogue values are changed by the DAC. For DACs where the
interpolation mode may be bypassed (interpolation factor of one), the DAC
should be considered as a conventional (non-interpolating) DAC.
b. For interpolating DACs (oversampling DACs), the 'adjusted update rate' is
defined as the DAC update rate divided by the smallest interpolating factor.
For interpolating DACs, the 'adjusted update rate' may be referred to by
different terms including:
• input data rate
• input word rate
• input sample rate
• maximum total input bus rate
• maximum DAC clock rate for DAC clock input.
8A301 a. 6. Electro-optical and "optical integrated circuits", designed for

"signal processing" and having all of the following:
a. One or more than one internal "laser" diode;
b. One or more than one internal light detecting element; and
c. Optical waveguides;
8A301 a. 7. Field programmable logic devices having any of the following:

a. A maximum number of single-ended digital input/outputs of greater than 700; or
b. An 'aggregate one-way peak serial transceiver data rate' of 500 Gb/s or greater;
Note 8A301.a.7. includes:
- Simple Programmable Logic Devices (SPLDs)
- Complex Programmable Logic Devices (CPLDs)
- Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs)
- Field Programmable Logic Arrays (FPLAs)
- Field Programmable Interconnects (FPICs)
N.B. For integrated circuits having field programmable logic devices that are
combined with an analogue-to-digital converter, see 8A301.a.14.
Technical Notes
1. Maximum number of digital input/outputs in 8A301.a.7.a is also referred to as maximum
user input/outputs or maximum available input/ outputs, whether the integrated circuit is
packaged or bare die.
2. 'Aggregate one-way peak serial transceiver data rate' is the product of the peak serial one-
way transceiver data rate times the number of transceivers on the FPGA.
8A301 a. 8. (Reserved)
9. Neural network integrated circuits;
10. Custom integrated circuits for which the function is unknown, or the status of the equipment in
which the integrated circuits will be used is unknown to the manufacturer, having any of the
following:
a. More than 1,500 terminals;
b. A typical "basic gate propagation delay time" of less than 0.02 ns; or
c. An operating frequency exceeding 3 GHz;
11. Digital integrated circuits, other than those described in 8A301.a.3 to 8A301.a.10 and
8A301.a.12, based upon any compound semiconductor and having any of the following:
a. An equivalent gate count of more than 3,000 (2 input gates); or
b. A toggle frequency exceeding 1.2 GHz;
12. Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) processors having a rated execution time for an N-point complex
FFT of less than (N log 2 N)/20,480 ms, where N is the number of points;
148
Technical Note
When N is equal to 1,024 points, the formula in 8A301.a.12 gives an execution time of 500 μs.
8A301 a.13. Direct Digital Synthesizer (DDS) integrated circuits having any
of the following:
a. A Digital-to-Analogue Converter (DAC) clock frequency of 3.5 GHz or more and a DAC
resolution of 10 bit or more, but less than 12 bit; or
b. A DAC clock frequency of 1.25 GHz or more and a DAC resolution of 12 bit or more;
Technical Note
The DAC clock frequency may be specified as the master clock frequency or the input clock
frequency.
a. 14. Integrated circuits that perform all of the following:

a. Analogue-to-digital conversions meeting any of the following:
1. A resolution of 8 bit or more, but less than 10 bit, with an input sample rate greater
than 1.3 giga samples per second (GSPS);
than 400 mega samples per second (MSPS); or
5. A resolution of 16 bit or more with an input sample rate greater than 180 mega
samples per second (MSPS); and
b. Any of the following:
1. Storage of digitized data; or
2. Processing of digitized data;
N.B.1. For analogue-to-digital converter integrated circuits see 8A301.a.5.a.
N.B.2. For field programmable logic devices see 8A301.a.7.
8A301 b. 16 Microwave or millimetre wave items, as follows:

Technical Notes
1. For purposes of 8A301.b, the parameter peak saturated power output may also be referred to on
product data sheets as output power, saturated power output, maximum power output, peak power
output, or peak envelope power output.
2. For purposes of 8A301.b 1, 'vacuum electronic devices' are electronic devices based on the
interaction of an electron beam with an electromagnetic wave propagating in a vacuum circuit or
interacting with radio-frequency vacuum cavity resonators. 'Vacuum electronic devices' include
klystrons, travelling-wave tubes, and their derivatives.
3. 'Vacuum electronic devices' and cathodes, as follows:-
Note 1: 8A301.b 1 does not apply to 'vacuum electronic devices' designed or rated
for operation in any frequency bands and having all of the following:-
a. Does not exceed 31.8 GHz; and
b. Is "allocated by the ITU" for radio-communications services, but not
for radio-determination.
Note 2: 8A301.b.1 does not apply to non-"space-qualified" 'vacuum electronic

devices' having all of the following:
a. An average output power equal to or less than 50 W; and
16
Para 1(M) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
149
b. Designed or rated for operation in any frequency band and having
all of the following:-
1. Exceeds 31.8 GHz but does not exceed 43.5 GHz; and
2. Is "allocated by the ITU" for radio-communications services,
but not for radio determination.
8A301 b. 1. a. Travelling wave tubes, pulsed or continuous wave, as follows:

1. Tubes operating at frequencies exceeding 31.8 GHz;
2. Tubes having a cathode heater element with a turn on time to rated RF power of less
than 3 seconds;
3. Coupled cavity tubes, or derivatives thereof, with a "fractional bandwidth" of more
than 7% or a peak power exceeding 2.5 kW;
4. Devices based on helix, folded waveguide, or serpentine waveguide circuits, or
derivatives thereof, having any of the following:
a. An "instantaneous bandwidth" of more than one octave, and average power
(expressed in kW) times frequency (expressed in GHz) of more than 0.5;
b. An "instantaneous bandwidth" of one octave or less, and average power (expressed
in kW) times frequency (expressed in GHz) of more than 1;
c. Being "space-qualified"; or
d. Having a gridded electron gun;
5. Devices with a "fractional bandwidth" greater than or equal to 10%, with any of the
following:
a. An annular electron beam;
b. A non-axisymmetric electron beam; or
c. Multiple electron beams;
8A301 b. 1. b. Crossed-field amplifier tubes with a gain of more than 17 dB;
c. Thermionic cathodes designed for 'vacuum electronic devices' producing an emission current
density at rated operating conditions exceeding 5 A/cm² or a pulsed (non-continuous)
current density at rated operating conditions exceeding 10 A/cm2;
d. 'Vacuum electronic devices' with the capability to operate in a 'dual mode'.
Technical Note
'Dual mode' means the 'vacuum electronic device' beam current can be intentionally
changed between continuous-wave and pulsed mode operation by use of a grid and
produces a peak pulse output power greater than the continuous-wave output power.
8A301 b. 2. "Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit" ("MMIC") amplifiers that are any of the following:
N.B. For "MMIC" amplifiers that have an integrated phase shifter see 8A301.b.12.
a. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz
with a "fractional bandwidth" greater than 15%, and having any of the following:
1. A peak saturated power output greater than 75 W (48.75 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 2.7
GHz up to and including 2.9 GHz;
2. A peak saturated power output greater than 55 W (47.4 dBm) at any frequency exceeding
2.9 GHz up to and including 3.2 GHz;
3. A peak saturated power output greater than 40 W (46 dBm) at any frequency exceeding
3.2 GHz up to and including 3.7 GHz; or
b. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 16 GHz with a
"fractional bandwidth" greater than 10%, and having any of the following:
1. A peak saturated power output greater than 10W (40 dBm) at any frequency exceeding
2. A peak saturated power output greater than 5W (37 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 8.5
GHz up to and including 16 GHz;
c. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 3 W (34.77 dBm) at
any frequency exceeding 16 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz, and with a "fractional
150
bandwidth" of greater than 10%;
d. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.1n W (-70 dBm) at
any frequency exceeding 31.8 GHz up to and including 37 GHz;
e. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 1 W (30 dBm) at any
frequency exceeding 37 GHz up to and including 43.5 GHz, and with a "fractional
f. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 31.62 mW (15 dBm)
at any frequency exceeding 43.5 GHz up to and including 75 GHz, and with a "fractional
g. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 10 mW (10 dBm) at
any frequency exceeding 75 GHz up to and including 90 GHz, and with a "fractional
bandwidth" of greater than 5%; or
h. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.1 nW (-70 dBm) at
any frequency exceeding 90 GHz;
Note 1 (Reserved)
Note 2 The status of the MMIC whose rated operating frequency includes frequencies listed in
more than one frequency range, as defined by 8A301.b.2.a through 8A301.b.2.h, is
determined by the lowest peak saturated power output threshold.
Note 3 Notes 1 and 2 in 8A3 mean that 8A301.b.2 does not apply to MMICs if they are
specially designed for other applications, e.g., telecommunications, radar,
automobiles.
8A301 b. 3. Discrete microwave transistors that are any of the following:

a. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz and
having any of the following:
3. A peak saturated power output greater than 115 W (50.61 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 3.2 GHz up to and including 3.7 GHz; or
exceeding 3.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz;
b. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz and
1. A peak saturated power output greater than 50 W (47 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 6.8
exceeding 8.5 GHz up to and including 12 GHz;
3. A peak saturated power output greater than 40 W (46 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 12
GHz up to and including 16 GHz; or
16 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz;
c. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.5 W (27 dBm) at
d. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 1 W (30 dBm) at any
frequency exceeding 37 GHz up to and including 43.5 GHz; or
e. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.1 nW (-70 dBm) at
any frequency exceeding 43.5 GHz;
Note 1 The status of a transistor whose rated operating frequency includes frequencies listed
in more than one frequency range, as defined by 8A301.b.3.a through 8A301.b.3.e, is
151
Note 2 8A301.b.3 includes bare dice, dice mounted on carriers, or dice mounted in
packages. Some discrete transistors may also be referred to as power amplifiers, but
the status of these discrete transistors is determined by 8A301.b.3.
8A301 b. 4. Microwave solid state amplifiers and microwave assemblies/modules containing microwave
solid state amplifiers, that are any of the following:
a. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz with a
b. Rated for operation at frequencies greater than 6.8 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz
with a "fractional bandwidth" greater than 10%, and having any of the following:
exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 8.5 GHz;
8.5 GHz up to and including 12 GHz;
exceeding 12 GHz up to and including 16 GHz; or
16 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz;
c. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.5 W (27 dBm) at
d. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 2 W (33 dBm) at any
frequency exceeding 37 GHz up to and including 43.5 GHz, and with a "fractional
e. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 43.5 GHz and having any of the following:
1. A peak saturated power output greater than 0.2 W (23 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 43.5 GHz up to and including 75 GHz, and with a "fractional bandwidth"
of greater than 10%;
2. A peak saturated power output greater than 20 mW (13 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 75 GHz up to and including 90 GHz, and with a "fractional bandwidth" of
greater than 5%; or
3. A peak saturated power output greater than 0.1 nW (-70 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 90 GHz; or
8A301 b. 4. f. (Reserved)
N.B.1. For "MMIC" amplifiers see 8A301.b.2.
N.B.2. For 'transmit/receive modules' and 'transmit modules' see 8A301.b.12.
Note 1 (Reserved)
Note 2 The status of an item whose rated operating frequency includes frequencies listed in
more than one frequency range, as defined by 8A301.b.4.a through 8A301.b.4.e, is
8A301 b. 5. Electronically or magnetically tunable band-pass or band-stop filters, having more than 5
tunable resonators capable of tuning across a 1.5:1 frequency band (fmax/fmin) in less than
10 µs and having any of the following:
a. A band-pass bandwidth of more than 0.5% of centre frequency; or
b. A band-stop bandwidth of less than 0.5% of centre frequency;
6. (Reserved)
7. Converters and harmonic mixers, that are any of the following:

152
a. Designed to extend the frequency range of "signal analysers" beyond 90 GHz;
b. Designed to extend the operating range of signal generators as follows:
1. Beyond 90 GHz;
2. To an output power greater than 100 mW (20 dBm) anywhere within the frequency
range exceeding 43.5 GHz but not exceeding 90 GHz;
c. Designed to extend the operating range of network analysers as follows:
1. Beyond 110 GHz;
2. To an output power greater than 31.62 mW (15 dBm) anywhere within the frequency
3. To an output power greater than 1 mW (0 dBm) anywhere within the frequency range
exceeding 90 GHz but not exceeding 110 GHz; or
8A301 b. 7. d. Designed to extend the frequency range of microwave test receivers beyond 110 GHz.
8A301 b. 8. Microwave power amplifiers containing 'vacuum electronic devices' specified by 8A301.b.1
and having all of the following:
a. Operating frequencies above 3 GHz;
b. An average output power to mass ratio exceeding 80 W/kg; and
c. A volume of less than 400 cm3;
Note 8A301.b.8 does not apply to equipment designed or rated for operation in any
frequency band which is "allocated by the ITU" for radio-communications services, but
not for radio-determination.
8A301 b. 9. Microwave Power Modules (MPMs) consisting of, at least, a travelling-wave 'vacuum electronic
device', a "Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit" ("MMIC") and an integrated electronic
power conditioner and having all of the following:
a. A 'turn-on time' from off to fully operational in less than 10 seconds;
b. A volume less than the maximum rated power in Watts multiplied by 10 cm3/W; and
c. An "instantaneous bandwidth" greater than 1 octave
(f max. > 2f min, ) and having any of the following:
1. For frequencies equal to or less than 18 GHz, an RF output power greater than 100
W; or
2. A frequency greater than 18 GHz;
Technical Notes
1. To calculate the volume in8A301.b.9.b, the following example is provided: for a
maximum rated power of 20 W, the volume would be: 20 W x 10 cm3/W = 200 cm3.
2. The 'turn-on time' in 8A301.b.9.a refers to the time from fully-off to fully operational,
i.e., it includes the warm-up time of the MPM.
8A301 b. 10. Oscillators or oscillator assemblies, specified to operate with a single sideband (SSB) phase
noise, in dBc/Hz, less (better) than -(126 + 20log 10 F - 20log 10 f) anywhere within the range of
10 Hz ≤ F ≤ 10 kHz;
Technical Note
In 8A301.b.10, F is the offset from the operating frequency in Hz and f is the operating
frequency in MHz.
8A301 b. 11. "Frequency synthesizer" "electronic assemblies" having a "frequency switching time" as
specified by any of the following:
a. Less than 143 ps;
b. Less than 100 µs for any frequency change exceeding 2.2 GHz within the synthesized
frequency range exceeding 4.8 GHz but not exceeding 31.8 GHz;
c. (Reserved)
d. Less than 500 µs for any frequency change exceeding 550 MHz within
the synthesized frequency range exceeding 31.8 GHz but not
exceeding 37 GHz;
e. Less than 100 µs for any frequency change exceeding 2.2 GHz within the
synthesized frequency range exceeding 37 GHz but not exceeding 90
GHz; or
f. (Reserved)
g. Less than 1 ms within the synthesized frequency range exceeding 90 GHz;
153
N.B. For general purpose "signal analysers", signal generators, network analysers and
microwave test receivers, see 8A302.c, 8A302.d, 8A302.e and 8A302.f respectively.
8A301 b. 12. 'Transmit/receive modules', 'transmit/receive MMICs', 'transmit modules', and 'transmit
MMICs', rated for operation at frequencies above 2.7 GHz and having all of the following:
a. A peak saturated power output (in watts), P sat , greater than 505.62 divided by the
2 2
maximum operating frequency (in GHz) squared [P sat >505.62 W*GHz /f GHz ] for any channel;
b. A "fractional bandwidth" of 5% or greater for any channel;
c. Any planar side with length d (in cm) equal to or less than 15 divided by the lowest
operating frequency in GHz [d ≤ 15cm*GHz*N/fGHz ] where N is the number of transmit or
transmit/receive channels; and
d. An electronically variable phase shifter per channel.
Technical Notes
1. A 'transmit/receive module': is a multifunction "electronic assembly" that provides bi-
directional amplitude and phase control for transmission and reception of signals.
2. A 'transmit module': is an "electronic assembly" that provides amplitude and phase
control for transmission of signals.
3. A 'transmit/receive MMIC': is a multifunction "MMIC" that provides bi-directional
amplitude and phase control for transmission and reception of signals.
4. A 'transmit MMIC': is a "MMIC" that provides amplitude and phase control for
transmission of signals.
5. 2.7 GHz should be used as the lowest operating frequency (fGHz) in the formula in
8A301.b.12.c. for transmit/receive or transmit modules that have a rated operation range
extending downward to 2.7 GHz and below [d≤15cm*GHz*N/2.7 GHz].
6. 8A301.b.12. applies to 'transmit/receive modules' or 'transmit modules' with or without a
heat sink. The value of d in 8A301.b.12.c. does not include any portion of the
'transmit/receive module' or 'transmit module' that functions as a heat sink.
7. 'Transmit/receive modules', or 'transmit modules', or 'transmit/receive MMICs' or
'transmit MMICs' may or may not have N integrated radiating antenna elements where N
is the number of transmit or transmit/receive channels.
8A301 c. Acoustic wave devices as follows and specially designed components therefor:
1. Surface acoustic wave and surface skimming (shallow bulk) acoustic wave devices, having any
of the following:
a. A carrier frequency exceeding 6 GHz;
b. A carrier frequency exceeding 1 GHz, but not exceeding 6 GHz and having any of
the following:
1. A 'frequency side-lobe rejection' exceeding 65 dB;
2. A product of the maximum delay time and the bandwidth (time in µs and
bandwidth in MHz) of more than 100;
3. A bandwidth greater than 250 MHz; or
4. A dispersive delay of more than 10 µs; or
c. A carrier frequency of 1 GHz or less and having any of the following:
1. A product of the maximum delay time and the bandwidth (time in µs and
bandwidth in MHz) of more than 100;
2. A dispersive delay of more than 10 µs; or
3. A 'frequency side-lobe rejection' exceeding 65 dB and a bandwidth greater than
100 MHz;
Technical Note
'Frequency side-lobe rejection' is the maximum rejection value specified in data sheet.
8A301 c. 2. Bulk (volume) acoustic wave devices which permit the direct processing of signals at
frequencies exceeding 6 GHz;
3. Acoustic-optic "signal processing" devices employing interaction between acoustic waves (bulk
wave or surface wave) and light waves which permit the direct processing of signals or images,
including spectral analysis, correlation or convolution;
Note 8A301.c does not apply to acoustic wave devices that are limited to a single band pass, low
pass, high pass or notch filtering, or resonating function.
154
8A301 d. Electronic devices and circuits containing components, manufactured from "superconductive"
materials, specially designed for operation at temperatures below the "critical temperature" of at least
one of the "superconductive" constituents and having any of the following:
1. Current switching for digital circuits using "superconductive" gates with a product of delay
time per gate (in seconds) and power dissipation per gate (in watts) of less than 10-14 J; or
2. Frequency selection at all frequencies using resonant circuits with Q-values exceeding 10,000;
8A301 e. High energy devices as follows:

1. 'Cells' as follows:
a. 'Primary cells' having an 'energy density' exceeding 550 Wh/kg at 20°C;
b. 'Secondary cells' having an 'energy density' exceeding 350 Wh/kg at 20°C;
Technical Notes
1. For the purpose of 8A301.e.1, 'energy density' (Wh/kg) is calculated from the
nominal voltage multiplied by the nominal capacity in ampere-hours (Ah) divided by the mass
in kilograms. If the nominal capacity is not stated, energy density is calculated from the
nominal voltage squared then multiplied by the discharge duration in hours divided by the
discharge load in Ohms and the mass in kilograms.
2. For the purpose of 8A301.e.1, a 'cell' is defined as an electrochemical device, which
has positive and negative electrodes, an electrolyte, and is a source of electrical energy. It is
the basic building block of a battery.
3. For the purpose of 8A301.e.1.a, a 'primary cell' is a 'cell' that is not designed to be
charged by any other source.
4. For the purpose of 8A301.e.1.b, a 'secondary cell' is a 'cell' that is designed to be
charged by an external electrical source.
Note 8A301.e does not apply to batteries, including single-cell batteries.
8A301 e. 2. High energy storage capacitors as follows:

a. Capacitors with a repetition rate of less than 10 Hz (single shot capacitors) and
1. A voltage rating equal to or more than 5 kV;
2. An energy density equal to or more than 250 J/kg; and
3. A total energy equal to or more than 25 kJ;

b. Capacitors with a repetition rate of 10 Hz or more (repetition rated capacitors) and
1. A voltage rating equal to or more than 5 kV;
2. An energy density equal to or more than 50 J/kg;
3. A total energy equal to or more than 100 J; and
4. A charge/discharge cycle life equal to or more than 10,000;
N.B. See also 6A012
8A301 e. 3. "Superconductive" electromagnets and solenoids, specially designed to be fully charged or

discharged in less than one second and having all of the following:
Note 8A301.e.3 does not apply to "superconductive" electromagnets or solenoids specially
designed for Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) medical equipment.
a. Energy delivered during the discharge exceeding 10 kJ in the first second;
b. Inner diameter of the current carrying windings of more than 250 mm; and
c. Rated for a magnetic induction of more than 8 T or "overall current density" in the
winding of more than 300 A/mm2;
8A301 e. 4. Solar cells, cell-interconnect-coverglass (CIC) assemblies, solar panels, and solar arrays, which
are "space-qualified", having a minimum average efficiency exceeding 20% at an operating
temperature of 301 K (28°C) under simulated 'AM0' illumination with an irradiance of 1,367
Watts per square meter (W/m2);
Technical Note
'AM0', or 'Air Mass Zero', refers to the spectral irradiance of sun light in the earth's outer
atmosphere when the distance between the earth and sun is one astronomical unit (AU).
155
8A301 f. Rotary input type absolute position encoders having an "accuracy" equal to or less (better) than 1.0
second of arc and specially designed encoder rings, discs or scales therefor;
8A301 g. Solid-state pulsed power switching thyristor devices and 'thyristor modules', using either electrically,
optically, or electron radiation controlled switch methods and having any of the following:
1. A maximum turn-on current rate of rise (di/dt) greater than 30,000 A/µs and off-state voltage
greater than 1,100 V; or
2. A maximum turn-on current rate of rise (di/dt) greater than 2,000 A/µs and having all of the
following:
a. An off-state peak voltage equal to or greater than 3,000 V; and
b. A peak (surge) current equal to or greater than 3,000 A;
Note 1 8A301.g includes:
- Silicon Controlled Rectifiers (SCRs)
- Electrical Triggering Thyristors (ETTs)
- Light Triggering Thyristors (LTTs)

- Integrated Gate Commutated Thyristors (IGCTs)
- Gate Turn-off Thyristors (GTOs)
- MOS Controlled Thyristors (MCTs)
- Solidtrons
Note 2 8A301.g does not apply to thyristor devices and 'thyristor modules’ incorporated into
equipment designed for civil railway or "civil aircraft" applications.
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8A301.g, a 'thyristor module' contains one or more thyristor devices.
8A301 h. Solid-state power semiconductor switches, diodes, or 'modules', having all of the following:
1. Rated for a maximum operating junction temperature greater than 488 K (215oC);
2. Repetitive peak off-state voltage (blocking voltage) exceeding 300 V; and
3. Continuous current greater than 1 A;
Note 1 Repetitive peak off-state voltage in 8A301.h includes drain to source voltage, collector to
emitter voltage, repetitive peak reverse voltage and peak repetitive off-state blocking
voltage.
Note 2 8A301.h includes:
- Junction Field Effect Transistors (JFETs)
- Vertical Junction Field Effect Transistors (VJFETs)
- Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistors (MOSFETs)
- Double Diffused Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor (DMOSFET)
- Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT)
- High Electron Mobility Transistors (HEMTs)
- Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJTs)
- Thyristors and Silicon Controlled Rectifiers (SCRs)
- Gate Turn-Off Thyristors (GTOs)
- Emitter Turn-Off Thyristors (ETOs)
- PiN Diodes
- Schottky Diodes
Note 3 8A301.h does not apply to switches, diodes, or 'modules', incorporated into equipment
designed for civil automobile, civil railway, or "civil aircraft" applications.
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8A301.h, 'modules' contain one or more solid-state power semiconductor
switches or diodes.
8A302 General purpose "electronic assemblies", modules and equipment, as follows:

a. Recording equipment and oscilloscopes, as follows:
1. (Reserved);
2. (Reserved);
3. (Reserved);
4. (Reserved);
5. (Reserved)
156
N.B. For waveform digitizers and transient recorders, see 8A302.h.
8A302 a. 6. Digital data recorders having all of the following:

a. A sustained 'continuous throughput' of more than 6.4 Gbit/s to disk or solid-state drive
memory; and
b. A processor that performs analysis of radio frequency signal data while it is being
recorded;
Technical Notes
1. For recorders with a parallel bus architecture, the 'continuous throughput' rate is the
highest word rate multiplied by the number of bits in a word.
2. 'Continuous throughput' is the fastest data rate the instrument can record to disk or solid-
state drive memory without the loss of any information while sustaining the input digital
data rate or digitizer conversion rate.
8A302 a. 7. Real-time oscilloscopes having a vertical root-mean-square (rms) noise voltage of less than 2%
of full-scale at the vertical scale setting that provides the lowest noise value for any input 3dB
bandwidth of 60 GHz or greater per channel;
Note 8A302.a.7 does not apply to equivalent-time sampling oscilloscopes.
8A302 b. (Reserved)
8A302 c. "Signal analysers" as follows:

1. "Signal analysers" having a 3 dB resolution bandwidth (RBW) exceeding 10 MHz anywhere
within the frequency range exceeding 31.8 GHz but not exceeding 37 GHz;
2. "Signal analysers" having Displayed Average Noise Level (DANL) less (better) than “-” 150
dBm/Hz anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 43.5 GHz but not exceeding 90 GHz;
3. "Signal analysers" having a frequency exceeding 90 GHz;
4. "Signal analysers" having all of the following:
a. "Real-time bandwidth" exceeding 170 MHz; and
1. 100% probability of discovery, with less than a 3 dB reduction from full amplitude
due to gaps or windowing effects, of signals having a duration of 15 µs or less; or
2. A "frequency mask trigger" function with 100% probability of trigger (capture) for
signals having a duration of 15 µs or less;
Technical Notes
1. Probability of discovery in 8A302.c.4.b.1 is also referred to as probability of
intercept or probability of capture.
2. For the purposes of 8A302.c.4.b.1, the duration for 100% probability of discovery is
equivalent to the minimum signal duration necessary for the specified level
measurement uncertainty.
Note 8A302.c.4 does not apply to those "signal analysers" using only constant percentage
bandwidth filters (also known as octave or fractional octave filters).
8A302 c. 5. (Reserved)
8A302 d. Signal generators having any of the following:

1. Specified to generate pulse-modulated signals having all of the following, anywhere within the
frequency range exceeding 31.8 GHz but not exceeding 37 GHz:
a. 'Pulse duration' of less than 25 ns; and
b. On/off ratio equal to or exceeding 65 dB;
2. An output power exceeding 100 mW (20 dBm) anywhere within the frequency range exceeding
43.5 GHz but not exceeding 90 GHz;
3. A "frequency switching time" as specified by any of the following:
a. (Reserved);
b. Less than 100 µs for any frequency change exceeding 2.2 GHz within the frequency
range exceeding 4.8 GHz but not exceeding 31.8 GHz;
c. (Reserved);
157
d. Less than 500 µs for any frequency change exceeding 550 MHz within the frequency
range exceeding 31.8 GHz but not exceeding 37 GHz; or
8A302 d. 3. e. Less than 100 µs for any frequency change exceeding 2.2 GHz within the frequency
range exceeding 37 GHz but not exceeding 90 GHz;
f. (Reserved)
8A302 d. 4. Single sideband (SSB) phase noise, in dBc/Hz, specified as being any of the following:
a. Less (better) than -(126+20 log10 F-20 log 10 f) anywhere within the range of 10 Hz ≤ F ≤10
kHz anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 3.2 GHz but not exceeding 90 GHz;
or
b. Less (better) than -(206 - 20log10 f) anywhere within the range of 10 kHz < F ≤ 100 kHz
anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 3.2 GHz but not exceeding 90 GHz; or
Technical Note
In 8A302 .d.4, F is the offset from the operating frequency in Hz and f is the operating frequency
in MHz.
8A302 d. 5. A maximum frequency exceeding 90 GHz;
Note 1 For the purpose of 8A302.d, signal generators include arbitrary waveform and function
generators.
Note 2 8A302.d does not apply to equipment in which the output frequency is either produced by the
addition or subtraction of two or more crystal oscillator frequencies, or by an addition or
subtraction followed by a multiplication of the result.
Technical Notes
1. The maximum frequency of an arbitrary waveform or function generator is calculated by
dividing the sample rate, in samples/second, by a factor of 2.5.
2. For the purposes of 8A302.d.1.a, 'pulse duration' is defined as the time interval from the point
on the leading edge that is 50% of the pulse amplitude to the point on the trailing edge that is
50 % of the pulse amplitude.
8A302 e. Network analysers having any of the following:

1. An output power exceeding 31.62 mW (15 dBm) anywhere within the operating frequency
2. An output power exceeding 1 mW (0 dBm) anywhere within the operating frequency range
exceeding 90 GHz but not exceeding 110 GHz;
3. 'Nonlinear vector measurement functionality' at frequencies exceeding 50 GHz but not
exceeding 110 GHz; or
Technical Note
'Nonlinear vector measurement functionality' is an instrument’s ability to analyse the test
results of devices driven into the large-signal domain or the non-linear distortion range.
4. A maximum operating frequency exceeding 110 GHz;
8A302 f. Microwave test receivers having all of the following:

1. A maximum operating frequency exceeding 110 GHz; and
2. Being capable of measuring amplitude and phase simultaneously;
8A302 g. Atomic frequency standards being any of the following:

1. "Space-qualified";
2. Non-rubidium and having a long-term stability less (better) than
1 x 10-11/month; or
3. Non-"space-qualified" and having all of the following:
a. Being a rubidium standard;
b. Long-term stability less (better) than 1 x 10-11/month; and
c. Total power consumption of less than 1 Watt;
8A302 h. "Electronic assemblies", modules or equipment, specified to perform all of the following:
1. Analogue-to-digital conversions meeting any of the following:
158
a. A resolution of 8 bit or more, but less than 10 bit, with an input sample rate greater
than 1.3 billion samples per second;
b. A resolution of 10 bit or more, but less than 12 bit, with an input sample rate greater
c. A resolution of 12 bit or more, but less than 14 bit, with an input sample rate greater
d. A resolution of 14 bit or more but less than 16 bit, with an input sample rate greater
than 400 million samples per second; or
e. A resolution of 16 bit or more with an input sample rate greater than 180 million
samples per second; and
a. Output of digitized data;
b. Storage of digitized data; or
c. Processing of digitized data;
N.B. Digital data recorders, oscilloscopes, "signal analysers", signal generators, network
analysers and microwave test receivers, are specified by 8A302.a.6, 8A302.a.7, 8A302.c,
8A302.., 8A302.e and 8A302.f, respectively.
Technical Note
For multiple-channel "electronic assemblies" or modules, control status is determined by the highest
single-channel specified performance.
Note 8A302.h includes ADC cards, waveform digitizers, data acquisition cards, signal
acquisition boards and transient recorders.
8A303 Spray cooling thermal management systems employing closed loop fluid handling and reconditioning
equipment in a sealed enclosure where a dielectric fluid is sprayed onto electronic components using
specially designed spray nozzles that are designed to maintain electronic components within their operating
temperature range, and specially designed components therefor.
8B3 ELECTRONICS (TEST, INSPECTION AND PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT)
8B301 Equipment for the manufacturing of semiconductor devices or materials, as follows and specially designed
components and accessories therefor:
a. Equipment designed for epitaxial growth as follows:
1. Equipment designed or modified to produce a layer of any material other than silicon with a
thickness uniform to less than ± 2.5% across a distance of 75 mm or more;
Note 8B301.a.1 includes atomic layer epitaxy (ALE) equipment.
2. Metal Organic Chemical Vapour Deposition (MOCVD) reactors designed for compound
semiconductor epitaxial growth of material having two or more of the following elements:
aluminium, gallium, indium, arsenic, phosphorus, antimony, or nitrogen;
3. Molecular beam epitaxial growth equipment using gas or solid sources;
8B301 b. Equipment designed for ion implantation and having any of the following:
1. (Reserved);
2. Being designed and optimized to operate at a beam energy of 20 keV or more and a beam
current of 10 mA or more for hydrogen, deuterium or helium implant;
3. Direct write capability;

4. A beam energy of 65 keV or more and a beam current of 45 mA or more for high energy
oxygen implant into a heated semiconductor material "substrate"; or
5. Being designed and optimized to operate at a beam energy of 20 keV or more and a beam
current of 10 mA or more for silicon implant into a semiconductor material "substrate" heated
to 600°C or greater;
8B301 c. (Reserved);
8B301 d. (Reserved);
159
8B301 e. Automatic loading multi-chamber central wafer handling systems having all of the following:
1. Interfaces for wafer input and output, to which more than two functionally different
'semiconductor process tools' specified by 8B301.a.1, 8B301.a.2, 8B301.a.6.3 or 8B301.b are
designed to be connected; and
2. Designed to form an integrated system in a vacuum environment for 'sequential multiple wafer
processing';
Note 8B301.e does not apply to automatic robotic wafer handling systems specially designed for
parallel wafer processing.
Technical Notes
1. For the purpose of 8B301.e, 'semiconductor process tools' refers to modular tools that provide
physical processes for semiconductor production that are functionally different, such as
deposition, implant or thermal processing.
2. For the purpose of 8B301.e, 'sequential multiple wafer processing' means the capability to
process each wafer in different 'semiconductor process tools', such as by transferring each
wafer from one tool to a second tool and on to a third tool with the automatic loading multi-
chamber central wafer handling systems.
8B301 f. Lithography equipment as follows:

1. Align and expose step and repeat (direct step on wafer) or step and scan (scanner) equipment
for wafer processing using photo-optical or X-ray methods and having any of the following:
a. A light source wavelength shorter than 193 nm; or
b. Capable of producing a pattern with a 'Minimum Resolvable Feature size' (MRF) of
45 nm or less;
Technical Note
The 'Minimum Resolvable Feature size' (MRF) is calculated by the following formula:
(an exposure light source wavelength in nm) x (K factor)
MRF =
numerical aperture
where the K factor = 0.35
8B301 f. 2. Imprint lithography equipment capable of producing features of 45 nm or less;
Note 8B301.f.2 includes:
- Micro contact printing tools
- Hot embossing tools
- Nano-imprint lithography tools
- Step and flash imprint lithography (S-FIL) tools
8B301 f. 3. Equipment specially designed for mask making having all of the following:
a. A deflected focused electron beam, ion beam or "laser" beam; and
1. A full-width half-maximum (FWHM) spot size smaller than 65 nm and an image
placement less than 17 nm (mean + 3 sigma); or
2. (Reserved)
3. A second-layer overlay error of less than 23 nm (mean + 3 sigma) on the mask;
8B301 f. 4. Equipment designed for device processing using direct writing methods, having all of the
following:
a. A deflected focused electron beam; and
1. A minimum beam size equal to or smaller than 15 nm; or
2. An overlay error less than 27 nm (mean + 3 sigma);
8B301 g. Masks and reticles, designed for integrated circuits specified by 8A301;
8B301 h. Multi-layer masks with a phase shift layer not specified by 8B301.g. and having any of the following:
1. Made on a mask "substrate blank" from glass specified as having less than 7 nm/cm birefringence;
or
2. Designed to be used by lithography equipment having a light source wavelength less than 245
nm;
Note 8B301.h. does not apply to multi-layer masks with a phase shift layer designed for the
fabrication of memory devices not specified by 8B301.
160
8B301 i. Imprint lithography templates designed for integrated circuits specified by 8A301.
8B302 Test equipment specially designed for testing finished or unfinished semiconductor devices as follows and
specially designed components and accessories therefor:
a. For testing S-parameters of transistor devices at frequencies exceeding 31.8 GHz;
b. (Reserved)
c. For testing microwave integrated circuits specified by 8A301.b.2.
8C3 ELECTRONICS (MATERIALS)
8C301 Hetero-epitaxial materials consisting of a "substrate" having stacked epitaxially grown multiple layers of
a. Silicon (Si);
b. Germanium (Ge);
c. Silicon Carbide (SiC); or
d. "III/V compounds" of gallium or indium.
Note 8C301.d. does not apply to a "substrate" having one or more P-type epitaxial layers of GaN,
InGaN, AlGaN, InAlN, InAlGaN, GaP, GaAs, AlGaAs, InP, InGaP, AlInP or InGaAlP,
independent of the sequence of the elements, except if the P-type epitaxial layer is between N-
type layers.
8C302 Resist materials as follows and "substrates" coated with the following resists:
a. Resists designed for semiconductor lithography as follows:
1. Positive resists adjusted (optimised) for use at wavelengths less than 245 nm but equal to or
greater than 15 nm;
2. Resists adjusted (optimised) for use at wavelengths less than 15 nm but greater than 1 nm;
b. All resists designed for use with electron beams or ion beams, with a sensitivity of
0.01 µcoulomb/mm2 or better;
c. (Reserved);
d. All resists optimised for surface imaging technologies;
e. All resists designed or optimised for use with imprint lithography equipment specified by 8B301.f.2 that
use either a thermal or photo-curable process.
8C303 Organo-inorganic compounds as follows:

a. Organo-metallic compounds of aluminium, gallium or indium, having a purity (metal basis) better
than 99.999%;
b. Organo-arsenic, organo-antimony and organo-phosphorus compounds, having a purity (inorganic
element basis) better than 99.999%.
Note 8C303 only applies to compounds whose metallic, partly metallic or non-metallic element is
directly linked to carbon in the organic part of the molecule.
8C304 Hydrides of phosphorus, arsenic or antimony, having a purity better than 99.999%, even diluted in inert
gases or hydrogen.
Note 8C304 does not apply to hydrides containing 20% molar or more of inert gases or hydrogen.
8C305 Silicon carbide (SiC), gallium nitride (GaN), aluminium nitride (AlN) or aluminium gallium nitride (AlGaN)
semiconductor "substrates", or ingots, boules, or other preforms of those materials, having resistivities greater
than 10,000 ohm-cm at 20°C.
8C306 "Substrates" specified in 8C305 with at least one epitaxial layer of silicon carbide, gallium nitride,
aluminium nitride or aluminium gallium nitride.
8D3 ELECTRONICS (SOFTWARE)
8D301 "Software" specially designed for the "development" or "production" of equipment specified by 8A301.b to
8A302.h or 8B3.
8D302 "Software" specially designed for the "use" of equipment specified by 8B301.a to f or 8B302.
161
8D303 'Physics-based' simulation "software" specially designed for the "development" of lithographic, etching or
deposition processes for translating masking patterns into specific topographical patterns in conductors,
dielectrics or semiconductor materials.
Technical Note
'Physics-based' in 8D303 means using computations to determine a sequence of physical cause and effect events
based on physical properties (e.g., temperature, pressure, diffusion constants and semiconductor materials
properties).
Note Libraries, design attributes or associated data for the design of semiconductor devices or
integrated circuits are considered as "technology".
8D304 "Software" specially designed for the "development" of equipment specified by 8B303.
8E3 ELECTRONICS (TECHNOLOGY)
8E301 "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development" or "production" of
equipment or materials specified by 8A3, 8B3 or 8C3;
Note 1 8E301 does not apply to "technology" for equipment or components specified by 8A303.
Note 2 8E301 does not apply to "technology" for integrated circuits specified by 8A301.a.3 to
8A301.a.12, having all of the following:
a. Using "technology" at or above 0.130 µm; and
b. Incorporating multi-layer structures with three or fewer metal layers.
8E302 "Technology" according to the General Technology Note other than that specified by 8E301 for the
"development" or "production" of a "microprocessor microcircuit", "microcomputer microcircuit" or
microcontroller microcircuit core, having an arithmetic logic unit with an access width of 32 bits or more
and any of the following features or characteristics:
8E302 a. A 'vector processor unit' designed to perform more than two calculations on floating-point vectors
(one-dimensional arrays of 32-bit or larger numbers) simultaneously;
Technical Note
A 'vector processor unit' is a processor element with built-in instructions that perform multiple
calculations on floating-point vectors (one-dimensional arrays of 32-bit or larger numbers)
simultaneously, having at least one vector arithmetic logic unit and vector registers of at least 32
elements each.
b. Designed to perform more than four 64-bit or larger floating-point operation results per cycle; or
c. Designed to perform more than eight 16-bit fixed-point multiply-accumulate results per cycle (e.g.,
digital manipulation of analogue information that has been previously converted into digital form,
also known as digital "signal processing").
Note 1 8E302 does not apply to "technology" for multimedia extensions.
Note 2 8E302 does not apply to "technology" for micro-processor cores, having all of the
following:
a Using "technology" at or above 0.130 µm; and
b. Incorporating multi-layer structures with five or fewer metal layers.
Note 3 8E302 includes "technology" for the "development" or "production" of digital signal
processors and digital array processors.
8E303 Other "technology" for the "development" or "production" of the following:

a. Vacuum microelectronic devices;
b. Hetero-structure semiconductor electronic devices such as high electron mobility transistors (HEMT),
hetero-bipolar transistors (HBT), quantum well and super lattice devices;
Note 8E303.b does not apply to "technology" for high electron mobility transistors (HEMT)
operating at frequencies lower than 31.8 GHz and hetero-junction bipolar transistors
(HBT) operating at frequencies lower than 31.8 GHz.
162
c. "Superconductive" electronic devices;

d. Substrates of films of diamond for electronic components;
e. Substrates of silicon-on-insulator (SOI) for integrated circuits in which the insulator is silicon
dioxide;
f. Substrates of silicon carbide for electronic components;
g. 'Vacuum electronic devices' operating at frequencies of 31.8 GHz or higher.
8A4 COMPUTERS (SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS)

Note 1 Computers, related equipment and "software" performing telecommunications or "local area network" functions
must also be evaluated against the performance characteristics of (8A501,8B501,8C5,8D501,8E5)-Part 1
(Telecommunications).
Note 2 Control units which directly interconnect the buses or channels of central processing units, "main storage" or disk
controllers are not regarded as telecommunications equipment described in
(8A501,8B501,8C5,8D501,8E5)-Part 1 (Telecommunications).
N.B. For the status of "software" specially designed for packet switching, see 8D501 (Telecommunications).
Note 3 (Reserved)
8A401 Electronic computers and related equipment, having any of the following and "electronic assemblies" and
a. Specially designed to have any of the following:
1. Rated for operation at an ambient temperature below 228 K
(-45°C) or above 358 K (85°C); or
Note 8A401.a.1 does not apply to computers specially designed for civil automobile, railway
train or “civil aircraft” applications.
2. Radiation hardened to exceed any of the following specifications:
a. Total Dose 5 x 103 Gy (Si);
b. Dose Rate Upset 5 x 106 Gy (Si)/s; or
c. Single Event Upset 1 x 10-8 Error/bit/day.
Note 8A401.a.2 does not apply to computers specially designed for "civil aircraft"
applications.
8A401 b. (Reserved)
8A402 (Reserved)
8A403 "Digital computers", "electronic assemblies", and related equipment therefor, as follows and specially
Note 1 8A403 includes the following:
- 'Vector processors';
- Array processors;
- Digital signal processors;
- Logic processors;
- Equipment designed for "image enhancement".
Note 2 The status of the "digital computers" and related equipment described in 8A403 is determined by
the status of other equipment or systems provided:
a. The "digital computers" or related equipment are essential for the operation of the other
equipment or systems;
b. The "digital computers" or related equipment are not a "principal element" of the other
equipment or systems; and
N.B.1 The status of "signal processing" or "image enhancement" equipment specially
designed for other equipment with functions limited to those required for the other
equipment is determined by the status of the other equipment even if it exceeds the
"principal element" criterion.
163
N.B.2 For the status of "digital computers" or related equipment for telecommunications
equipment, see (8A501, 8B501, 8C5, 8D5, 8E5) - Part 1 (Telecommunications).
c. The "technology" for the "digital computers" and related equipment is determined by 8E4.
8A403 a. (Reserved)
b. "Digital computers" having an 'Adjusted Peak Performance' ('APP') exceeding 16 Weighted

TeraFLOPS (WT);
c. "Electronic assemblies" specially designed or modified for enhancing performance by aggregation of

processors so that the 'APP' of the aggregation exceeds the limit specified by8A403.b;
Note 1 8A403.c applies only to "electronic assemblies" and programmable interconnections not
exceeding the limit specified by 8A403.b when shipped as unintegrated "electronic
assemblies".
Note 2 8A403.c does not apply to "electronic assemblies" specially designed for a product or
family of products whose maximum configuration does not exceed the limit specified by
8A403.b.
8A403 d. (Reserved)
e. (Reserved)
N.B. For "electronic assemblies", modules or equipment, performing analogue-to-digital

conversions, see 8A302.h.
f. (Reserved)
g. Equipment specially designed for aggregating the performance of "digital computers" by providing
external interconnections which allow communications at unidirectional data rates exceeding 2.0
Gbyte/s per link.
Note 8A403.g does not apply to internal interconnection equipment (e.g, backplanes, buses),
passive interconnection equipment, "network access controllers" or "communications channel
controllers".
8A404 Computers as follows and specially designed related equipment, "electronic assemblies" and components
therefor:
a. "Systolic array computers";
b. "Neural computers";
c. "Optical computers".
8A405 Systems, equipment, and components therefor, specially designed or modified for the generation, command and
control, or delivery of "intrusion software".
8B4 COMPUTERS (TEST, INSPECTION AND PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT) – (Reserved)
8C4 COMPUTERS (MATERIALS) – (Reserved)
8D4 COMPUTERS (SOFTWARE)
Note The status of "software" for equipment described in other Categories is dealt with in the appropriate
Category.
8D401 "Software" as follows:

a. "Software" specially designed or modified for the "development" or "production" of equipment or
"software" specified by 8A4 or 8D4.
b. "Software", other than that specified by 8D401.a, specially designed or modified for the
"development" or "production" of equipment as follows:
1. "Digital computers" having an 'Adjusted Peak Performance' ('APP') exceeding 8.0 Weighted
TeraFLOPS (WT)
2. "Electronic assemblies" specially designed or modified for enhancing performance by
aggregation of processors so that the 'APP' of the aggregation exceeds the limit in 8D401.b.1.
164
8D402 (Reserved)
8D403 (Reserved)
8D404 "Software" specially designed or modified for the generation, command and control, or delivery of
"intrusion software".
8E4 COMPUTERS (TECHNOLOGY)
8E401 "Technology" as follows:

a. "Technology" according to the General Technology Note, for the "development", "production" or
"use" of equipment or "software" specified by 8A4 or 8D4.
b. "Technology" according to the General Technology Note, other than that specified by 8E401.a., for
the "development" or "production" of equipment as follows:
1. "Digital computers" having an 'Adjusted Peak Performance' ('APP') exceeding 8.0 Weighted
TeraFLOPS (WT);
2. "Electronic assemblies" specially designed or modified for enhancing performance by
aggregation of processors so that the 'APP' of the aggregation exceeds the limit in 8E401.b.1.
c. "Technology" for the "development" of "intrusion software".
TECHNICAL NOTE ON 'ADJUSTED PEAK PERFORMANCE' ('APP')
'APP' is an adjusted peak rate at which "digital computers" perform 64-bit or larger floating point additions and
multiplications.
Abbreviations used in this Technical Note
n number of processors in the "digital computer"

i processor number (i,...n)
ti processor cycle time (t i = 1/F i )
Fi processor frequency
Ri peak floating point calculating rate
Wi architecture adjustment factor
'APP' is expressed in Weighted TeraFLOPS (WT), in units of 1012 adjusted floating point operations per second.
Outline of 'APP' calculation method
1. For each processor i, determine the peak number of 64-bit or larger floating point operations, FPO i , performed per
cycle for each processor in the "digital computer".
Note In determining FPO, include only 64-bit or larger floating point additions and/or multiplications. All
floating point operations must be expressed in operations per processor cycle; operations requiring multiple
cycles may be expressed in fractional results per cycle. For processors not capable of performing
calculations on floating point operands of 64-bit or more, the effective calculating rate R is zero.
2. Calculate the floating point rate R for each processor R i = FPO i /t i
3. Calculate 'APP' as 'APP' = W 1 x R 1 + W 2 x R 2 + … + W n x R n .
4. For 'vector processors', W i = 0.9. For non-'vector processors', W i = 0.3.
Note 1 For processors that perform compound operations in a cycle, such as addition and multiplication, each
operation is counted.
Note 2 For a pipelined processor the effective calculating rate R is the faster of the pipelined rate, once the pipeline
is full, or the non-pipelined rate.
Note 3 The calculating rate R of each contributing processor is to be calculated at its maximum value theoretically
possible before the 'APP' of the combination is derived. Simultaneous operations are assumed to exist when
165
the computer manufacturer claims concurrent, parallel, or simultaneous operation or execution in a manual
or brochure for the computer.
Note 4 Do not include processors that are limited to input/output and peripheral functions (e.g, disk drive,
communication and video display) when calculating 'APP'.
Note 5 'APP' values are not to be calculated for processor combinations (inter)connected by "Local Area Networks",
Wide Area Networks, I/O shared connections/devices, I/O controllers and any communication
interconnection implemented by "software".
Note 6 'APP' values must be calculated for processor combinations containing processors specially designed to
enhance performance by aggregation, operating simultaneously and sharing memory;
Technical Notes
1. Aggregate all processors and accelerators operating simultaneously and located on the same die.
2. Processor combinations share memory when any processor is capable of accessing any memory
location in the system through the hardware transmission of cache lines or memory words, without the
involvement of any software mechanism, which may be achieved using "electronic assemblies" specified
in 8A403.c.
Note 7 A 'vector processor' is defined as a processor with built-in instructions that perform multiple calculations on
floating-point vectors (one-dimensional arrays of 64-bit or larger numbers) simultaneously, having at least 2
vector functional units and at least 8 vector registers of at least 64 elements each.
166
8A5 PART-1 TELECOMMUNICATIONS (SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS)
Note 1 The status of components, test and "production" equipment and "software" therefor which are specially
designed for telecommunications equipment or systems is determined in (8A501, 8B501, 8C5, 8D501 and
8E501) Part 1.
N.B. For "lasers" specially designed for telecommunications equipment or systems, see 8A505.
Note 2 "Digital computers", related equipment or "software", when essential for the operation and support of
telecommunications equipment described in 8A5- Part-I, are regarded as specially designed components,
provided they are the standard models customarily supplied by the manufacturer. This includes operation,
administration, maintenance, engineering or billing computer systems.
8A501 Telecommunications systems, equipment, components and accessories, as follows:

a. Any type of telecommunications equipment having any of the following characteristics, functions or
features:
1. Specially designed to withstand transitory electronic effects or electromagnetic pulse effects,
both arising from a nuclear explosion;
2. Specially hardened to withstand gamma, neutron or ion radiation; or
3. Specially designed to operate outside the temperature range from 218 K (-55°C) to 397 K
(124°C);
Note 8A501.a.3 applies only to electronic equipment.
Note 8A501.a.2 and 8A501.a.3 do not apply to equipment designed or modified for use on board
satellites.
8A501 b. Telecommunication systems and equipment, and specially designed components and accessories
therefor, having any of the following characteristics, functions or features:
1. Being underwater untethered communications systems having any of the following:
a. An acoustic carrier frequency outside the range from 20 kHz to 60 kHz;
b. Using an electromagnetic carrier frequency below 30 kHz;
c. Using electronic beam steering techniques; or
d. Using "lasers" or light-emitting diodes (LEDs), with an output wavelength greater
than 400 nm and less than 700 nm, in a "local area network";
2. Being radio equipment operating in the 1.5 MHz to 87.5 MHz band and having all of the
following:
a. Automatically predicting and selecting frequencies and "total digital transfer rates" per
channel to optimise the transmission; and
8A501 b. 2. b. Incorporating a linear power amplifier configuration having a capability to support multiple
signals simultaneously at an output power of 1 kW or more in the frequency range of
1.5 MHz or more but less than 30 MHz, or 250 W or
more in the frequency range of 30 MHz or more but not exceeding 87.5 MHz, over an
"instantaneous bandwidth" of one octave or more and with an output harmonic and
distortion content of better than -80 dB;
8A501 b. 3. Being radio equipment employing "spread spectrum" techniques, including "frequency
hopping" techniques, not specified by 8A501.b.4 and having any of the following:
a. User programmable spreading codes; or
b. A total transmitted bandwidth which is 100 or more times the bandwidth of any one
information channel and in excess of 50 kHz;
Note 8A501.b.3.b does not apply to radio equipment specially designed for use with
a. Civil cellular radio-communications systems; or
b. Fixed or mobile satellite earth stations for commercial civil
telecommunications.
167
Note 8A501.b.3 does not apply to equipment designed to operate at an output power of
1 W or less.
8A501 b. 4. Being radio equipment employing ultra-wideband modulation techniques having user
programmable channelizing codes, scrambling codes or network identification codes and
a. A bandwidth exceeding 500 MHz; or
b. A "fractional bandwidth" of 20% or more;
8A501 b. 5. Being digitally controlled radio receivers having all of the following:
a. More than 1,000 channels;
b. A 'channel switching time' of less than 1 ms;
c. Automatic searching or scanning of a part of the electromagnetic spectrum; and
d. Identification of the received signals or the type of transmitter; or
Note 8A501.b.5 does not apply to radio equipment specially designed for use with civil
cellular radio-communications systems.
Technical Note
'Channel switching time': the time (i.e, delay) to change from one receiving frequency to
another, to arrive at or within ±0.05% of the final specified receiving frequency. Items having a
specified frequency range of less than ±0.05% around their centre frequency are defined to be
incapable of channel frequency switching.
8A501 b. 6. Employing functions of digital "signal processing" to provide 'voice coding' output at rates of
less than 700 bit/s.
Technical Notes
1. For variable rate 'voice coding', 8A501.b.6 applies to the 'voice coding' output of
continuous speech.
2. For the purpose of 8A501.b.6, 'voice coding' is defined as the technique to take
samples of human voice and then convert these samples into a digital signal, taking into
account specific characteristics of human speech.
8A501 c. Optical fibres of more than 500 m in length and specified by the manufacturer as being capable of
withstanding a 'proof test' tensile stress of 2 x 109 N/m2 or more;
N.B. For underwater umbilical cables, see 8A802.a.3.
Technical Note
'Proof Test': on-line or off-line production screen testing that dynamically applies a prescribed tensile
stress over a 0.5 to 3 m length of fibre at a running rate of 2 to 5 m/s while passing between capstans
approximately 150 mm in diameter. The ambient temperature is a nominal 293 K (20 °C) and relative
humidity 40%.
8A501 d. "Electronically steerable phased array antennae" as follows:

1. Rated for operation above 31.8 GHz, but not exceeding 57 GHz, and having an Effective
Radiated Power (ERP) equal to or greater than +20 dBm (22.15 dBm Effective Isotropic
Radiated Power (EIRP));
2. Rated for operation above 57 GHz, but not exceeding 66 GHz, and having an ERP equal to or
greater than +24 dBm (26.15 dBm EIRP);
3. Rated for operation above 66 GHz, but not exceeding 90 GHz, and having an ERP equal to or
greater than +20 dBm (22.15 dBm EIRP);
4. Rated for operation above 90 GHz;
Note 8A501.d does not apply to "electronically steerable phased array antennae" for landing
systems with instruments meeting ICAO standards covering Microwave Landing Systems
(MLS).
168
8A501 e. Radio direction finding equipment operating at frequencies above 30 MHz and having all of the
following, and specially designed components therefor:
1. "Instantaneous bandwidth" of 10 MHz or more; and
2. Capable of finding a Line of Bearing (LOB) to non-cooperating radio transmitters with a signal
duration of less than 1 ms;
8A501 f. Mobile telecommunications interception or jamming equipment, and monitoring equipment therefor,
as follows, and specially designed components therefor:
1. Interception equipment designed for the extraction of voice or data, transmitted over the air
interface;
2. Interception equipment not specified in 8A501.f.1, designed for the extraction of client device or
subscriber identifiers (e.g, IMSI, TIMSI or IMEI), signalling, or other metadata transmitted over the
air interface;
8A501 f. 3. Jamming equipment specially designed or modified to intentionally and selectively interfere
with, deny, inhibit, degrade or seduce mobile telecommunication services and performing any
of the following:
a. Simulate the functions of Radio Access Network (RAN) equipment;
b. Detect and exploit specific characteristics of the mobile telecommunications protocol

employed (e.g, GSM); or
c. Exploit specific characteristics of the mobile telecommunications protocol employed (e.g,
GSM);
4. RF monitoring equipment designed or modified to identify the operation of items specified in

8A501.f.1, 8A501.f.2 or 8A501.f.3;
Note 8A501.f.1 and 8A501.f.2 do not apply to any of the following:
a. Equipment specially designed for the interception of analogue Private Mobile
Radio (PMR), IEEE 802.11 WLAN;
b. Equipment designed for mobile telecommunications network operators; or
c. Equipment designed for the "development" or "production" of mobile
telecommunications equipment or systems.
N.B.1. See also 6A010.

N.B.2. For radio receivers see 8A501.b.5.
8A501 g. Passive Coherent Location (PCL) systems or equipment, specially designed for detecting and
tracking moving objects by measuring reflections of ambient radio frequency emissions, supplied by
non-radar transmitters;
Technical Note
Non-radar transmitters may include commercial radio, television or cellular telecommunications
base stations.
Note 8A501.g does not apply to any of the following:
a. Radio-astronomical equipment; or
b. Systems or equipment, that requires any radio transmission from the target.
8A501 h. Counter Improvised Explosive Device (IED) equipment and related equipment, as follows:
1. Radio Frequency (RF) transmitting equipment, not specified by 8A501.f, designed or modified for
prematurely activating or preventing the initiation of Improvised Explosive Devices;
2. Equipment using techniques designed to enable radio communications in the same frequency
channels on which co-located equipment specified by 8A501.h.1 is transmitting.
N.B. See also Category 6.
8A501 i. (Reserved)
N.B. See 8A501.f for items specified by 8A501.i.
8A501 j. IP network communications surveillance systems or equipment, and specially designed components
169
therefor, having all of the following:
1. Performing all of the following on a carrier class IP network (e.g, national grade IP backbone):
a. Analysis at the application layer (e.g, Layer 7 of Open Systems Interconnection (OSI)
model (ISO/IEC 7498-1));
b. Extraction of selected metadata and application content (e.g, voice, video, messages,
attachments); and
c. Indexing of extracted data; and
2. Being specially designed to carry out all of the following:
a. Execution of searches on the basis of 'hard selectors'; and
b. Mapping of the relational network of an individual or of a group of people.
Note 8A501.j does not apply to systems or equipment, specially designed for any of the
following:
a. Marketing purpose;
b. Network Quality of Service (QoS);or
c. Quality of Experience (QoE).
Technical Note
'Hard selectors': data or set of data, related to an individual (e.g, family name, given name, e-
mail, street address, phone number or group affiliations).
8B5 PART 1 – TELECOMMUNICATIONS (TEST, INSPECTION AND PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT)
8B501 Telecommunication test, inspection and production equipment, components and accessories, as follows:
a. Equipment and specially designed components or accessories therefor, specially designed for the
"development" or "production" of equipment, functions or features, specified by 8A501;
Note 8B501.a does not apply to optical fibre characterization equipment.
8B501 b. Equipment and specially designed components or accessories therefor, specially designed for the
"development" of any of the following telecommunication transmission or switching equipment:
1. (Reserved)
2. Equipment employing a "laser" and having any of the following:
a. A transmission wavelength exceeding 1,750 nm;
b. (Reserved)
c. (Reserved);
d. Employing analogue techniques and having a bandwidth exceeding 2.5 GHz; or
Note 8B501.b.2.d. does not apply to equipment specially designed for the "development"
of commercial TV systems.
8B501 b. 3. (Reserved)
4. Radio equipment employing Quadrature-Amplitude-Modulation (QAM) techniques above level
1,024.
5. (Reserved)
8C5 PART 1 – TELECOMMUNICATIONS (MATERIALS) – (Reserved)
8D5 PART 1 – TELECOMMUNICATIONS (SOFTWARE)

a. "Software" specially designed or modified for the "development", "production" or "use" of equipment,
functions or features, specified by 8A501;
b. Reserved
c. Specific "software" specially designed or modified to provide characteristics, functions or features of
equipment, specified by 8A501 or 8B501;
8D501 d. "Software" specially designed or modified for the "development" of any of the following
telecommunication transmission or switching equipment:
1. Reserved
a. A transmission wavelength exceeding 1,750 nm; or
b. Employing analogue techniques and having a bandwidth exceeding 2.5 GHz; or
170
Note 8D501.d.2.b does not apply to "software" specially designed or modified for the
"development" of commercial TV systems.
3. (Reserved)
4. Radio equipment employing Quadrature-Amplitude-Modulation (QAM) techniques above level
1,024.
8E5 PART 1 – TELECOMMUNICATIONS (TECHNOLOGY)

a. "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development", "production" or "use"
(excluding operation) of equipment, functions or features specified by 8A501 or "software" specified by
8D501.a;
b. Specific "technology" as follows:
1. "Required" "technology" for the "development" or "production" of telecommunications
equipment specially designed to be used on board satellites;
2. "Technology" for the "development" or "use" of "laser" communication techniques with the
capability of automatically acquiring and tracking signals and maintaining communications
through exoatmosphere or sub-surface (water) media;
8E501 b. 3. "Technology" for the "development" of digital cellular radio base station receiving equipment
whose reception capabilities that allow multi-band, multi-channel, multi-mode, multi-coding
algorithm or multi-protocol operation can be modified by changes in "software";
4. "Technology" for the "development" of "spread spectrum" techniques, including "frequency
hopping" techniques;
Note 8E501b.4 does not apply to "technology" for the "development" of any of the
following:
a. Civil cellular radio-communications systems; or
b. Fixed or mobile satellite earth stations for commercial civil
telecommunications.
8E501 c. "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development" or "production" of
1. (Reserved)
a. A transmission wavelength exceeding 1,750 nm;
b. (Reserved)
c. (Reserved)
d. Employing wavelength division multiplexing techniques of optical carriers at less
than 100 GHz spacing; or
e. Employing analogue techniques and having a bandwidth exceeding 2.5 GHz;
Note 8E501.c.2.e does not apply to "technology" for commercial TV systems.
N.B. For "technology" for the "development" or "production" of non-telecommunications
equipment employing a "laser", see 8E6.
8E501 c. 3. Equipment employing "optical switching" and having a switching time less than 1 ms;
8E501 c. 4. Radio equipment having any of the following:
a. Quadrature-Amplitude-Modulation (QAM) techniques above level 1,024;
8E501 c. 4. b. Operating at input or output frequencies exceeding 31.8 GHz; or

Note 8E501.c.4.b does not apply to "technology" for equipment designed or modified
for operation in any frequency band which is "allocated by the ITU" for radio-
communications services, but not for radio-determination.
c. Operating in the 1.5 MHz to 87.5 MHz band and incorporating adaptive techniques
providing more than 15 dB suppression of an interfering signal; or
8E501 c. 5. (Reserved)
171
8E501 c. 6. Mobile equipment having all of the following:
a. Operating at an optical wavelength greater than or equal to 200 nm and less than or
equal to 400 nm; and
b. Operating as a "local area network";
8E501 d. ""Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development" or "production" of
"Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit" ("MMIC") amplifiers specially designed for
telecommunications and that are any of the following:
Technical Note
For purposes of 8E501.d, the parameter peak saturated power output may also be referred to on product
data sheets as output power, saturated power output, maximum power output, peak power output, or peak
envelope power output.
8E501 d. 1. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz with a
a. A peak saturated power output greater than 75 W (48.75 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 2.7 GHz
up to and including 2.9 GHz;
b. A peak saturated power output greater than 55 W (47.4 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 2.9 GHz
up to and including 3.2 GHz;
c. A peak saturated power output greater than 40 W (46 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 3.2
GHz up to and including 3.7 GHz; or
d. A peak saturated power output greater than 20 W (43 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 3.7
8E501 d. 2. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 16 GHz with a
a. A peak saturated power output greater than 10 W (40 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 6.8
GHz up to and including 8.5 GHz; or
b. A peak saturated power output greater than 5 W (37 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 8.5 GHz
up to and including 16 GHz;
8E501 d. 3. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 3 W (34.77 dBm) at any
frequency exceeding 16 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz, and with a "fractional bandwidth" of
greater than 10%;
8E501 d. 4. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.1n W (-70 dBm) at any
frequency exceeding 31.8 GHz up to and including 37 GHz;
8E501 d. 5. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 1 W (30 dBm) at any
frequency exceeding 37 GHz up to and including 43.5 GHz, and with a "fractional bandwidth" of
greater than 10%;
6. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 31.62 mW (15 dBm) at any
frequency exceeding 43.5 GHz up to and including 75 GHz, and with a "fractional bandwidth" of
greater than 10%;
7. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 10 mW (10 dBm) at any
frequency exceeding 75 GHz up to and including 90 GHz, and with a "fractional bandwidth" of
greater than 5%; or
8. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.1 nW (-70 dBm) at any
frequency exceeding 90 GHz;
8E501 e. "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development" or "production" of
electronic devices and circuits, specially designed for telecommunications and containing
components manufactured from "superconductive" materials, specially designed for operation at
temperatures below the "critical temperature" of at least one of the "superconductive" constituents
and having any of the following:
1. Current switching for digital circuits using "superconductive" gates with a product of delay time
per gate (in seconds) and power dissipation per gate (in watts) of less than 10-14 J; or
2. Frequency selection at all frequencies using resonant circuits with Q-values exceeding 10,000.
172
8A5 Part 2 - "INFORMATION SECURITY"(SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS)
Note 1 (Reserved)
Note 2 (8A502, 8A503, 8A504, 8B502, 8C5, 8D502 and 8E502)-Part 2 do not apply to products when
accompanying their user for the user's personal use.
Note 3 Cryptography Note
8A502, 8D502.a.1, 8D502.b and 8D502.c.1, do not apply to items as follows:
a. Items meeting all of the following:
1. Generally available to the public by being sold, without restriction, from stock at retail selling
points by means of any of the following:
a. Over-the-counter transactions;
b. Mail order transactions;
c. Electronic transactions; or
d. Telephone call transactions;
2. The cryptographic functionality cannot easily be changed by the user;
3. Designed for installation by the user without further substantial support by the supplier; and
4. When necessary, details of the items are accessible and will be provided, upon request, to the
appropriate authority in the exporter's country in order to ascertain compliance with
conditions described in 1. to 3. above;
b. Hardware components or 'executable software', of existing items described at a. of this Note, that
have been designed for these existing items, and meeting all of the following:
1. "Information security" is not the primary function or set of functions of the component or
'executable software';
2. The component or 'executable software' does not change any cryptographic functionality of the
existing items, or add new cryptographic functionality to the existing items;
3. The feature set of the component or 'executable software' is fixed and is not designed or
modified to customer specification; and
4. When necessary as determined by the appropriate authority in the exporter’s country, details of
the component or 'executable software', and details of relevant end-items are accessible and
will be provided to the authority upon request, in order to ascertain compliance with conditions
described above.
Technical Note
For the purpose of the Cryptography Note, 'executable software' means "software" in executable form,
from an existing hardware component excluded from 8A502 by the Cryptography Note.
Note 'Executable software' does not include complete binary images of the "software" running on
an end-item.
Note to the Cryptography Note:
1. To meet paragraph a. of Note 3, all of the following must apply:
a. The item is of potential interest to a wide range of individuals and businesses; and
b. The price and information about the main functionality of the item are available before purchase
without the need to consult the vendor or supplier. A simple price enquiry is not considered to be
a consultation.
2. In determining eligibility of paragraph a. of Note 3, national authorities may take into account
relevant factors such as quantity, price, required technical skill, existing sales channels, typical
customers, typical use or any exclusionary practices of the supplier.
CRYPTOGRAPHIC "INFORMATION SECURITY"
8A502 "Information security" systems, equipment and components, as follows:
N.B. For Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS) receiving equipment containing or employing decryption see
8A705, and for related decryption "software" and "technology" see 8D705 and 8E701.
173
a. Designed or modified to use 'cryptography for data confidentiality' having 'in excess of 56
bits of symmetric key length, or equivalent', where that cryptographic capability is usable
without "cryptographic activation" or has been activated, as follows:
1. Items having "information security" as a primary function;
2. Digital communication or networking systems, equipment or components, not
specified in 8A502.a.1.;
3. Computers, other items having information storage or processing as a primary

function, and components therefor, not specified in 8A502.a.1 or 8A502.a.2;
N.B. For operating systems, see also 8D502.a.1 and 8D502.c.1.

4. Items, not specified in 8A502.a.1. to a.3., where the 'cryptography for
data confidentiality' having 'in excess of 56 bits of symmetric key length, or
equivalent' meets all of the following:
a. It supports a non-primary function of the item; and
b. It is performed by incorporated equipment or "software" that would, as a
standalone item, be specified by (8A502, 8A503, 8A504, 8B502, 8C5,
8D502 and 8E502)-Part 2.
Technical Notes
1. For the purposes of 8A502.a, 'cryptography for data confidentiality’ means “cryptography” that
employs digital techniques and performs any cryptographic function other than any of the
following:
a. "Authentication";
b. Digital signature;
c. Data integrity;
d. Non-repudiation;
e. Digital rights management, including the execution of copy-protected "software";
f. Encryption or decryption in support of entertainment, mass commercial broadcasts or
medical records management; or
g. Key management in support of any function described in a. to f. above.
2. For the purposes of 8A502.a., 'in excess of 56 bits of symmetric key length, or equivalent' means
a. A "symmetric algorithm" employing a key length in excess of 56 bits, not including parity
bits; or
b. An "asymmetric algorithm" where the security of the algorithm is based on any of the
following:
1. Factorisation of integers in excess of 512 bits (e.g., RSA);
2. Computation of discrete logarithms in a multiplicative group of a finite field of size
greater than 512 bits (e.g., Diffie-Hellman over Z/pZ); or
3. Discrete logarithms in a group other than mentioned in b.2. in excess of 112 bits
(e.g., Diffie-Hellman over an elliptic curve).
Note 1 When necessary as determined by the appropriate authority in the exporter's country,
details of items must be accessible and provided to the authority upon request, in order to
establish any of the following:
a. Whether the item meets the criteria of 8A502.a.1. to a.4.; or
b. Whether the cryptographic capability for data confidentiality specified by 8A502.a.
is usable without "cryptographic activation".
Note 2 8A502.a. does not apply to any of the following items, or specially designed
"information security" components therefor:
a. Smart cards and smart card 'readers/writers' as follows:
1. A smart card or an electronically readable personal document (e.g., token coin,
e-passport) that meets any of the following:
a. The cryptographic capability meets all of the following:
1. It is restricted for use in any of the following:
174
a. Equipment or systems not described by 8A502.a.1. to a.4.;
b. Equipment or systems not using 'cryptography for data
confidentiality' having 'in excess of 56 bits of symmetric key
length, or equivalent'; or
c. Equipment or systems excluded from 8A502.a. by entries b. to f.
of this Note; and
2. It cannot be reprogrammed for any other use; or
b. Having all of the following:
1. It is specially designed and limited to allow protection of 'personal
data' stored within;
2. Has been, or can only be, personalized for public or commercial
transactions or individual identification; and
3. Where the cryptographic capability is not user-accessible;
Technical Note
'Personal data' includes any data specific to a particular person or entity,
such as the amount of money stored and data necessary for
"authentication".
2. 'Readers/writers' specially designed or modified, and limited, for items specified
by paragraph a.1. of this Note;
Technical Note
'Readers/writers' include equipment that communicates with smart cards or
electronically readable documents through a network.
b. Cryptographic equipment specially designed and limited for banking use or 'money
transactions';
Technical Note
'Money transactions' in 8A502. Note 2.b. includes the collection and settlement of
fares or credit functions.
c. Portable or mobile radiotelephones for civil use (e.g., for use with commercial civil
cellular radio communication systems) that are not capable of transmitting
encrypted data directly to another radiotelephone or equipment (other than Radio
Access Network (RAN) equipment), nor of passing encrypted data through RAN
equipment (e.g., Radio Network Controller (RNC) or Base Station Controller
(BSC));
d. Cordless telephone equipment not capable of end-to-end encryption where the
maximum effective range of unboosted cordless operation (i.e., a single, unrelayed
hop between terminal and home base station) is less than 400 metres according to
the manufacturer's specifications;
e. Portable or mobile radiotelephones and similar client wireless devices for civil use,
that implement only published or commercial cryptographic standards (except for
anti-piracy functions, which may be non-published) and also meet the provisions of
paragraphs a.2. to a.4. of the Cryptography Note 3 of 8A5- Part 2 that have been
customised for a specific civil industry application with features that do not affect
the cryptographic functionality of these original non-customised devices;
f. Items, where the “information security” functionality is limited to wireless "personal
area network" functionality, meeting all of the following:
1. Implement only published or commercial cryptographic standards; and
2. The cryptographic capability is limited to a nominal operating range not
exceeding 30 metres according to the manufacturer’s specifications, or not
exceeding 100 metres according to the manufacturer’s specifications for
equipment that cannot interconnect with more than seven devices;
g. Mobile telecommunications Radio Access Network (RAN) equipment designed for

civil use, which also meet the provisions of paragraphs a.2. to a.4. of the
Cryptography Note 3 of 8A5- Part 2 having an RF output power limited to 0.1W
(20 dBm) or less, and supporting 16 or fewer concurrent users;
h. Routers, switches or relays, where the "information security" functionality is limited
175
to the tasks of "Operations, Administration or Maintenance" ("OAM")
implementing only published or commercial cryptographic standards; or
i. General purpose computing equipment or servers, where the "information security"
functionality meets all of the following:
1. Uses only published or commercial cryptographic standards; and
2. Is any of the following:
a. Integral to a CPU that meets the provisions of Note 3 in 8A5– Part 2;
b. Integral to an operating system that is not specified by 8D502; or
c. Limited to "OAM" of the equipment.
8A502 b. Designed or modified to enable, by means of "cryptographic activation", an item to achieve or exceed
the controlled performance levels for functionality specified by 8A502.a that would not otherwise be
enabled;
8A502 c. Designed or modified to use or perform "quantum cryptography";
Technical Note
"Quantum cryptography" is also known as Quantum Key Distribution (QKD).
8A502 d. Designed or modified to use cryptographic techniques to generate channelising codes, scrambling codes
or network identification codes, for systems using ultra-wideband modulation techniques and having any
of the following:
1. A bandwidth exceeding 500 MHz; or
2. A "fractional bandwidth" of 20% or more;
8A502 e. Designed or modified to use cryptographic techniques to generate the spreading code for "spread
spectrum" systems, not specified by 5.A.2.d., including the hopping code for "frequency hopping"
systems.
NON-CRYPTOGRAPHIC "INFORMATION SECURITY"
8A503 Systems, equipment and components, for non-cryptographic "information security", as follows:
a. Communications cable systems designed or modified using mechanical, electrical or electronic means
to detect surreptitious intrusion;
Note 8A503.a applies only to physical layer security. For the purpose of 8A503.a., the physical
layer includes Layer 1 of the Reference Model of Open Systems Interconnection (OSI)
(ISO/IEC 7498-1).
b. Specially designed or modified to reduce the compromising emanations of information-bearing signals

beyond what is necessary for health, safety or electromagnetic interference standards.
DEFEATING, WEAKENING OR BYPASSING "INFORMATION SECURITY"
8A504 Systems, equipment and components for defeating, weakening or bypassing "information security", as
follows:
a. Designed or modified to perform 'cryptanalytic functions'.
Note 8A504.a includes systems or equipment, designed or modified to perform 'cryptanalytic
functions' by means of reverse engineering.
Technical Note
'Cryptanalytic functions' are functions designed to defeat cryptographic mechanisms in order to derive
confidential variables or sensitive data, including clear text, passwords or cryptographic keys.
8B5PART 2 - "INFORMATION SECURITY"(TEST, INSPECTION AND PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT)
8B502 "Information security" test, inspection and "production" equipment, as follows:

a. Equipment specially designed for the "development" or "production" of equipment specified by 8A502,
8A503, 8A504 or 8B502.b;
b. Measuring equipment specially designed to evaluate and validate the "information security" functions
of equipment specified by 8A502, 8A503 or 8A504, or of "software" specified by 8D502.a or 8D502.c.
176
8C5 PART 2 - "INFORMATION SECURITY"(MATERIALS)- (Reserved)
8D5 PART 2 - "INFORMATION SECURITY"(SOFTWARE)

a. "Software" specially designed or modified for the "development", "production" or "use" of any of the
following:
1. Equipment specified by 8A502 or "software" specified by 8D502.c.1;
2. Equipment specified by 8A503 or "software" specified by 8D502.c.2; or
3. Equipment specified by 8A504 or "software" specified by 8D502.c.3;
b. "Software" designed or modified to enable, by means of "cryptographic activation", an item to meet
the criteria for functionality specified by 8A502.a, that would not otherwise be met;
c. "Software" having the characteristics of, or performing or simulating the functions of, any of the
following:
1. Equipment specified by 8A502.a., 8A502.c., 8A502.d. or 8A502.e.;
Note 8D502.c.1. does not apply to "software" limited to the tasks of "OAM"
implementing only published or commercial cryptographic standards.
2. Equipment specified by 8A503; or
3. Equipment specified by 8A504.
d. (Reserved)
8E5 PART 2 - "INFORMATION SECURITY"(TECHNOLOGY)

a. "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development", "production" or "use"
of equipment specified by 8A502, 8A503, 8A504 or 8B502, or of "software" specified by 8D502.a or
8D502.c;
b. "Technology" to enable, by means of "cryptographic activation", an item to meet the criteria for
functionality specified by 8A502.a, that would not otherwise be met.
Note 8E502 includes "information security" technical data resulting from procedures carried out to
evaluate or determine the implementation of functions, features or techniques specified in (8A502,
8A503, 8A504, 8B502, 8C5, 8D502 and 8E502)-Part 2.
177
8A6 SENSORS AND LASERS (SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS)
ACOUSTICS
8A601 Acoustic systems, equipment and components, as follows:
8A601 a. Marine acoustic systems, equipment and specially designed components therefor, as follows:
1. Active (transmitting or transmitting-and-receiving) systems, equipment and specially designed
components therefor, as follows:
Note 8A601.a.1 does not apply to equipment as follows:
a. Depth sounders operating vertically below the apparatus, not including a scanning
function exceeding ± 20°, and limited to measuring the depth of water, the distance
of submerged or buried objects or fish finding;
b. Acoustic beacons, as follows:
1. Acoustic emergency beacons;
2. Pingers specially designed for relocating or returning to an underwater
position.
8A601 a. 1. a. Acoustic seabed survey equipment as follows:
1. Surface vessel survey equipment designed for seabed topographic mapping and
a. Designed to take measurements at an angle exceeding 20° from the vertical;
b. Designed to measure seabed topography at seabed depths exceeding 600 m;
c. 'Sounding resolution' less than 2; and
d. 'Enhancement' of the depth “accuracy” through compensation for all the
following:
1. Motion of the acoustic sensor;
2. In-water propagation from sensor to the seabed and back; and
3. Sound speed at the sensor;
Technical Notes
1. 'Sounding resolution' is the swath width (degrees) divided by the maximum
number of soundings per swath.
2. 'Enhancement' includes the ability to compensate by external means.
8A601 a. 1. a. 2. Underwater survey equipment designed for seabed topographic mapping and having
Technical Note
The acoustic sensor pressure rating determines the depth rating of the equipment
specified by 8A601.a.1.a.2.
8A601 a. 1. a. 2. a. Having all of the following:

1. Designed or modified to operate at depths exceeding 300 m; and
2. 'Sounding rate' greater than 3,800 m/s; or
Technical Note
'Sounding rate' is the product of the maximum speed (m/s) at which the sensor can
operate and the maximum number of soundings per swath assuming 100%
coverage. For systems that produce soundings in two directions (3D sonars), the
maximum of the 'sounding rate' in either direction should be used.
8A601 a. 1. a. 2. b. Survey equipment, not specified by 8A601.a.1.a.2.a, having all of the

following:
1. Designed or modified to operate at depths exceeding 100 m;
2. Designed to take measurements at an angle exceeding 20° from the
vertical;
a. Operating frequency below 350 kHz; or
b. Designed to measure seabed topography at a range exceeding
200 m from the acoustic sensor; and
178
4. 'Enhancement' of the depth “accuracy” through compensation of all
of the following:
a. Motion of the acoustic sensor;
b. In-water propagation from sensor to the seabed and back; and
c. Sound speed at the sensor.
8A601 a. 1. a. 3. Side Scan Sonar (SSS) or Synthetic Aperture Sonar (SAS), designed for seabed
imaging and having all of the following, and specially designed transmitting and
receiving acoustic arrays therefor:
a. Designed or modified to operate at depths exceeding 500 m;
b. An 'area coverage rate' of greater than 570 m2/s while operating at the
maximum range that it can operate with an 'along track resolution' of less than
15 cm; and
c. An 'across track resolution' of less than 15 cm;
Technical Notes
1. 'Area coverage rate' (m2/s) is twice the product of the sonar range (m)
and the maximum speed (m/s) at which the sensor can operate at that
range.
2. 'Along track resolution' (cm), for SSS only, is the product of azimuth
(horizontal) beamwidth (degrees) and sonar range (m) and 0.873.
3. 'Across track resolution' (cm) is 75 divided by the signal bandwidth (kHz).
8A601 a. 1. b. Systems or transmitting and receiving arrays, designed for object detection or
location, having any of the following:
1. A transmitting frequency below 10 kHz;
2. Sound pressure level exceeding 224 dB (reference 1 µPa at 1 m) for equipment with
an operating frequency in the band from 10 kHz to 24 kHz inclusive;
3. Sound pressure level exceeding 235 dB (reference 1 µPa at 1 m) for equipment with
an operating frequency in the band between 24 kHz and 30 kHz;
4. Forming beams of less than 1° on any axis and having an operating frequency of less
than 100 kHz;
5. Designed to operate with an unambiguous display range exceeding 5,120 m; or
6. Designed to withstand pressure during normal operation at depths exceeding 1,000 m
and having transducers with any of the following:
a. Dynamic compensation for pressure; or
b. Incorporating other than lead zirconate titanate as the transduction element;
8A601 a. 1. c. Acoustic projectors (including transducers), incorporating piezoelectric, magnetostrictive,

electrostrictive, electrodynamic or hydraulic elements operating individually or in a
designed combination, and having any of the following:
Note 1 The status of acoustic projectors, including transducers, specially designed for
other equipment not specified by 8A601is determined by the status of the other
equipment.
Note 2 8A601.a.1.c does not apply to electronic sources which direct the sound vertically
only, or mechanical (e.g, air gun or vapour-shock gun) or chemical (e.g, explosive)
sources.
Note 3 Piezoelectric elements specified in 8A601.a.1.c include those made from lead-
magnesium-niobate/lead-titanate (Pb(Mg 1/3 Nb 2/3 )O 3 -PbTiO 3, or PMN-PT) single
crystals grown from solid solution or lead-indium-niobate/lead-magnesium
niobate/lead-titanate (Pb(In 1/2 Nb 1/2 )O 3 –Pb(Mg 1/3 Nb 2/3 )O 3 –PbTiO 3, or PIN-
PMN-PT) single crystals grown from solid solution.
8A601 a. 1. c. 1. Operating at frequencies below 10 kHz and having any of the following:
a. Not designed for continuous operation at 100% duty cycle and having a radiated
'free-field Source Level (SL RMS)' exceeding (10log(f) + 169.77)dB (reference
1 µPa at 1 m) where f is the frequency in Hertz of maximum Transmitting Voltage
Response (TVR) below 10 kHz; or
b. Designed for continuous operation at 100% duty cycle and having a
continuously radiated 'free-field Source Level (SL RMS )' at 100% duty cycle
179
exceeding (10log(f) + 159.77)dB (reference 1 µPa at 1 m) where f is the
frequency in Hertz of maximum Transmitting Voltage Response (TVR) below
10 kHz; or
Technical Note
The 'free-field Source Level (SL RMS )' is defined along the maximum response
axis and in the far field of the acoustic projector. It can be obtained from the
Transmitting Voltage Response using the following equation: SL RMS = (TVR + 20log
V RMS ) dB (ref 1µPa at 1 m), where SL RMS is the source level, TVR is the Transmitting
Voltage Response and V RMS is the Driving Voltage of the Projector.
8A601 a. 1. c. 2. (Reserved)
N.B. See 8A601.a.1.c.1 for items specified in 8A601.a.1.c.2.
3. Side-lobe suppression exceeding 22 dB;
8A601 a. 1. d. Acoustic systems and equipment, designed to determine the position of surface
vessels or underwater vehicles and having all of the following, and specially designed
1. Detection range exceeding 1,000 m; and
2. Determined position error of less than 10 m rms (root mean square) when measured at
a range of 1,000 m;
Note 8A601.a.1.d includes:
a. Equipment using coherent "signal processing" between two or more beacons
and the hydrophone unit carried by the surface vessel or underwater vehicle;
b. Equipment capable of automatically correcting speed-of-sound
propagation errors for calculation of a point.
8A601 a. 1. e. Active individual sonars, specially designed or modified to detect, locate and
automatically classify swimmers or divers, having all of the following, and specially designed
transmitting and receiving acoustic arrays therefor:
1. Detection range exceeding 530 m;
2. Determined position error of less than 15 m rms (root mean square) when measured
at a range of 530 m; and
3. Transmitted pulse signal bandwidth exceeding 3 kHz;
N.B. For diver detection systems specially designed or modified for military use, see
Category 6
Note For 8A601.a.1.e, where multiple detection ranges are specified for various
environments, the greatest detection range is used.
8A601 a. 2. Passive systems, equipment and specially designed components therefor, as follows:
a. Hydrophones having any of the following:
Note The status of hydrophones specially designed for other equipment is determined
by the status of the other equipment.
Technical Note
Hydrophones consist of one or more sensing elements producing a single acoustic output
channel. Those that contain multiple elements can be referred to as a hydrophone group.
8A601 a. 2. a. 1. Incorporating continuous flexible sensing

elements;
2. Incorporating flexible assemblies of discrete sensing elements with either a diameter
or length less than 20 mm and with a separation between elements of less than
20 mm;
3. Having any of the following sensing elements:
a. Optical fibres;
b. 'Piezoelectric polymer films' other than polyvinylidene-fluoride (PVDF) and its
co-polymers {P(VDF-TrFE) and P(VDF-TFE)};
c. 'Flexible piezoelectric composites';
180
d. Lead-magnesium-niobate/lead-titanate (i.e, Pb(Mg 1/3 Nb 2/3 )O 3 -PbTiO 3, or
PMN-PT) piezoelectric single crystals grown from solid solution; or
e. Lead-indium-niobate/lead-magnesium niobate/lead-titanate (i.e,
Pb(In 1/2 Nb 1/2 )O 3 –Pb(Mg 1/3 Nb 2/3 )O 3 –PbTiO 3 , or PIN-PMN-PT) piezoelectric
single crystals grown from solid solution;
4. A 'hydrophone sensitivity' better than -180 dB at any depth with no acceleration
compensation;
5. Designed to operate at depths exceeding 35 m with acceleration compensation; or
6. Designed for operation at depths exceeding 1,000 m;
Technical Notes
1. 'Piezoelectric polymer film' sensing elements consist of polarized polymer film that is
stretched over and attached to a supporting frame or spool (mandrel).
2. 'Flexible piezoelectric composite' sensing elements consist of piezoelectric ceramic
particles or fibres combined with an electrically insulating, acoustically transparent
rubber, polymer or epoxy compound, where the compound is an integral part of the
sensing elements.
3. 'Hydrophone sensitivity' is defined as twenty times the logarithm to the base 10 of the
ratio of rms output voltage to a 1 V rms reference, when the hydrophone sensor, without
a pre-amplifier, is placed in a plane wave acoustic field with an rms pressure of 1 µPa.
For example, a hydrophone of -160 dB (reference 1 V per µPa) would yield an output
voltage of 10-8 V in such a field, while one of -180 dB sensitivity would yield only 10-9 V
output. Thus, -160 dB is better than -180 dB.
8A601 a. 2. b. Towed acoustic hydrophone arrays having any of the following:

Technical Note
Hydrophone arrays consist of a number of hydrophones providing multiple acoustic
output channels.
8A601 a. 2. b. 1. Hydrophone group spacing of less than 12.5 m or 'able to be modified' to have
hydrophone group spacing of less than 12.5 m;
2. Designed or 'able to be modified' to operate at depths exceeding 35 m;
Technical Note
'Able to be modified' in 8A601.a.2.b means having provisions to allow a change of
the wiring or interconnections to alter hydrophone group spacing or operating depth
limits. These provisions are: spare wiring exceeding 10% of the number of wires,
hydrophone group spacing adjustment blocks or internal depth limiting devices that
are adjustable or that control more than one hydrophone group.
8A601 a. 2. b. 3. Heading sensors specified by 8A601.a.2.d;

4. Longitudinally reinforced array hoses;
5. An assembled array of less than 40 mm in diameter;
6. (Reserved)
7. Hydrophone characteristics specified by 8A601.a.2.a; or
8. Accelerometer-based hydro-acoustic sensors specified by 8A601.a.2.g;
8A601 a. 2. c. Processing equipment, specially designed for towed acoustic hydrophone arrays, having
"user-accessible programmability" and time or frequency domain processing and
correlation, including spectral analysis, digital filtering and beamforming using Fast
Fourier or other transforms or processes;
8A601 a. 2. d. Heading sensors having all of the following:
1. An "accuracy" of better than 0.5°; and
2. Designed to operate at depths exceeding 35 m or having an adjustable or removable
depth sensing device in order to operate at depths exceeding 35 m;
N.B. For inertial heading systems, see 8A703.c.
8A601 a. 2. e. Bottom or bay-cable hydrophone arrays having any of the following:

1. Incorporating hydrophones specified by 8A601.a.2.a;
181
2. Incorporating multiplexed hydrophone group signal modules having all of the
a. Designed to operate at depths exceeding 35 m or having an adjustable or
removable depth sensing device in order to operate at depths exceeding 35 m;
and
b. Capable of being operationally interchanged with towed acoustic hydrophone
array modules; or
3. Incorporating accelerometer-based hydro-acoustic sensors specified by 8A601.a.2.g;
8A601 a. 2. f. Processing equipment, specially designed for bottom or bay cable systems, having
"user-accessible programmability" and time or frequency domain processing and correlation,
including spectral analysis, digital filtering and beamforming using Fast Fourier or other
transforms or processes;
8A601 a. 2. g. Accelerometer-based hydro-acoustic sensors having all of the following:

1. Composed of three accelerometers arranged along three distinct axes;
2. Having an overall 'acceleration sensitivity' better than 48 dB (reference 1,000 mV
rms per 1g);
3. Designed to operate at depths greater than 35 meters; and
4. Operating frequency below 20 kHz.
Note 8A601.a.2.g does not apply to particle velocity sensors or geophones.
Note 8A601.a.2 also applies to receiving equipment, whether or not related in normal
application to separate active equipment, and specially designed components
therefor.
Technical Notes
1. Accelerometer-based hydro-acoustic sensors are also known as vector sensors.
2. 'Acceleration sensitivity' is defined as twenty times the logarithm to the base 10 of the
ratio of rms output voltage to a 1 V rms reference, when the hydro-acoustic sensor,
without a preamplifier, is placed in a plane wave acoustic field with an rms
acceleration of 1 g (i.e, 9.81 m/s2).
8A601 b. Correlation-velocity and Doppler-velocity sonar log equipment, designed to measure the horizontal
speed of the equipment carrier relative to the sea bed, as follows:
1. Correlation-velocity sonar log equipment having any of the following characteristics:
a. Designed to operate at distances between the carrier and the sea bed exceeding
500 m; or
b. Having speed "accuracy" better than 1% of speed;
2. Doppler-velocity sonar log equipment having speed "accuracy" better than 1% of speed.
Note 1 8A601.b does not apply to depth sounders limited to any of the following:
a. Measuring the depth of water;
b. Measuring the distance of submerged or buried objects; or
c. Fish finding.
Note 2 8A601.b does not apply to equipment specially designed for installation on surface
vessels.
8A601 c. (Reserved)
N.B. For diver deterrent acoustic systems, see 8A802.r.
OPTICAL SENSORS
8A602 Optical sensors or equipment and components therefor, as follows:

a. Optical detectors as follows:
1. "Space-qualified" solid-state detectors as follows:
Note For the purpose of 8A602.a.1, solid-state detectors include "focal plane arrays".
8A602 a. 1. a. "Space-qualified" solid-state detectors having all of the following:

1. A peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 10 nm but not exceeding
300 nm; and
182
2. A response of less than 0.1% relative to the peak response at a wavelength exceeding
400 nm;
b. "Space-qualified" solid-state detectors having all of the following:
1,200 nm; and
2. A response "time constant" of 95 ns or less;
c. "Space-qualified" solid-state detectors having a peak response in the wavelength
range exceeding 1,200 nm but not exceeding 30,000 nm;
d. "Space-qualified" "focal plane arrays" having more than 2,048 elements per array and
having a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 300 nm but not exceeding 900 nm.
8A602 a. 2. Image intensifier tubes and specially designed components therefor, as follows:
Note 8A602.a.2 does not apply to non-imaging photomultiplier tubes having an electron
sensing device in the vacuum space limited solely to any of the following:
a. A single metal anode; or
b. Metal anodes with a centre to centre spacing greater than 500 µm.
Technical Note
'Charge multiplication' is a form of electronic image amplification and is defined as the
generation of charge carriers as a result of an impact ionization gain process. 'Charge
multiplication' sensors may take the form of an image intensifier tube, solid state detector or
"focal plane array".
8A602 a. 2. a. Image intensifier tubes having all of the following:

1,050 nm;
2. Electron image amplification using any of the following:
a. A microchannel plate with a hole pitch (centre-to-centre spacing) of 12 µm or
less; or
b. An electron sensing device with a non-binned pixel pitch of 500 µm or less,
specially designed or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' other than by a
microchannel plate; and
3. Any of the following photocathodes:

a. Multialkali photocathodes (e.g, S-20 and S-25) having a luminous sensitivity
exceeding 350 µA/lm;
b. GaAs or GaInAs photocathodes; or
c. Other "III/V compound" semiconductor photocathodes having a maximum
"radiant sensitivity" exceeding 10 mA/W;
8A602 a. 2. b. Image intensifier tubes having all of the following:

1. A peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 1,050 nm but not exceeding
1,800 nm;
2. Electron image amplification using any of the following:
a. A microchannel plate with a hole pitch (centre-to-centre spacing) of 12 µm or
less; or
b. An electron sensing device with a non-binned pixel pitch of 500 µm or less,
specially designed or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' other than by a
microchannel plate; and
3. "III/V compound" semiconductor (e.g, GaAs or GaInAs) photocathodes and transferred
electron photocathodes, having a maximum "radiant sensitivity" exceeding 15 mA/W;
8A602 a. 2. c. Specially designed components as follows:

1. Microchannel plates having a hole pitch (centre-to-centre spacing) of 12 µm or less;
2. An electron sensing device with a non-binned pixel pitch of 500 µm or less, specially
designed or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' other than by a microchannel
plate;
3. "III/V compound" semiconductor (e.g, GaAs or GaInAs) photocathodes and
transferred electron photocathodes;
183
Note 8A602.a.2.c.3 does not apply to compound semiconductor photocathodes
designed to achieve a maximum "radiant sensitivity" of any of the following:
a. 10 mA/W or less at the peak response in the wavelength range
exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 1,050 nm; or
b. 15 mA/W or less at the peak response in the wavelength range exceeding
1,050 nm but not exceeding 1,800 nm.
8A602 a. 3. Non-"space-qualified" "focal plane arrays" as follows:

N.B. 'Microbolometer' non-"space-qualified" "focal plane arrays" are only specified by
8A602.a.3.f.
Technical Note
Linear or two-dimensional multi-element detector arrays are referred to as "focal plane
arrays";
Note 1 8A602.a.3 includes photoconductive arrays and photovoltaic arrays.
Note 2 8A602.a.3 does not apply to:
a. Multi-element (not to exceed 16 elements) encapsulated photoconductive cells using
either lead sulphide or lead selenide;
b. Pyroelectric detectors using any of the following:
1. Triglycine sulphate and variants;
2. Lead-lanthanum-zirconium titanate and variants;
3. Lithium tantalate;
4. Polyvinylidene fluoride and variants; or
5. Strontium barium niobate and variants.
c. "Focal plane arrays" specially designed or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' and
limited by design to have a maximum "radiant sensitivity" of 10 mA/W or less for
wavelengths exceeding 760 nm, having all of the following:
1. Incorporating a response limiting mechanism designed not to be removed
or modified; and
a. The response limiting mechanism is integral to or combined with the
detector element; or
b. The "focal plane array" is only operable with the response limiting
mechanism in place.
Technical Note
A response limiting mechanism integral to the detector element is designed not
to be removed or modified without rendering the detector inoperable.
d. Thermopile arrays having less than 5,130 elements;
8A602 a. 3. a. Non-"space-qualified" "focal plane arrays" having all of the following:

1. Individual elements with a peak response within the wavelength range exceeding
900 nm but not exceeding 1,050 nm; and
a. A response "time constant" of less than 0.5 ns; or
b. Specially designed or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' and having a
maximum "radiant sensitivity" exceeding 10 mA/W;
8A602 a. 3. b. Non-"space-qualified" "focal plane arrays" having all of the following:

1. Individual elements with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding
1,050 nm but not exceeding 1,200 nm; and
a. A response "time constant" of 95 ns or less; or
b. Specially designed or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' and having a
maximum "radiant sensitivity" exceeding 10 mA/W;
8A602 a. 3. c. Non-"space-qualified" non-linear (2-dimensional) "focal plane arrays" having

individual elements with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 1,200 nm but not
exceeding 30,000 nm;
184
N.B. Silicon and other material based 'microbolometer' non-"space-qualified" "focal
plane arrays" are only specified by 8A602.a.3.f.
8A602 a. 3. d. Non-"space-qualified" linear (1-dimensional) "focal plane arrays" having all of the
following :
1. Individual elements with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 1,200
nm but not exceeding 3,000 nm; and
8A602 a. 3. d. 2. Any of the following:

a. A ratio of 'scan direction' dimension of the detector element to the 'cross-scan
direction' dimension of the detector element of less than 3.8; or
b. Signal processing in the detector elements;
Note 8A602.a.3.d does not apply to "focal plane arrays" (not to exceed 32 elements)
having detector elements limited solely to germanium material.
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8A602.a.3.d, 'cross-scan direction' is defined as the axis parallel to
the linear array of detector elements and the 'scan direction' is defined as the axis
perpendicular to the linear array of detector elements.
8A602 a. 3. e. Non-"space-qualified" linear (1-dimensional) "focal plane arrays" having individual

elements with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 3,000 nm but not exceeding
30,000 nm;
8A602 a. 3. f. Non-"space-qualified" non-linear (2-dimensional) infrared "focal plane arrays" based on

'microbolometer' material having individual elements with an unfiltered response in the wavelength
range equal to or exceeding 8,000 nm but not exceeding 14,000 nm;
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8A602.a.3.f, 'microbolometer' is defined as a thermal imaging
detector that, as a result of a temperature change in the detector caused by the
absorption of infrared radiation, is used to generate any usable signal.
8A602 a. 3. g. Non-"space-qualified" "focal plane arrays" having all of the following:

1. Individual detector elements with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 400
nm but not exceeding 900 nm;
2. Specially designed or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' and having a
maximum "radiant sensitivity" exceeding 10 mA/W for wavelengths exceeding 760
nm; and
3. Greater than 32 elements;
8A602 b. "Monospectral imaging sensors" and "multispectral imaging sensors", designed for remote sensing
applications and having any of the following:
1. An Instantaneous-Field-Of-View (IFOV) of less than 200 µrad (microradians); or
2. Specified for operation in the wavelength range exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 30,000 nm
and having all the following;
a. Providing output imaging data in digital format; and
b. Having any of the following characteristics:
1. "Space-qualified"; or
2. Designed for airborne operation, using other than silicon detectors, and having an
IFOV of less than 2.5 mrad (milliradians);
Note 8A602.b.1 does not apply to "monospectral imaging sensors" with a peak response in the
wavelength range exceeding 300 nm but not exceeding 900 nm and only incorporating any
of the following non-"space-qualified" detectors or non-"space-qualified" "focal plane
arrays":
a. Charge Coupled Devices (CCD) not designed or modified to achieve 'charge
multiplication'; or
b. Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor (CMOS) devices not designed or
modified to achieve 'charge multiplication'.
8A602 c. 'Direct view' imaging equipment incorporating any of the following:

185
1. Image intensifier tubes having the characteristics listed in 8A602.a.2.a or 8A602.a.2.b;
2. "Focal plane arrays" having the characteristics listed in 8A602.a.3; or
3. Solid state detectors specified by 8A602.a.1;
Technical Note
'Direct view' refers to imaging equipment that presents a visual image to a human observer without
converting the image into an electronic signal for television display, and that cannot record or store
the image photographically, electronically or by any other means.
Note 8A602.c does not apply to equipment as follows, when incorporating other than GaAs or
GaInAs photocathodes:
a. Industrial or civilian intrusion alarm, traffic or industrial movement control or
counting systems;
b. Medical equipment;
c. Industrial equipment used for inspection, sorting or analysis of the properties of
materials;
d. Flame detectors for industrial furnaces;
e. Equipment specially designed for laboratory use.
8A602 d. Special support components for optical sensors, as follows:

1. "Space-qualified" cryocoolers;
2. Non-"space-qualified" cryocoolers having a cooling source temperature below 218 K (-55°C),
as follows:
a. Closed cycle type with a specified Mean-Time-To-Failure (MTTF) or Mean-Time-
Between-Failures (MTBF), exceeding 2,500 hours;
b. Joule-Thomson (JT) self-regulating minicoolers having bore (outside) diameters of

less than 8 mm;
3. Optical sensing fibres specially fabricated either compositionally or structurally, or modified by
coating, to be acoustically, thermally, inertially, electromagnetically or nuclear radiation
sensitive.
Note 8A602.d.3 does not apply to encapsulated optical sensing fibres specially designed
for bore hole sensing applications.
8A602 e. (Reserved)
CAMERAS
8A603 Cameras, systems or equipment, and components therefor, as follows:

a. Instrumentation cameras and specially designed components therefor, as follows:
Note Instrumentation cameras, specified by 8A603.a.3 to 8A603.a.5, with modular structures
should be evaluated by their maximum capability, using plug-ins available according to the
camera manufacturer's specifications.
8A603 a. 1. High-speed cinema recording cameras using any film format from 8 mm to 16 mm inclusive, in
which the film is continuously advanced throughout the recording period, and that are capable
of recording at framing rates exceeding 13,150 frames/s;
Note 8A603.a.1 does not apply to cinema recording cameras designed for civil purposes.
2. Mechanical high speed cameras, in which the film does not move, capable of recording at rates
exceeding 1,000,000 frames/s for the full framing height of 35 mm film, or at proportionately higher
rates for lesser frame heights, or at proportionately lower rates for greater frame heights;
3. Mechanical or electronic streak cameras as follows:
a. Mechanical streak cameras having writing speeds exceeding 10 mm/μs;
b. Electronic streak cameras having temporal resolution better than 50 ns;
4. Electronic framing cameras having a speed exceeding 1,000,000 frames/s;
5. Electronic cameras having all of the following:
a. An electronic shutter speed (gating capability) of less than 1 µs per full frame; and
b. A read out time allowing a framing rate of more than 125 full frames per second;
6. Plug-ins having all of the following characteristics:
186
a. Specially designed for instrumentation cameras which have modular structures and
which are specified by 8A603.a; and
b. Enabling these cameras to meet the characteristics specified by 8A603.a.3, 8A603.a.4
or 8A603.a.5, according to the manufacturer's specifications;
8A603 b. Imaging cameras as follows:

Note 8A603.b does not apply to television or video cameras, specially designed for television
broadcasting.
1. Video cameras incorporating solid state sensors, having a peak response in the wavelength
range exceeding 10 nm, but not exceeding 30,000 nm and having all of the following:
8A603 b. 1. a. Having any of the following:

1. More than 4 x 106 "active pixels" per solid state array for monochrome (black and
white) cameras;
2. More than 4 x 106 "active pixels" per solid state array for colour cameras
incorporating three solid state arrays; or
3. More than 12 x 106 "active pixels" for solid state array colour cameras incorporating
one solid state array; and
1. Optical mirrors specified by 8A604.a;
2. Optical control equipment specified by 8A604.d; or
3. The capability for annotating internally generated 'camera tracking data';
Technical Notes
1. For the purpose of this entry, digital video cameras should be evaluated by the
maximum number of "active pixels" used for capturing moving images.
2. For the purpose of this entry, 'camera tracking data' is the information necessary to
define camera line of sight orientation with respect to the earth. This includes: 1) the
horizontal angle the camera line of sight makes with respect to the earth's magnetic field
direction and; 2) the vertical angle between the camera line of sight and the earth's horizon.
8A603 b. 2. Scanning cameras and scanning camera systems, having all of the following:
a. A peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 10 nm, but not exceeding 30,000
nm;
b. Linear detector arrays with more than 8,192 elements per array; and
c. Mechanical scanning in one direction;
Note 8A603.b.2 does not apply to scanning cameras and scanning camera systems, specially
designed for any of the following:
a. Industrial or civilian photocopiers;
b. Image scanners specially designed for civil, stationary, close proximity scanning
applications (e.g, reproduction of images or print contained in documents, artwork
or photographs); or
c. Medical equipment.
8A603 b. 3. Imaging cameras incorporating image intensifier tubes having the characteristics listed in
8A602.a.2.a or 8A602.a.2.b;
8A603 b. 4. Imaging cameras incorporating "focal plane arrays" having any of the following:
a. Incorporating "focal plane arrays" specified by 8A602.a.3.a to 8A602.a.3.e;
b. Incorporating "focal plane arrays" specified by 8A602.a.3.f; or

c. Incorporating "focal plane arrays" specified by 8A602.a.3.g;
Note 1 Imaging cameras specified by 8A603.b.4 include "focal plane arrays" combined with
sufficient "signal processing" electronics, beyond the read out integrated circuit, to
enable as a minimum the output of an analogue or digital signal once power is
supplied.
Note 2 8A603.b.4.a does not apply to imaging cameras incorporating linear "focal plane
arrays" with 12 elements or fewer, not employing time-delay-and-integration within
the element and designed for any of the following:
187
a. Industrial or civilian intrusion alarm, traffic or industrial movement control or
counting systems;
b. Industrial equipment used for inspection or monitoring of heat flows in buildings,
equipment or industrial processes;
c. Industrial equipment used for inspection, sorting or analysis of the properties of
materials;
d. Equipment specially designed for laboratory use; or
e. Medical equipment.
Note 3 8A603.b.4.b does not apply to imaging cameras having any of the following:
a. A maximum frame rate equal to or less than 9 Hz;
1. Having a minimum horizontal or vertical 'Instantaneous-Field-of-View
(IFOV)' of at least 10 mrad (milliradians);
2. Incorporating a fixed focal-length lens that is not designed to be removed;
3. Not incorporating a 'direct view' display; and
Technical Note
'Direct view' refers to an imaging camera operating in the infrared spectrum
that presents a visual image to a human observer using a near-to-eye micro
display incorporating any light-security mechanism.
a. No facility to obtain a viewable image of the detected field-of-view; or
b. The camera is designed for a single kind of application and designed not to
be user modified; or
Technical Note
'Instantaneous Field of View (IFOV)' specified in Note 3.b. is the lesser figure of
the 'Horizontal IFOV' or the 'Vertical IFOV'.
'Horizontal IFOV' = horizontal Field of View (FOV)/number of horizontal
detector elements
'Vertical IFOV'= vertical Field of View (FOV)/number of vertical detector

elements.
c. The camera is specially designed for installation into a civilian passenger land
vehicle and having all of the following:
1. The placement and configuration of the camera within the vehicle are solely to
assist the driver in the safe operation of the vehicle;
2. Is only operable when installed in any of the following:

a. The civilian passenger land vehicle for which it was intended and the
vehicle weighs less than 4,500 kg (gross vehicle weight); or
b. A specially designed, authorized maintenance test facility; and
3. Incorporates an active mechanism that forces the camera not to function when
it is removed from the vehicle for which it was intended.
Note When necessary, details of the item will be provided, upon request, to the
appropriate authority in the exporter's country in order to ascertain
compliance with the conditions described in Note 3.b.4 and Note 3.c.
above.
Note 4 8A603.b.4.c does not apply to imaging cameras having any of the following
characteristics:
a. Having all of the following:
1. Where the camera is specially designed for installation as an integrated
component into indoor and wall-plug-operated systems or equipment, limited
by design for a single kind of application, as follows:
a. Industrial process monitoring, quality control, or analysis of the properties of
materials;
b. Laboratory equipment specially designed for scientific research;
c. Medical equipment;
188
d. Financial fraud detection equipment; and
a. The system(s) or equipment for which it was intended; or
b. A specially designed, authorised maintenance facility; and
it is removed from the system(s) or equipment for which it was intended;
b. Where the camera is specially designed for installation into a civilian passenger
land vehicle or passenger and vehicle ferries, and having all of the following:
1. The placement and configuration of the camera within the vehicle or ferry is
solely to assist the driver or operator in the safe operation of the vehicle or ferry;

a. The civilian passenger land vehicle for which it was intended and the
vehicle weighs less than 4,500 kg (gross vehicle weight);
b. The passenger and vehicle ferry for which it was intended and having a
length overall (LOA) 65 m or greater; or
c. A specially designed, authorised maintenance test facility; and
it is removed from the vehicle for which it was intended;
c. Limited by design to have a maximum "radiant sensitivity" of 10 mA/W or less for
wavelengths exceeding 760 nm, having all of the following:
1. Incorporating a response limiting mechanism designed not to be removed or
modified;
the response limiting mechanism is removed; and
3. Not specially designed or modified for underwater use; or
d. Having all of the following:
1. Not incorporating a 'direct view' or electronic image display;
2. Has no facility to output a viewable image of the detected field of view;
3. The "focal plane array" is only operable when installed in the camera for
which it was intended; and
4. The "focal plane array" incorporates an active mechanism that forces it to be
permanently inoperable when removed from the camera for which it was
intended.
Note When necessary, details of the item will be provided, upon request, to the
appropriate authority in the exporter’s country in order to ascertain
compliance with the conditions described in Note 4 above.
8A603 b. 5. Imaging cameras incorporating solid-state detectors specified by 8A602.a.1.
OPTICS
8A604 Optical equipment and components, as follows:

a. Optical mirrors (reflectors) as follows:
Technical Note
For the purpose of 8A604.a, Laser Induced Damage Threshold (LIDT) is measured according to ISO
21254-1:2011.
8A604 a. 1. "Deformable mirrors" having an active optical aperture greater than 10 mm and having any of
the following, and specially designed components therefor:
a. Having all the following:
1. A mechanical resonant frequency of 750 Hz or more; and
2. More than 200 actuators; or
b. A Laser Induced Damage Threshold (LIDT) being any of the following:
1. Greater than 1 kW/cm2 using a "CW laser"; or
2. Greater than 2 J/cm2 using 20 ns "laser" pulses at 20 Hz repetition rate;
189
8A604 a. 2. Lightweight monolithic mirrors having an average "equivalent density" of less than 30 kg/m²
and a total mass exceeding 10 kg;
8A604 a. 3. Lightweight "composite" or foam mirror structures having an average "equivalent density" of less
than 30 kg/m² and a total mass exceeding 2 kg;
Note 8A604.a.2 and 8A604.a.3 do not apply to mirrors specially designed to direct solar
radiation for terrestrial heliostat installations.
8A604 a. 4. Mirrors specially designed for beam steering mirror stages specified in 8A604.d.2.a with a
flatness of λ/10 or better (λ is equal to 633 nm) and having any of the following:
a. Diameter or major axis length greater than or equal to 100 mm; or
1. Diameter or major axis length greater than 50 mm but less than 100 mm; and
2. A Laser Induced Damage Threshold (LIDT) being any of the following:
a. Greater than 10 kW/cm2 using a "CW laser"; or
b. Greater than 20 J/cm2 using 20 ns "laser" pulses at 20 Hz repetition rate;
N.B. For optical mirrors specially designed for lithography equipment, see 8B301.
8A604 b. Optical components made from zinc selenide (ZnSe) or zinc sulphide (ZnS) with transmission in the
wavelength range exceeding 3,000 nm but not exceeding 25,000 nm and having any of the following:
1. Exceeding 100 cm3 in volume; or
2. Exceeding 80 mm in diameter or length of major axis and 20 mm in thickness (depth);
8A604 c. "Space-qualified" components for optical systems, as follows:

1. Components lightweighted to less than 20% "equivalent density" compared with a solid blank
of the same aperture and thickness;
2. Raw substrates, processed substrates having surface coatings (single-layer or multi-layer,
metallic or dielectric, conducting, semiconducting or insulating) or having protective films;
3. Segments or assemblies of mirrors designed to be assembled in space into an optical system
with a collecting aperture equivalent to or larger than a single optic 1 m in diameter;
4. Components manufactured from "composite" materials having a coefficient of linear thermal
expansion equal to or less than 5 x 10-6 in any coordinate direction;
8A604 d. Optical control equipment as follows:

1. Equipment specially designed to maintain the surface figure or orientation of the "space-
qualified" components specified by 8A604.c.1 or 8A604.c.3;
2. Steering, tracking, stabilisation and resonator alignment equipment as follows:
a. Beam steering mirror stages designed to carry mirrors having diameter or major axis
length greater than 50 mm and having all of the following, and specially designed
electronic control equipment therefor:
1. A maximum angular travel of ±26 mrad or more;
2. A mechanical resonant frequency of 500 Hz or more; and
3. An angular "accuracy" of 10 μrad (microradians) or less (better);
b. Resonator alignment equipment having bandwidths equal to or more than 100 Hz and an
"accuracy" of 10 μrad or less (better);
8A604 d. 3. Gimbals having all of the following:

a. A maximum slew exceeding 5°;
b. A bandwidth of 100 Hz or more;
c. Angular pointing errors of 200 µrad (microradians) or less; and
d. Having any of the following:
1. Exceeding 0.15 m but not exceeding 1 m in diameter or major axis length and
capable of angular accelerations exceeding 2 rad (radians)/s²; or
2. Exceeding 1 m in diameter or major axis length and capable of angular accelerations
exceeding 0.5 rad (radians)/s²;
8A604 d. 4. (Reserved)
8A604 e. 'Aspheric optical elements' having all of the following:

1. Largest dimension of the optical-aperture greater than 400 mm;
2. Surface roughness less than 1 nm (rms) for sampling lengths equal to or greater than 1 mm; and
190
3. Coefficient of linear thermal expansion's absolute magnitude less than 3x10-6/K at 25°C.
Technical Notes
1. An 'aspheric optical element' is any element used in an optical system whose imaging surface
or surfaces are designed to depart from the shape of an ideal sphere.
2. Manufacturers are not required to measure the surface roughness listed in 8A604.e.2 unless the
optical element was designed or manufactured with the intent to meet, or exceed, the specified
parameter.
Note 8A604.e does not apply to 'aspheric optical elements' having any of the following:
a. Largest optical-aperture dimension less than 1 m and focal length to aperture ratio
equal to or greater than 4.5:1;
b. Largest optical-aperture dimension equal to or greater than 1 m and focal length to
aperture ratio equal to or greater than 7:1;
c. Designed as Fresnel, flyeye, stripe, prism or diffractive optical elements;

d. Fabricated from borosilicate glass having a coefficient of linear thermal expansion
greater than 2.5x10-6 /K at 25 °C; or
e. An x-ray optical element having inner mirror capabilities (e.g, tube-type mirrors).
N.B. For 'aspheric optical elements' specially designed for lithography equipment, see 8B301.
LASERS
8A605 "Lasers", components and optical equipment, as follows:

Note 1 Pulsed "lasers" include those that run in a continuous wave (CW) mode with pulses
superimposed.
Note 2 Excimer, semiconductor, chemical, CO, CO 2 , and 'non-repetitive pulsed' Nd:glass "lasers" are
only specified by 8A605.d.
Technical Note
'Non-repetitive pulsed' refers to "lasers" that produce either a single output pulse or that have a
time interval between pulses exceeding one minute.
Note 3 8A605 includes fibre "lasers".
Note 4 The status of "lasers" incorporating frequency conversion (i.e, wavelength change) by means other
than one "laser" pumping another "laser" is determined by applying the specified parameters for
both the output of the source "laser" and the frequency-converted optical output.
Note 5 8A605 does not apply to "lasers" as follows:
a. Ruby with output energy below 20 J;
b. Nitrogen;
c. Krypton.
8A605 a. Non-"tunable" continuous wave "(CW) lasers" having any of the following:
1. Output wavelength less than 150 nm and output power exceeding 1 W;
2. Output wavelength of 150 nm or more but not exceeding 510 nm and output power exceeding
30 W;
Note 8A605.a.2 does not apply to Argon "lasers" having an output power equal to or less
than 50 W.
3. Output wavelength exceeding 510 nm but not exceeding 540 nm and any of the following:
a. Single transverse mode output and output power exceeding 50 W; or
b. Multiple transverse mode output and output power exceeding 150 W;
3. Output wavelength exceeding 540 nm but not exceeding 800 nm and output power exceeding
30 W;
8A605 a. 5. Output wavelength exceeding 800 nm but not exceeding 975 nm and any of the following:
a. Single transverse mode output and output power exceeding 50 W; or
b. Multiple transverse mode output and output power exceeding 80 W;
191
8A605 a. 6. Output wavelength exceeding 975 nm but not exceeding 1,150 nm and any of the following:
a. Single transverse mode and output power exceeding 500 W; or
b. Multiple transverse mode output and any of the following:
1. 'Wall-plug efficiency' exceeding 18% and output power exceeding 500 W; or
2. Output power exceeding 2 kW;
Note 1 8A605.a.6.b does not apply to multiple transverse mode, industrial "lasers" with
output power exceeding 2 kW and not exceeding 6 kW with a total mass greater
than 1,200 kg. For the purpose of this note, total mass includes all components
required to operate the "laser", e.g, "laser", power supply, heat exchanger, but
excludes external optics for beam conditioning and/or delivery.
Note 2 8A605.a.6.b does not apply to multiple transverse mode, industrial "lasers"
a. Output power exceeding 500 W but not exceeding 1 kW and having all of
the following:
1. Beam Parameter Product (BPP) exceeding 0.7 mm•mrad; and
2. 'Brightness' not exceeding 1024 W/(mm•mrad)2;
b. Output power exceeding 1 kW but not exceeding 1.6 kW and having a BPP
exceeding 1.25 mm•mrad;
c. Output power exceeding 1.6 kW but not exceeding 2.5 kW and having a
BPP exceeding 1.7 mm•mrad;
d. Output power exceeding 2.5 kW but not exceeding 3.3 kW and having a
BPP exceeding 2.5 mm•mrad;
e. Output power exceeding 3.3 kW but not exceeding 4 kW and having a BPP
f. Output power exceeding 4 kW but not exceeding 5 kW and having a BPP
exceeding 5 mm•mrad;
g. Output power exceeding 5 kW but not exceeding 6 kW and having a BPP
h. Output power exceeding 6 kW but not exceeding 8 kW and having a BPP
exceeding 12 mm•mrad; or
i. Output power exceeding 8 kW but not exceeding 10 kW and having a BPP
exceeding 24 mm•mrad;
Technical Note
For the purpose of 8A605.a.6.b, Note 2.a, 'brightness' is defined as the
output power of the "laser" divided by the squared Beam Parameter
Product (BPP), i.e, (output power)/BPP2.
Technical Note
'Wall-plug efficiency' is defined as the ratio of "laser" output power (or "average output power") to total
electrical input power required to operate the "laser", including the power supply/conditioning and
thermal conditioning/heat exchanger.
8A605 a. 7. Output wavelength exceeding 1,150 nm but not exceeding 1,555 nm and any of the following:
b. Multiple transverse mode and output power exceeding 80 W; or
8. Output wavelength exceeding 1,555 nm but not exceeding 1,850 nm, and output power exceeding
1 W;
9. Output wavelength exceeding 1,850 nm but not exceeding 2,100 nm, and any of the following:
b. Multiple transverse mode output and output power exceeding 120 W; or
10. Output wavelength exceeding 2,100 nm and output power exceeding 1 W;
8A605 b. Non-"tunable" "pulsed lasers" having any of the following:

1. Output wavelength less than 150 nm and any of the following:
a. Output energy exceeding 50 mJ per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 1 W; or
192
b. "Average output power" exceeding 1 W;
2. Output wavelength of 150 nm or more but not exceeding 510 nm and any of the following:
a. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 30W; or
Note 8A605.b.2.b does not apply to Argon "lasers" having an "average output
power" equal to or less than 50 W.
8A605 b. 3. Output wavelength exceeding 510 nm but not exceeding 540 nm and any of the following:
a. Single transverse mode output and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 50 W; or
2. "Average output power" exceeding 50 W; or
b. Multiple transverse mode output and any of the following:
2. "Average output power" exceeding 150 W;
a. "Pulse duration" less than 1 ps and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 0.005 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 5 GW; or
b. "Pulse duration" equal to or exceeding 1 ps and any of the following:
a. "Pulse duration" less than 1 ps and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 0.005 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 5 GW; or
2. Single transverse mode output and "average output power" exceeding 20 W;
b. "Pulse duration" equal to or exceeding 1 ps and not exceeding 1 μs and any of the
following:
1. Output energy exceeding 0.5 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 50 W;
2. Single transverse mode output and "average output power" exceeding 20 W; or
3. Multiple transverse mode output and "average output power" exceeding 50 W; or
c. "Pulse duration" exceeding 1 μs and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 50 W;
3. Multiple transverse mode output and "average output power" exceeding 80 W;
8A605 b. 6. Output wavelength exceeding 975 nm but not exceeding 1,150 nm and any of the following:
a. "Pulse duration" of less than 1 ps, and any of the following:
1. Output "peak power" exceeding 2 GW per pulse;
3. Output energy exceeding 0.002 J per pulse;
b. "Pulse duration" equal to or exceeding 1 ps and less than 1 ns, and any of the
following:
1. Output "peak power" exceeding 5 GW per pulse;
3. Output energy exceeding 0.1 J per pulse;
c. "Pulse duration" equal to or exceeding 1 ns but not exceeding 1 µs and any of the
following:
1. Single transverse mode output and any of the following:
a. "Peak power" exceeding 100 MW;
b. "Average output power" exceeding 20 W limited by design to a maximum
pulse repetition frequency less than or equal to 1 kHz;
c. 'Wall-plug efficiency' exceeding 12%, "average output power" exceeding 100
W and capable of operating at a pulse repetition frequency greater than 1 kHz;
193
d. "Average output power" exceeding 150 W and capable of operating at a pulse
repetition frequency greater than 1 kHz; or
e. Output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse; or
8A605 b. 6. c. 2. Multiple transverse mode output and any of the following:

b. 'Wall-plug efficiency' exceeding 18% and "average output power" exceeding
500 W;
c. "Average output power" exceeding 2 kW; or
d. Output energy exceeding 4 J per pulse; or
d. "Pulse duration" exceeding 1 µs and any of the following:
1. Single transverse mode output and any of the following:
a. "Peak power" exceeding 500 kW;
b. 'Wall-plug efficiency' exceeding 12% and "average output power" exceeding
100 W; or
c. "Average output power" exceeding 150 W; or
2. Multiple transverse mode output and any of the following:
b. 'Wall-plug efficiency' exceeding 18% and "average output power"
exceeding 500 W; or
c. "Average output power" exceeding 2 kW;
8A605 b. 7. Output wavelength exceeding 1,150 nm but not exceeding 1,555 nm, and any of the following:
a. "Pulse duration" not exceeding 1 µs and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 0.5 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 50 W;
b. "Pulse duration" exceeding 1 µs and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 50 W;
8A605 b. 8. Output wavelength exceeding 1,555 nm but not exceeding 1,850 nm, and any of the following:
a. Output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse and "peak power" exceeding
1 W; or
9. Output wavelength exceeding 1,850 nm but not exceeding 2,100 nm, and any of the following:
a. Single transverse mode and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse and "peak power"
exceeding 1 W; or
b. Multiple transverse mode and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse and "peak power"
exceeding 10 kW; or
10. Output wavelength exceeding 2,100 nm and any of the following:

a. Output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse and "peak power" exceeding
1 W; or
8A605 c. "Tunable" "lasers" having any of the following:

1. Output wavelength less than 600 nm and any of the following:
b. Average or CW output power exceeding 1 W;
Note 8A605.c.1 does not apply to dye "lasers" or other liquid "lasers", having a multimode
output and a wavelength of 150 nm or more but not exceeding 600 nm and all of the
following:
1. Output energy less than 1.5 J per pulse or a "peak power" less than 20 W; and
194
2. Average or CW output power less than 20 W.
8A605 c. 2. Output wavelength of 600 nm or more but not exceeding 1,400 nm, and any of the following:
a. Output energy exceeding 1 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 20 W; or
b. Average or CW output power exceeding 20 W; or
3. Output wavelength exceeding 1,400 nm and any of the following:

b. Average or CW output power exceeding 1 W;
8A605 d. Other "lasers", not specified by 8A605.a, 8A605.b or 8A605.c as follows:

1. Semiconductor "lasers" as follows:
Note 1 8A605.d.1 includes semiconductor "lasers" having optical output connectors (e.g.
fibre optic pigtails).
Note 2 The status of semiconductor "lasers" specially designed for other equipment is
determined by the status of the other equipment.
8A605 d. 1. a. Individual single-transverse mode semiconductor "lasers" having any of the following:
1. Wavelength equal to or less than 1,510 nm and average or CW output power,
exceeding 1.5 W; or
2. Wavelength greater than 1,510 nm and average or CW output power, exceeding 500
mW;
8A605 1. b. Individual, multiple-transverse mode semiconductor "lasers" having any of the following:
1. Wavelength of less than 1,400 nm and average or CW output power, exceeding 15
W;
2. Wavelength equal to or greater than 1,400 nm and less than 1,900 nm and average or
CW output power, exceeding 2.5 W; or
3. Wavelength equal to or greater than 1,900 nm and average or CW output power,
exceeding 1 W;
8A605 1. c. Individual semiconductor "laser" 'bars' having any of the following:

1. Wavelength of less than 1,400 nm and average or CW output power, exceeding
100 W;
2. Wavelength equal to or greater than 1,400 nm and less than 1,900 nm and average or
CW output power, exceeding 25 W; or
3. Wavelength equal to or greater than 1,900 nm and average or CW output power,
exceeding 10 W;
8A605 d. 1. d. Semiconductor "laser" 'stacked arrays' (two-dimensional arrays) having any of the
following:
1. Wavelength less than 1,400 nm and having any of the following:
a. Average or CW total output power less than 3 kW and having average or CW
output 'power density' greater than 500 W/cm2;
b. Average or CW total output power equal to or exceeding 3 kW but less than or
equal to 5 kW, and having average or CW output 'power density' greater than
350W/cm2;
c. Average or CW total output power exceeding 5 kW;
d. Peak pulsed 'power density' exceeding 2,500 W/cm2; or
Note 8A605.d.1.d.1.d does not apply to epitaxially-fabricated monolithic
devices.
e. Spatially coherent average or CW total output power, greater than 150 W;
8A605 d. 1. d. 2. Wavelength greater than or equal to 1,400 nm but less than 1,900 nm, and having any
of the following:
a. Average or CW total output power less than 250 W and average or CW output
'power density' greater than 150 W/cm2;
b. Average or CW total output power equal to or exceeding 250 W but less than or
equal to 500 W, and having average or CW output 'power density' greater than
50W/cm2;
195
c. Average or CW total output power exceeding 500 W;
d. Peak pulsed 'power density' exceeding 500 W/cm2; or
Note 8A605.d.1.d.2.d does not apply to epitaxially-fabricated monolithic
devices.
e. Spatially coherent average or CW total output power, exceeding 15 W;
8A605 d. 1. d. 3. Wavelength greater than or equal to 1,900 nm and having any of the following:
a. Average or CW output 'power density' greater than 50 W/cm2;
b. Average or CW output power greater than 10 W; or
c. Spatially coherent average or CW total output power, exceeding 1.5 W; or
8A605 d. 1. d. 4. At least one "laser" 'bar' specified by 8A605.d.1.c;

Technical Note
For the purposes of 8A605.d.1.d, 'power density' means the total "laser" output power
divided by the emitter surface area of the 'stacked array'.
8A605 d. 1. e. Semiconductor "laser" 'stacked arrays', other than those specified by 8A605.d.1.d, having
all of the following:
1. Specially designed or modified to be combined with other 'stacked arrays' to form a
larger 'stacked array'; and
2. Integrated connections, common for both electronics and cooling;
Note 1 'Stacked arrays', formed by combining semiconductor "laser" 'stacked arrays'
specified by 8A605.d.1.e, that are not designed to be further combined or
modified are specified by 8A605.d.1.d.
Note 2 'Stacked arrays', formed by combining semiconductor "laser" 'stacked arrays'
specified by 8A605.d.1.e, that are designed to be further combined or modified
are specified by 8A605.d.1.e.
Note 3 8A605.d.1.e does not apply to modular assemblies of single 'bars' designed to
be fabricated into end-to-end stacked linear arrays.
Technical Notes
1. Semiconductor "lasers" are commonly called "laser" diodes.
2. A 'bar' (also called a semiconductor "laser" 'bar', a "laser" diode 'bar' or diode 'bar')
consists of multiple semiconductor "lasers" in a one-dimensional array.
3. A 'stacked array' consists of multiple 'bars' forming a two-dimensional array of
semiconductor "lasers".
8A605 d. 2. Carbon monoxide (CO) "lasers" having any of the following:

a. Output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 5 kW; or
b. Average or CW output power exceeding 5 kW;
8A605 d. 3. Carbon dioxide (CO2) "lasers" having any of the following:

a. CW output power exceeding 15 kW;
b. Pulsed output with a "pulse duration" exceeding 10 µs and any of the following:
1. "Average output power" exceeding 10 kW; or
2. "Peak power" exceeding 100 kW; or
c. Pulsed output with a "pulse duration" equal to or less than 10 µs and any of the following:
1. Pulse energy exceeding 5 J per pulse; or
2. "Average output power" exceeding 2.5 kW;
8A605 d. 4. Excimer "lasers" having any of the following:

a. Output wavelength not exceeding 150 nm and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 50 mJ per pulse; or
b. Output wavelength exceeding 150 nm but not exceeding 190 nm and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse; or
196
8A605 d. 4. c. Output wavelength exceeding 190 nm but not exceeding 360 nm and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 10 J per pulse; or
8A605 d. 4. d. Output wavelength exceeding 360 nm and any of the following:

1. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse; or
N.B. For excimer "lasers" specially designed for lithography equipment, see 8B301.
8A605 d. 5. "Chemical lasers" as follows:

a. Hydrogen Fluoride (HF) "lasers";
b. Deuterium Fluoride (DF) "lasers";
c. "Transfer lasers" as follows:
1. Oxygen Iodine (O 2- I) "lasers";
2. Deuterium Fluoride-Carbon dioxide (DF-CO 2 ) "lasers";
8A605 d. 6. 'Non-repetitive pulsed' Nd: glass "lasers" having any of the following:
a. "Pulse duration" not exceeding 1 µs and output energy exceeding 50 J per pulse; or
b. "Pulse duration" exceeding 1 µs and output energy exceeding 100 J per pulse;
8A605 e. Components as follows:

1. Mirrors cooled either by 'active cooling' or by heat pipe cooling;
Technical Notes
'Active cooling' is a cooling technique for optical components using flowing fluids within the
subsurface (nominally less than 1 mm below the optical surface) of the optical component to
remove heat from the optic.
2. Optical mirrors or transmissive or partially transmissive optical or electro-optical components,
other than fused tapered fibre combiners and Multi-Layer Dielectric gratings (MLDs), specially
designed for use with specified "lasers";
Note Fibre combiners and MLDs are specified by 8A605.e.3.
8A605 e. 3. Fibre "laser" components as follows:

a. Multimode to multimode fused tapered fibre combiners having all of the following:
1. An insertion loss better (less) than or equal to 0.3 dB maintained at a rated total
average or CW output power (excluding output power transmitted through the single
mode core if present) exceeding 1,000 W; and
2. Number of input fibres equal to or greater than 3;
b. Single mode to multimode fused tapered fibre combiners having all of the following:
1. An insertion loss better (less) than 0.5 dB maintained at a rated total average or CW
output power exceeding 4,600 W;
2. Number of input fibres equal to or greater than 3; and
8A605 e. 3. b. 3. Having any of the following:

a. A Beam Parameter Product (BPP) measured at the output not exceeding 1.5 mm
mrad for a number of input fibres less than or equal to 5; or
b. A BPP measured at the output not exceeding 2.5 mm mrad for a number of input
fibres greater than 5;
8A605 e. 3. c. MLDs having all of the following:
1. Designed for spectral or coherent beam combination of 5 or more fibre "lasers"; and
2. CW "Laser" Induced Damage Threshold (LIDT) greater than or equal to 10
kW/cm2.
8A605 f. Optical equipment as follows:

N.B. For shared aperture optical elements, capable of operating in "Super-High Power Laser"
("SHPL") applications, see 6A019. Note 2.d.
197
1. Dynamic wavefront (phase) measuring equipment capable of mapping at least 50 positions on a
beam wavefront and any of the following:
a. Frame rates equal to or more than 100 Hz and phase discrimination of at least 5% of the
beam's wavelength; or
b. Frame rates equal to or more than 1,000 Hz and phase discrimination of at least 20% of
the beam's wavelength;
2. "Laser" diagnostic equipment capable of measuring "SHPL" system angular beam steering
errors of equal to or less than 10 µrad;
3. Optical equipment and components, specially designed for a phased-array "SHPL" system for
coherent beam combination to an "accuracy" of λ/10 at the designed wavelength, or 0.1 µm,
whichever is the smaller;
4. Projection telescopes specially designed for use with "SHPL" systems;
8A605 g. 'Laser acoustic detection equipment' having all of the following:

1. CW "laser" output power equal to or exceeding 20 mW;
2. "Laser" frequency stability equal to or better (less) than 10 MHz;
3. "Laser" wavelengths equal to or exceeding 1,000 nm but not exceeding 2,000 nm;
4. Optical system resolution better (less) than 1 nm; and
5. Optical Signal to Noise ratio equal to or exceeding 103.
Technical Note
'Laser acoustic detection equipment' is sometimes referred to as a "Laser" Microphone or Particle Flow
Detection Microphone.
MAGNETIC AND ELECTRIC FIELD SENSORS
8A606 "Magnetometers", "magnetic gradiometers", "intrinsic magnetic gradiometers", underwater electric field
sensors, "compensation systems", and specially designed components therefor, as follows:
Note 8A606 does not apply to instruments specially designed for fishery applications or biomagnetic
measurements for medical diagnostics.
8A606 a. "Magnetometers" and subsystems, as follows:

1. "Magnetometers" using "superconductive" (SQUID) "technology" and having any of the
following:
a. SQUID systems designed for stationary operation, without specially designed
subsystems designed to reduce in-motion noise, and having a 'sensitivity' equal to or lower
(better) than 50 fT (rms) per square root Hz at a frequency of 1 Hz; or
b. SQUID systems having an in-motion-magnetometer 'sensitivity' lower (better) than
20 pT (rms) per square root Hz at a frequency of 1 Hz and specially designed to reduce in-
motion noise;
2. "Magnetometers" using optically pumped or nuclear precession (proton/Overhauser)
"technology" having a 'sensitivity' lower (better) than 20 pT (rms) per square root Hz at a
frequency of 1 Hz;
3. "Magnetometers" using fluxgate "technology" having a 'sensitivity' equal to or lower (better)
than 10 pT (rms) per square root Hz at a frequency of 1 Hz;
8A606 a. 4. Induction coil "magnetometers" having a 'sensitivity' lower (better) than any of the following:
a. 0.05 nT (rms)/square root Hz at frequencies of less than 1 Hz;
b. 1 x 10-3 nT (rms)/square root Hz at frequencies of 1 Hz or more but not exceeding
10 Hz; or
c. 1 x 10-4 nT (rms)/square root Hz at frequencies exceeding 10 Hz;
5. Fibre optic "magnetometers" having a 'sensitivity' lower (better) than 1 nT (rms) per square root
Hz;
8A606 b. Underwater Electric Field Sensors having a 'sensitivity' lower (better) than 8 nanovolt per meter per
square root Hz when measured at 1 Hz;
8A606 c. "Magnetic gradiometers" as follows:

198
1. "Magnetic gradiometers" using multiple "magnetometers" specified by 8A606.a;
2. Fibre optic "intrinsic magnetic gradiometers" having a magnetic gradient field 'sensitivity' lower
(better) than 0.3 nT/m (rms) per square root Hz;
3. "Intrinsic magnetic gradiometers", using "technology" other than fibre-optic "technology",
having a magnetic gradient field 'sensitivity' lower (better) than 0.015 nT/m (rms) per square
root Hz;
8A606 d. "Compensation systems" for magnetic or underwater electric field sensors resulting in a performance
equal to or better than the specified parameters of 8A606.a, 8A606.b, or 8A606.c;
8A606 e. Underwater electromagnetic receivers incorporating magnetic field sensors specified by 8A606.a or
underwater electric field sensors specified by 8A606.b.
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8A606, 'sensitivity' (noise level) is the root mean square of the device
limited noise floor which is the lowest signal that can be measured.
GRAVIMETERS
8A607 Gravity meters (gravimeters) and gravity gradiometers, as follows:

a. Gravity meters designed or modified for ground use and having a static "accuracy" of less (better)
than 10 µGal;
Note 8A607.a does not apply to ground gravity meters of the quartz element (Worden) type.
b. Gravity meters designed for mobile platforms and having all of the following:
1. A static "accuracy" of less (better) than 0.7 mGal; and
2. An in-service (operational) "accuracy" of less (better) than 0.7 mGal having a 'time-to-steady-
state registration' of less than 2 minutes under any combination of attendant corrective
compensations and motional influences;
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8A607.b, 'time-to-steady-state registration' (also referred to as the gravimeter’s
response time) is the time over which the disturbing effects of platform induced accelerations (high
frequency noise) are reduced.
c. Gravity gradiometers.
RADAR
8A608 Radar systems, equipment and assemblies, having any of the following, and specially designed components
therefor:

- Secondary Surveillance Radar (SSR);
- Civil Automotive Radar;
- Displays or monitors used for Air Traffic Control (ATC);
- Meteorological (weather) Radar;
- Precision Approach Radar (PAR) equipment conforming to ICAO standards and employing
electronically steerable linear (1-dimensional) arrays or mechanically positioned passive
antennae.
8A608 a. Operating at frequencies from 40 GHz to 230 GHz and having any of the following:
1. An average output power exceeding 100 mW; or
2. Locating "accuracy" of 1 m or less (better) in range and 0.2 degree or less (better) in azimuth;
b. A tunable bandwidth exceeding ± 6.25% of the 'centre operating frequency';
Technical Note
The 'centre operating frequency' equals one half of the sum of the highest plus the lowest specified
operating frequencies.
199
c. Capable of operating simultaneously on more than two carrier frequencies;
d. Capable of operating in synthetic aperture (SAR), inverse synthetic aperture (ISAR) radar mode, or
sidelooking airborne (SLAR) radar mode;
e. Incorporating electronically steerable array antennae;
f. Capable of heightfinding non-cooperative targets;
g. Specially designed for airborne (balloon or airframe mounted) operation and having Doppler "signal
processing" for the detection of moving targets;
8A608 h. Employing processing of radar signals and using any of the following:
1. "Radar spread spectrum" techniques; or
2. "Radar frequency agility" techniques;
8A608 i. Providing ground-based operation with a maximum "instrumented range" exceeding 185 km;
Note 8A608.i does not apply to:
a. Fishing ground surveillance radar;
b. Ground radar equipment specially designed for enroute air traffic control and having
1. A maximum "instrumented range" of 500 km or less;
2. Configured so that radar target data can be transmitted only one way from the
radar site to one or more civil ATC centres;
3. Contains no provisions for remote control of the radar scan rate from the
enroute ATC centre; and
4. Permanently installed.
c. Weather balloon tracking radars.
8A608 j. Being "laser" radar or Light Detection and Ranging (LIDAR) equipment and having any of the
following:
1. "Space-qualified";
2. Employing coherent heterodyne or homodyne detection techniques and having an angular
resolution of less (better) than 20 µrad (microradians); or
3. Designed for carrying out airborne bathymetric littoral surveys to International Hydrographic
Organization (IHO) Order 1a Standard (5th Edition February 2008) for Hydrographic Surveys or
better, and using one or more "lasers" with a wavelength exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding
600 nm;
Note 1 LIDAR equipment specially designed for surveying is only specified by 8A608.j.3.
Note 2 8A608.j does not apply to LIDAR equipment specially designed for meteorological
observation.
Note 3 Parameters in the IHO Order 1a Standard 5th Edition February 2008 are summarized as
follows:
Horizontal Accuracy (95% Confidence Level) = 5 m + 5% of depth.
Depth Accuracy for Reduced Depths (95% confidence level)
= ±√(a2+(b*d)2) where:
a = 0.5 m = constant depth error, i.e. the sum of all constant depth errors
b = 0.013 = factor of depth dependent error
b*d = depth dependent error, i.e. the sum of all depth dependent errors
d = depth
Feature Detection
= Cubic features > 2 m in depths up to 40 m;
10% of depth beyond 40 m.
8A608 k. Having "signal processing" sub-systems using "pulse compression"

and having any of the following:
1. A "pulse compression" ratio exceeding 150; or
2. A compressed pulse width of less than 200 ns; or
Note 8A608.k.2 does not apply to two dimensional 'marine radar' or 'vessel traffic service’
radar , having all of the following:
a. "Pulse compression" ratio not exceeding 150;
b. Compressed pulse width of greater than 30 ns;
200
c. Single and rotating mechanically scanned antenna;
d. Peak output power not exceeding 250 W; and
e. Not capable of "frequency hopping".
8A608 l. Having data processing sub-systems and having any of the following:
1. "Automatic target tracking" providing, at any antenna rotation, the predicted target position beyond the
time of the next antenna beam passage; or
Note 8A608.l.1 does not apply to conflict alert capability in ATC systems, or 'marine
radar'.
2. (Reserved) ;
3. (Reserved) ;
4. Configured to provide superposition and correlation, or fusion, of target data within six seconds
from two or more "geographically dispersed" radar sensors to improve the aggregate
performance beyond that of any single sensor specified by 8A608.f or 8A608.i.
N.B. See also 6A005.b.
Note 8A608.l does not apply to systems, equipment and assemblies used for 'vessel traffic
services'.
Technical Notes
1. For the purposes of 8A608, 'marine radar' is a radar that is used to navigate safely at sea, inland waterways
or near-shore environments.
2. For the purposes of 8A608, 'vessel traffic service' is a vessel traffic monitoring and control service
similar to air traffic control for "aircraft".
8B6SENSORS AND LASERS (TEST, INSPECTION AND PRODUCTION

EQUIPMENT)
8B601 ACOUSTICS – (Reserved)
8B602 . OPTICAL SENSORS – (Reserved)
8B603. CAMERAS – (Reserved)
OPTICS
8B604 Optical equipment as follows:

a. Equipment for measuring absolute reflectance to an "accuracy" of equal to or better than 0.1% of the
reflectance value;
b. Equipment other than optical surface scattering measurement equipment, having an unobscured aperture
of more than 10 cm, specially designed for the non-contact optical measurement of a non-planar optical
surface figure (profile) to an "accuracy" of 2 nm or less (better) against the required profile.
Note 8B604 does not apply to microscopes.
8B605 LASERS – (Reserved)
8B606 MAGNETIC AND ELECTRIC FIELD SENSORS – (Reserved)
GRAVIMETERS
8B607 Equipment to produce, align and calibrate land-based gravity meters with a static "accuracy" of better than
0.1 mGal.
RADAR
8B608 Pulse radar cross-section measurement systems having transmit pulse widths of 100 ns or less, and
specially designed components therefor.
201
8C6 SENSORS AND LASERS (MATERIALS)
8C601 ACOUSTICS – (Reserved)
OPTICAL SENSORS
8C602 Optical sensor materials as follows:

a. Elemental tellurium (Te) of purity levels of 99.9995% or more;
b. Single crystals (including epitaxial wafers) of any of the following:
1. Cadmium zinc telluride (CdZnTe) with zinc content of less than 6% by 'mole fraction';
2. Cadmium telluride (CdTe) of any purity level; or
3. Mercury cadmium telluride (HgCdTe) of any purity level.
Technical Note
'Mole fraction' is defined as the ratio of moles of ZnTe to the sum of the moles of CdTe and ZnTe
present in the crystal.
8C603 CAMERAS – (Reserved)
OPTICS
8C604 Optical materials as follows:

a. Zinc selenide (ZnSe) and zinc sulphide (ZnS) "substrate blanks", produced by the chemical vapour
deposition process and having any of the following:
1. A volume greater than 100 cm3; or
2. A diameter greater than 80 mm and a thickness of 20 mm or more;
b. Electro-optic materials and non-linear optical materials, as follows:

1. Potassium titanyl arsenate (KTA) (CAS 59400-80-5);
2. Silver gallium selenide (AgGaSe2, also known as AGSE)
(CAS 12002-67-4);
3. Thallium arsenic selenide (Tl3AsSe3, also known as TAS)
(CAS 16142-89-5);
4. Zinc germanium phosphide (ZnGeP2, also known as ZGP,
zinc germanium biphosphide or zinc germanium diphosphide); or
5. Gallium selenide (GaSe) (CAS 12024-11-2);
8C604 c. Non-linear optical materials, other than those specified by 8C604.b,

a. Dynamic (also known as non-stationary) third order non-linear susceptibility (χ(3), chi 3) of
10-6m2/V2 or more; and
b. Response time of less than 1 ms; or
2. Second order non-linear susceptibility (χ(2), chi 2) of 3.3×10-11 m/V or more;
8C604 d. "Substrate blanks" of silicon carbide or beryllium beryllium (Be/Be) deposited materials, exceeding
300 mm in diameter or major axis length;
8C604 e. Glass, including fused silica, phosphate glass, fluorophosphate glass, zirconium fluoride (ZrF4) (CAS
7783-64-4) and hafnium fluoride (HfF4) (CAS 13709-52-9) and having all of the following:
1. A hydroxyl ion (OH-) concentration of less than 5 ppm;
2. Integrated metallic purity levels of less than 1 ppm; and
3. High homogeneity (index of refraction variance) less than
5 x 10-6;
8C604 f. Synthetically produced diamond material with an absorption of less than

10-5 cm-1 for wavelengths exceeding 200 nm but not exceeding 14,000 nm.
202
LASERS
8C605 "Laser" materials as follows:

a. Synthetic crystalline "laser" host material in unfinished form as follows:
1. Titanium doped sapphire.
2. (Reserved)
b. Rare-earth-metal doped double-clad fibres having any of the following:
1. Nominal "laser" wavelength of 975 nm to 1,150 nm and having all of the following:
a. Average core diameter equal to or greater than 25 µm; and
b. Core 'Numerical Aperture' ('NA') less than 0.065; or
Note 8C605.b.1 does not apply to double-clad fibres having an inner glass cladding
diameter exceeding 150 µm and not exceeding 300 µm.
2. Nominal "laser" wavelength exceeding 1,530 nm and having all of the following:
a. Average core diameter equal to or greater than 20 µm; and
b. Core 'NA' less than 0.1.
Technical Notes
1. For the purposes of 8C605, the core 'Numerical Aperture' ('NA') is measured at the emission
wavelengths of the fibre.
2. 8C605.b. includes fibres assembled with end caps.
8C606 MAGNETIC AND ELECTRIC FIELD SENSORS – (Reserved)
8C607 GRAVIMETERS – (Reserved)
8C608 RADAR – (Reserved)
8D6 SENSORS AND LASERS (SOFTWARE)
8D601. "Software" specially designed for the "development" or "production" of equipment specified by 8A604,
8A605, 8A608 or 8B608.
8D602 . "Software" specially designed for the "use" of equipment specified by 8A602.b, 8A608 or 8B608.
8D603 Other "software" as follows:
ACOUSTICS
8D603 a. "Software" as follows:

1. "Software" specially designed for acoustic beam forming for the "real-time processing" of
acoustic data for passive reception using towed hydrophone arrays;
2. "Source code" for the "real-time processing" of acoustic data for passive reception using towed
hydrophone arrays;
3. "Software" specially designed for acoustic beam forming for the "real-time processing" of
acoustic data for passive reception using bottom or bay cable systems;
4. "Source code" for the "real-time processing" of acoustic data for passive reception using bottom
or bay cable systems;
5. "Software" or "source code", specially designed for all of the following:
a. "Real-time processing" of acoustic data from sonar systems specified by 8A601.a.1.e;
and
b. Automatically detecting, classifying and determining the location of divers or
swimmers;
N.B. For diver detection "software" or "source code", specially designed or modified
for military use, see Category 6.
8D603 b. OPTICAL SENSORS – (Reserved)
203
CAMERAS
8D603 c. "Software" designed or modified for cameras incorporating "focal plane arrays" specified by
8A602.a.3.f and designed or modified to remove a frame rate restriction and allow the camera to
exceed the frame rate specified in 8A603.b.4 Note 3.a.
OPTICS
8D603 d. "Software" specially designed to maintain the alignment and phasing of segmented mirror systems
consisting of mirror segments having a diameter or major axis length equal to or larger than 1 m;
8D603 e. LASERS – (Reserved)
MAGNETIC AND ELECTRIC FIELD SENSORS
8D603 f. "Software" as follows:

1. "Software" specially designed for magnetic and electric field "compensation systems" for
magnetic sensors designed to operate on mobile platforms;
2. "Software" specially designed for magnetic and electric field anomaly detection on mobile
platforms;
3. "Software" specially designed for "real -time processing" of electromagnetic data using
underwater electromagnetic receivers specified by 8A606.e;
4. "Source code" for "real-time processing" of electromagnetic data using underwater
electromagnetic receivers specified by 8A606.e;
GRAVIMETERS
8D603 g. "Software" specially designed to correct motional influences of gravity meters or gravity
gradiometers;
RADAR
8D603 h. "Software" as follows:

1. Air Traffic Control (ATC) "software" application "programs" designed to be hosted on general
purpose computers located at Air Traffic Control centres and capable of accepting radar target
data from more than four primary radars;
2. "Software" for the design or "production" of radomes and having all of the following:
a. Specially designed to protect the "electronically steerable phased array antennae"
specified by 8A608.e; and
b. Resulting in an antenna pattern having an 'average side lobe level' more than 40 dB
below the peak of the main beam level.
Technical Note
'Average side lobe level' in 8D603.h.2.b is measured over the entire array excluding the
angular extent of the main beam and the first two side lobes on either side of the main
beam.
8E6 SENSORS AND LASERS (TECHNOLOGY)
8E601 "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development" of equipment, materials or
"software" specified by 8A6, 8B6, 8C6 or 8D6.
8E602 "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "production" of equipment or materials
specified by 8A6, 8B6 or 8C6.
a. ACOUSTICS – (Reserved)
b. OPTICAL SENSORS – (Reserved)

204
c. CAMERAS – (Reserved)
OPTICS
8E603 d. "Technology" as follows:

1. "Technology" "required" for the coating and treatment of optical surfaces to achieve an 'optical
thickness' uniformity of 99.5% or better for optical coatings 500 mm or more in diameter or
major axis length and with a total loss (absorption and scatter) of less than 5 x 10-3;
N.B. See also 8E203.f.
Technical Note
'Optical thickness' is the mathematical product of the index of refraction and the physical
thickness of the coating.
2. "Technology" for the fabrication of optics using single point diamond turning techniques to
produce surface finish "accuracies" of better than 10 nm rms on non-planar surfaces exceeding
0.5 m2;
LASERS
8E603 e. "Technology" "required" for the "development", "production" or "use" of specially designed diagnostic
instruments or targets in test facilities for "SHPL" testing or testing or evaluation of materials irradiated by
"SHPL" beams;
8E603 f. MAGNETIC AND ELECTRIC FIELD SENSORS - (Reserved)
8E603 g. GRAVIMETERS – (Reserved)
8E603 h. RADAR – (Reserved).
205
8A7 Navigation and Avionics (SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS)

N.B. For automatic pilots for underwater vehicles, see 8A8,8B8,8C8,8D8,8E.
For radar, see 8A6,8B,8C6,8D6,8E6.
8A701 Accelerometers as follows and specially designed components therefor:

N.B. For angular or rotational accelerometers, see 8A701.b.
a. Linear accelerometers having any of the following:
1. Specified to function at linear acceleration levels less than or equal to 15 g and having any of
the following:
a. A "bias" "stability" of less (better) than 130 micro g with respect to a fixed
calibration value over a period of one year; or
b. A "scale factor" "stability" of less (better) than 130 ppm with respect to a fixed
calibration value over a period of one year;
2. Specified to function at linear acceleration levels exceeding 15 g but less than or equal to 100 g
and having all of the following:
a. A "bias" "repeatability" of less (better) than 1,250 micro g over a period of one year;
and
b. A "scale factor" "repeatability" of less (better) than 1,250 ppm over a period of one
year; or
3. Designed for use in inertial navigation or guidance systems and specified to function at linear
acceleration levels exceeding 100 g;
Note 8A701.a.1 and 8A701.a.2 do not apply to accelerometers limited to measurement of only
vibration or shock.
8A701 b. Angular or rotational accelerometers, specified to function at linear acceleration levels exceeding
100 g.
8A702 Gyros or angular rate sensors, having any of the following and specially designed components therefor:
N.B. For angular or rotational accelerometers, see 8A701.b.
a. Specified to function at linear acceleration levels less than or equal to 100 g and having any of the
following:
1. A rate range of less than 500 degrees per second and having any of the following:
a. A "bias" "stability" of less (better) than 0.5 degree per hour, when measured in a 1 g
environment over a period of one month, and with respect to a fixed calibration value; or
b. An "angle random walk" of less (better) than or equal to 0.0035 degree per square
root hour; or
Note 8A702.a.1.b does not apply to "spinning mass gyros".
8A702 a. 2. A rate range greater than or equal to 500 degrees per second and having any of the following:
a. A "bias" "stability" of less (better) than 4 degrees per hour, when measured in a 1 g
environment over a period of three minutes, and with respect to a fixed calibration value; or
8A702 a. 2. b. An "angle random walk" of less (better) than or equal to 0.1 degree per square root
hour; or
Note 8A702.a.2.b does not apply to "spinning mass gyros".
8A702 b. Specified to function at linear acceleration levels exceeding 100 g.
8A703 'Inertial measurement equipment or systems', having any of the following:

Note 1 'Inertial measurement equipment or systems' incorporate accelerometers or gyroscopes to
measure changes in velocity and orientation in order to determine or maintain heading or
position without requiring an external reference once aligned. 'Inertial measurement equipment
or systems' include:
206
- Attitude and Heading Reference Systems (AHRSs);
- Gyrocompasses;
- Inertial Measurement Units (IMUs);
- Inertial Navigation Systems (INSs);
- Inertial Reference Systems (IRSs);
- Inertial Reference Units (IRUs).
Note 2 8A703 does not apply to 'inertial measurement equipment or systems' which are certified for use
on "civil aircraft" by civil aviation authorities of India.
Technical Note
'Positional aiding references' independently provide position, and include:
a. Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS);
b. "Data-Based Referenced Navigation" ("DBRN").
8A703 a. Designed for "aircraft", land vehicles or vessels, providing position without the use of 'positional
aiding references', and having any of the following "accuracies" subsequent to normal alignment:
1. 0.8 nautical miles per hour (nm/hr) "Circular Error Probable" ("CEP") rate or less (better);
2. 0.5% distanced travelled "CEP" or less (better); or
3. Total drift of 1 nautical mile "CEP" or less (better) in a 24 hr period;
Technical Note
The performance parameters in 8A703.a.1, 8A703.a.2 and 8A703.a.3 typically apply to 'inertial
measurement equipment or systems' designed for "aircraft", vehicles and vessels, respectively. These
parameters result from the utilisation of specialised non-positional aiding references (e.g, altimeter,
odometer, velocity log). As a consequence, the specified performance values cannot be readily
converted between these parameters. Equipment designed for multiple platforms are evaluated
against each applicable entry namely 8A703.a.1, 8A703.a.2, or 8A703.a.3.
8A703 b. Designed for "aircraft", land vehicles or vessels, with an embedded 'positional aiding reference' and
providing position after loss of all 'positional aiding references' for a period of up to 4 minutes,
having an "accuracy" of less (better) than 10 meters "CEP";
Technical Note
8A703.b refers to systems in which 'inertial measurement equipment or systems' and other
independent 'positional aiding references' are built into a single unit (i.e, embedded) in order to
achieve improved performance.
8A703 c. Designed for "aircraft", land vehicles or vessels, providing heading or True North determination and
1. A maximum operating angular rate less (lower) than 500 deg/s and a heading "accuracy"
without the use of 'positional aiding references' equal to or less (better) than 0.07 deg sec(Lat)
(equivalent to 6 arc minutes rms at 45 degrees latitude); or
2. A maximum operating angular rate equal to or greater (higher) than 500 deg/s and a heading
"accuracy" without the use of 'positional aiding references' equal to or less (better) than 0.2 deg
sec(Lat) (equivalent to 17 arc minutes rms at 45 degrees latitude);
8A703 d. Providing acceleration measurements or angular rate measurements, in more than one dimension, and
1. Performance specified by 8A701 or 8A702 along any axis, without the use of any aiding
references; or
2. Being "space-qualified" and providing angular rate measurements having an "angle random
walk" along any axis of less (better) than or equal to 0.1 degree per square root hour.
Note 8A703.d.2 does not apply to 'inertial measurement equipment or systems' that
contain "spinning mass gyros" as the only type of gyro.
8A704 'Star trackers' and components therefor, as follows:

a. 'Star trackers' with a specified azimuth "accuracy" of equal to or less (better) than 20 seconds of arc
throughout the specified lifetime of the equipment;
b. Components specially designed for equipment specified in 8A704.a as follows:
1. Optical heads or baffles;
2. Data processing units.
207
Technical Note
'Star trackers' are also referred to as stellar attitude sensors or gyro-astro compasses.
8A705 Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS) receiving equipment having any of the following and
N.B. For equipment specially designed for military use, see 6A011.
a. Employing a decryption algorithm specially designed or modified for government use to access the
ranging code for position and time; or
b. Employing 'adaptive antenna systems'.
Note
8A705.b does not apply to GNSS receiving equipment that only uses components designed to filter,
switch, or combine signals from multiple omni-directional antennae that do not implement
adaptive antenna techniques.
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8A705.b 'adaptive antenna systems' dynamically generate one or more spatial
nulls in an antenna array pattern by signal processing in the time domain or frequency domain.
8A706 Airborne altimeters operating at frequencies other than 4.2 to 4.4 GHz inclusive and having any of the
following:
a. "Power management"; or
b. Using phase shift key modulation.
8A707 (Reserved)
8A708 Underwater sonar navigation systems using doppler velocity or correlation velocity logs integrated with a
heading source and having a positioning "accuracy" of equal to or less (better) than 3% of distance
travelled "Circular Error Probable" ("CEP") and specially designed components therefor.
Note 8A708 does not apply to systems specially designed for installation on surface vessels or systems
requiring acoustic beacons or buoys to provide positioning data.
N.B. See 8A601.a for acoustic systems, and 8A601.b for correlation-velocity and Doppler-velocity sonar
log equipment.
See 8A802 for other marine systems.
8B7NAVIGATION AND AVIONICS (TEST, INSPECTION AND PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT)
8B701 Test, calibration or alignment equipment, specially designed for equipment specified by 8A7.
Note 8B701 does not apply to test, calibration or alignment equipment for 'Maintenance Level I’ or
'Maintenance Level II'.
Technical Notes
1. ‘Maintenance Level I’
The failure of an inertial navigation unit is detected on the "aircraft" by indications from the Control
and Display Unit (CDU) or by the status message from the corresponding sub-system. By following
the manufacturer's manual, the cause of the failure may be localised at the level of the malfunctioning
Line Replaceable Unit (LRU). The operator then removes the LRU and replaces it with a spare.
2. ‘Maintenance Level II’
The defective LRU is sent to the maintenance workshop (the manufacturer's or that of the operator
responsible for level II maintenance). At the maintenance workshop, the malfunctioning LRU is tested by
various appropriate means to verify and localise the defective Shop Replaceable Assembly (SRA) module
responsible for the failure. This SRA is removed and replaced by an operative spare. The defective SRA (or
possibly the complete LRU) is then shipped to the manufacturer. ‘Maintenance Level II’ does not include
the disassembly or repair of specified accelerometers or gyro sensors.
8B702 Equipment specially designed to characterize mirrors for ring "laser" gyros, as follows:
a. Scatterometers having a measurement "accuracy" of 10 ppm or less (better);
b. Profilometers having a measurement "accuracy" of 0.5 nm (5 angstrom) or less (better).
8B703 Equipment specially designed for the "production" of equipment specified by 8A7.
208
Note 8B703 includes:
- Gyro tuning test stations;
- Gyro dynamic balance stations;
- Gyro run-in/motor test stations;
- Gyro evacuation and fill stations;
- Centrifuge fixtures for gyro bearings;
- Accelerometer axis align stations;
- Fibre optic gyro coil winding machines.
8C7 NAVIGATION AND AVIONICS (MATERIALS) – (Reserved)
8D7 NAVIGATION AND AVIONICS (SOFTWARE)
8D701 "Software" specially designed or modified for the "development" or "production" of equipment specified
by 8A7 or 8B7.
8D702 "Source code" for the operation or maintenance of any inertial navigation equipment, including inertial
equipment not specified by 8A703 or 8A704, or Attitude and Heading Reference Systems ('AHRS').
Note 8D702 does not apply to "source code" for the operation or maintenance of gimballed 'AHRS’.
Technical Note
‘AHRS’ generally differ from Inertial Navigation Systems (INS) in that an ‘AHRS’ provides attitude and heading
information and normally does not provide the acceleration, velocity and position information associated with
an INS.

a. "Software" specially designed or modified to improve the operational performance or reduce the
navigational error of systems to the levels specified by 8A703, 8A704 or 8A708;
b. "Source code" for hybrid integrated systems which improves the operational performance or reduces
the navigational error of systems to the level specified by 8A703 or 8A708 by continuously
combining heading data with any of the following:
1. Doppler radar or sonar velocity data;
2. Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS) reference data; or
3. Data from "Data-Based Referenced Navigation" ("DBRN") systems;
c. (Reserved)
d. (Reserved)
N.B. For flight control "source code", see 8D704.
8D703 e. Computer-Aided-Design (CAD) "software" specially designed for the "development" of "active flight
control systems", helicopter multi-axis fly-by-wire or fly-by-light controllers or helicopter
"circulation controlled anti-torque or circulation-controlled direction control systems", whose
"technology" is specified by 8E704.b.1, 8E704.b.3 to 8E704.b.5, 8E704.b.7, 8E704.b.8, 8E704.c.1 or
8E704.c.2.
8D704 "Source code" incorporating "development" "technology" specified by 8E704.a.2, 8E704.a.3, 8E704.a.5,
8E704.a.6 or 8E704.b, for any of the following:
a. Digital flight management systems for "total control of flight";
b. Integrated propulsion and flight control systems;
c. "Fly-by-wire systems" or "fly-by-light systems";
d. Fault-tolerant or self-reconfiguring "active flight control systems";
e. (Reserved)
f. Air data systems based on surface static data; or
g. Three dimensional displays.
Note 8D704 does not apply to "source code" associated with common computer elements and utilities (e.g,
input signal acquisition, output signal transmission, computer program and data loading, built-
in test, task scheduling mechanisms) not providing a specific flight control system function.
209
8D705 "Software" specially designed to decrypt Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS) ranging code
designed for government use.
8E7 NAVIGATION AND AVIONICS (TECHNOLOGY)
8E701 "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development" of equipment or "software",
specified by 8A7, 8B7, 8D701, 8D702, 8D703 or 8D705.
Note 8E701 includes key management "technology" exclusively for equipment specified in 8A705.a.
8A7 or 8B7.
8E703 "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the repair, refurbishing or overhaul of
equipment specified by 8A701 to 8A704.
Note 8E703 . does not apply to "technology" for maintenance, directly associated with calibration,
removal or replacement of damaged or unserviceable LRUs and SRAs of a "civil aircraft" as
described in 'Maintenance Level I' or 'Maintenance Level II'.
N.B. See Technical Notes to 8B701.

a. "Technology" for the "development" or "production" of any of the following:
1. (Reserved) ;
2. Air data systems based on surface static data only, i.e, which dispense with conventional air
data probes;
3. Three dimensional displays for "aircraft";
4. (Reserved)
8E704 a. 5. Electric actuators (i.e, electromechanical, electrohydrostatic and integrated actuator package)
specially designed for "primary flight control";
6. "Flight control optical sensor array" specially designed for implementing "active flight control
systems"; or
7. "DBRN" systems designed to navigate underwater, using sonar or gravity databases, that
provide a positioning "accuracy" equal to or less (better) than 0.4 nautical miles;
8E704 b. "Development" "technology", as follows, for "active flight control systems" (including "fly-by-wire
systems" or "fly-by-light systems"):
1. Photonic-based "technology" for sensing "aircraft" or flight control component state,
transferring flight control data, or commanding actuator movement, "required" for "fly-by-light
systems" "active flight control systems";
2. (Reserved) ;
3. Real-time algorithms to analyze component sensor information to predict and preemptively
mitigate impending degradation and failures of components within an "active flight control
system";
Note 8E704.b.3 does not include algorithms for the purpose of off-line maintenance.
4. Real-time algorithms to identify component failures and reconfigure force and moment controls
to mitigate "active flight control system" degradations and failures;
Note 8E704.b.4 does not include algorithms for the elimination of fault effects through
comparison of redundant data sources, or off-line pre-planned responses to
anticipated failures.
5. Integration of digital flight control, navigation and propulsion control data, into a digital flight
management system for "total control of flight";
Note 8E704.b.5 does not apply to:
1. "Technology" for integration of digital flight control, navigation and propulsion
control data, into a digital flight management system for "flight path optimisation";
2. "Technology" for "aircraft" flight instrument systems integrated solely for VOR, DME,
ILS or MLS navigation or approaches.
210
8E704 b. 6. (Reserved)
8E704 b. 7. "Technology" "required" for deriving the functional requirements for "fly-by-wire systems"
a. 'Inner-loop' airframe stability controls requiring loop closure rates of 40 Hz or greater; and
Technical Note
'Inner-loop' refers to functions of "active flight control systems" that automate airframe
stability controls.
8E704 b. 7. b. Having any of the following:

1. Corrects an aerodynamically unstable airframe, measured at any point in the design
flight envelope, that would lose recoverable control if not corrected within 0.5
seconds;
2. Couples controls in two or more axes while compensating for 'abnormal changes in
aircraft state';
Technical Note
'Abnormal changes in aircraft state' include in-flight structural damage, loss of
engine thrust, disabled control surface, or destabilizing shifts in cargo load.
3. Performs the functions specified in 8E704.b.5; or

Note 8E704 .b.7.b.3 does not apply to autopilots.
4. Enables "aircraft" to have stable controlled flight, other than during take-off or
landing, at greater than 18 degrees angle of attack, 15 degrees side slip, 15
degrees/second pitch or yaw rate, or 90 degrees/second roll rate;
8E704 b. 8. "Technology" "required" for deriving the functional requirements for "fly-by-wire systems" to
achieve all of the following:
a. No loss of control of the "aircraft" in the event of a consecutive sequence of any two
individual faults within the "fly-by-wire system"; and
b. Probability of loss of control of the "aircraft" being less (better) than 1x10-9 failures per
flight hour;
Note 8E704.b does not apply to “technology” associated with common computer elements and
utilities (e.g, input signal acquisition, output signal transmission, computer program and
data loading, built-in test, task scheduling mechanisms) not providing a specific flight
control system function.
8E704 c. "Technology" for the "development" of helicopter systems, as follows:

1. Multi-axis fly-by-wire or fly-by-light controllers, which combine the functions of at least two
of the following into one controlling element:
a. Collective controls;
b. Cyclic controls;
c. Yaw controls;
2. "Circulation-controlled anti-torque or circulation-controlled direction control systems";
3. Rotor blades incorporating "variable geometry airfoils", for use in systems using individual
blade control.
211
8A8 MARINE (SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS)
8A801 Submersible vehicles and surface vessels, as follows:

N.B. For the status of equipment for submersible vehicles, see:
− 8A601 to 8E603 for sensors;
− 8A701 to 8E704 and for navigation equipment;
− 8A801, 8E802 for underwater equipment.
8A801 a. Manned, tethered submersible vehicles designed to operate at depths exceeding 1,000 m;
8A801 b. Manned, untethered submersible vehicles having any of the following:

1. Designed to 'operate autonomously' and having a lifting capacity of all the following:
a. 10% or more of their weight in air; and
b. 15 kN or more;
2. Designed to operate at depths exceeding 1,000 m; or
a. Designed to continuously 'operate autonomously' for 10 hours or more; and
b. 'Range' of 25 nautical miles or more;
Technical Notes
1. For the purposes of 8A801.b, 'operate autonomously' means fully submerged, without snorkel,
all systems working and cruising at minimum speed at which the submersible can safely control
its depth dynamically by using its depth planes only, with no need for a support vessel or
support base on the surface, sea-bed or shore, and containing a propulsion system for
submerged or surface use.
2. For the purposes of 8A801.b, 'range' means half the maximum distance a submersible vehicle
can 'operate autonomously'.
8A801 c. Unmanned, tethered submersible vehicles designed to operate at depths exceeding 1,000 m and
1. Designed for self-propelled manoeuvre using propulsion motors or thrusters specified by
8A802.a.2; or
2. Fibre optic data link;
8A801 d. Unmanned, untethered submersible vehicles having any of the following:

1. Designed for deciding a course relative to any geographical reference without real-time human
assistance;
2. Acoustic data or command link; or
3. Optical data or command link exceeding 1,000 m;
8A801 e. Ocean salvage systems with a lifting capacity exceeding 5 MN for salvaging objects from depths
exceeding 250 m and having any of the following:
1. Dynamic positioning systems capable of position keeping within 20 m of a given point
provided by the navigation system; or
2. Seafloor navigation and navigation integration systems, for depths exceeding 1,000 m and with
positioning "accuracies" to within 10 m of a predetermined point.
8A802 Marine systems, equipment and components, as follows:

N.B. For underwater communications systems, see 8A5 part 1 Telecommunications.
a. Systems, equipment and components, specially designed or modified for submersible vehicles and
designed to operate at depths exceeding 1,000 m, as follows:
1. Pressure housings or pressure hulls with a maximum inside chamber diameter exceeding 1.5 m;
2. Direct current propulsion motors or thrusters;
3. Umbilical cables, and connectors therefor, using optical fibre and having synthetic strength
members;
4. Components manufactured from material specified by 8C801;
212
Technical Note
The objective of 8A802.a.4 should not be defeated by the export of 'syntactic foam' specified by
8C801 when an intermediate stage of manufacture has been performed and it is not yet in its
final component form.
8A802 b. Systems specially designed or modified for the automated control of the motion of submersible
vehicles specified by 8A801, using navigation data, having closed loop servo-controls and having any
of the following:
1. Enabling a vehicle to move within 10 m of a predetermined point in the water column;
2. Maintaining the position of the vehicle within 10 m of a predetermined point in the water
column; or
3. Maintaining the position of the vehicle within 10 m while following a cable on or under the
seabed;
8A802 c. Fibre optic pressure hull penetrators;
8A802 d. Underwater vision systems specially designed or modified for remote operation with an underwater
vehicle, employing techniques to minimise the effects of back scatter and including range-gated
illuminators or "laser" systems;
N.B. For electronic imaging systems specially designed or modified for underwater use
incorporating image intensifier tubes specified by 8A602.a.2.a or 8A602.a.2.b, see
8A603.b.3.
8A802 e.. (Reserved)
8A802 f (Reserved)
N.B. For electronic imaging systems specially designed or modified for underwater use
incorporating "focal plane arrays" specified by 8A602.a.3.g, see 8A603.b.4.c.
8A802 g. Light systems specially designed or modified for underwater use, as follows:
1. Stroboscopic light systems capable of a light output energy of more than 300 J per flash and a
flash rate of more than 5 flashes per second;
2. Argon arc light systems specially designed for use below 1,000 m;
8A802 h. "Robots" specially designed for underwater use, controlled by using a dedicated computer and having any
of the following:
1. Systems that control the "robot" using information from sensors which measure force or torque
applied to an external object, distance to an external object, or tactile sense between the "robot"
and an external object; or
2. The ability to exert a force of 250 N or more or a torque of 250 Nm or more and using titanium
based alloys or "composite" "fibrous or filamentary materials" in their structural members;
8A802 i. Remotely controlled articulated manipulators specially designed or modified for use with submersible
vehicles and having any of the following:
1. Systems which control the manipulator using information from sensors which measure any of
the following:
a. Torque or force applied to an external object; or
b. Tactile sense between the manipulator and an external object; or
2. Controlled by proportional master-slave techniques and having 5 degrees of 'freedom of
movement' or more;
Technical Note
Only functions having proportionally related motion control using positional feedback are
counted when determining the number of degrees of 'freedom of movement'.
8A802 j. Air independent power systems specially designed for underwater use, as follows:
1. Brayton or Rankine cycle engine air independent power systems having any of the following:
a. Chemical scrubber or absorber systems, specially designed to remove carbon dioxide,
carbon monoxide and particulates from recirculated engine exhaust;
b. Systems specially designed to use a monoatomic gas;
213
c. Devices or enclosures, specially designed for underwater noise reduction in
frequencies below 10 kHz, or special mounting devices for shock mitigation; or
d. Systems having all of the following:
1. Specially designed to pressurise the products of reaction or for fuel reformation;
2. Specially designed to store the products of the reaction; and
3. Specially designed to discharge the products of the reaction against a pressure of

100 kPa or more;
8A802 j. 2. Diesel cycle engine air independent systems having all of the following:
a. Chemical scrubber or absorber systems, specially designed to remove carbon dioxide,
carbon monoxide and particulates from recirculated engine exhaust;
b. Systems specially designed to use a monoatomic gas;
c. Devices or enclosures, specially designed for underwater noise reduction in
frequencies below 10 kHz, or special mounting devices for shock mitigation; and
d. Specially designed exhaust systems that do not exhaust continuously the products of
combustion;
8A802 j. 3. “Fuel cell” air independent power systems with an output exceeding 2 kW and having any of
the following:
a. Devices or enclosures, specially designed for underwater noise reduction in
frequencies below 10 kHz, or special mounting devices for shock mitigation; or
b. Systems having all of the following:
1. Specially designed to pressurise the products of reaction or for fuel reformation;
2. Specially designed to store the products of the reaction; and
3. Specially designed to discharge the products of the reaction against a pressure of
100 kPa or more;
8A802 j. 4. Stirling cycle engine air independent power systems having all of the following:
a. Devices or enclosures, specially designed for underwater noise reduction in
frequencies below 10 kHz, or special mounting devices for shock mitigation; and
b. Specially designed exhaust systems which discharge the products of combustion
against a pressure of 100 kPa or more;
8A802 k. (Reserved)
8A802 l. (Reserved)
8A802 m. (Reserved)
8A802 n. (Reserved)
8A802 o. Propellers, power transmission systems, power generation systems and noise reduction systems, as
follows:
1. (Reserved);
2. Water-screw propeller, power generation systems or transmission systems, designed for use on
vessels, as follows:
a. Controllable-pitch propellers and hub assemblies, rated at more than 30 MW;
b. Internally liquid-cooled electric propulsion engines with a power output exceeding
2.5 MW;
c. "Superconductive" propulsion engines or permanent magnet electric propulsion engines,
with a power output exceeding 0.1 MW;
d. Power transmission shaft systems incorporating "composite" material components and
capable of transmitting more than 2 MW;
e. Ventilated or base-ventilated propeller systems, rated at more than 2.5 MW;
8A802 o. 3. Noise reduction systems designed for use on vessels of 1,000 tonnes displacement or
more, as follows:
a. Systems that attenuate underwater noise at frequencies below 500 Hz and consist of
compound acoustic mounts for the acoustic isolation of diesel engines, diesel generator sets,
214
gas turbines, gas turbine generator sets, propulsion motors or propulsion reduction gears,
specially designed for sound or vibration isolation and having an intermediate mass exceeding
30% of the equipment to be mounted;
b. 'Active noise reduction or cancellation systems' or magnetic bearings, specially

designed for power transmission systems;
Technical Note
'Active noise reduction or cancellation systems' incorporate electronic control systems
capable of actively reducing equipment vibration by the generation of anti-noise or anti-
vibration signals directly to the source.
8A802 p. Pumpjet propulsion systems having all of the following:

1. Power output exceeding 2.5 MW; and
2. Using divergent nozzle and flow conditioning vane techniques to improve propulsive efficiency
or reduce propulsion-generated underwater-radiated noise;
8A802 q. Underwater swimming and diving equipment as follows:

1. Closed circuit rebreathers;
2. Semi-closed circuit rebreathers;
Note 8A802.q does not apply to individual rebreathers for personal use when accompanying
their users.
N.B. For equipment and devices specially designed for military use, see 6A017.a.
8A802 r. Diver deterrent acoustic systems specially designed or modified to disrupt divers and having a sound
pressure level equal to or exceeding 190 dB (reference 1 µPa at 1 m) at frequencies of 200 Hz and
below.
Note 1 8A802.r does not apply to diver deterrent systems based on underwater explosive devices,
air guns or combustible sources.
Note 2 8A802.r includes diver deterrent acoustic systems that use spark gap sources, also known
as plasma sound sources.
8B8MARINE (TEST, INSPECTION AND PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT)
8B801 Water tunnels having a background noise of less than 100 dB (reference 1 µPa, 1 Hz) in the frequency
range from 0 to 500 Hz and designed for measuring acoustic fields generated by a hydro-flow around
propulsion system models.
8C8 MARINE (MATERIALS)
8C801 'Syntactic foam' designed for underwater use and having all of the following:
a. Designed for marine depths exceeding 1,000 m; and
b. A density less than 561 kg/m3.
Technical Note
'Syntactic foam' consists of hollow spheres of plastic or glass embedded in a resin “matrix”.
N.B. See also 8A802.a.4.
8D8 MARINE (SOFTWARE)
8D801 "Software" specially designed or modified for the "development", "production" or "use" of equipment or
materials, specified by 8A8, 8B8 or 8C8.
8D802 Specific "software" specially designed or modified for the "development", "production", repair, overhaul or
refurbishing (re-machining) of propellers specially designed for underwater noise reduction.
215
8E8 MARINE (TECHNOLOGY)
8E801 "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development" or "production" of
equipment or materials, specified by 8A8, 8B8 or 8C8.

a. "Technology" for the "development", "production", repair, overhaul or refurbishing (re-machining) of
propellers specially designed for underwater noise reduction;
b. "Technology" for the overhaul or refurbishing of equipment specified by 8A801, 8A802.b, 8A802.j,
8A802.o or 8A802.p.
8E802 c. "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development" or "production" of any
of the following:
1. Surface-effect vehicles (fully skirted variety) having all of the following:
a. Maximum design speed, fully loaded, exceeding 30 knots in a significant wave height of
1.25 m or more;
b. Cushion pressure exceeding 3,830 Pa; and
c. Light-ship-to-full-load displacement ratio of less than 0.70;

2. Surface-effect vehicles (rigid sidewalls) with a maximum design speed, fully loaded, exceeding 40
knots in a significant wave height of 3.25 m or more;
3. Hydrofoil vessels with active systems for automatically controlling foil systems, with a maximum
design speed, fully loaded, of 40 knots or more in a significant wave height of 3.25 m or more; or
4. 'Small waterplane area vessels' having any of the following:
a. Full load displacement exceeding 500 tonnes with a maximum design speed, fully loaded,
exceeding 35 knots in a significant wave height of 3.25 m or more; or
b. Full load displacement exceeding 1,500 tonnes with a maximum design speed, fully loaded,
exceeding 25 knots in a significant wave height of 4 m or more.
Technical Note
A 'small waterplane area vessel' is defined by the following formula: waterplane area at an
operational design draft less than 2x (displaced volume at the operational design draft)2/3.
216
8A9 AEROSPACE AND PROPULSION (SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS)
N.B. For propulsion systems designed or rated against neutron or transient ionizing radiation, see Category
6.
8A901 Aero gas turbine engines having any of the following:

a. Incorporating any of the “technologies” specified by 8E903.a, 8E903.h or 8E903.i; or
Note 1 8 A901.1.a does not apply to aero gas turbine engines which meet all of the following:
a. Certified by civil aviation authorities of India; and
b. Intended to power non-military manned "aircraft" for which any of the following has
been issued by civil aviation authorities of India for the "aircraft" with this specific
engine type:
1. A civil type certificate; or
2. An equivalent document recognised by the International Civil Aviation
Organisation (ICAO).
Note 2 8 A901.1.a does not apply to aero gas turbine engines designed for Auxiliary Power Units
(APUs) approved by the civil aviation authority of India.
8A.901 b. Designed to power an "aircraft" designed to cruise at Mach 1 or higher, for more than 30 minutes.
8A.902 'Marine gas turbine engines' with an ISO standard continuous power rating of 24,245 kW or more and a
specific fuel consumption not exceeding 0.219 kg/kWh in the power range from 35 to 100%, and specially
designed assemblies and components therefor.
Note The term 'marine gas turbine engines' includes those industrial, or aero-derivative, gas turbine
engines adapted for a ship's electric power generation or propulsion.
8A903 Specially designed assemblies or components, incorporating any of the "technologies" specified by
8E903.a, 8E903.h. or 8E903.i, for any of the following aero gas turbine engines:
a. Specified by 8A901.1 or;
b. Whose design or production origins are either not from India or unknown to the manufacturer.
8A904 Space launch vehicles, "spacecraft", "spacecraft buses", "spacecraft payloads", "spacecraft" on-board
systems or equipment, and terrestrial equipment, as follows:
a. Space launch vehicles;
b. "Spacecraft";
c. "Spacecraft buses";
d. "Spacecraft payloads" incorporating items specified by 8A301.b.1.a.4, 8A302.g, 8A501.a.1,
8A501.b.3, 8A502.c, 8A502.e, 8A602.a.1, 8A602.a.2, 8A602.b, 8A602.d, 8A603.b, 8A604.c,
8A604.e, 8A608.d, 8A608.e, 8A608.k, 8A608.l or 8A610.c;
8A904 e. On-board systems or equipment, specially designed for "spacecraft" and having any of the following
functions:
1. 'Command and telemetry data handling';
Note For the purpose of 8A904.e.1, 'command and telemetry data handling' includes bus
data management, storage, and processing.8A904
2. 'Payload data handling'; or
Note For the purpose of 8A904.e.2, 'payload data handling' includes payload data
management, storage, and processing.
3. 'Attitude and orbit control';
Note For the purpose of 8A904.e.3, 'attitude and orbit control' includes sensing and
actuation to determine and control the position and orientation of a "spacecraft".
N.B. For equipment specially designed for military use, see 6A011.c.
8A904 f. Terrestrial equipment specially designed for "spacecraft", as follows:

1. Telemetry and telecommand equipment;
217
2. Simulators.
8A905 Liquid rocket propulsion systems containing any of the systems or components, specified by 8A906.
8A906 Systems and components, specially designed for liquid rocket propulsion systems, as follows:
a. Cryogenic refrigerators, flightweight dewars, cryogenic heat pipes or cryogenic systems, specially
designed for use in space vehicles and capable of restricting cryogenic fluid losses to less than 30%
per year;
b. Cryogenic containers or closed-cycle refrigeration systems, capable of providing temperatures of 100 K
(-173°C) or less for "aircraft" capable of sustained flight at speeds exceeding Mach 3, launch vehicles or
"spacecraft";
c. Slush hydrogen storage or transfer systems;
d. High pressure (exceeding 17.5 MPa) turbo pumps, pump components or their associated gas
generator or expander cycle turbine drive systems;
e. High-pressure (exceeding 10.6 MPa) thrust chambers and nozzles therefor;
f. Propellant storage systems using the principle of capillary containment or positive expulsion (i.e,
with flexible bladders);
g. Liquid propellant injectors with individual orifices of 0.381 mm or smaller in diameter (an area of
1.14 x 10-³ cm² or smaller for non-circular orifices) and specially designed for liquid rocket engines;
h. One-piece carbon-carbon thrust chambers or one-piece carbon-carbon exit cones, with densities
exceeding 1.4 g/cm³ and tensile strengths exceeding 48 MPa.
8A907 Solid rocket propulsion systems having any of the following:

a. Total impulse capacity exceeding 1.1 MNs;
b. Specific impulse of 2.4 kNs/kg or more, when the nozzle flow is expanded to ambient sea level
conditions for an adjusted chamber pressure of 7 MPa;
c. Stage mass fractions exceeding 88% and propellant solid loadings exceeding 86%;
d. Components specified by 8A908; or
e. Insulation and propellant bonding systems, using direct-bonded motor designs to provide a 'strong
mechanical bond' or a barrier to chemical migration between the solid propellant and case insulation
material.
Technical Note
A 'strong mechanical bond' means bond strength equal to or more than propellant strength.
8A908 Components specially designed for solid rocket propulsion systems, as follows:
a. Insulation and propellant bonding systems, using liners to provide a 'strong mechanical bond' or a
barrier to chemical migration between the solid propellant and case insulation material;
b. Filament-wound "composite" motor cases exceeding 0.61 m in diameter or having 'structural
efficiency ratios (PV/W)' exceeding 25 km;
Technical Note
'Structural efficiency ratio (PV/W)' is the burst pressure (P) multiplied by the vessel volume (V)
divided by the total pressure vessel weight (W).
c. Nozzles with thrust levels exceeding 45 kN or nozzle throat erosion rates of less than 0.075 mm/s;
d. Movable nozzle or secondary fluid injection thrust vector control systems, capable of any of the
following:
1. Omni-axial movement exceeding ± 5°;
2. Angular vector rotations of 20°/s or more; or
3. Angular vector accelerations of 40°/s2 or more.
8A909 Hybrid rocket propulsion systems having any of the following:

a. Total impulse capacity exceeding 1.1 MNs; or
b. Thrust levels exceeding 220 kN in vacuum exit conditions.
218
8A910 Specially designed components, systems and structures, for launch vehicles, launch vehicle propulsion
systems or "spacecraft", as follows:
a. Components and structures, each exceeding 10 kg and specially designed for launch vehicles
manufactured using any of the following:
1. "Composite" materials consisting of "fibrous or filamentary materials" specified by 8C110.e
and resins specified by 8C008 or 8C008b;
2. Metal "matrix" "composites" reinforced by any of the following:
a. Materials specified by 8C107;
b. "Fibrous or filamentary materials" specified by 8C110; or
c. Aluminides specified by 8C102.a; or
3. Ceramic "matrix" "composite" materials specified by 8C107;
Note The weight cut-off is not relevant for nose cones.
8A910 b. Components and structures, specially designed for launch vehicle propulsion systems specified by
8A5 to 8A9 manufactured using any of the following:
1. "Fibrous or filamentary materials" specified by 8C110.e and resins specified by 8C108 or
8C108b;
2. Metal "matrix" "composite" materials reinforced by any of the following:
3. Ceramic "matrix" "composite" materials specified by 8C107;
c. Structural components and isolation systems, specially designed to control actively the dynamic
response or distortion of "spacecraft" structures;
d. Pulsed liquid rocket engines with thrust-to-weight ratios equal to or more than 1 kN/kg and a
response time (the time required to achieve 90% of total rated thrust from start-up) of less than 30 ms.
8A911 Ramjet, scramjet or combined cycle engines, and specially designed components therefor.
8A912 "Unmanned Aerial Vehicles" ("UAVs"), unmanned "airships", related equipment and components, as
follows:
a. "UAVs" or unmanned "airships", designed to have controlled flight out of the direct 'natural vision' of
the 'operator' and having any of the following:
a. A maximum 'endurance' greater than or equal to 30 minutes but less than 1 hour; and
b. Designed to take-off and have stable controlled flight in wind gusts equal to or exceeding
46.3 km/h (25 knots); or
2. A maximum 'endurance' of 1 hour or greater;
Technical Notes
1. For the purposes of 8A912.a, 'operator' is a person who initiates or commands the "UAV" or
unmanned "airship" flight.
2. For the purposes of 8A912.a, 'endurance' is to be calculated for ISA conditions (ISO 2533:1975)
at sea level in zero wind.
3. For the purposes of 8A912.a, 'natural vision' means unaided human sight, with or without
corrective lenses.
8A912 b. Related equipment and components, as follows:

1. (Reserved) ;
2. (Reserved) ;
3. Equipment or components, specially designed to convert a manned "aircraft" or a manned
"airship" to a "UAV" or unmanned "airship", specified by 8A912.a;
4. Air breathing reciprocating or rotary internal combustion type engines, specially designed or
modified to propel "UAVs" or unmanned "airships", at altitudes above 15,240 meters (50,000
feet).
8B9AEROSPACE AND PROPULSION (TEST, INSPECTION AND PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT)
219
8B901 Equipment, tooling or fixtures, specially designed for manufacturing gas turbine engine blades, vanes or
"tip shrouds", as follows:
a. Directional solidification or single crystal casting equipment;
b. Casting tooling, manufactured from refractory metals or ceramics, as follows:
1. Cores;
2. Shells (moulds);
3. Combined core and shell (mould) units;
c. Directional-solidification or single-crystal additive-manufacturing equipment.
8B902 On-line (real time) control systems, instrumentation (including sensors) or automated data acquisition and
processing equipment, having all of the following:
a. Specially designed for the "development" of gas turbine engines, assemblies or components; and
b. Incorporating any of the "technologies" specified by 8E903.h or 8E903.i.
8B903 Equipment specially designed for the "production" or test of gas turbine brush seals designed to operate at
tip speeds exceeding 335 m/s and temperatures in excess of 773 K (500°C), and specially designed
components or accessories therefor.
8B904 Tools, dies or fixtures, for the solid state joining of "superalloy", titanium or intermetallic airfoil-to-disk
combinations described in 8E903.a.3 or 8E903.a.6 for gas turbines.
8B905 On-line (real time) control systems, instrumentation (including sensors) or automated data acquisition and
processing equipment, specially designed for use with any of the following:
a. Wind tunnels designed for speeds of Mach 1.2 or more;
Note 8B905.a does not apply to wind tunnels specially designed for educational purposes and
having a 'test section size' (measured laterally) of less than 250 mm.
Technical Note
'Test section size' means the diameter of the circle, or the side of the square, or the longest
side of the rectangle, at the largest test section location.
8B905 b. Devices for simulating flow-environments at speeds exceeding Mach 5, including hot-shot tunnels,
plasma arc tunnels, shock tubes, shock tunnels, gas tunnels and light gas guns; or
c. Wind tunnels or devices, other than two-dimensional sections, capable of simulating Reynolds
number flows exceeding 25 x 106.
8B906 Acoustic vibration test equipment capable of producing sound pressure levels of 160 dB or more
(referenced to 20 Pa) with a rated output of 4 kW or more at a test cell temperature exceeding 1,273 K
(1,000°C), and specially designed quartz heaters therefor.
8B907 Equipment specially designed for inspecting the integrity of rocket motors and using Non-Destructive Test
(NDT) techniques other than planar x-ray or basic physical or chemical analysis.
8B908 Direct measurement wall skin friction transducers specially designed to operate at a test flow total
(stagnation) temperature exceeding 833 K (560°C).
8B909 Tooling specially designed for producing gas turbine engine powder metallurgy rotor components having
a. Designed to operate at stress levels of 60% of Ultimate Tensile Strength (UTS) or more measured at a
temperature of 873 K (600°C); and
b. Designed to operate at 873 K (600°C) or more.
Note 8B909 does not specify tooling for the production of powder.
8B910 Equipment specially designed for the production of items specified by 8A912.
8C9 AEROSPACE AND PROPULSION (MATERIALS) – (Reserved)
8D9 AEROSPACE AND PROPULSION (SOFTWARE)
8D901 "Software" specially designed or modified for the "development" of equipment or "technology", specified
by 8A901 to 8A912, 8B901 to 8B910 or 8E901 to 8E903.
220
8D902 "Software" specially designed or modified for the "production" of equipment specified by 8A901 to 8A912
or 8B901 to 8B910.
8D903 "Software" incorporating "technology" specified by 8E903.h and used in "FADEC Systems" for systems
specified by 8A901 to 8A912 or equipment specified by 8B901 to 8B910.

a. 2D or 3D viscous "software", validated with wind tunnel or flight test data required for detailed
engine flow modelling;
b. "Software" for testing aero gas turbine engines, assemblies or components, specially designed to
collect, reduce and analyse data in real time and capable of feedback control, including the dynamic
adjustment of test articles or test conditions, as the test is in progress;
c. "Software" specially designed to control directional-solidification or single-crystal material growth in
equipment specified by 8B901.a or 8B901.c;
8D904 d. (Reserved) ;
e. "Software" specially designed or modified for the operation of items specified by 8A912;
f. "Software" specially designed to design the internal cooling passages of aero gas turbine engine
blades, vanes and "tip shrouds";
g. "Software" having all of the following:
1. Specially designed to predict aero thermal, aeromechanical and combustion conditions in aero
gas turbine engines; and
2. Theoretical modelling predictions of the aero thermal, aeromechanical and combustion
conditions, which have been validated with actual aero gas turbine engine (experimental or
production) performance data.
8D905 "Software" specially designed or modified for the operation of items specified by 8A904.e or 8A904.f.
8E9 AEROSPACE AND PROPULSION (TECHNOLOGY)
Note "Development" or "production" "technology" specified by 8E9 for gas turbine engines remains specified
by 8E9 when used for repair or overhaul. Excluded from 8E9 are: technical data, drawings or
documentation for maintenance activities directly associated with calibration, removal or replacement of
damaged or unserviceable line replaceable units, including replacement of whole engines or engine
modules.
8E901 "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development" of equipment or
"software", specified by 8A901b, 8A904 to 8A912, 8B901 to 8B910 or 8D901 to 8D905.
8A901.b, 8A904 to 8A911 or 8B901 to 8B910.
N.B. For "technology" for the repair of specified structures, laminates or materials, see 8E902.f.

a. "Technology" "required" for the "development" or "production" of any of the following gas turbine
engine components or systems:
1. Gas turbine blades, vanes or "tip shrouds", made from directionally solidified (DS) or single crystal
(SC) alloys and having (in the 001 Miller Index Direction) a stress-rupture life exceeding 400 hours
at 1,273 K (1,000°C) at a stress of 200 MPa, based on the average property values;
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8E903.a.1., stress-rupture life testing is typically conducted on a test
specimen.
2. Combustors having any of the following:
221
a. ‘Thermally decoupled liners’ designed to operate at 'combustor exit temperature'
exceeding 1,883K (1,610°C);
b. Non-metallic liners;
c. Non-metallic shells; or
d. Liners designed to operate at 'combustor exit temperature' exceeding 1,883K (1,610°C)

and having holes that meet the parameters specified by 8E903.c;
Note The "required" "technology" for holes in 8B903.a.2 is limited to the derivation of the
geometry and location of the holes.
Technical Note
1. 'Thermally decoupled liners' are liners that feature at least a support structure
designed to carry mechanical loads and a combustion facing structure designed to
protect the support structure from the heat of combustion. The combustion facing
structure and support structure have independent thermal displacement (mechanical
displacement due to thermal load) with respect to one another, i.e. they are thermally
decoupled.
2. 'Combustor exit temperature' is the bulk average gas path total (stagnation)
temperature between the combustor exit plane and the leading edge of the turbine
inlet guide vane (i.e, measured at engine station T40 as defined in SAE ARP 755A)
when the engine is running in a 'steady state mode' of operation at the certificated
maximum continuous operating temperature.
N.B. See 8B903.c for "technology" "required" for manufacturing cooling holes.
8E903 a. 3. Components that are any of the following:

a. Manufactured from organic "composite" materials designed to operate above 588 K
(315°C);
b. Manufactured from any of the following:
1. Metal "matrix" "composites" reinforced by any of the following:
2. Ceramic "matrix" "composites" specified by 8C107; or
c. Stators, vanes, blades, tip seals (shrouds), rotating blings, rotating blisks, or 'splitter
ducts', that are all of the following:
1. Not specified in8E303.a.3.a;
2. Designed for compressors or fans; and
3. Manufactured from material specified by 8C110.e with resins specified by 8C108;
Technical Note
A 'splitter duct' performs the initial separation of the air-mass flow between the bypass and
core sections of the engine.
8E903 a. 4. Uncooled turbine blades, vanes or "tip-shrouds", designed to operate at a 'gas path temperature'
of 1,373 K (1,100°C) or more;
8E903 a. 5. Cooled turbine blades, vanes, "tip-shrouds" other than those described in 8E903.a.1, designed
to operate at a 'gas path temperature' of 1,693 K (1,420°C) or more;
Technical Notes
1. 'Gas path temperature' is the bulk average gas path total (stagnation) temperature at the
leading edge plane of the turbine component when the engine is running in a ‘steady state
mode’ of operation at the certificated or specified maximum continuous operating
temperature.
2. The term 'steady state mode' defines engine operation conditions, where the engine
parameters, such as thrust/power, rpm and others, have no
appreciable fluctuations, when the ambient air temperature and pressure at the engine inlet
are constant.
222
8E903 a. 6. Airfoil-to-disk blade combinations using solid state joining;
7. Gas turbine engine components using "diffusion bonding" "technology" specified by 8E203.b;
8. 'Damage tolerant' gas turbine engine rotor components using powder metallurgy materials
specified by 8C102.b; or
Technical Note
'Damage tolerant' components are designed using methodology and substantiation to predict
and limit crack growth.
9. (Reserved)
N.B. For "FADEC systems", see 8E903.h.
10. (Reserved)
N.B. For adjustable flow path geometry, see 8E903.i.
11. Hollow fan blades;
8E903 b. "Technology" "required" for the "development" or "production" of any of the following:
1. Wind tunnel aero-models equipped with non-intrusive sensors capable of transmitting data
from the sensors to the data acquisition system; or
2. "Composite" propeller blades or prop fans, capable of absorbing more than 2,000 kW at flight
speeds exceeding Mach 0.55;
8E903 c. "Technology" "required" for manufacturing cooling holes, in gas turbine engine components
incorporating any of the "technologies" specified by 8E903.a.1, 8E903.a.2 or 8E903.a.5, and having
a. Minimum 'cross-sectional area' less than 0.45 mm2;
b. 'Hole shape ratio' greater than 4.52; and
c. 'Incidence angle' equal to or less than 25°; or
a. Minimum 'cross-sectional area' less than 0.12 mm2;
b. 'Hole shape ratio' greater than 5.65; and
c. 'Incidence angle' more than 25°;
Note 8E903.c does not apply to "technology" for manufacturing constant radius cylindrical holes
that are straight through and enter and exit on the external surfaces of the component.
Technical Notes
1. For the purposes of 8E903.c, the 'cross-sectional area' is the area of the hole in the plane
perpendicular to the hole axis.
2. For the purposes of 8E903.c, 'hole shape ratio' is the nominal length of the axis of the hole divided
by the square root of its minimum 'cross-sectional area'.
3. For the purposes of 8E903.c, 'incidence angle' is the acute angle measured between the plane
tangential to the aerofoil surface and the hole axis at the point where the hole axis enters the
aerofoil surface.
4. Techniques for manufacturing holes in 8E903.c include "laser", water jet, Electro-Chemical
Machining (ECM) or Electrical Discharge Machining (EDM) methods.
8E903 d. "Technology" "required" for the "development" or "production" of helicopter power transfer systems
or tilt rotor or tilt wing "aircraft" power transfer systems;
8E903 e. "Technology" for the "development" or "production" of reciprocating diesel engine ground vehicle
propulsion systems having all of the following:
1. 'Box volume' of 1.2 m3 or less;
2. An overall power output of more than 750 kW based on 80/1269/EEC, ISO 2534; and
3. Power density of more than 700 kW/m3 of 'box volume';
Technical Note
'Box volume' is the product of three perpendicular dimensions measured in the following way:
Length: The length of the crankshaft from front flange to flywheel face;
Width: The widest of any of the following:
223
a. The outside dimension from valve cover to valve cover;
b. The dimensions of the outside edges of the cylinder heads; or
c. The diameter of the flywheel housing;
Height: The largest of any of the following:
a. The dimension of the crankshaft centre-line to the top plane of the valve cover (or
cylinder head) plus twice the stroke; or
b. The diameter of the flywheel housing.
8E903 f. "Technology" "required" for the "production" of specially designed components for high
output diesel engines, as follows:
1. "Technology" "required" for the "production" of engine systems having all of the following
components employing ceramics materials specified by 8C107:
a. Cylinder liners;
b. Pistons;
c. Cylinder heads; and
d. One or more other components (including exhaust ports, turbochargers, valve guides,
valve assemblies or insulated fuel injectors);
8E903 f. 2. "Technology" "required" for the "production" of turbocharger systems with single-stage
compressors and having all of the following:
a. Operating at pressure ratios of 4:1 or higher;
b. Mass flow in the range from 30 to 130 kg per minute; and
c. Variable flow area capability within the compressor or turbine sections;
8E903 f. 3. "Technology" "required" for the "production" of fuel injection systems with a specially
designed multifuel (e.g, diesel or jet fuel) capability covering a viscosity range from diesel fuel
(2.5 cSt at 310.8 K (37.8°C)) down to gasoline fuel (0.5 cSt at 310.8 K (37.8°C)) and having all
of the following:
a. Injection amount in excess of 230 mm3 per injection per cylinder; and
b. Electronic control features specially designed for switching governor characteristics
automatically depending on fuel property to provide the same torque characteristics by using
the appropriate sensors;
8E903 g. "Technology" "required" for the "development" or "production" of 'high output diesel engines' for
solid, gas phase or liquid film (or combinations thereof) cylinder wall lubrication and permitting
operation to temperatures exceeding 723 K (450°C), measured on the cylinder wall at the top limit of
travel of the top ring of the piston;
Technical Note
'High output diesel engines' are diesel engines with a specified brake mean effective pressure of
1.8 MPa or more at a speed of 2,300 r.p.m, provided the rated speed is 2,300 r.p.m. or more.
8E903 h. "Technology" for gas turbine engine "FADEC systems" as follows:

1. "Development" "technology" for deriving the functional requirements for the components
necessary for the "FADEC system" to regulate engine thrust or shaft power (e.g, feedback
sensor time constants and accuracies, fuel valve slew rate);
2. "Development" or "production" "technology" for control and diagnostic components unique to
the "FADEC system" and used to regulate engine thrust or shaft power;
3. "Development" "technology" for the control law algorithms, including "source code", unique to
the "FADEC system" and used to regulate engine thrust or shaft power;
Note 8E903.h does not apply to technical data related to engine-"aircraft" integration required by
civil aviation authorities of India to be published for general airline use (e.g, installation
manuals, operating instructions, instructions for continued airworthiness) or interface functions
(e.g, input/output processing, airframe thrust or shaft power demand).
8E903 i. "Technology" for adjustable flow path systems designed to maintain engine stability for gas generator
turbines, fan or power turbines, or propelling nozzles, as follows:
1. "Development" "technology" for deriving the functional requirements for the components that
maintain engine stability;
2. "Development" or "production" "technology" for components unique to the adjustable flow
path system and that maintain engine stability;
224
3. "Development" "technology" for the control law algorithms, including "source code", unique to
the adjustable flow path system and that maintain engine stability.
Note 8E903.i. does not apply to "technology" for any of the following:
a. Inlet guide vanes;
b. Variable pitch fans or prop-fans;
c. Variable compressor vanes;
d. Compressor bleed valves; or
e. Adjustable flow path geometry for reverse thrust.
8E903 j. "Technology" "required" for the "development" of wing-folding systems designed for fixed-wing
"aircraft" powered by gas turbine engines.
N.B. For "technology" "required" for the "development" of wing-folding systems designed for fixed-
wing "aircraft" specified in 6A010, see 6A022.
225
ANNEXURE – 1
PROFORMA FOR INFORMATON TO BE SUBMITTED BY SUPPLIER IN DOMESTIC TARIFF AREA

(DTA) TO DEVELOPMENT COMMISSIONER, SEZ FOR SUPPLY OF SCOMET ITEMS TO SEZ UNITS
(Report to be submitted within 1(one) week of the supplies getting effected)
1. Name and address of the Development Commissioner, SEZ:

2. Name and address of the Supplier:
3. Importer – Exporter Code (IEC) of the Supplier:
4. Details of SCOMET items supplied:
Sl. No. Description SCOMET ITC (HS) Quantity SEZ Unit Date of FOB Value
of items Category Code, if to which Supply
available supplied Rs. US$
5. I hereby declare that I am authorized to verify and sign this declaration.
Date: Signature:
Name:
Place: Designation:
Telephone:
Fax:
Email address:
226
ANNEXURE – 2
PROFORMA FOR INFORMATON TO BE SUBMITTED ANNUALLY (*) BY DEVELOPMENT

COMMISSIONER, SEZ TO SCOMET CELL, DGFT (HQRS), DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE, UDYOG
BHAWAN, MAULANA AZAD ROAD, NEW DELHI – 110011
1. Name of the SEZ:
2. Details of SCOMET items supplied from DTA:
Sl. Description SCOMET ITC Quantity Name Importer- SEZ Date of FOB Value
No. of items Category (HS) of Exporter Unit to Supply
Code, if supplier Code which
available (IEC) supplied Rs. US$
Official Seal/Stamp:
Date:
Signature of Development Commissioner /
authorized officer of the SEZ
Name:
Designation:
Telephone:
Fax:
Email address:
*Notes: Report to be submitted by 15th May of every financial year for the supplies effected during the
preceding financial year. Soft copy of the report should also be sent to scomet-dgft@nic.in
227
Appendix 4
Definition of
Finished Leather
ITC (HS), 2018
Appendix - 4
Definition of Finished Leather
Public Notice No. 21 / 2009-14 Dated 1st December, 2009
Subject: Export of Finished Leather- Revised Leather Norms

In exercise of the powers conferred by Section 5 of the Foreign Trade (Development &
Regulation) Act, 1992 (No 22 of 1992) , the Director General of Foreign Trade hereby
specifies, for the purpose of the entry “Finished Leather all kinds” appearing at Serial No:142,
Chapter 41, Schedule 2 – Export Policy, of the Foreign Trade Policy 2009-14, that the items
mentioned in column 2 of the table hereunder shall constitute “Finished Leather” and the same
may be exported without a license but subject to the terms and conditions specified against each
item in column 3 of the table hereunder.”
S. No. Description of item Manufacturing Norms Conditions.

1. 2. 3.
I Leathers with finishing a. Tanning
coat (All b. Dyeing (optional)
substrates – Goat and c. Fatliquoring
Sheep skins and d. Finishing coat
Bovine hides/sides calf
skins including splits)
II Suede Leathers a. Tanning
(All substrates b. Dyeing in light/pastel/medium/dark shades (in
including splits) case of doubt, the presence of dye to be
ascertained by chromatographic technique)
c. Fatliquoring
d. Buffing to produce suede nap
e. Shaving/snuffing of the grain along the backbone
2 inches on either side in the case of goat and
sheep skins and in the case of bovine hides/sides
and calf skins all over the grain side
III Nubuck Leathers a. Tanning
(All substrates b. Dyeing in light/pastel/medium/dark shades (in
including butts and case of doubt, the presence of dye to be
bends) ascertained by chromatographic technique)
c. Fatliquoring
d. Buffing on the grain to produce nap with
writing effect
(or) Buffing on the grain and presence of oil in the
case of oil nubuck leather
IV Bovine hides/sides based Thickness less than or equal to 1.0 mm
Lining Leathers a. Tanning
b. Dyeing in light/pastel/medium/dark shades (in the
case of doubt, the presence of dye to be
ascertained by chromatographic technique
c. Fatliquoring
156
ITC (HS), 2018
V Gloving leathers (All Thickness should be less than or equal to 1.0 mm

substrates): and run should be minimum of 15%
a. Tanning
b. Dyeing (optional)
c. Fatliquoring
d. Wax coat
VI Burnishable Leathers a. Tanning
(All substrates including b. Dyeing in light/pastel/medium/dark shades
butts and bends) (in case
of doubt, the presence of dye to be
ascertained by
chromatographic technique)
c. Fatliquoring d.
Wax coat
e. Burnishable effect on rubbing (Minimum
CIE
∆L value of –5.0 on 10 dry rubbing on
SATRA Fastness tester or any other
fastness tester as measured on a Reflectance
spectrophotometer)
VII Pull Up Leather – a. Tanning
Wax/Oil (All substrates b. Dyeing in light/pastel/medium/dark
including butts and shades(in case
bends) of doubt, the presence of dye to
be ascertained by
chromatographic technique)
c. Fatliquoring
d. Wax coat (or) Oil coat
e. Pull up effect (Minimum CIE ∆L value of
+5.0 as measured on a reflectance
spectrophotometer)
VIII Heavy Leathers including Heavy substance with thickness of 3.0 mm or more
sole leather, harness and and with minimum of apparent density 0.9 gm/cc)
belting leathers (Bovine a. Vegetable Tanning
hides/sides including b. Oiling/stuffing
butts and bends) c. Rolling / Plating
IX Hair/wool on leathers a. Tanning
(All substrates including b. Dyeing(optional)
rabbit skins) c. Fatliquoring
d. Wool/hair combing
X Laminated Leathers a. Tanning
(All substrates b. Dyeing(optional)
including splits) c. Fatliquoring
d. Application of foil/film/lamination
156
ITC (HS), 2018
XI Chamois Leathers (All a. Aldehyde and fish oil combination tanning

substrates) b. Buffing to produce suede nap
c. Complete shaving/snuffing of the grain
Should have pronounced change in the grain
pattern/texture of grain
XII Shrunken Grain/Washed a. Tanning
leathers (All substrates). b. Dyeing (in the case of doubt, the presence of
dye to be ascertained by chromatographic
technique
c. Fatliquoring
d. Wax coat
XIII Wax/Oil coated leathers a. Tanning
b. Dyeing in medium/dark shades
c. Fatliquoring
d. Wax coat (or) Oil Coat
NOTE: Any new t ype of finished leather not covered under the above categories
shall be permitted for export, subject to testing and certification by Cen tral Leather
Research Institute (CLRI)
D EFINITIONS OF M ANUFACTURING OPERATIONS
Tanning -Tanning with one or more than one kind of

tanning agent, such as mineral tanning and vegetable tanning and / or syntan tanning
and/ or resin tanning and/or aldehyde tanning, oil tanning in any sequence and or any
new type of tanning.
Dyeing – Treating the leather with a solution of dye/s to impart a colour . In case of
doubt the presence of dye should be ascertained by extracting dye from leather using
suitable solvent mixture and by running thin layer chromatography (TLC)
NOTE: 1:- Testing for the presence of dye:

Organic layer separated from Butanol, acetic acid and water mixture taken in the ratio
4: 1: 5, using a separating funnel is taken as the eluting solvent for TLC analysis. Dye
is extracted from the leather using dichloromethane and methanol (1: 1) mixture. The
cut pieces of leathers are heated in a water bath with the solvent mixture for few
miniutes.The extracted dye is kept as a spot on the TLC paper and the strip is kept in
the eluting solvent such that the dye spot lies above the solvent level. The presence of
the dye is confirmed by its movement to a considerable distance and from the
formation of a dye curve or peak on the TLC paper.
Fatliquoring – Treating the leather with oil and/or fat, emulsified in water for
rendering the leather soft
Finishing Coat – Finishing coat shall contain a film forming material/ binder in
combination with colorants such as pigments or dyes or a combination of both. The
film forming material/binder shall comprise materials singly or in combination such as
proteins or synthetic acrylic or polyurethane, vinyls lacquers or lacquer emulsions. If
necessary, microscopic examination of the surface at minimum
100 times magnification shall be carried out to detect the finishing coat.
156
ITC (HS), 2018
NOTE 2: - Microscopic examination for finish coat:
Binocular stereoscopic microscope with (two paired) objectives capable of viewing the
objects at a total magnification of 100X will be required. Stereoscopic microscope
gives a three dimensional view of the object.
Leather sample to be examined is placed on the stage of the microscope with the grain
facing the objectives and then the surface is focused. Two or three places in each of
the five locations namely butt, belly (one each side of the back bone line) and neck or
shoulder examined.
To the naked eye, the grain surface may appear to be plain, but when focused under
microscope, innumerable depressions can be seen on the surface. These depressions are
due to cleavages lines and hair pores. If finish coat is sprayed on the grain surface, it
will be present throughout, including depressed areas and both the depressed and other
areas will produce the same type of reflection which is clearly visible under the
microscope.
Buffing – An operation to produce a clean flesh surface to produce nap on leather by

the action of emery wheel or a buffing machine
Shaving – A mechanical operation of reducing the substance of leather to uniform

thickness by scrapping off layers from flesh or grain side
Snuffing – The process of buffing the grain side of leather

usually done by buffing machine, with visible evidence of removal of grain
Oiling – The operation of rubbing oil on the grain side of

wet or sammed leather with the object of making the leather soft
and pliable; in the case of vegetable tanned leather also to protect the color
of tannage from darkening by oxidation.
Wax coat – Wax particulate matter should be seen under Microscope (100x) after the
application of xylene on the grain surface.
NOTE 3:-Microscopic examination of wax coat:

A small drop of xylene is placed on the surface of the leather. The surface is scrapped
gently using a glass
rod. Leather is left for 2-3 minutes. The dried leather surface is observed under
microscope for the presence of wax crystals on the surface.
Burnishable Effect – Rubbing on grain surface of leather should show a distinct gloss
with a darkening of the shade giving rise to a burnishing effect. Minimum CIE ∆L
value of – 5.0 on 10 dry rubbing on SATRA or any other fastness tester
156
ITC (HS), 2018
Pull up Effect – Leather shall produce a distinct pull-up effect showing a contrast light
color from the base minimum CIE ∆L value of +5 as measured by the reflectance
spectrophotometer.
Wool Combing-The operation through which wool entanglements

are released.
Application of foil/film – Acrylic/ PVC/PU foil or film
Rolling – The operation of rolling the heavy leathers like sole leather using a heavy
roller with rolling machine.
156
ITC (HS), 2018
STATE CODES
All the exporters are required to indicate the state of origin of their export product in
their shipping bills. For this purpose the following codes are to be utilized.
Code No. Name of the State
01 ASSAM
02 MEGHALAYA
03 MIZORAM
06 BIHAR
07 JHARKHAND
09 ARUNACHAL PRADESH
10 WEST BENGAL
14 NAGALAND
15 MANIPUR
16 ORISSA
17 SIKKIM
18 TRIPURA
19 ANDAMAN & NIKOBAD
20 UTTAR PRADESH
21 UTTARAKHAND
29 DELHI
30 PUNJAB
34 HARYANA
39 CHANDIGARH
44 JAMMU & KASHMIR
46 HIMACHAL PRADESH
50 RAJASTHAN
54 GUJARAT
60 MAHARASHTRA
67 DAMAN & DIU
68 GOA
69 DADRA & NAGAR HAVELI
70 MADHYA PRADESH
71 CHATTISGARH
80 ANDHRA PRADESH
84 KARNATAKA
89 LAKSHADWEEP
90 TAMIL NADU
96 KERALA
99 PUDUCHERRY
156

ITC HS Export Policy 2018 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ITC HS Export Policy 2018 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ITC HS Export Policy 2018 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Schedule - 2

S.No. Chapter Item Description Policy Policy Conditions

52 Special Chemicals, Organisms, Prohibited / a. Exports would be

b. Export of items specified

The term “Cattle” covers cows, oxen, bulls and calves

Germplasm of cattle is classified in heading 0511

S.No. Tariff Item

12 0106 31 00 u Live exotic birds except Prohibited Not permitted to be

S.No. Tariff Item Unit Item Description Export Policy Conditions

19 0201 10 00 Kg Beef of cows, Prohibited Not permitted to be

Carcasses and Prohibited Not permitted to be

0202 Meat of buffalo

0202 10 00 Carcasses and half Prohibited Not permitted to be

21 0201 30 00 kg Boneless meat of Free 1. Export allowed on

2. Quality control and

22 0204 10 00 kg Meat of Indian Free Quality control and

24 0206 10 00 kg Beef in the form Prohibited Not permitted to be

2. Quality control and

S.No Tariff Item Unit Item Description Export Policy Conditions

34 0306 11 00 kg Panulirus homarus Prohibited Not permitted to be

Export Licensing Note of Chapter 3

A consignment/ lot is considered to be undersized if it contains specified species any

“as tail” means without head.

DAIRY PRODUCE; BIRD'S EGGS; NATURAL HONEY; EDIBLE PRODUCTS

1. Honey exported shall

S. No. Tariff Item Unit Item Description Export Policy Conditions

39 0506 10 49 Kg Human skeletons Prohibited Not permitted to be

(i) A ‘Shipment Clearance

(ii) After the shipment is

Notification No. 95(RE-

44 0506 10 41 Kg Shavings of Prohibited Not permitted to be

49 0511 99 91 Kg Gonads and other Restricted Exports permitted under

50 0511 10 00 Kg Germplasm of Restricted Exports permitted under

EXPORT LICENSING NOTE OF CHAPTER 5

S.No. Tariff Item Unit Item Description Export Policy Conditions

53 0712 20 00 Kg Onions (of all varieties) Free [Notification No.

0713 90 Kg Other: Free

Export Licensing Note of Chapter 7

S.No. Tariff Item Unit Item Description Export Policy Conditions

Sl. No Tariff Item Unit Item Export Policy Conditions

[Notification No. 32/2015-20

1) “Spice” means a group of vegetable products (including seeds, etc.), rich in

3) All future amendment / revision on classification of items, items description, HS

Sl. No Tariff Item Unit Item Export Policy Conditions

2. Export shall be through

(b)Declaration that the

(v) Exports to Russian

or any other agency as may be

(vi) Exports of empty

(vii) In case of un-bagged

considering the total quantity

(viii) Export of Basmati Rice

[Notification No. 18/2015-20

[Notification No. 03/2015-2020 dated 19.04.2017]

Sl. No Tariff Item Unit Item Export Policy Conditions

60 1001 11 00 Kg Durum Free 1. Export will be allowed subject to

(ii)Declaration that the export

(i) A license to carry on the business

2. Export packets will be labeled that